Wits & Weights Podcast

All Episodes

Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

7 Biggest Fitness & Nutrition Myths Busted After 200 Episodes (According to Listeners) | Ep 200

Are you tired of hitting roadblocks in your fitness journey? Do you wonder if some of your fitness and nutrition beliefs might be holding you back? In this milestone 200th episode of Wits & Weights, host Philip Pape pulls back the curtain on the biggest surprises that can transform your approach to health and fitness. Get ready to challenge what you think you know and discover powerful insights that can elevate your results!

Are you tired of hitting roadblocks in your fitness journey? Do you wonder if some of your fitness and nutrition beliefs might be holding you back?

In this milestone 200th episode of Wits & Weights, host Philip (@witsandweights) pulls back the curtain on the biggest surprises that can transform your approach to health and fitness. Get ready to challenge what you think you know and discover powerful insights that can elevate your results!

Throughout the episode, Philip shares insights from the Wits & Weights community, showing how these myth-busting lessons have led to real-world transformations. By the end of this episode, you'll have a fresh perspective on fitness and nutrition, armed with evidence-based strategies to achieve your best physique and live your healthiest life.

📱Book a FREE 15-minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment, designed to fine-tune your strategy, identify your #1 roadblock, and give you a personalized 3-step action plan in a fast-paced 15 minutes. 

Today, you’ll learn all about:

3:22 Myth #1: You need to eat less to lose weight
7:17 Myth #2: You need to avoid certain foods
9:49 Myth #3: You need to obsess over numbers
15:00 Myth #4: Fitness and nutrition are complicated
18:52 Myth #5: Your current workout routine is optimal
23:30 Myth #6: Failures are setbacks
26:07 Myth #7: Fitness is solely focused on physical health
29:05 Changes based on the community's feedback
35:15 Outro

Episode resources:

  • Reach out to Philip on IG @witsandweights

  • Bonus: Share a screenshot of this episode on your story and tag Philip so he can re-share it!


Episode summary:

Ever wondered if eating more could actually help you lose weight? In the 200th episode of the Wits and Weights podcast, we tackle some of the most surprising myths and misconceptions in fitness and nutrition. This episode features inspiring stories from listeners who have transformed their perspectives and achieved real results through consistency and simplicity.

The episode kicks off with a deep dive into seven surprising myths that have been busted over the years. One of the most intriguing is the idea that eating more can aid in fat loss. Alan, a dedicated listener, shares how he shifted from viewing food as something to restrict to seeing it as essential fuel for progress. This mindset shift, from restriction to additive nutrition, aligns with scientifically-backed strategies for optimizing performance and recovery. Flexible dieting and non-linear approaches are highlighted as effective methods for achieving long-term transformation.

Consistency and simplicity emerge as key themes throughout the episode. Wyatt, another community member, shares his journey of moving away from meticulous tracking of numbers and focusing on the bigger picture of consistent habits. His story debunks the myth that perfection is necessary for success. Instead, small, sustainable changes can lead to significant, long-term results. Isis also contributes by demonstrating how straightforward and logical approaches to fitness can be both effective and easy to maintain.

Listener feedback has played a crucial role in shaping the podcast’s direction. This episode highlights how the content has evolved to better serve the audience, introducing new formats and focusing on specific demographics and issues. Rita’s story underscores the importance of aligning workout routines with personal goals, such as incorporating resistance training for muscle building. Her experience highlights the need to adapt and find routines that align with individual goals, emphasizing that effective strategies don’t have to be complicated or restrictive.

Breaking down fitness and nutrition myths, the podcast celebrates its milestone by reflecting on the biggest surprises and lessons learned. Alan’s experience with additive nutrition and flexible dieting illustrates how eating more can actually be a secret weapon for fat loss. By viewing food as fuel for progress, rather than something to restrict, Alan has optimized his approach to nutrition in a way that aligns with evidence-based strategies. This approach emphasizes the importance of fueling the body for performance, recovery, and long-term transformation.

The episode also delves into the importance of consistency and simplicity. Wyatt’s insights reveal the pitfalls of obsessing over precise numbers in fitness and nutrition tracking. By focusing on consistent habits rather than perfection, Wyatt has achieved significant long-term results. Isis further illustrates how uncomplicated, logical approaches to fitness can be both effective and sustainable. Her story emphasizes that efficient strategies do not have to be complicated or restrictive, and the most sustainable approaches are often the least like traditional dieting.

Mindful practices in fitness are another key topic discussed. The episode challenges misconceptions around achieving desired physiques, emphasizing that it doesn’t require constant hunger or deprivation. Understanding energy balance and proper nutrition allows for more flexibility in diet plans, making them simpler and more sustainable. Rita’s experience highlights the importance of adapting workout routines to align with personal goals. By incorporating resistance training and building confidence in the gym, Rita has achieved better results, demonstrating that effective strategies can be simple and empowering.

Listener feedback has been instrumental in the podcast’s evolution. A recent listener survey revealed the real-world impact of the show, with many listeners reporting significant influences on their approach to fitness, nutrition, and health. Based on this feedback, several changes have been made to the show’s format, including reducing episode frequency to avoid overwhelming subscribers, introducing more varied formats, and focusing on specific demographics and issues. These enhancements aim to provide more relevant, practical, and engaging content for the community.

Engaging directly with the audience is a recurring theme in the episode. Listeners are invited to share their biggest takeaways or surprises from the show and to send questions or express frustrations encountered online or from other podcasts. This feedback loop is crucial for creating better content and helping other listeners learn from the show. Emphasizing the importance of gradual progress in fitness journeys, the podcast encourages continuous improvement, mirroring its own journey to reach 200 episodes through consistent, incremental progress.

In summary, the 200th episode of Wits and Weights is a celebration of busting fitness and nutrition myths, highlighting the importance of consistency, simplicity, and mindful practices. Real stories from listeners like Alan, Wyatt, and Rita provide practical insights and inspiration for anyone on a fitness journey. By evolving based on listener feedback, the podcast continues to offer valuable, evidence-based content that empowers listeners to achieve their fitness goals.

This episode serves as a blueprint for changing the game in fitness and nutrition. It encourages listeners to rethink their strategies, embrace flexibility, and focus on consistent, sustainable habits. With a commitment to evidence-based approaches and continuous improvement, Wits and Weights is dedicated to helping listeners build their best physique and live their healthiest lives. As the podcast moves forward into the next 200 episodes and beyond, it remains a valuable resource for anyone seeking practical, impactful information.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

Everything we think we know about fitness and nutrition might be wrong. At least that's the impression I have after 200 episodes of diving deep into the evidence and having meaningful conversations with listeners who follow the show. To mark our 200 bowl episode, today, we're doing something special. I reach out to some of our most loyal listeners, the ones who've been with us since the early days, and ask them about the biggest surprises they've learned from the show. That shattered a long health fitness or nutrition myth, the conventional wisdom that everyone takes for granted and are pushed hard by the fitness industry, even though they're probably not true. From eating more to working out less to discovering your biggest obstacles, not what you thought. I'm pulling back the curtain on the seven biggest surprises from the first 200 episodes of The Whitson weights podcast. Whether you're a longtime listener, or this is your first time tuning in. I think this episode serves as a blueprint for changing the game and being doing and becoming a better human being, not just for your physical and mental health, but for living a long and fulfilling life. Welcome to rich and weights, a podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique.

 

Philip Pape  01:21

I'm your host, Philip pape, and today we are celebrating a major milestone, our 200th episode. Whoo. All right, can you believe it? Since launching in November 2021, we've actually published over 300 Total episodes, with 200 of those being full numbered episodes like this one, we've hit over 275,000 Total downloads 25,000 downloads per month, and are now listened to an over 140 countries and almost 7000 cities. It is extremely humbling to see how far we've come and how many lives we've touched. But this show isn't about just numbers, it really is about you, our listeners, without which it wouldn't exist. It's about what you've learned how you've taken action, and the progress you've made to transform your life for the better. So today, we are turning the spotlight on you and sharing some of the biggest surprises and lessons our longtime listeners have learned over 200 episodes. Now these are real world examples of how evidence based approaches can change lives by simply offering a fresh, grounded perspective on how things actually work based on science and based on your body and your mind, because it is very personalized, so that you can take full control and get the health and physique you want. Now, if any of these stand out for you, after you listen to this episode, or if anything changes your perspective, either as a longtime listener, or just from the episode itself. I would love it if you shared a screenshot of this episode to your Instagram or Facebook story and tag me just to celebrate the 200 just to let people know, hey, I listened to the show. They just had their 200th episode, check it out, I will reshare it to my audience. And that way I know a few of you out there were inspired by the episode or as by listening to the show. Again, just take a screenshot in your podcast app, share it online and tag me at Whitsun Wix. All right, let's dive into the seven biggest surprises or Myths Busted after 200 episodes of the wits and weights podcast. The first surprise is how eating more could be your secret weapon for fat loss. And this one is from Alan, one of our longtime listeners. And he said quote, the biggest lesson is that I view food as fuel for progress. Whether I'm holding on to muscle for a cut phase, or adding muscle in a bulking phase, I typically looked at food in regards to how much to restrict. Now I look at food as what foods can I add to align with what I need for my physical goals. And that word add is important because we talk about additive nutrition as an adding some protein to your plate. Right? As opposed to taking things away. And this shift from restriction and deprivation to let's fuel ourselves, right, let's support ourselves let's serve ourselves is really a huge shift that people make during this process. And it aligns with what we talked about with adequate nutrition for muscle building and fat loss. Nutrition is always on this show in the context of what we are trying to do with our body and improve it. Not in the context of I'm trying to lose weight. Or I feel like I have to cut something out. Because your body does need fuel. It needs fuel to perform, to recover and ultimately to transform over time because it's adding new tissue. It's releasing some fat along the way. And that requires energy and energy out and thinking that way right chronic under eating, which many of you know who you are. Right when you about the state of low energy, like you're never quite there where you need to be in the gym. And that hinders your progress, it leads to things like muscle loss, right when you're on a weight loss drug and you lose weight too fast, for example, or when you don't have enough carbs, and now you don't have the performance to hit it in the gym. It can slow down your metabolism, you know, not permanently, we can't break our metabolisms, but we can definitely cause them to slow down and to adapt in the short term with our lifestyle choices. So by viewing food as fuel for progress, instead of something to be feared or restricted, or to punish ourselves with, we are looking at it as fuel to add to our plate to support our nutrition and our training. This is just one of many examples you're going to hear today of working smarter and more efficiently, right? Looking at these things as tools for progress, rather than something that emotionally or morally restricts us, right and Alan with his comment, he's optimized his approach to nutrition in a way that perfectly aligns with the evidence as well. He also mentioned something else that caught my attention, he said, quote, in addition to the additive nutrition comment, my biggest surprise and helpful strategy is flexible, slash non linear dieting, especially the stairstep fat loss approach. This release changed my mental approach to the physical and detailed aspects of my nutrition and quote. And so if you've been a regular listener, or even just listen to some recent episodes, go back into the catalogue and look at recent ones about my three new dieting methods, or the one that I did called My stairstep fat loss process. We've talked about nonlinear dieting, quite a bit nonlinear meaning you don't necessarily have to lose weight at the exact same rate. And you don't have to eat the same amount of calories every day, there's creative ways to work with our bodies and work with our lives. And our schedules, instead of assuming has to be one way, right, one size fits all. And then that allows for periods of more aggressive fat loss, interspersed with maintenance phases. And these can be easier to sustain both physically and mentally, and both short term and long term. And that's a great example of how we can make these strategies effective, but long lasting, okay. That's the first surprise. The second surprise is how embracing all foods leads to less stress, more freedom, and more long term success. And this actually comes from Carol, her comment brief but powerful, she said, quote, a mindset shift from restriction to food freedom. And this ties in beautifully with what Alan was talking about, doesn't it about additive nutrition, and fueling your body and not worrying about cutting things out. It's not about saying no to foods, but instead, saying that anything can go as long as it serves me right now, not eating whatever you want, whenever you want. Not that YOLO diet, the dream balk, right? Or not assuming that you're going to be able to cut aggressively eating all pizza and doughnuts. It's about understanding that all foods can fit into a healthy dietary pattern, when consumed in the right amounts in the right macro balance with the right amount of micronutrients for you. And that allows you to make informed choices in they're informed by what you want, right in terms of your goals, your preferences, the food preferences, but they're also informed by what you need. Rather than following a rigid diet, a diet plan demonizing certain foods, cutting foods out great. And when you do that, when you're like, Oh, I could actually eat anything. As long as I stick to some calorie macros and any other you know, goals I've set for myself, like my meal timing or whatnot, reduces stress around eating, it makes social situations like going out to restaurants, going to vacations, going to that party and having the cake right, even Yes, drinking some alcohol easier to navigate. And then that is what leads to healthier relationship with food because you're not saying can't have that kind of have that can't have that and then you binge right, the Restrict binge cycle goes away. And this is backed by science we've seen for years studies comparing flexible dieting, with rigid dieting rigid meaning I have a meal plan, or I have to eat these foods and I can't eat these foods. Those have consistently been shown to be unsuccessful for not only losing weight often but maintaining it. Whereas flexible dieting allows you to get to your goal, whether that's losing fat, gaining muscle, maintaining your weight, whatever, and then stay there stay wherever you want to be for a while. And that leads to long term health and success. Right and so that is where Carol has definitely set herself up by thinking that way based on this podcast, which is awesome. Okay. The third surprise is why obsessing over numbers, despite the importance of tracking and measuring could be sabotaging your progress. Whew, now you're thinking, Wait a minute, Philip, you talk about data all the time data and driven, tailored, engineered, right. But let's dive into this what I'm talking about Wyatt, Wyatt, longtime listener and Facebook community member. He said, quote, it doesn't need to be so precise and exact. It means even more coming from the science and engineering nerds, which I'm gladly and openly part of the science and engineering nerds. So what is he talking about? All right, as an engineer myself, and every week we put on an episode that ties engineering to fitness, I can certainly relate 100,000% to the desire for precision. But why it is also correct because when it comes to nutrition and fitness, if you overthink or over obsess over exact numbers, especially at the exclusion of other things, right, or without seeing the big picture, it can definitely cause more harm, more neuroticism, and obsession, then, you know, productive progress. I'm going to add some context here. But he went on to say, quote, Greg knuckles topic on TDE calculations. Alright, that's your metabolism was super eye opening, especially knowing that they can be super inaccurate in either direction. So he's talking about the calculators online. When you go to an online calculator to figure out how many calories you burn every day, they can be very inaccurate, either direction, continuing his quote, If I go out to eat, I don't have to be so precise with every single ingredient and calorie. That plate of pasta is about 1000 calories. Okay, sounds close enough and quote. So he's making an important distinction that while tracking itself, is extremely useful, and I encourage it, I encourage tracking so many things that help you see the big picture, it's important to remember that the level of tracking precision has a point of diminishing returns where you could be spending too much time overthinking it, too much perfectionist tendencies too much neuroticism. A good example would be when you go to a restaurant, you probably shouldn't be taking a food scale with you just estimate, right? When you're at home, even though you're weighing your food, if you've got 10 ingredients, maybe you only need to log two or three of the ingredients that have the most energy, right, it's a matter of degrees. Even with scale weight, right, we weigh ourselves daily, but we don't obsess over it, we actually want to look at the trend over time. When you go to the gym, you're tracking your PRs, you're tracking your lifts, sometimes you're not gonna have a good day and it's fine, you might miss a rep, you get back to it, you use that information, but you don't overthink it. Because your body is not a perfectly calibrated machine. It's actually this very gooey, organic, complex biological system that varies day to day. And so when we can take it as a system, where we can take it as a whole, we can actually be a lot more flexible. And I'll say graceful with ourselves and how we use this data. So he actually continued with what he wrote to me, quote, with that comes the realization that one day of eating doesn't make or break me. And there's no need to beat myself up over an individual choice in a day, I'm more conscious of the way foods make me feel like Ooh, that was a lot of oil, rather than how they fit into my perfect macronutrient. Target. And so there's this concepts of, you know, consistency over perfection, knowing that one choice you make during one day doesn't change your trajectory for the rest of your life. Right. It's like, just take it as it comes, track the data. But don't overdo it. Focus on the big picture, and keep moving, keep making progress, keep iterating and adjusting and experimenting, but not getting hung up. Right. And his realization about this precision versus consistency is a very key principle to efficient progress, including time efficiency, because you're not getting bogged down in daily minutiae that then takes all this extra time. Right. And oftentimes I hear people, clients and community members say, like, well, it just takes too much time to do this thing. And I'm like, Well, let's think of a different, more efficient way to get you that result. That might be 7080 90%, rather than 100%. And that's more than good enough. It's way better than zero. And then finally, Wyatt summed it up beautifully here, quote, it's the consistent habits over time that really make the difference. I have confidence that I am consistently eating protein, hitting my calorie goals, training hard, and doing what it takes overall, just takes time and consistency. Hell yeah, man. Like that. Is it right there. Thank you for summarizing the whole premise of this show. And echoing what we've said over and over, that it's not about being perfect every day. It's been good enough most of the time, and you're gonna get there very efficiently that way. All right. Number four. The fourth surprise is how simplicity usually beats out complexity. And you can see a common theme between all of this stuff like Simplicity vs. Complexity is somewhat related to what we just talked about, from why and of not overthinking, right. Moving on to ISIS, who shared this perspective, ISIS was on the show before and she's a longtime listener, she said, quote, how uncomplicated, and logical it was to get the body I always dreamed of, and how much I get to eat in the process. Alright, and quote. So this touches on two key points that we've also come back to time and again, first, effective fitness and nutrition doesn't need to be complicated. In fact, one of the simplest approaches are often I should say the simplest approaches are the most effective, because they are the easiest to stick to consistently, even if they require effort. You know what to do? You get it done, you get the feedback. If you're not getting it done, you'll know and then you get it done right. Second, is that achieving the physique that you want, does not mean constant hunger, and deprivation. Now, I'm kind of mixing two different things here, I understand. But when you understand the principles of energy balance and proper nutrition, you could usually eat more than you think, while still making progress toward your goals. And that ties back to what Alan and Carol said about moving away from a restrictive mindset and also ties into what ISIS is saying about simplicity, right. Because the diet plans the meal plans, they actually make it too complicated. Flexibility means every day can be a little bit different. You can roll the punches, you can take life as it comes. And that is being human. Right, focus on fueling your body, making the nutritious choices to fuel you. And now it actually becomes a lot simpler to get through your day, to plan out your week to plan out your meals. And then you probably eat a surprising amount of food while still losing fat or building muscle as you go through that process.

 

Philip Pape  17:08

Hey, this is Philip and I hope you're enjoying this episode of Whitson weights. I started with some weights to help ambitious individuals in their 30s 40s and beyond, who want to build muscle lose fat and finally look like they lift. I've noticed that when people transform their physique, they not only look and feel better, but they also experienced incredible changes in their health, confidence and overall quality of life. If you're listening to this podcast, I assume you want the same thing to build your ultimate physique and unlock your full potential. Whether you're just starting out or looking to take your progress to the next level. That's why I created wits and weights physique University, a semi private group coaching experience designed to help you achieve your best physique ever, with a personalized done for you nutrition plan, custom designed courses, new workout programs each month, live coaching calls and a supportive community, you'll have access to everything you need to succeed. If you're ready to shatter your plateaus and transform your body and life, head over to Whitson weights.com/physique or click the link in the show notes to enroll today. Again, that's Whitson weights.com/physique. I can't wait to welcome you to the community and help you become the strongest cleanest and healthiest version of yourself. Now back to the show.

 

Philip Pape  18:29

So irises, no surprise here at how simple it is, and how abundant it is. highlights the core principle that efficient strategies do not have to be complicated. They don't have to be restrictive. The most sustainable approaches are usually the ones that actually feel the least like dieting. That is the key here. And so therefore it's simple. It's liberating. It's empowering. Okay, so you hear some very overlapping themes here. The fifth surprise is how your favorite workouts might have passed their expiration date and no longer serve you. All right. What do I mean by this? Let's look at Rita's comment. So Rita touched on something that many of you struggle with, and that is you have a workout routine that you like. And now a fitness guru or fitness influencer or podcast host like myself comes along and says, maybe you want to reconsider that that might not be serving you. And she says quote, speaking of mindset, I found it interesting and a hard transition to the adjustment for moving away from my bootcamp classes that were not giving me the results I want. However, now that I'm building confidence in the gym, new routines and flexible nutrition, I'm in a better place and quote, and I'm glad Rita brought this up because many people they get stuck in workout routines that are not serving them. Well. It's usually out of out of habit, or fear of change, or maybe they actually enjoy it, but it's not giving them the result. Right and she mentioned boot camp Ansan I've heard this a lot with my clients, especially female clients who do the various group classes, they love the camaraderie, they love the community, I have the same experience with CrossFit very often. But it wasn't give me the results, right. And sometimes you have to make a change, even if it's challenging at first, even if it is beyond your comfort zone or expanding your comfort zone. And when you make that change, you're going to be a beginner again. And that can be very frustrating, right, and now you have to learn again, and you have to grow again. And that's the point at which habits hit roadblocks and bumps along the way before they start to stick. But if there's a few principles that tie into what Rita said, the first one is the importance of identifying training that aligns with your goals, right. If you are trying to build strength and physique, you're trying to improve your body composition, you're going to have to use resistance training, and you're going to have to progress over time progressive overload. A lot of bootcamp classes are cardio focused, they're high reps, there are a lot of movements perfectly fine for exercise, but not necessarily for training to build muscle. So you've got to pick the thing that works for you. And it doesn't mean you have to totally give up that other thing, you could definitely incorporate a mix of modalities. The second principle here is is building confidence in the gym, learning to navigate the gym like a commercial gym and perform exercises correctly have the right form and technique that can be extremely empowering, and then open up a world of more options. And for example, and I'm gonna plug our weights and weights physique University, we drop new programs every month, right? If you're in there, you get brand new programs every month, there's novice intermediate, physique, strength, female. And we do form checks. And the reason we do form checks is because there are a lot of people that join are not necessarily beginners, but they're switching to this different way of working out. And they're not super confident in, for example, how to do a squat or how to do a deadlift. And as soon as they post a video, and I take a look, usually there's some fundamental, major, you know, correction that needs to be made. But because they've shared that and been been vulnerable, in asking for feedback, they get the feedback, all of a sudden, they can fix it. Literally the next day, they fixed that. And they are they've gone from 20% skill to like 70% skill in one session, just from an online forum check and having a supportive community with some accountability. So building that gym confidence, men and women, right for men, it's probably like, learning how to do the movements I want to do for women, it's that but also getting over the gym intimidation, and like navigating and the etiquette of the gym, equipment, all that fun stuff affects men and women, of course, it's very important to, to kind of empower you to do that. I think Rita, I remember her going through that process. And then of course, you combine that with your nutrition, because if you're now training hard, you're building muscle. And now you combine that with this flexible nutrition approach. That's when the magic really happens because they support each other. And both start to accelerate toward, really, ultimately what you want. And read his journey is an example of how making these changes, even if they're initially uncomfortable, are the things that lead to the better results and overall satisfaction with your fitness journey. So question how you're working out today. And reach out to me on Instagram at weights and weights? If you have any questions about your training, because I could definitely point you to a previous episode or just straight up answer your question and whatever it is. Alright, the sixth surprise is how the more you fail, the more data you have and can transform even faster. So here I want to dive into a quote from Sean. And she said quote, for me, it's positive reframing. Let me repeat that, for me. It's positive reframing. It's easy to be negative if I don't reach a specific goal in a day, whether it's step count grams of protein. But it's one day out of many Philips constant reminder that it's still data that you're tracking, it's still momentum moving you forward. A positive mindset can make tomorrow's progress easier and better. And quote, This is so powerful. It's so powerful. I'm glad Shawn brought it up, because it ties in with what we've discussed already about consistency over perfection. But to get more specific, there's a few things that come up for me here. The first is how valuable tracking data is, but not obsessing over as we talked about with Wyatt. But just having data and measuring the things that you care about that represent the outcome you're trying to achieve. Even when you don't hit your target on a given day. Every day provides you that information about your habits and progress. And so to me, there's no such thing as a failure, right? Anytime you miss a target, that's just a data point says you've missed it and then you see what happens when you miss it. The other principle is again, looking at the big picture, right one day doesn't mean Take a break you It's the trend. So that's where seeing data day to day gives you peace of mind, when you see how it accumulates, like scale weight, right scale, a can go up two pounds, and it could go down two pounds, you know, you had extra carbs at dinner, you have some inflammation from your workout, whatever. And it's just waterway fluctuations. But when you have it day after day after day, and you see the trend over time, now you understand why it's important to collect that data. And then mindset is huge here, right? Because Shawn mentioned positive reframing. That's what we're doing here. We're saying, no, these aren't failures, these are data points like that, right, there is just a simple positive reframe. And when you can apply that to anything that hits your head is negative, any negative emotion that comes up, if you can reframe it, you're able to bounce back, able to be resilient. And that's what leads to consistency. Right? Don't beat yourself up over not hitting a daily goal, look at it as useful data, and a chance to learn and adjust. That leads to better adherence that leads to less stress. And that leads to better and faster results. Okay, the seventh and final surprise, is really my own surprise, but it is from all of you. And I'll explain in a second, how this show is changing lives well beyond the physical. Okay, our listeners, you have helped me evolve this show to what it is today. And we conducted a listener survey a few months back. And what struck me most about that was the real world impact of the show. Now I get messages from you guys all the time, not as many as I would like, I would love to have like dozens of messages a day from people saying how much the show affected them in some small way. And I know there's more of you out there than who actually reach out just based on how probabilities work in that sense. But I would just love to hear from you. But I have heard about you during the survey. And many of you reported that this show it's a way to significantly influence your approach to fitness to nutrition to health. Some of you mentioned, sharing advice from the show with your friends or family, or using the content on the show as a reference point for what you do every day with your decisions. And with your plans with your nutrition with your training. And this level of real world application. And implementation is something I never anticipated when I started the show in late 2021. Because at the time, I didn't even know if I could do a podcast, I didn't know if anybody would be listening or care. I didn't know if what I had to say was like unique enough. But seeing those results and hearing people even very recently, give me similar feedback that, hey, I love the fact that the weights and the weights come together that you talk about both training and nutrition and how they work together, not just one of those, and how you talk about being smart and efficient. So we can save time, and we're all busy and like it's flexible. Those are so powerful of reminding me that I have a responsibility. Now, as a content creator. This is not just for me. And that causes me to work harder to provide you with accurate, practical, impactful, but even like entertaining, interesting and unique information as well. Right? Because I don't want to just be like every other podcasts out there. Because then Why listen. So your feedback has helped improve the show. But it's also reinforced my belief in the importance of what we're doing of evidence based. And by evidence. I mean, yes, the science, but also our personal experience, experience through coaching. And you as an individual, your own personal N equals one experience, and also making it accessible because the podcast is free. So it's tons of free information with lots of how to do this, why this is like this. Here's what I believe about this. Here's my philosophy on this. And, you know, you take it and leave it you compare it to other things you listened to. But it's not just sharing information. Right? It's giving you something a nugget that empowers you to make meaningful change in your life. That is what I'm going for. Now, in that survey, just to close the circle, so to speak, you did provide me some suggestions of how I could serve you better. And so since that time, I've made a few changes. And I'm just going to cover a few of them here that directly addressed the biggest themes from the feedback. So the first one was, a lot of you thought there were too many episodes, and you wanted a little bit more variety in formats. I was doing five episodes a week. And I think for some of you that was overwhelming. It was clogging up your feed, you couldn't keep up. That is the last thing I want. I don't want you to think Oh, I gotta catch up with this huge library of information. So I reduced it from five to three. Each week, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. Monday, is a deep dive solo episode into a topic. And by the way, future Monday episodes in the near term are going to be based on a response to a post and An email I sent out to my community recently saying, hey, what's the biggest frustration you have? And I got a ton of responses, every single one of those is going to be its own topic on a Monday, well, maybe on a Wednesday to the Wednesday episodes are applying engineering principles from my 20 years plus as an engineer, to fitness, an angle that very few people are talking about if anyone out there, and I think it helps given you a different perspective. So that's Wednesday. And then Friday episodes are interviews, interviews with amazing guests who get better and better all the time. Most of those guests are people I want on the show who I reach out to because I follow them, and I respect them. And I think you will learn and and like them as well. So that's the first. The second one is you said you wanted more content that was specifically focused to a demographic or specific problems or situations because sometimes I can get a little bit broad, a little bit long winded. Today's episode may be a little longer, in fact, but, you know, I've recently pivoted from these long how to episodes, which will always be in the back catalogue, right? Like how to lose fat, how to build muscle, like I have these big long episodes. But I've started to niche it down, I guess niche it or narrow it down into specific topics, Peri and post menopause, fat loss, hard gaining over 50 training, cutting for the first time, being time efficient, et cetera, et cetera, right, very specific, so that you can really dive in on the things that interests you the most, and learn about that topic. And then the third bit of feedback I acted on is bringing on more targeted guests, not just any old fitness Pro. So lately, I've been bringing guests that have a specific area of expertise, gut health, anatomy, physique, competition, concurrent training, right, the list goes on. I've got a lot more amazing guests coming this year. And then also, you wanted to see some more case studies and real stories with clients, community members. And so I've done some of those as well. So I'm super excited about these changes, we've even got some new music, the episodes are generally a bit shorter, more around like 20 or 30 minutes, except for the interviews, which tend to be a little longer. And I'm going to continue evolving the show to better meet your needs. So episode 200 is just the beginning. Your engagement, you're listening, you're following your feedback you're sharing is helping shape the future of the show. And I'm so grateful for all of your input, and all of your support. Alright, now, last thing, this might surprise you, right? Because although the things I talked about today might seem obvious, or simple or intuitive, in hindsight, especially if you've heard them before, if you go back and you listen to any one of these, you realize that there's actually a profound shift in thinking that I wish more people had on this planet, like the vast majority of people that really don't quite have a clue about how to navigate nutrition or training, even if they kind of think they do because we take for granted conventional wisdom as well. You know, I've heard people say, well, everybody knows you need to do this. Well, now I don't even think that's true. I think there's misinformation, there's disinformation. And there's ignorance of information. Even once that addressed, you then have to implement the information. So it's really a whole spectrum. And everybody's at a different spot where their gap is. But what I talked about today, the surprises, the myths that I busted are really about how you think about this from mental perspective, right? Moving from restriction to fueling, embracing food freedom and not food rules, right? Being consistent. Don't worry about, you know, hitting your numbers all the time and being perfect about it. Realizing this can be simple, realizing you can have abundance, right, you can change your routine, and you can work out less and actually have more results. And these are not just minor tweaks, even though they could be simple. They are fundamental paradigm shifts, they are paradigm shifts that will change your life, they will change your life.

 

Philip Pape  33:54

And at the end of the day, all of this comes down to principles, applying principles, you know, that work in ways that work for you, experimenting rapidly and aggressively, to find out what stays in what stays out collecting the data tracking and measuring and continually learning and adjusting based on your results. So that you get the result you want as fast as possible. All right, as we move forward into the next 200 episodes and beyond. We are going to continue focusing on bringing you practical strategies that you can use to build your best physique, and live your best life. I want to thank each and every one of you has been on this journey with us whether you've been here since episode one, or this is your first time tuning in. You are indeed part of a thriving living, real community, real humans who I love to talk to. And we're all committed to smart evidence based approaches, efficient approaches to fitness and nutrition so that we can all get jacked now so that we can all feel great look great, and live our healthiest lives. I encourage you to reflect on these reflect on the surprise He says today, go back and review them. Go to the timestamp that resonates with you the most. And think about how it changed your approach moving forward, or reset your approach so that you can make progress. All right, if you found value in today's episode or in any of our first 200 episodes, I'd love to hear from you. Send me a direct message on Instagram at once and weights. And let me know your biggest takeaway or surprise from the show, the podcast so far, the whole show or just this episode, whatever you want, or you can send me a question or something that you're frustrated or confused about that you heard online or on another podcast. Again, I'm going to use that information and create better content for you and then help other listeners discover and learn from the show. Until next time, keep using your wits, lifting those weights and remember, just like we are 200 episodes in and continuing to improve. Your fitness journey is measured by gradual progress over time. It's not sexy, but it works. I'll talk to you next time here on the whips and weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

You Don’t Have to Choose Between Fat Loss and Strength (Breaking the 300 Pound Barrier) | Ep 199

Have you ever felt like you're stuck between conflicting fitness goals? Maybe you're trying to drop fat while increasing strength or lean out while building muscle. What if you didn't have to choose? Philip jumps into a real conversation with Jazz, a powerlifter just eight weeks from competition struggling to break through a scale weight barrier without sacrificing performance. They discuss setting realistic goals, prioritizing what really matters, and crafting a plan that lets Jazz chase multiple objectives simultaneously.

Have you ever felt like you're stuck between conflicting fitness goals? Maybe you're trying to drop fat while increasing strength or lean out while building muscle. What if you didn't have to choose?

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) jumps into a real conversation with Jazz, a powerlifter just eight weeks from competition struggling to break through a scale weight barrier without sacrificing performance. They discuss setting realistic goals, prioritizing what really matters, and crafting a plan that lets Jazz chase multiple objectives simultaneously.

Learn how periodizing your nutrition could be the game-changer you didn't know you needed.

Jazz Young, the guest on this episode, is a dedicated powerlifter preparing for his first competition. Facing the typical weight loss versus performance dilemma, Jazz sought Philip's expertise to navigate his nutrition and training. With Philip’s guidance, Jazz explores realistic and sustainable strategies to meet his dual goals, providing valuable insights for anyone in a similar situation.

Don’t miss out on the actionable advice on handling conflicting fitness goals shared in this episode.

📱Book a FREE 15-minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment, designed to fine-tune your strategy, identify your #1 roadblock, and give you a personalized 3-step action plan in a fast-paced 15 minutes.

Today, you’ll learn all about:


2:21 Jazz shares his goals and challenges
3:22 Discussing weight class expectations
6:30 Nutrition, meals, and body composition
10:30 Analyzing current nutrition and protein intake
14:18 Planning weight loss before competition
19:29 Conclusion and next steps for Jazz
22:04 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Can you successfully drop weight while maintaining muscle and strength? This episode of Wits and Weights explores this challenge through the journey of Jazz, a 300-pound powerlifter preparing for his first competition in just eight weeks. The episode dives deep into balancing conflicting fitness goals, setting realistic expectations, and discovering strategic middle ground with periodized nutrition. This episode is a must-listen for anyone juggling multiple fitness aspirations, whether you're an athlete or on a personal fitness journey.

The episode begins by addressing the common challenge of pursuing conflicting fitness goals, such as losing weight while maintaining strength, especially in powerlifting. Jazz, who is eight weeks away from his first competition, faces the dilemma of dropping weight without sacrificing muscle and strength. The host, Philip Pape, explores the importance of setting realistic goals, prioritizing key objectives, and uncovering a third option through periodized nutrition. This approach offers a strategic way to balance multiple fitness goals, providing insights that can apply to anyone facing similar challenges.

Nutrition is a cornerstone of any fitness plan, but it becomes even more critical when prepping for a competition. The episode dives into the essentials of maintaining consistent nutrition, setting achievable weight loss goals, and managing meal timing amidst a hectic lifestyle. Key topics include hitting high protein targets and incorporating practical meal strategies despite a busy schedule. Jazz shares his typical meal compositions, such as a protein-rich breakfast and dinner, and the challenges of hitting high protein targets. The conversation also addresses the importance of protein in managing hunger and its role in maintaining muscle during a cut.

The host emphasizes the need for realistic short-term goals, such as reaching 295 pounds, which balances the dual objectives of competing effectively and achieving a personal milestone of being under 300 pounds. Jazz's journey highlights the importance of periodized nutrition, a strategy that allows for a more flexible approach to achieving fitness goals. This method involves cycling through different phases of eating and training to optimize performance and recovery.

One of the critical insights from the episode is the importance of maintaining consistent nutrition leading up to the event. This includes avoiding drastic dietary changes and ensuring adequate energy intake. Jazz discusses the practicality of meal timing and the challenges of incorporating additional snacks or protein shakes despite a busy schedule. The goal is to ensure optimal performance while continuing to pursue gradual weight loss.

The episode also explores the intricacies of meal planning and protein intake for a competitive powerlifter aiming to balance weight loss and strength retention. Jazz shares his typical meal compositions, including a protein-rich breakfast and dinner, and the challenges of hitting high protein targets. The conversation shifts to strategic planning for an upcoming competition, considering whether to continue an aggressive weight cut or to maintain current weight to preserve strength.

Listeners are encouraged to take advantage of a free 15-minute rapid nutrition assessment to uncover what's holding them back and create a three-step action plan for results in the next 90 days. By scheduling a call through the provided link, listeners can gain clarity and actionable steps without any sales pitches or mentions of coaching services. This personalized approach helps identify specific resources and actions to elevate progress.

In summary, this episode provides a comprehensive guide to balancing weight loss and strength retention, particularly for powerlifters. It emphasizes the importance of periodized nutrition, realistic goal setting, and strategic meal planning. Jazz's journey offers valuable insights and practical tips for anyone facing similar challenges. Whether you're a competitive athlete or someone on a personal fitness journey, this episode will help you navigate conflicting fitness goals and achieve your dual fitness aspirations.

Overall, this episode is packed with actionable tips and strategies for balancing weight loss and strength retention. Jazz's journey serves as a testament to the effectiveness of periodized nutrition and realistic goal setting. Listeners are encouraged to take advantage of the free 15-minute rapid nutrition assessment to uncover what's holding them back and create a personalized action plan for the next 90 days. By following the insights and strategies discussed in this episode, anyone can unlock their full fitness potential and achieve their dual fitness goals.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:00

I ever feel like you're chasing two conflicting goals? Maybe you want to drop some fat but also increase your strength, or perhaps you're trying to lean out while building muscle. What if I told you that with the right approach, you don't always have to choose. In this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on a recent conversation I had with jazz, a power lifter, just eight weeks out from competition, jazz was facing a dilemma I see all the time, how to break through a scale weight barrier to get a mental win without compromising his performance. We're diving into setting realistic goals, prioritizing what really matters, and creating a plan that allows you to pursue seemingly conflicting objectives, you'll learn why sometimes there's a third option you haven't considered, and how the secret may lie in periodizing your nutrition, whether you're a power lifter like jazz a weekend warrior, or just someone trying to balance multiple fitness goals, this Episode should give you the confidence to eliminate any frustration when you're being pulled in two different directions.

 

Philip Pape  01:11

Welcome to wits end weights, the podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, Philip pape, and today we're diving into a topic that resonates with so many of us, how to navigate seemingly conflicting fitness goals, hearing a recording of one of my free 15 minute rapid nutrition assessments, a 300 pound power lifter who's eight weeks out his very first competition, he is torn between losing more weight to get under 300 pounds, and maintaining his muscle and strength. Join the call, thinking that he had two options, and we uncovered a surprising third option. So you're trying to build muscle, lose fat, body recomp prep for an event more than one of these at the same time learn a smart and efficient way to do it all right? Jazz, what is going on? Man,

 

Jazz Young  02:03

hey, what's going on?

 

Philip Pape  02:06

you as well? No, like, in person, yeah, in person, virtually, in person. It's funny what we call in person these days, right? But Yes, exactly, even though you're a few hours down in Philly and I'm up here in Connecticut, you

 

Jazz Young  02:18

will meet someday, yeah, probably, I've been in Connecticut like

 

Philip Pape  02:21

once, yeah, yeah, cool. So, just so the listener knows what we're doing here, this is a 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment, something I just started doing recently. It's going to be fast paced. And the goal here is to help you figure out what's one thing you should prioritize, one thing holding you back, and then maybe a few steps that you can get results with in the short term. I do know a little bit about what's going on with you, but I'm going on with you, but I'm gonna assume that I don't. So first big question for you is, why did you reach out to me? What are you trying to get done here with when it comes to your nutrition, your big goal right now?

 

Jazz Young  02:52

So my big goal is maintaining strength. I'm about eight weeks out from my first powerlifting competition, so I do want to shut some pounds I don't have, necessarily. I did have a goal week, but I'm not necessarily going to hit that with the amount of time that I have. But I would like to come in a little lighter for this first beat, just to give myself a goal. But I also want to, you know, still hit some big lifts on the platform when I do go out there, so maintaining muscle and just literally, some body fat weight competition. Thanks,

 

Philip Pape  03:25

man. Congratulations. By the way, on the urge to do that of powerlifting me at all. It's great. And I've been following you, you know, been following you, and you're a strong guy. I mean, like, when we get in some numbers here, and people will see, like, You're a big, strong guy. So

 

Jazz Young  03:38

could see that for eight weeks out.

 

Philip Pape  03:41

If you don't mind sharing, how much do you weigh? What weight class are you in?

 

Jazz Young  03:44

So when I got on the scale recently, I was three, oh 1.6 so I float in between about 298, and 301 for the most part, like average weekly body weight. And what's the weight class? When I signed up, it was for 275 so that would be the weight class. Don't know if I'll get there, but I can always change it for my first meet, the first meet, I don't necessarily need a weight class. That's

 

Philip Pape  04:11

good. And that's exactly what I was trying to get at here, right? Because people are listening like, okay, they have a specific event. If they have, uh, you know, even if you want to have a wedding, and you're trying to get down to a certain number. It's realistic expectations, and also it's important to you, right? Is it getting nice, big numbers and feeling good and like getting through it and done, or is it, you know, trying to fine tune every little thing get into the weight class, right? Guessing it's the former.

 

Jazz Young  04:36

Yeah, I want to lose some weight, but I'm not really concerned about getting into the weight class. The first one is just to get the first one out the way, and then I'll be concentrated on weight class, and it's like after that. But I still want to, you know, continue on losing

 

Philip Pape  04:51

Okay, so we're talking 25 pounds maybe, maybe you can get there eight weeks. Does that come out to three pounds a week, which your size is like exactly 1% a week. That's if you did it every single week right up until the competition, as you know, may not be super helpful for getting the best performance possible. Yeah. Okay, so, because we can talk about things like, let me ask you, you got a tapering plan coming up for your training? You have, you're working with a coach right for the training side.

 

Jazz Young  05:21

Okay, yes.

 

Philip Pape  05:22

Have you thought about the nutrition beyond just what you've already been doing in terms of prep the week leading up to it, and the meat day itself?

 

Jazz Young  05:31

Not necessarily, like that far out, just mainly the nutrition leading up to it. I know probably about two weeks out, I'm trying to sit at wherever I wind up, week to two weeks out, just trying to hover there. So I don't, you know, do too much going into the competition. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  05:50

for sure. And I'm a big fan of, like, leading up to anything, even if it's an endurance race like a marathon. Want to keep things as stable as possible. Don't change what you're eating. Insert any supplements, you know, add a whole bunch of fiber, because that can mess with your digestive tract. All that stuff at the same time. You also don't want to be like under fed and under energy that period. So there's, there's a shift that we could make right where you could do a little carb loading not too far ahead of the meat, like three days ahead of the meat, the carb loading could be as simple as swapping out some protein for some more carbs. No, doesn't have to be like again, not like a runner who has to just 10 grams per pound of carbs or whatever. So, so what is your current I'm getting ahead of myself here, as usual, but what is your current nutrition look like? And what is it that you're trying to figure out that maybe isn't working, or you're just not sure of going forward.

 

Jazz Young  06:44

So finally, is much protein I'm eating, like, I'll use back profector. And it's like, Hey, I picked high for the protein. So saying like 219 grams of protein, which is a lot of protein, even for a big guy like myself. So hitting that goal is kind of challenging for me, and my biggest thing is I like the snack, and then my work schedule is three to 11 o'clock at night, so sometimes I'll come home and still be hungry because I'm at work and tail end of the day. So

 

Philip Pape  07:22

your protein's 220 you feel like it's high, and that's about point seven grams per pound of body weight. But listening to doing the math, they're familiar with the range we say like point seven to one gram per pound. But add some nuance to target body weight. But not only that, also based on lean mass. Originally, it's based on lean mass. The bigger you are. It doesn't scale linearly, right? So you have any idea, like your body composition roughly

 

Jazz Young  07:50

a DEXA scan, but I don't know any in my area, so, and it's not

 

Philip Pape  07:56

super important right now. It's just like, if you had a rough number of body fat to muscle, you can kind of say, Okay, this is how much lean mass I have, therefore this is how much protein be appropriate. But we forget about all that. We don't need to overcomplicate it. The 220 it's funny, because any guy over 200 pounds, I'd be like, you want to eat 200 grams of protein, at least no matter who you are being. 320 doesn't sound super high to me, but from a practical perspective, saying that it's difficult get that in, right? Yeah, okay. What does your meal timing look like right now? Like, how many meals a day? They all have protein. What sources of protein

 

Jazz Young  08:35

I usually eat after I come from the gym, I'll eat like, some carbs, like rice cakes before I go to the gym, and just some Gatorade, because I wake up, like eight, nine o'clock, and I head straight to the gym pretty much. And then when I come home, I typically eat turkey bacon, some eggs, maybe a little cheese, some time to time, but, and that's usually like 12 o'clock, 12 to one o'clock, and then next time I'll eat will be at four o'clock, like an hour after my work, shit. And then like six dinner. So yeah, it's like dinner. So like four minutes, like a pre post workout,

 

Philip Pape  09:18

mid afternoon or late afternoon, and then dinner. Okay, have you tried? Have you tried? Or are you able to with your schedule, adding in another snack?

 

Jazz Young  09:27

A protein shake would be fun, but because I get home from the gym at like, 12 o'clock, I eat, and then I leave at two and I'm not really hungry, and then taking protein powder to work isn't like the most convenient thing for me, so I've done that before, but I don't have, like, my blender and stuff that I have at home instead of just shaking it out.

 

Carol  09:51

Before I started working with Philip, I had been trying to lose weight and was really struggling with consistency, but from the very beginning, Philip took the time to listen to me and understand my goals. He taught me the importance of fueling my body with the right foods to optimize my training in the gym, and I lost 20 pounds. More importantly, I gained self confidence. What sets Philip apart is the personal connection. He supported and encouraged me every step of the way. So if you're looking for a coach who cares about your journey as much as you do, I highly recommend Philippa.

 

Philip Pape  10:32

All right, cool. No. And again, we don't have to shoehorn it into like meal frequency. I just always ask that question, because some people have an opportunity on the table to just get an extra meal in. Maybe it's earlier in the maybe it's in the morning, maybe it's later at night, but not too close to bedtime. So you told me like your post workout has freaky baking, eggs,

 

Jazz Young  10:50

cheese. How much fat are you getting in your diet? Roughly about, okay, macro factor, it was probably about anywhere from 80 to 100 grams, roughly that what you're actually getting. That's your target. What target is?

 

Philip Pape  11:07

Okay? What are you actually consuming based on your log, based on my log, probably about 80. Oh, okay, so that's reasonable, all right, because when I heard turkey bacon, eggs, cheese, I'm thinking, Okay, you have some room to maybe clean out some of the foods to get more protein and less fat, and then it's the same amount of food. You know, doesn't sound like too much of that's going on when you have lunch. When you have dinner, these, you know, meats and vegetables and some starch, for the most part, they

 

Jazz Young  11:31

look like, yeah, so the first meal is usually like some stir fry steak with rice, and then my last meal is usually just like a protein and a veggie. Okay,

 

Philip Pape  11:46

yeah, love this stir fry, steak. Man, make me hungry. Yeah, stuff,

 

Jazz Young  11:51

it's my go to No. That's

 

Philip Pape  11:54

great. I love it. And the fat sounds reasonable. So when you say the protein's high at 220 are you actually hitting that number, and it's just like, feels like enforcing it you're

 

Jazz Young  12:03

not hitting the number. I plug in my this my lunch and what I'm gonna eat for dinner, like the protein source, that's the first thing. I plug in, the macro factor. It'll have me at like, one. And I'm like, Oh, I still got 70 more to go, and I'll get the yogurts, like, Greek yogurt, the oikos, yeah, would you like 15 grams? But I can't eat four of them. A Destiny piece.

 

Philip Pape  12:33

You know, it's funny, I have that same breath, oh, it goes zero, right? And you put it in a bowl, and you're like, I'm up to, like, 150 grams. I'm up to 200 grams, and that's only, like 150 Cal. 50 calories, a pretty good protein, dense source of food there. But yeah, you're right. It kind of fills you up. You're saying you're not really hitting 220 right? No, no,

 

Jazz Young  12:52

I'm probably getting closer to about where from 170 to 190 Okay, some days I do get the protein, but it's few and far between.

 

Philip Pape  13:05

All right, did you say earlier, you you're getting hungry, some hunger, yeah, towards

 

Jazz Young  13:10

towards the end of the of my work shift, okay, I'll eat my last meal at about six, seven o'clock. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  13:17

Protein could definitely help with hunger, right? But, before we get to that, do you have your gold macro factor currently set to lose at a

 

Jazz Young  13:25

certain rate, like two pounds a week? Yeah, it's two pounds a week.

 

Philip Pape  13:29

Two pounds a week, all right, so you know for a fact that that rate you're not going to hit the 275 unless you plan to do some water manipulation. You don't plan on that do Okay, good. You shouldn't do that at a year level, doing your fifth competition, maybe

 

Jazz Young  13:44

you look into that. That's for another competition. Yeah, exactly.

 

Philip Pape  13:48

So you resigned to that of not hitting the weight class, or is part of this conversation, like, Hey, can I speed it up more aggressively and hold on to my strength and muscle

 

Jazz Young  13:59

a little bit of both? Okay? Like, maybe speed it up a little bit. Like, main thing is just, I don't want to lose the strength going into the competition. Strength is fine, but if I don't get to the weight class, I'm resigned with fine with that, even my coaches, like, we shouldn't really press for that right now. So okay, and

 

Philip Pape  14:20

you're nowhere near to getting what's the next weight class? 275, would

 

Jazz Young  14:24

be the next the weight class I signed up for? No, I mean, up. Oh, up. Go eat. Okay, all right, yeah,

 

Philip Pape  14:31

yeah. Because I mean, where I'm coming at this, and you tell me, if I'm wrong, it's like, got your short term goal, and you've got your long term goal. I imagine your long term goal has some health goals in there, and some, you know, body composition goals, and we could talk about that, you know, to get to the 90 days past the competition up to the next year, that's a different thing. The short term, you're pretty much not going to make the weight class at this point, unless you go 1.2% a week straight on for the next six weeks, like a very aggressive cut, you're going to just feel terrible and then, like, your lifts are gonna drop and all that. Why not just toss that out the window altogether right now and just maintain, okay, maintain, like, get off the cut all together, right? And maintain your weight. Since you're still you're not close to the next weight class, and at risk of that, you could keep those glycogen stores filled, like, you know, up your carbs have more calories to work with, which will make it easier to hit your protein lift should, like, keep going up. I would imagine clean there's only upside to doing it that way. You're kind of, if you're not going to hit the lower weight class, why even that trade off? Yeah,

 

Jazz Young  15:35

and I was thinking that too, yeah. But sometimes we just need somebody else to confirm it for us. Okay,

 

Philip Pape  15:43

I should just ask you this. Why do you want to lose some weight before that?

 

Jazz Young  15:46

It's just a goal. Like, if I didn't get the 275 like I said, I was our rooms on that, but if I can get the 290 and sit there, I'm perfectly fine with that too. But let's

 

Philip Pape  15:59

dig in a little bit. Why is that the goal now, knowing that you have another goal in parallel, of smasher lifts on a power lifting me,

 

Jazz Young  16:07

I've been over 300 pounds for a long time, so, okay, under 300 pounds and competing in the power lift in me compared to where I started, would be fantastic.

 

Philip Pape  16:17

Okay, all right, I like it. I'm glad I asked. So that's cool, if you want to be like, the guy who's you kind of accomplish these two goals at the same time, and you could be super proud of that, right? And shout to the world, like, Hey, I got under 300 and I competed, and I got these massive numbers on my list. They're sitting right over 300 so why don't we make the goal? Like, 295, okay, you know, or two. You know what I'm saying? Like, just the psychological break, right? Like it's trade offs. It's all trade offs. You know that there's a trade off with everything. So, yeah, if the goal is 295 you can do that in the next, like, two or three weeks, easy, right? And at the rate you're already going, you should be there within a few weeks. Yeah, right, assuming you've been pretty consistent hitting the calories, yeah.

 

Jazz Young  17:00

So these last couple weeks, I've just been kind of hovering at cracking so much, but just making sure I stayed around the 300 pound mark. So these last eight weeks, I definitely want to start tracking so I can get to sub 300 since you

 

Philip Pape  17:17

kind of know what your maintenance is, just what calories right now,

 

Jazz Young  17:22

I think like 3500 rocky could

 

Philip Pape  17:26

see that. Okay, 3500 makes sense. What's your step count daily? Ish, 1000 steps. Oh, so you get a lot of steps? Okay, cool, yeah, I walk around a lot at work. That's great. That's really good, really listening. That's awesome. What jazz is doing here,

 

Jazz Young  17:40

all this job, so I make myself walk around the shop and

 

Philip Pape  17:44

stuff like that. Awesome. So 500 calories could then go into 1000 calorie deficit would get you. 1000 calorie deficit would get you two pounds a week. You could eat around 2500 calories for a couple weeks. Kind of feel it to you, okay, yeah. And then get in there around 298 297 and kind of decide, okay, I can push to 295 I mean, what happen is, when you get back out of that cut, gonna pop up a bit back because of the fluid. You want to get a little extra buffer there. And that leaves you a good five, six weeks to get back to maintenance and just stay there, get filled up, hit the lifts and everything. The only other thing that comes to mind is, are you doing a test day before then, like a test or anything like that?

 

Jazz Young  18:33

I thought I know of I would have to check my coaching and see what He has planned. But he typically doesn't do that. He wants all your energy on the meat day. I

 

Philip Pape  18:45

got it you were, I would say you could have an opportunity to do like a meat nutrition test day as well. I mean, I have to overcomplicate it, like, do what you normally do leading up to it, the carbs a few days ahead of time, a bit then, no, do your pre workout like you normally would, which is a, you know, sounds like you do the rice cakes and the protein, you probably want a bigger meal a few hours before the meat, versus what you normally do when going to the gym. And then the rice cakes. Take some fruit, take energy bars, Powerade, whatever you're kind of used to to getting really simple carbs, right? Not complex carbs. You don't want too much fat, too much complex or too much fiber early on, on that day, right? This is a separate thing we could talk about that offline, like, later and change too much, like, don't start taking a new supplement or anything like that. That can throw you off. Here's the plan, right? Step one, do a cut at two to three pounds a week for the next few weeks. Step two, go back to maintenance, right? And then step three, plan for, like, the pre meat nutrition to kind of fill up those glycogen stores. And then after that, we could talk about, okay, what is your long term plan? Now,

 

Jazz Young  19:55

get jacked. No plan, okay, yeah, yeah. I want to be, uh, big and strong but just in a smaller package. You

 

Philip Pape  20:03

know, it's gonna work really well for you, man, because you are a big guy with a ton of muscle who's super strong. So I bet there's a lot under there to, like, really reveal it to people. No, I'm just trying to reveal it. Yeah, we're skinny guys like me. We never quite pushed it that hard to get up there. It's like, up and down type of thing.

 

Jazz Young  20:18

So do you think that sounds good? Okay, yeah, I think it sounds good. And focusing in after the competition is definitely gonna be the best thing for me, because I don't plan on competing for a while after that, so I have all of the winner. And you know, to focus on getting down to the next bodyweight goal

 

Philip Pape  20:41

for sure, man. And you know how to reach me for that, we definitely should talk and map it out for you, because I think it achieved some great things, man, for sure.

 

Jazz Young  20:48

Yeah, I think so too, yeah. I think so too,

 

Philip Pape  20:51

yeah. All right. So I mean, I mean, there you go. That's, I know we went a little longer than 15 minutes, but I helped you get through the mental roadblock of between two different goals, right?

 

Jazz Young  21:00

Yes, yes, definitely. Like I said, sometimes I had it in the back of my head, like, maybe you should just change the goal to something like 290 or something like that. But sometimes we need somebody else to tell us, hey, you should do this. Well, I was thinking that so

 

Philip Pape  21:16

exactly, and I would just think of it as like, one quick goal. You get done. Now you're back to your main goal, and you get that done, and you're good

 

Jazz Young  21:24

seeing what you did with Jeremy and how he did it in phases. Oh, yeah. Jerry. Bonanno, yeah, Jerry, I said, Jeremy. Jerry, sorry,

 

Philip Pape  21:31

I've done that to him too. Yeah. Sorry, sorry, Jerry, sorry, Jerry, but yeah, I've

 

Jazz Young  21:36

done that. And I'm like, oh, can do this, do the competition, still hit my goal on some of the lifts that I want to hit, and then focus on the next phase after that. Awesome,

 

Philip Pape  21:49

man. Well, get it done and reach out to me if you have any questions along the way. Like, like I said, this is just to help people and see the how it kind of changes perspective, and it's gonna be a lot of fun.

 

Jazz Young  22:01

Yeah, yeah. I'm looking forward to it. I'm excited.

 

Philip Pape  22:04

I hope you enjoyed that conversation with jazz to us a recording of a 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment. These are free calls that I give all the time. I always have a few spots every week in my calendar. I encourage you, if you are looking for a little bit of assistance, to uncover the one thing that is holding you back and come up with a quick three step action plan, get results in the next 90 days ahead, and use the link in my show notes to schedule that with me. Won't bite, as you could tell from today's call. I just ask you some questions. We figure it out together. They give you some actions. I don't sell anything. I don't even mention my coaching, and you leave with a little bit of of clarity, actually, a lot of clarity and some next steps to take. And then from that, you can always go further and talk about specific resources and actions you can take to put those to the next level. So, if you want to schedule that free 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment, use the link in my show notes, or go to witsweets.com, click the top right, and I will talk to you next time here on the wits, and waits podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Avoid Joint Pain and Tendonitis to Lift Weights Forever (Fatigue Failure) | Ep 198

Are you pushing yourself to the limit in the gym, chasing PRs, but worried about the toll it's taking on your joints and tendons (knees, elbows, shoulders)? What if there was a way to keep making progress without risking nagging injuries? Discover how the engineering principle of Fatigue Failure can help you avoid injuries like tendonitis, bursitis, and tendon tears to keep you lifting for years to come.

Are you pushing yourself to the limit in the gym, chasing PRs, but worried about the toll it's taking on your joints and tendons (knees, elbows, shoulders)?

What if there was a way to keep making progress without risking nagging injuries?

Discover how the engineering principle of Fatigue Failure can help you avoid injuries like tendonitis, bursitis, and tendon tears to keep you lifting for years to come.

We'll break down:

  • Why your tendons behave like materials in engineering

  • The four stages of fatigue failure and how they apply to your training

  • Practical strategies to prevent overloading and allow for proper recovery

  • How to monitor for early signs of tendon fatigue before it's too late

  • The mindset shift from "pushing through pain" to "designing for longevity"

Learn how to find the sweet spot between progress and injury prevention, ensuring you can continue to lift weights and make gains well into the future.

You'll learn strategies to protect your joints and tendons while still making consistent progress in the gym.

Book a FREE 15-minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment, designed to fine-tune your strategy, identify your #1 roadblock, and give you a personalized 3-step action plan in a fast-paced 15 minutes.

Episode summary:

Have you ever wondered how the principles of engineering can enhance your strength training and tendon health? Our latest podcast episode dives deep into this intriguing concept, offering a unique perspective on preventing injuries and optimizing performance through smart training practices.

The episode kicks off with an exploration of fatigue failure, an engineering principle that explains how materials break under repeated stress. Interestingly, our tendons follow the same rules. The host explains that understanding fatigue failure could be the key to preventing nagging injuries and ensuring longevity in your strength training journey. If you're someone who loves to lift, especially heavy, this episode could save your tendons and your progress.

The discussion then delves into the components of fatigue failure: cyclic stress, crack initiation, crack propagation, and final failure. Each of these stages has a direct application to your tendons during strength training. For instance, cyclic stress in engineering refers to repeated loading and unloading cycles. In strength training, every rep of a heavy lift is a cycle of stress on our tendons. This cyclic stress can lead to microtrauma, which, if not properly managed, can accumulate and result in serious injuries like tendonitis or ruptures.

Proper recovery is crucial to prevent these microtears from accumulating. The episode emphasizes the balance between training intensity and recovery, introducing the concept of the fatigue limit or endurance limit. This is the stress level below which failure will not occur, no matter how many times the load is applied. For our tendons, this translates to finding the sweet spot of training intensity and volume that allows for progress without risking injury.

Practical strategies are offered to help lifters maintain tendon health and continuous progress. One key strategy is to prevent overloading. While progressive overload is essential for growth, it should be approached smartly. This means not necessarily going for a one-rep max every session but cycling through different lifts and varying the intensity. Another strategy is allowing for adequate recovery. Just like materials need rest periods between stress cycles, our bodies need rest between heavy lifting sessions. This could mean incorporating strategic deload weeks or simply ensuring you get enough rest between workouts.

Monitoring for signs of fatigue is another critical aspect. Paying attention to your body’s signals, like a slight twinge in your elbow or a click in your shoulder, can help detect early signs of fatigue. These early warnings should not be ignored, as they can indicate impending tendon issues. Regular maintenance and repair, such as proper nutrition, hydration, stretching, and even physical therapy, are also vital for tendon health.

The episode also touches on the importance of adopting varied programming approaches to prevent injuries. This includes modifying training routines, optimizing nutrition, and considering different types of workouts. Listening to your body and sharing these insights with workout partners who might be pushing too hard is encouraged.

The host stresses that tendon pain or injuries should not be seen as failures or setbacks but as valuable data points that tell us something about our training design. Addressing the root cause of these issues, rather than just the symptoms, is crucial for long-term success. This mindset shift from pushing through pain to designing your body for longevity is essential.

As we wrap up, the episode reminds us that our tendons are like the materials engineers work with—they have limits. Understanding these limits doesn't restrict progress; it allows for an optimized approach that balances intensity and recovery. This balance ensures continuous improvement without breaking down.

In summary, this podcast episode offers a wealth of actionable advice to help you achieve long-term success in fitness while maintaining your health. From understanding fatigue failure and cyclic stress to practical strategies for recovery and maintenance, the insights shared are invaluable for anyone serious about strength training. Follow the podcast for more tips and always prioritize smart design and feedback in your training practices.

Join us for a journey that unites evidence-based strategies with the goal of attaining your dream physique safely. Your tendons will thank you, and your progress will be more sustainable than ever.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape: 0:01

If you're like me, you love to get new PRs, you love to crush those lifts, continue making progress session after session. But lately there's been a nagging pain in your elbow, maybe your shoulder, maybe your knee. You brush it off, thinking that's just part of the process, but what if I told you that ignoring these signs could lead to a catastrophic injury? There's an engineering principle called fatigue failure that explains why materials break under repeated stress and guess what? Your tendons follow the same rules. Today, we're diving into how understanding fatigue failure could be the key to preventing nagging injuries and ensuring longevity in your strength training journey. If you're someone who loves to lift, and especially loves to lift heavy, this episode could save your tendons and your progress. Let's engineer a better approach to tendon health.

Philip Pape: 1:00

Welcome to Wits and Weights, the podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, philip Pape, and today we're exploring the engineering concept of fatigue failure. This episode is about keeping your tendons healthy and your lifts progressing. We're gonna break down the components of fatigue failure and see how they directly apply to your tendons during strength training so that you can keep showing up session after session for years and enjoy the process. And, as always, if you're enjoying the show, if you want more content like this that applies these concepts to your fitness, your health, your nutrition, hit the follow button right now. If you're not already following the show, if you just downloaded this one episode for the first time, take a look at the back catalog, subscribe, follow if you like the episode, so that you get notified of future episodes. And right now, when it comes to Apple and Spotify, that's one of the best ways that others can find the show. So go ahead and hit follow and let's jump right into today's episode.

Philip Pape: 2:07

I wanna start by breaking down what fatigue failure actually means in engineering, and then we're gonna quickly apply that to your training. In simple terms, it is the weakening of a material due to repeatedly applied loads. Now, this doesn't happen all at once. It's a gradual process that occurs in stages, and that's where things get interesting for us as lifters, because our body is physical system that includes these special tissue called tendons, and this is really where this process applies. So the four components of fatigue failure in engineering are cyclic stress, crack initiation, crack propagation and final failure. So let's break it down. The first one is cyclic stress. Now, in engineering this refers to repeated loading and unloading cycles In strength training.

Philip Pape: 3:01

Every rep of a heavy lift so every rep of a bench press, let's say, or a squat, is a cycle of stress on our tendons. I want you to think about those heavy singles in that lift, right? That heavy deadlift, that heavy overhead press. Each one is putting significant stress on your tendons, your tendons. The second component is crack initiation In materials. This is where tiny cracks form at stress points. Now, for our tendons, this is the microtrauma that occurs with each heavy lift. It's totally normal, right? This is when you hear about muscles breaking down and experiencing micro tears. This is normal, it's part of the adaptation process. But you have to understand that this is one of the steps along the way.

Philip Pape: 3:47

The third one is crack propagation. This is where those initial tiny cracks grow larger under continued stress. Now in our tendons, this is what happens when we don't allow for proper recovery. Those micro tears start to accumulate and grow. Recovery those micro tears start to accumulate and grow and that leads us to final failure In engineering.

Philip Pape: 4:08

This is where the material can no longer support the load and then it breaks. For our tendons, this is when a major injury can occur, like tendonitis or, unfortunately, what I had, which was a rotator cuff tear, a tendon rupture. Now here's where it gets really interesting, because in engineering there's a concept called fatigue limit or endurance limit, and this is the stress level below which the failure will not occur, no matter how many times the load is applied. So, for our tendons, think of this as the sweet spot of training intensity and volume right, your stimulus that allows for progress but without risking injury. And you might have heard of concepts like stimulus to fatigue. You might have heard of the fitness curve, stress, recovery, adaptation. They all kind of play on this principle of finding balance between the intensity side, where you're actually doing something physical and putting the load on your body, and the recovery side, which, let's be honest, many of us do not pay as much attention to or give enough credence to pay as much attention to or give enough credence to.

Philip Pape: 5:14

So if we want to apply this knowledge practically to our training, I'm going to give you a few strategies here that I think are helpful. The first one is we want to prevent overloading. Now you might say, well, don't you talk about progressive overload all the time? Well, progressive overload is a misnomer. We're not actually overloading. We're simply loading up to an appropriate stress to cause an adaptation. So just as engineers design structures like bridges and buildings to avoid excessive cyclic loading, we need to be careful with our training loads.

Philip Pape: 5:46

But it does mean being smart about progressive overload and thinking about things like okay, I'm not gonna necessarily go for a one RM every session or I'm gonna cycle through different lifts as I test my one RMs, like in, for example, the Westside method. Or instead of hitting one RMs, I'm gonna do doubles, triples, triples or even fives. Still hit it hard, still get close to failure, but it's not that high end. You know 90%, 95% of my maximum load. So there's there's ways to kind of balance this out and I've experienced myself with my shoulder rehab that when I really push for singles or doubles, there's a lot of stress on the tendon. I know it's there. Or doubles, there's a lot of stress on the tendon, I know it's there. I can hear some of the grinding. I get some of the pain if I overdo it and that's my body telling me that those are probably not appropriate for me. If you're still in a healthy state, you haven't gone through that yet. It's good to be proactive and get ahead of that. So preventing overloading just by balancing the intensity is a good strategy.

Philip Pape: 6:55

The second strategy is, of course, allow for recovery. In engineering, materials need rest periods between these stress cycles. For us this means adequate rest between your heavy lifting sessions. That's it. That's really what it means. It also means strategic deloads right Using deload weeks where necessary. Now, a deload isn't let me just take the week off A deload is okay. If I normally train four days a week, maybe I'm still going to go in four days, but I'm going to drop a little bit of the intensity and cut out some sets or exercises to reduce the volume. Or maybe it means I'm going to go from four days normally down to just two days this week and sort of compress into some smaller full body sessions, something like that, where you're basically giving yourself a chance to, you know, fully heal up and recover before you get back to the next cycle of, say, six weeks, eight weeks, 12 weeks, whatever.

Philip Pape: 7:48

The third principle here, or strategy, is to monitor for signs of fatigue, is to monitor for signs of fatigue. So if you listen to my episode about experimentation and prototyping, you know engineers use non-destructive testing to detect early signs of fatigue. So they do things that don't push the material to their limit but still push them enough to kind of get data. So, for us lifters, this means paying attention to our bodies. Okay, I don't know if you hear my my dog's barking, but they're paying attention to something. Anyway, paying attention to our bodies, right, that slight twinge in your elbow, that little bit of a spring when you do your bench press and it gets to that one part of the bench press, you know what I'm talking about. That little bit of a click in your shoulder, that little bit of a crack in your knee, right, don't ignore those. Sometimes they're okay, sometimes they're early warning signs of, you know, impending tendon issues. I've gotten very in tune with that with my shoulder, and you may be familiar with that as well, but we don't want to push through that and push to the full fatigue point, right.

Philip Pape: 8:52

And then number four is maintenance and repair. So, just like structures undergo regular maintenance, we need to take care of our tendons. What does that mean? This means proper nutrition, so not always being in a fat loss phase and not always cutting, especially if you're having some pain, if you're having some fatigue, if you're pushing it really hard. If you're trying to build muscle, you need to be fully fueled up, have enough calories, enough energy, enough carbs to support your tendons. You know, when I get into a period where I need to do some extra rehab, I decide to go into a maintenance phase so that nutrition is out of the equation. This means staying hydrated.

Philip Pape: 9:29

This means, if you need to loosen up a bit, if you need to do some stretching before jumping into a movement, do it right. Some of us, you know we got the really tight shoulders or elbows. We're trying to do a back squat, like a low bar back squat, and you're just not able to get in there fully in one shot. So you can stretch into it right, get under the bar and just kind of stretch to that point where it becomes uncomfortable back off. Do it again back off and sort of ease into it just like any other stretching work. And you may decide to incorporate regular periods of, say, five or 10 minutes of stretching a certain body part to keep it limber and loose, and it's perfectly fine, there's nothing wrong with that. Things like massage, right Physical therapy all those may be in the cards for you, depending on what state you're in. So prevent overload, allow for recovery, monitor for signs of fatigue by paying attention to your body and give yourself some love in the nutrition and the stress and the other parts of your life. So here's a thought that might shift your perspective right.

Philip Pape: 10:30

In engineering, fatigue failure is not a flaw. It's actually a natural process that has to be accounted for when you design the part or design the product. What if we approach our training the same way? Instead of seeing tendon pain or injuries as failures or setbacks, we view them as valuable data points. They are telling us something about our design, right? When I hear people say, well, I got a cortisone shot for this, or I got some, you know, I took some meds or some rest and they're not addressing the actual root cause, that's a red flag, right, because you haven't fixed the design. You're actually putting a band-aid on the situation. Sometimes a cortisone shot can relieve a symptom that allows you to improve the design. Or if the design was correct and you're applying it in a context that has pain or inflammation, even a good design can fail right. So there's context and nuance here.

Philip Pape: 11:30

But when you look at your training and your recovery strategies, and then especially your form and technique. Those are the things that are part of your design right and listening to your body signals and adjusting those things so that, when you're healthy, you're not exacerbating and furthering the injury You're, you're getting back to the root cause and fixing it. That's a very nice place to be and this is a mindset shift from you know, pushing through pain to I'm designing my body for longevity. I'm designing it for longevity. And when you're 20, when you're 25, your body's so resilient you don't notice these things. They will start to accumulate. So get ahead of it as early as you can.

Philip Pape: 12:09

It really isn't about lifting the heaviest possible weight all the time, right, but finding the optimal balance of that intensity and that stress and recovery that allows for continuously improving without you breaking down. All right. So as we wrap up, remember this your tendons, your tendons are like the materials engineers work with. Right, they have limits. They have limits. They're physical materials, they're mechanical materials. But when you understand the limits, it doesn't mean you restrict your progress. It means you can optimize your approach for those.

Philip Pape: 12:44

So, when you're looking at your training session right now, when you're thinking about how you're training, how are you going to go to the gym tomorrow and next week, whether it's a three-day full body, a four-day split, a six-day bodybuilding program. Ask yourself, am I designing for just pushing it all out, to get short-term PRs, or am I designing to continue making progress, get strong, get jacked, get swole, but also have long-term durability right? It's not mutually exclusive. I mean pushing all out all the time is, but I'm saying getting the result is not exclusive with getting durability right. Am I listening to the early warning signs or am I pushing until something breaks? And that's where applying the concept of fatigue failure to your training is a very smart way to go.

Philip Pape: 13:29

All right, if you found value in today's episode, as always, do me a favor and share it with a lifting buddy who's been pushing a little too hard, or who loves to hit PRs all the time, or that guy or that woman who talks about their shoulder, their knee, their elbow right, and let them know about this episode and just to think about it a little bit differently. And of course, they could always reach out to talk specifics. I'm happy to talk about modifications for their training, food, other approaches, other types of programming and so on. And then again, don't forget to hit follow if you haven't already, because your support helps us reach more people. Until next time, keep using your wits, keep lifting those weights and remember, in training as in engineering, sustainability. And remember, in training as in engineering sustainability, longevity is about smart design and listening to the feedback and the data. I'll talk to you next time here on the Wits and Weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Your Very First Cut (Lose 10-30 Pounds of Fat) | Ep 197

Do you want to lose 10-30 pounds of fat without sacrificing muscle or energy? Do you know the common pitfalls that derail fat loss and how to avoid them? Are you ready to learn the smarter, more efficient approach to your first cut? Philip dives into a smarter and more efficient approach to help you achieve your first successful cut, losing 10 to 30 pounds of fat without drastic measures. He breaks down the process of cutting body fat, addressing common concerns such as calorie counting and training adjustments. Philip also outlines the frequent mistakes many make during their first cut, including unrealistic expectations. He shares essential principles and a step-by-step guide for sustainable fat loss.

Do you want to lose 10-30 pounds of fat without sacrificing muscle or energy? Do you know the common pitfalls that derail fat loss and how to avoid them? Are you ready to learn the smarter, more efficient approach to your first cut?

Today, Philip (@witsandweights) dives into a smarter and more efficient approach to help you achieve your first successful cut, losing 10 to 30 pounds of fat without drastic measures. He breaks down the process of cutting body fat, addressing common concerns such as calorie counting and training adjustments. Philip also outlines the frequent mistakes many make during their first cut, including unrealistic expectations. He shares essential principles and a step-by-step guide for sustainable fat loss.

Tune in to learn how to navigate this journey and unlock the physique you've been working hard to reveal.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:40 Mistakes to avoid during your first cut
8:37 Principles for successful and sustainable fat loss
18:00 Step-by-step guide to implementing a successful cut
26:00 Fast-Track Fat Loss Cohort
26:42 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

What if you could transform your body without resorting to crash diets or grueling cardio sessions? This episode uncovers the secrets to efficient fat loss and muscle retention. This episode is your guide through your first cut, helping you shed 10 to 30 pounds of fat while preserving every ounce of hard-earned muscle. Extreme dieting and endless cardio are not only unnecessary but counterproductive. Discover sustainable, balanced strategies that ensure your long-term success and well-being.

Flexible dieting is more than just a trend; it's a game-changer. This episode unfolds how you can hit your macros without depriving yourself of your favorite foods. Learn the nuances of managing hunger—whether it's physical or emotional—and get top tips for meal timing and incorporating nutrient-dense vegetables. Patience is your best friend in this journey, and the episode explains why a slow and steady approach beats quick fixes every time, helping you build habits that last a lifetime.

The episode starts by exploring smarter, more efficient ways to execute your first cut and lose 10 to 30 pounds of fat while preserving muscle and strength. Common pitfalls such as crash dieting, cardio overkill, and food restriction are addressed, emphasizing sustainable approaches instead. The importance of avoiding rapid calorie slashing to prevent muscle loss and rebound weight gain is discussed, along with the drawbacks of excessive cardio, which can interfere with recovery and lower metabolism. Cutting out entire food groups or subsisting on so-called "clean" foods is discouraged, advocating for balanced, maintainable eating habits. The goal is to guide you through a successful fat loss phase without sacrificing your well-being or long-term results.

The next segment focuses on the principles of flexible dieting and realistic expectations for fat loss and muscle building. No food should be off-limits, and hitting macros, enjoying a variety of foods, and listening to your body’s signals are key points. Strategies to manage hunger during fat loss are discussed, including identifying whether it's physical or emotional, and tips like adjusting meal timing and incorporating more vegetables. The importance of patience and realistic expectations is stressed, arguing that a slow and steady approach to fat loss is more sustainable and effective in the long run, avoiding the pitfalls of extreme diets and quick fixes.

Building sustainable fat loss habits is the focus of the following segment. Setting a calorie target, balancing macronutrients, and maintaining high protein intake with moderate fats are emphasized. Individual metabolism and body size can affect carb intake, often resulting in lower carbs without following a strict low-carb diet. Adapting training and recovery to suit fat loss goals, incorporating strategic cardio, and making data-driven adjustments for sustainable progress are key points. Patience, consistency, and learning through the process are highlighted, along with the value of community support. The journey is about personal growth, building better relationships with food, and understanding how to fuel the body effectively.

The episode concludes with a focus on achieving long-term fitness success. The common issue of failing to maintain fitness results due to a lack of accountability and support is addressed. Joining Physique University can place you in the successful five percent who achieve their fitness goals. With an emphasis on using intelligence and strength training, making your first cut just the beginning of a more efficient approach to improving your body composition, mind, and overall physique is discussed.

To dive deeper into the main topics, the episode transcript offers valuable insights. In the 'Efficient Fat Loss and Muscle Retention' segment, the importance of avoiding crash diets, cardio overkill, and food restriction is highlighted. The drawbacks of these approaches and the benefits of sustainable strategies are discussed. The transcript emphasizes the need for gradual calorie reduction, maintaining high protein intake, and focusing on strength training to preserve muscle mass.

In the 'Flexible Dieting and Realistic Expectations' segment, the principles of flexible dieting are explored. No food should be off-limits, and hitting macros while enjoying a variety of foods is emphasized. Managing hunger, both physical and emotional, is discussed, along with tips for meal timing and incorporating vegetables. Patience and realistic expectations are key, as a slow and steady approach to fat loss is more sustainable and effective.

The 'Building Sustainable Fat Loss Habits' segment focuses on setting a calorie target, balancing macronutrients, and maintaining high protein intake. Adapting training and recovery to suit fat loss goals, incorporating strategic cardio, and making data-driven adjustments for continuous progress are key points. The importance of patience, consistency, and community support is highlighted, emphasizing the journey of personal growth and building better relationships with food.

The episode wraps up with a focus on achieving long-term fitness success. The importance of accountability and support in maintaining fitness results is discussed. Joining Physique University is recommended for personalized guidance and achieving long-term success in fitness goals.

This episode of Wits and Weights provides a comprehensive guide to sustainable fat loss and muscle retention. By avoiding extreme measures and adopting balanced, maintainable strategies, you can achieve long-term success in your fitness journey. Flexible dieting, realistic expectations, and building sustainable habits are key principles that can transform your approach to fat loss and muscle retention. Whether you're just starting o


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

You've been training to build strength and muscle. But now you're ready to reveal that harder and physique. The problem is you've never successfully and permanently cut body fat before. And now you're looking to lose anywhere from 10 to 30 pounds. What if I told you there's a smarter, more efficient way to approach your first cut, other than what most people do, that actually preserves muscle and strength. It keeps your energy high and it doesn't require you to cut carbs, live off chicken and broccoli or ramp up your cardio. Today, you'll learn exactly that so you can execute your fat loss phase successfully, the first time.

 

Philip Pape  00:42

Welcome to Whitson weights, the podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique.

 

Philip Pape  00:50

I'm your host, Philip pape, and today we're discussing how to execute your very first cut, and lose 10 to 30 pounds of fat. Now, the process of dropping body fat is not that hard to understand. But the actual implementation is what usually holds people up. First are the basic questions. How many calories? How fast do I lose weight? How much protein? What about carbs? What about my training and cardio? But where people run into a wall is not just with the information? It's with all the what ifs for their personal situation? And their individual response? What are the mistakes people make? Why do cuts fail? And how can you be successful. And that's exactly what we're exploring in today's episode, your very first cut, lose 10 to 30 pounds of fat. Now if you want a detailed guide to help you set up your next cut and dial in your nutrition, I've got a free nutrition for body composition guide that gives you details on numbers like calories and macros, with sections on hydration supplements, how to eat and more, it's really a nice complement to today's episode that can help you follow along and fill in all those details. So to get your free copy, just click the link in the show notes. Or go to Whitson weights.com/free. You know, set yourself up for success here by downloading my free guide. It's for body composition nutrition, downloaded by clicking the link in the show notes or going to Whitson weights.com/free Alright, so today, we are covering three sections. First of all the mistakes people usually make during their first cut. This is what often holds people up and why people fail not only to properly complete the cut, but to maintain the results, then we're gonna go over some smart, efficient approaches to cutting body fat without sacrificing muscle or sanity. And then finally, I'll give you a step by step guide to implementing this approach for your own successful cut. So we're going to kick things off with what are the problems most people face when attempting their first cut. And after years of helping people and lots and lots of clients and listeners go through this process? I've definitely seen some common pitfalls come up over and over and over again. And I'm going to simplify them here into the top five that I think are most common. So the first one is this whole idea of a crash diet, a quick fix, or I just need to get the results, I'm going to do it fast, I'm going to slash my calories dramatically to get the results. Because on one hand, yes, energy balance is a thing. When you burn or when you consume fewer calories than you burn, you're going to lose weight. But when you do it too quickly, although it leads to rapid weight loss, a good chunk of that is muscle. Right. So this is this is like rule number one when it comes to dieting or fat loss is not doing it too quickly, because of the potential for muscle loss. But not not only that, also the hunger, the irritability, and then the inevitable rebound that happens that leads to what we call yo yo dieting. And even if you don't think you're necessarily prone to that, think of all the times you've tried to lose fat and maybe not maintain the results. Or you've gone on a quote unquote, diet. Maybe it's keto carnivore or something else. And it's a temporary situation. And then you're done with a fat loss phase. And then you go back to eating how you were before and gain the weight back. All of that's kind of tied into this crash diet trap that people find themselves in. So the antidote to that, of course is going to be not going to quickly we're going to get into that. But that's the first one. The second mistake people make is cardio overkill, right chronic cardio, you might have heard it called because there's this persistent myth not sure why it's still out there, that these endless hours of cardio are the key to fat loss. And I hear it in the language and people say well, I'm going to in a fat loss phase, so therefore I'm going to ramp up my cardio or ramp up even my even steps even walking. And I am a big fan of Addy movement where it makes sense and it's sustainable, and it will help but too much. Not only can be unsustainable, it can backfire because it can possibly interfere with your recovery. It can add stress and it causes your body sometimes to compensate and actually lower your metabolism and then all of This ties into the first one of okay, you're going too fast, you've got too much stress in your body. Now you're exacerbating that. And it's just a recipe for disaster, hunger, all the things poor sleep, and then you're done. Like, you don't want to finish the fat loss phase. So, too much cardio can be a problem, there's a strategic way to incorporate cardio. The third pitfall is food restriction. Now, this is somewhat tied to the first one of, of going too quickly. But in this case, I'm specifically talking about cutting out foods or entire food groups, or trying to subsist on what you think of as clean foods only. It's like your diet foods, it's like when I'm in a diet, I eat this or I cut these things out. And then when I'm not I go back, that is the opposite of sustainable, right? Not only that, it's it's pretty miserable. And let's be honest, to do that in any context, it can also lead to nutrient deficiencies, and it throws off your macro balance, it just makes it harder, rather than easier, which is kind of counterintuitive. But it really is. I like to think of it this way, a diet is very simple to understand, right? You eat this, you eat that. But then when you put it into practice, you realize that in your individual situation, it doesn't work at all, because the things they're telling you to cut are things that you would otherwise like to eat. And again, that is not sustainable. So food restriction, no, you know, reducing calories, yes, we're going to reduce calories, we're going to do it in a smart way and still have foods that you enjoy. The next pitfall is on the strength training side, basically neglecting your strength training, or not doing it properly to hold on to that strength and muscle. Some folks or a lot of folks think they need to switch to high rep low rep, sorry, high rep, low weight training during a cut, when in reality, keeping the load or the intensity high. Keeping that stimulus high is actually one of the most important factors for holding on to your muscle mass. And it really comes down to are you training close to failure? Are you training hard, it doesn't preclude you going to a higher rep type of program like a bodybuilding program. But by definition, you don't need to switch up your training entirely, you can usually continue doing the exact same thing, if the recovery is okay. So that's the fourth pitfall. And then the finally, is up here between your years is the impatience and the unrealistic expectations, okay. And that kind of all ties into an adherence and consistency and maybe even motivation, where you think you can lose more than you really can in a certain period. Right. And that leads you to go too quickly number, the first pitfall. And so you have these unrealistic expectations, like I need, I need, I need to lose 30 pounds, and I'm going to do it in two months, right or something like that. And then when it doesn't start to happen fast enough, you get impatient. Whereas the opposite of, of coming up with a very reasonable, moderate rate of loss where you may, you may lose half of what you thought you can lose in that period. But you can go week after week, and keep executing, and you can have your social events, and you can enjoy your foods. And it ties in to all the other pitfalls we talked about overcoming and now you end up losing a bunch of weight that you wouldn't have been able to lose otherwise. Because because of the impatience and the unrealistic expectations, right? You don't want to go too aggressive, overall with your approach, and harm yourself in the process mentally and physically. So what happens when you have any one or combination of these mistakes? That's where we have our failed cuts. That's where we have our yo yo dieting. That's where we have muscle loss, and ultimately, frustration. All right, so those are the classic big mistakes people make. Now I'm going to talk about principles that will help you be successful. And you're going to notice that these principles are often a an antidote to the pitfalls. So the first one is gradual calorie reduction, right, instead of slashing calories, massively, or cutting or whatever, or cutting lots of foods out so that you can cut calories significantly, we're going to create a moderate deficit that allows for steady fat loss while preserving muscle. Now outside of the scope of this episode, there are recent episodes I've done on my stairstep fat loss process, and also three new ways to do a dieting phase, which are basically nonlinear diets. And those are other creative ways to go at different moderate deficits for you, that help you get through the process because ultimately, the thing that's going to make you successful is can you stick with it to eventually get that result. Alright, so gradual calorie reduction. Next, we're going to focus on protein, right Protein Protein Protein, keeping that protein high, and I say high but in reality, it's balanced, but it's high compared to the general population. Most people are very underfed on protein, you are aiming for a much higher level more in that. We're going to talk about the numbers but it's point seven to one gram per pound of your target, excuse me of your target body weight, keeping that Protein high is going to preserve your muscle mass during the cut. The next principle is maintaining your strength. Now I put it that way on purpose because there's nothing you can do about how much muscle you maintain. In other words, you can't directly influence that. But indirectly, by thinking in terms of strength, in other words, pushing your progressive overload in the gym, pushing, getting more reps or more weight, even though you're in fat loss and mentally going after it that way is going to put you in the regime where you're you got, you have that signal to your body that it has to hold on to muscle, what you may find in reality is that as you're losing weight, let's say you've lost 510 pounds, and all of a sudden, maybe you miss a rep, right, or maybe you can't go up in weight, but you got the same reps or the same weight as last time, well, the fact you have five or 10 pounds lighter, and pushing the same weight as last time than you were five or 10 pounds heavier, means you're actually stronger in relative terms, right. And I don't know if what order the episodes are coming out. But I did an episode about scaling laws, where like, you have to think of relative strength, not just absolute strength. And when you're losing weight, the relative strength is important. Keep in mind from a mental perspective, because we're emphasizing, maintaining that strength, which then maintains that muscle. Alright, so the next principle is strategic cardio, which again, you see how these align with the other pitfalls I talked about. So instead of this, like I just need to be on the endless treadmill, you know, metaphorical treadmill, it could be running, it could be, it could be biking, it could be whatever. Instead of that, we're going to use cardio strategically. And the way I would do this is number one, incorporate walks, where they're enjoyable, you can use some habit stacking, like listening to a podcast while you walk something like that. Or if you've got a treadmill and you want to watch Netflix, or do some work while you walk, things like that you do it strategically if you're trying to add some activity, but you can also make your existing cardio a little bit harder. So you know, burn a little bit more calories, and take more advantage of the time you have but without pushing it. So this would be for example, going on an incline when you walk instead of flat, or adding a rucksack, right or hopping on a an assault bike that you've never done before. And now it's going to probably burn more calories because you're not you're kind of clumsy at it, you kind of inefficient at it. So these are strategic ways incorporate cardio. Having said that, if you enjoy these activities, any form of cardio and want to include it throughout your week, as long as you don't overdo it and it doesn't overcome your lifting in terms of quantity, then you're probably fine. Just got to listen to your body and listen to your recovery.

 

Philip Pape  12:40

Hey, this is Philip and I hope you're enjoying this episode of Whitson weights. I started with some weights to help ambitious individuals in their 30s 40s and beyond, who want to build muscle lose fat and finally look like they lift. I've noticed that when people transform their physique, they not only look and feel better, but they also experienced incredible changes in their health, confidence and overall quality of life. If you're listening to this podcast, I assume you want the same thing to build your ultimate physique and unlock your full potential. Whether you're just starting out or looking to take your progress to the next level. That's why I created wit's end weights physique University, a semi private group coaching experience designed to help you achieve your best physique ever, with a personalized done for you nutrition plan, custom designed courses, new workout programs each month, live coaching calls and a supportive community, you'll have access to everything you need to succeed. If you're ready to shatter your plateaus and transform your body and life, head over to Whitson weights.com/physique or click the link in the show notes to enroll today. Again, that's Whitson weights.com/physique. I can't wait to welcome you to the community and help you become the strongest cleanest and healthiest version of yourself. Now back to the show.

 

Philip Pape  14:00

The next one is flexible dieting. So this one goes hand in hand with the food restriction. In this case, we are saying no food is off limits, right? We're focused on hitting our macros, enjoying a variety of foods, and listening to our body. Now that listening to our body part gets a little bit wonky, because people are like, What do you mean? Well, very simply, I would say hunger is going to be the big one. And then things like digestion, right? And just generally how you feel after eating things are going to be the other drivers. So during fat loss, if you're hitting all your macros, but you're still hungry, then you then you ask yourself, Okay, am I hungry? Because it's normal physical hunger because I'm losing fat in which case, I can reframe it as a positive like, Hey, I've got some hunger. Pretty cool. That means I'm losing fat. Let me go get a glass of water, go do some activity, whatever, or is it emotional hunger, which is a whole whole different situation that we have to analyze as well and it's okay to have both. And both can have different solutions, right like replacing a sweet tooth cream Been with fruit, or adding lots of veggies to your lunch and dinner to fill you up, or switching around your meal timing. So that, you know, your body doesn't think you've got this long stretch where you're just not eating, and now you get hungry. Because the calories are low. There's a lot of clever things we can do. There's no one right approach. But that's the part of the flexibility. It's the flexibility with food, but also how you arrange that food within your day to day. And then finally, of course, we have the antidote of impatience and unrealistic expectations is realistic expectations and patience, right? The long game is actually the fastest path. I've said that before. But I want to reiterate here, because like, just like the tortoise and hare right, slow and steady, when it comes to fat loss will definitely help you get through it. Because even if you ultimately don't lose as much as you want it to in a certain period, you're probably going to lose a lot more than you would have if you were impatient and try to go after it quickly. And our brains have a hard time reconciling that. But all you have to do is look to your past look to those times when you did a diet and either gave up, or you binge, or you lost a bunch of weight, and then you went back and quickly gained it back. Right? And I don't so I don't want you to say that, Oh, keto worked for me because I lost 40 pounds, and then you gained 50 pounds back, okay, then keto didn't work for you. But if you lost 40 pounds over, say twice as long of a period, and then now you're able to maintain the results, you know what your maintenance calories look like, you can kind of hold on to that physique for a while, ah, then you've done it, okay. And I fell into this trap many, many times, I went through many diets, some weird ones, I didn't even have names for where I'd have these small lists of strange foods that I put together, that I was basically just cutting a ton of calories by limiting my palette. And I was miserable, and I lose a bunch of weight, I lose a bunch of muscle. And then of course, I'm done and say, okay, thank God, now I can go back to what I was eating before, where's the pizza, right. And that is not what we're trying to do. So those of you thinking, I just need to cut carbs, oh, I just need to go on carnivore, I see it in my lifting communities, where kind of the advice that gets thrown around often is like, you just got to eat clean for a while, you just gotta cut this, this this and shake my head. And, you know, I hesitate to jump in and offer advice to people who don't want it. But I see that. And I'm thinking that's that's how people get into trouble. And for those of you who've reached out to me or like helped me out, because I don't want to do it that way, you find that you don't have to do it that way. So this approach allows you to lose fat, to maintain muscle to keep your energy levels stable. And here's the thing to enjoy the process. Like it's a process of growth, and mental and physical evolution. It's learning about yourself and learning what can actually work just like when you're lifting weights, okay, don't think of these as as, as distinct processes. They're all processes of growth, having a growth mindset, learning about yourself and not suffering through. Right, not thinking that this is a punishment, or a short term, terrible extreme situation I have to put myself through, it doesn't have to be that way. Alright, so we talked about common mistakes, and common principles, right. For this last segment, I'm just going to break this down into some basic steps that you can take to implement this approach. And of course, if you want more details, this is where you definitely want to reach out and check out some of my other content, because I break things down for different areas. You can't learn this on the day necessarily, but you can definitely understand the overall process pretty quickly. Alright, so step one is to establish your baseline. Well, how did you do that? Okay, when you're lifting weights, how do you establish your baseline for your squat? Well, you kind of test out your squat. On day one, you're pretty clumsy, you don't have very good form, you keep it light. And you learn a little bit about your technique. Okay, next day you go in, you're a little more confident, maybe add a little bit more weight, you get a little bit better technique. Basically, you go for a few weeks, maybe two to three weeks, right? And by the end of two or three weeks, you've got a pretty decent squat, assuming you've had some feedback, right? A coach form checks, whatever. And you kind of know where your baseline is, in terms of strength. Well, same thing with your diet and your body. If you can spend two to three weeks tracking your food, tracking your weight, and then you can kind of figure out how many calories is my body actually burning? Right? And I talked all about this in the macros are all you need episode. That might have been last week actually, and I talked about using macro factor to do this. But there's a lot of ways you can do it. You need to understand your baseline by tracking and measuring. Step two is now you can set your calorie target. And this is where you would say okay, I want to go into fat loss. And so forget about what target you want. Think about what rate of loss is sustainable, and let that determine what target you can hit when it's a different way than most people think most people put it the other way around, like I have to lose 20 pounds, and then they come up with a plan based on that and the plan ends up being not right for them. So set your calorie target for something like half a percent of your body weight a week, which for a lot of people is going to be about a pound a week, or a 500 calorie deficit a day. Like that's a really good ballpark for a lot of people. If you're bigger, if you have a lot more muscle, if you've done this before, you might be able to push it to pound and a half or up to two pounds. But that tends to be more on the aggressive side. I've rarely rarely had clients above that. But I've often had clients below the pound per week because of their metabolism, because their metabolism isn't that high. Because remember, whatever deficit you set, and the calories that results in for you to eat, you've got to look at that number and say, Can I eat this way day after day after day? For like 12 or 16 weeks or potentially longer, right? And if the answer is no, then it's too aggressive. Or you need a more creative approach, like shifting your calories around cycling, nonlinear dieting, all of that well beyond the scope of this episode. But that's how we make it sustainable. Then step three is is focusing on your macros, right, so you've got a calorie target, within that calorie target, you're going to keep the protein pretty high, the fats pretty moderate, say around 20 to 30% of your calories. And then the rest are carbs. Depending on your calorie level, this will probably result in a moderate to lower amount of carbs during fat loss. And for some of you smaller females or even smaller males who have a lower metabolism. This could result in fairly low carbs. And we're not doing a low carb diet. We're not doing keto, we're not doing this any anything intentionally like that. But we are trying to keep the protein high in the fats moderate, and it may result in fairly low carbs or fat loss. And it may look almost like a low carb diet in that sense. And so that's one of the trade offs we make. Alright, so you know what your baseline is, right? We know what our deficit is, we've got our macro set. What about training, I've mentioned it already, plan your training to just be the same. And if recovery starts to become an issue, or if you're always trying to push PRs, that may not be appropriate for fat loss, you may need to go to something different, moderate the volume, moderate the days per week, right. And then along with that as the strategic cardio, like we talked about before, and then all you're going to do is track and adjust, track and adjust. And this is where rapid prototyping comes into play. Another another principle I talked about on a recent episode, I look it up rapid prototyping, go to my catalog, you'll see only one episode with that term. And this really is about experimenting with yourself as you go along. Because whatever plan you had on day one, by day two, or by week two, it may need change. So that you can continue making sustainable progress. It's data driven adjustments. This is where having an accountability partner. Having a coach having a community is massive, it's a huge game changer. Because those people can look over your shoulder and say, Hey, did you do this? And how do you feel? And is this working for you. And if not, here are some ideas. Lastly, of course, be can be patient and consistent. And plan for your cut to last anywhere from eight to 16 weeks, on average, eight to 16 weeks. So if you know your rate of loss, and you assume eight to 16 weeks, because beyond that, it just gets kind of miserable. And I wouldn't recommend being in fat loss longer than that at any one time. Just do the math. And you can kind of tell the ballpark where you're going to end up with at a target weight. And you can reverse engineer that and say, Okay, now how many times I need to do that over the next say year to really get closer to where I want to be. So I think this is this whole episode is really all encompassing, it's a very sound blueprint, I didn't dive into too much of the weeds because I don't want to overwhelm you today. But you know, it's like when you build a house, and you find out that the lumber just went up in price, your wife actually wants a bigger laundry room, or the trusses you ordered have a vaulted ceiling that you didn't expect. Yeah, true story. Just like all of these unexpected things that might come up your fat loss journey is going to start popping up these little surprises along the way, based on your metabolism, your recovery, how you respond to training, and all of these things that you're going to need to adjust to. And that's a totally normal part of the process, right? If you return to this episode, and you just remind yourself of the mistakes people make, and the principles to adhere to. And then the steps, all of those can be applied to your situation and you're going to be successful. And then that brings me to the big reveal. All right, the real success of your cut is not about the pounds lost or the muscle revealed. It is about what you're going to learn through this process. I'm such a huge advocate of this being a process of personal growth. It's not about losing fat, it's building a better relationship with the things that nourish you the things that your body interacts with. It's doing hard things, but enjoying what comes out of doing those hard things and them not being suffering or painful. It's learning to listen to and roll with your body. Right? Understand how different foods affect your energy and performance. You're gonna learn all of that by taking this methodical approach. It's methodical, but it's highly adept. optimal, you notice I didn't tell you exactly what to do, I gave you a blueprint, right? So that you can build those skills, you can build the habits, and learn how to fuel your body properly, how to balance this enjoyment of it, but also the progress where you're pushing, and you're doing hard things, and then make adjustments based on data. And that's the power of this approach, right, not just changing your body, but changing your mind, building the confidence to know how this stuff actually works. And then you'll be able to maintain the results. And that is what less than 5% of people actually are able to do. So if you're still tempted by cutting carbs by food programs, like optive, via by weight loss, drugs, or some other extreme approach, remember this sustainable enjoyable progress beats short term miserable results every time, your very first cut, or your very first cut done right is an opportunity to learn and build something that lasts. And if you're consistent, if you're patient, if you're willing to learn, you'll become a more informed, capable individual. Okay, if you found value in what I shared with you today, and you're ready to take your fat loss to the next level, I want to invite you to check out Whitson weights physique university, that is our comprehensive semi private coaching program, where you get personalized guidance, accountability, to help you achieve your dream physique. And as this episode comes out, we just launched the Fast Track fat loss cohort, it's a private group within WWE within the university. And it's a way to save 15% off the normal price while getting even more personalized attention. To accelerate your fat loss phase, such as one on one calls personalized feedback on your data and so on. So that you can commit to the process, over 95% of people fail to maintain the results. And it's usually due to a lack of accountability and support. That is it. And if you want to be in the 5% of those who do succeed, I think it's a no brainer to join physique University, especially for what it costs. So to learn more, click the link in the show notes, or head over to Whitson weights.com/physique. Again, click the link in the show notes or head over to Whitson weights.com/physique. Until next time, keep using your wits lifting those weights and remember that your first cut is just the start of a smarter, more efficient way to improve your body, your body composition, your mind and your physique. I'll talk to you next time. You're on the wits and weights podcast

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Why You Can't Stop Eating (How to Break Food Addiction) with Dr. Judson Brewer | Ep 196

Are those late-night cravings for ice cream sabotaging your fitness goals? Do you struggle to tell the difference between real hunger and emotional eating? Have you ever wondered if there's a way to manage cravings without relying on willpower alone? Philip sits down with Dr. Judson Brewer, a renowned neuroscientist from Brown University, to unlock the secrets of conquering food cravings and building healthier eating habits. Philip and Dr. Jud dive into real-life examples and actionable steps to help you transform your relationship with food. From distinguishing between true hunger and emotional cravings to embracing mindfulness and self-compassion, this episode is packed with valuable tools to support your fitness journey.

Are those late-night cravings for ice cream sabotaging your fitness goals? Do you struggle to tell the difference between real hunger and emotional eating? Have you ever wondered if there's a way to manage cravings without relying on willpower alone?

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) sits down with Dr. Judson Brewer, a renowned neuroscientist from Brown University, to unlock the secrets of conquering food cravings and building healthier eating habits. Philip and Dr. Jud dive into real-life examples and actionable steps to help you transform your relationship with food. From distinguishing between true hunger and emotional cravings to embracing mindfulness and self-compassion, this episode is packed with valuable tools to support your fitness journey.

Dr. Judson Brewer is the director of Research and Innovation at the Mindfulness Center and a professor at Brown University. He is a leading expert in mindfulness training for addictions and has developed innovative treatments for smoking, emotional eating, and anxiety. During their conversation, Dr. Jud shares insights from his groundbreaking research on the neuroscience of cravings and practical strategies to break free from unhealthy eating patterns.

Tune in and learn how to change your brain's response to food, manage food cravings, and align your eating habits with your fitness goals.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:12 Dr. Jud's experience with cravings and ineffective willpower
4:26 The difference between emotional and physical hunger
8:01 The role of the food industry in shaping eating habits
12:49 How to rewire your brain and manage cravings
18:20 His stance on tracking your nutrition
19:26 The impact of societal pressures on eating habits
21:29 Techniques for recognizing and addressing true hunger
33:14 Adjusting your top-down model for better food choices
42:54 Questions from the community
48:48 Finding satisfying and healthy food alternatives
54:28 Reprogramming your reaction to hunger
56:40 The question Dr. Jud wished Philip had asked
58:54 Where to find more resources from Dr. Jud
59:25 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Philip Pape sits down with Dr. Judson Brewer to delve into the complex world of food cravings. Dr. Brewer, an expert in mindfulness training for addictions, provides invaluable insights into the science behind our eating habits and offers practical strategies to manage them. This episode is a must-listen for anyone struggling with emotional eating or unhealthy food cravings.

The episode kicks off with Dr. Brewer sharing his personal battles with cravings, particularly for ice cream and gummy worms. This sets the stage for a broader discussion on the difference between emotional and physical hunger. Emotional hunger, or hedonic hunger, is driven by emotional states rather than actual caloric needs. Dr. Brewer explains that understanding this distinction is crucial for addressing unhealthy eating behaviors.

Reinforcement learning, a concept deeply rooted in neuroscience, plays a significant role in how we develop and sustain food cravings. This learning mechanism, which helped our ancestors survive by remembering food sources and avoiding danger, is now being exploited by modern food environments. Dr. Brewer emphasizes that traditional methods like willpower and restrictive diets often fail because they do not address the root causes of these behaviors.

Marketing tactics by fast food giants like McDonald's and Taco Bell are another focal point of the episode. These companies have mastered the art of associating their products with positive emotions and convenience, making it challenging to break free from these habits. Dr. Brewer highlights the need for a deeper understanding of reward-based learning to counter these manipulative strategies.

Societal biases and judgments related to body image also come under scrutiny. The episode discusses the importance of building resilience against these pressures and shifting the focus towards self-care and compassion. Dr. Brewer provides practical advice on differentiating between hedonic and homeostatic hunger, urging listeners to ask themselves, "Am I actually hungry?" This simple question can be a powerful tool in managing food cravings.

Mindful eating is another key topic discussed in the episode. By paying attention to hunger and fullness cues, we can avoid overeating and reduce the appeal of unhealthy foods. Dr. Brewer explains how mindful eating can change our perception of food, making less healthy options less appealing over time. This approach aligns our eating habits with our fitness goals without relying on willpower.

The episode also explores how early experiences and parental responses can shape lifelong eating habits. Dr. Brewer discusses the challenges of changing ingrained behaviors in adulthood and offers strategies to overcome them. By fostering curiosity and incremental exposure, we can rewire our top-down model to accept and even enjoy previously disliked foods.

Curiosity and flexibility are recurring themes throughout the episode. Dr. Brewer encourages listeners to question their behaviors and allow themselves to learn from past experiences. By building a "disenchantment database," we can facilitate long-term change and make healthier choices effortlessly.

In summary, this episode of Wits and Weights provides a comprehensive look at the science of food cravings and offers actionable advice for managing them. Dr. Judson Brewer's expertise in mindfulness training for addictions sheds light on the complex interplay between our brains and our eating habits. Whether you're battling late-night snacking or stress eating, this episode offers a path to freedom that doesn't rely on restrictive dieting or endless cardio.

Tune in to gain a deeper understanding of your own mind and discover practical strategies to break free from unhealthy eating habits. By embracing mindfulness and curiosity, you can transform your eating habits and achieve long-term success in your fitness and nutrition journey.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

You probably found yourself mindlessly reaching for that extra slice of pizza? Binge watching another episode when you should be sleeping, or reflexively checking your phone for the 100th time today. Even if you've put in the work at the gym, those pesky food cravings are sabotaging your efforts to build that lean strong physique. You're after you've hit your macros for the day, but that pint of ice cream in the freezer is calling your name. You know, these habits aren't serving you or your health, but breaking free from them seems nearly impossible. What if I told you that the key to conquering these cravings isn't more willpower or a stricter diet, but understanding the inner workings of your own mind. In today's episode, we're sitting down with a neuroscientist who's cracked the code on why we get hooked on foods and how we can break free whether you're battling late night snacking, stress eating, or any other food related habit that's hindering your physique goals. My guests groundbreaking research offers a path to freedom that doesn't rely on restrictive dieting, or endless cardio. Today, you'll learn science back strategies to rewire your brain, break bad eating habits and take control of your nutrition once and for all, so that your eating habits and fitness goals are better aligned.

 

Philip Pape  01:09

Welcome to Whitson weights, the podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, Philip pape, and today we have a very special guest joining us, Dr. Judson Brewer. Dr. Brewer is the Director of Research and Innovation at the mindfulness center, and professor at Brown University's School of Public Health and Medical School. He's an internationally recognized expert in mindfulness training for addictions, and has developed groundbreaking app based treatments for smoking, emotional eating, and anxiety. He's also the author of several popular books, including The hunger habit, why we eat when we're not hungry, and how to stop. Today, we'll be discussing strategies that actually work for managing food cravings and breaking poor eating habits, all backed by cutting edge neuroscience, this is often the missing piece, if you're looking to optimize your nutrition for your health and physique goals. Dr. Brewer or should I say Judd, welcome to the show.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  02:03

Thanks for having me. So, Judd,

 

Philip Pape  02:05

I first heard you on or not first heard you, but I heard you again on the hidden brain recently, and then I reached out to you could come on the show. And then I got a chance to read your book, The Hunger habit. And there's this powerful moment in the book. And I think you mentioned on the show as well, a light bulb moment when you were working with patients struggling with binge eating. Can you start by painting a picture of a particular instance, from your own life? Perhaps involving ice cream or gummy worms? Where you found yourself, you know, in front of the pantry or fridge, you're grappling with a craving? You know, what was that inner battle? Like? Because I think so many of us can relate to that. And then what would you have tried back then that we now know maybe isn't so effective? Yeah.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  02:44

Well, I could do it. I mean, back in high school, I had a very strict diet, because I was trying to optimize my athletic performance, I needed all the help that I could get. And, you know, offseason. So I would need any basically no processed sugar, you know, and just really healthy, clean diet. And offseason, no, just the ice cream would call to me. And so I'd find myself, you know, galloping through a half gallon of ice cream. Fast forward to I think it was cheese, grad school residency, I think, when gummy worms were kind of my siren song where they would just call me and there was nothing I could do, I was totally under their control. So I'd eat, you know, whatever bag of gummy worms no matter how big it was, I would have it, you know, I'd eat the whole thing in one sitting because I knew at least they would be out of the house. Until of course, I bought the next bagger somebody gave me some. And so, you know, willpower, you know, a lot of discipline for all sorts of things, you know, from, you know, athletic training, to getting into medical school to completing a PhD and all that. But it didn't seem to apply when it came to gummy worms. So that's where, you know, ironically, I started practicing what I was researching, I found that it worked pretty well for me.

 

Philip Pape  04:09

Yeah, I can identify with that. Back in college, I had a convenience store right around from my dorm, like literally in the building. And they had Sour Patch Kids or something like that, you know, and it's like, you have one bag of those. And every day you get a habit of just having having another bag like it just have to have it. And listeners can relate to that so much. So that brings up the idea then of the emotional versus physical hunger, or I think you call it he Donek hunger, how you know, emotional states drive people to eat. Maybe let's start there. Because people are wondering, how do I even distinguish that? Where do I even start? Before I then go down the rabbit hole of what to do about it?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  04:44

I think that's a great place to start you as a neuroscientist. I think it's generally very helpful for us to understand how our brains work, and we don't need to know it down to the synapse level. But it is helpful to know some of these general frameworks and one of the most basic frameworks that is evolutionarily conserved all the way back to the sea slug is this process called reinforcement learning. And it helped our ancestors survive before we had, you know, ready availability of food. And both in terms of learning where food sources were, but also learning where danger was. So they could, you know, go get more food and avoid danger is basically get lunch and not become lunch is the way that I think of it. And so that is described as homeostatic hunger. And the reason it's called that, you know, that fancy term homeostasis just means it's trying to keep us in balance. So when our stomach is empty, we're out of balance, and our body kicks into gear, dopamine fires and says, go get some food. Well, it actually starts back with learning dopamine firing when we learn where a new food source is. So if there's something surprising that they say, oh, there's food over there, then that Oh, signals dopamine to fire. And we actually laid on a memory that says, hey, remember this, remember where this food sources, and then that dopamine firing shifts from that Oh, surprise, because it's no longer surprising to, Hey, get out of the cave and go get the food when we're hungry. So we get back, you know, when we're out of balance, it says, Go get back and get balance. So that's homeostatic hunger. hedonic hunger was coined probably within the last 20 years. And it was coined as a response to what researchers were finding, which is that people are eating a whole lot, not when they're hungry, not when their stomach is empty, not when their body is saying that it needs calories. But when they're out of balance in a different way, emotionally. And they coined, it's a misnomer, actually, because it's called hedonic hunger, meaning eating because of emotion. But it's a misnomer, because we're not actually hungry. We're just eating because there's a, the urge to eat. And that urge says go eat. But often, you know, bringing this back to when I first started working with patients with binge eating and or disorder around this, they couldn't tell the difference between when they were actually hungry, or when they just had an urge to eat, because they had learned that, you know, when they felt sad, they could eat as a way to distract themselves when they were celebrating something they could eat, you know, as a way to reinforce that process. So they were mixing up this homeostatic mechanism of this reinforcement learning, where they were learning to reinforce behaviors, such as making themselves feel better through food, rather than filling their, you know, filling their calorie deficits,

 

Philip Pape  07:42

so to speak. That makes a lot of sense. I mean, we hear that often how something we've evolved that was beneficial in the wild under a different environment. Now we have this, you know, modern food environment, that is up plenty. And like you said, it's not really hunger, right? It's filling a gap, or having an urge, or there's some chemical link that forms out of habit. And again, we're gonna get to what do we do about it in a second, but I want to tie that concept to the environment, since I did just mention that the modern food environment, the food industry, which is not just their happenstance, there's a lot of design and intent behind it. And I'm not gonna call them villains or anything, they're doing what they do to make money, and it is what it is. But it makes food very addictive, right? It taps into that exact thing you talked about, which I assume is a reward system. When you mentioned dopamine, it sounds like to me, maybe tell us about that. We're not using it so much as an excuse, as we want to be aware of this and be aware of even the manipulations that might be going on. And so we can make better choices around that. Right.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  08:41

And I like the way you framed that this isn't about vilifying an industry, that either because this is really about just how humanity has been conditioned through capitalism, to say, hey, you know, making money is a good thing. And so if we had been conditioned as a society to say, hey, public health is the ultimate greatest good, we probably wouldn't be in this predicament because people would be designing food to optimally deliver nutrition, and not optimally addict us. So that will eat more. So the idea of, you know, if it's a growth industry, if it's, you know, a consumer model, so to speak, where you get people to consume to make profit, then people are going to be conditioned to try to get people to eat as much as possible, because they'll get you know, the revenue will come in the margins will be higher, and they'll ultimately, you know, help their stakeholders who will then feel like they are momentarily fulfilled because the stock price goes up and then we can see how that becomes a vicious cycle itself. We can talk about that later where, you know, that's ultimately this meeting the same, the same process. That's not actually helping people be healthier or happier, but we're just stuck in and because we don't know any way out As a society, so it's not society's fault, it was, you know, it was set up, you know, way, way, way long time ago. So with that as a backdrop, if you put yourself in the perspective of a company that's trying to maximize profits or increase its, you know, its growth so that it can, you know, meet its projections and then get have its stock go up, then they're going to do everything they can to learn about how our brains work, so that they can tap into these learning mechanisms to get us to consume. And so and Michael Moss, I think, wrote a beautiful book over 10 years ago now, around how the food industry, you know, it's peeling back the curtain, this exposition on the food industry, and all the different ways that the food industry has been doing this for decades. You know, you can think back to 1963. When was it Lay's potato chips came out with the big candy? Just one, right? Because we're designing it that way. So you know, they put it in our face, that they're they're doing all this stuff to make food addictive, whether it's a bliss point, which is a perfect, you know, mix of sugar, salt and fat to banishing caloric density, which is exactly what it sounds like, we're, like, think of any puff type thing. You know, like a Cheetos or whatever, where it melts in your mouth, in your body says, Did I just eat something? I don't think so. Because it's gone. I should eat another thing. You know, and so we get all these calories in, but our brain is like, but it's supposed to I have to I'm supposed to to it right? Because that's what that's what natural does. So that's the backdrop against, you know, against with, we're working. I'm not saying that properly. But that's what we're up against. Let's put it that way. And just to kind of name how explicit it is. RJR Nabisco. So RJ Reynolds merged at some point with Nabisco. Right, RJ Reynolds, a tobacco company, they had all these engineers that knew how to get people addicted to cigarettes. And they started applying that to food. Right? So it's, you know, again, that's how they're choosing to spend their time. So if we don't know how that process works, then we have very little chance of being able to work against it. Because, you know, they got billions of dollars invested in getting us addicted. And all we have is our one little brain. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  12:28

And my comment about them making money too is like, I mean, simple thing is capitalism and economics drives. Behavioral Economics drives an entire industry to then become neuroscience experts and psychology experts. We see it in marketing, right? For years, we've seen it in marketing, even go back, you know, and look at the old Howdy Doody show. And you see how like, right in the show, they're marketing straight to kids, because they understand the psychology of it all. I just saw Taco Bell ad that was my wife and I were watching people were like, really, that's how they're pushing this, it was about how you have no time to eat. So go get Taco Bell. And it was like, wow, like, we're just throwing mindfulness out the window with that ad. And you think of like Planet Fitness, or the big box gyms, same thing. There are health and fitness companies whose model is to get you to not go to the gym. So we see perverse influences everywhere. And I think we said enough about that. But now that people know, we want to go to Okay, what do we do? So we take back control of our, our minds, our mindfulness to whether it is quitting smoking or eating better, rewiring the brain, right. Like, I think that's the next logical step. It is.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  13:31

And so just to highlight this in the catapult us into what we can do, think of the McDonald's play scape, right? The parents could think, Oh, it's so convenient that we can go and play in the playground and eat at the same time. And McDonald's is saying, we're gonna have kids associate having fun with eating McDonald's. And so if you do that at an early age, then kids start to associate McDonald's with happiness, quote, unquote, with playing, and then they're wondering why it's so hard not to eat McDonald's when they're older. So with that as a backdrop, let's talk about what to do about it. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  14:08

let's hear the expert on that one. Where do we start with? Yeah,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  14:14

it goes back to really understanding this process itself is reward based learning or this reinforcement learning process. And so if we think about if we break it down, there are three key, let's say key ingredients for forming any habit around eating. The first is a trigger, the second is the behavior. And the third is the result or from a brain perspective, a reward. And so think of it let's use McDonald's as an example. So, kid goes to McDonald's and they see a play scape, right? And so there's the trigger. They're fed McDonald's foods, there's the behavior and they learn to associate playing with eating McDonald's, right? There's the result, and their brain lays down this memory. Hey, you know, let's go eat at McDonald's because it's fun. Okay, that's called positive reinforcement. So the other side of the equation, which is the same equation is just flipped a little bit in terms of Valence is the negative aspect when somebody feels sad, they've learned, hey, you know, I know McDonald's has a place gay is fine, right. So let me eat some comfort food. And that comfort food makes them the reward is that it makes them feel less sad or mad or bored or anxious or frustrated, or whatever the negative emotion is that they're trying to escape. And if they eat that, they get this temporary relief, one of my patients described it as that she would numb herself she would eat to numb herself. This is somebody who is binging on entire large pizzas in one sitting, because it you know, it started with one piece. And then that wasn't enough, two pieces, three pieces, because her body would habituate. And eventually, she was eating entire large pizzas in one sitting 20 out of 30 this month, because that was the only coping mechanism she had learned since the age of eight, and how to cope with negative emotions. So it was eat to numb. So trigger is negative emotion, the behavior is to eat a pizza. And the reward is to numb herself from her negative emotions, which of course, doesn't fix the problem in the first place. And just reinforces the process to do it again, the next time she has a negative emotion come up. What is the industry?

 

Philip Pape  16:29

Or what is the been the traditional approach to addressing this? That is not effective? Because I want to compare that to what actually works? Yeah.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  16:37

So what I learned in residency, and what most people learned today is, is use your willpower. Right? Now, that works well for the diet and weight loss industry. Because they can say, look, the formula is correct. And I learned this formula in medical school calories in versus calories out. And they set it up like it's just a straightforward cognitive thing. If you eat salad instead of cake, you're going to lose weight, it is true. What they don't talk about is it in context, and whether that even fits with how our brains work. It's a great business model, because they can say follow our diet, whatever the diet is. And you'll notice these diets change every two years because there's a new fad diet coming out, because the last one didn't work. And so you think, Oh, here's something new, maybe this will work and they claim that it works. And then it it works briefly, and then it doesn't work. Because it all relies on this willpower, you know, you just have to use your willpower. And the diet, people will say, hey, it's not our fault. You know, this is a low calorie diet, it's your fault, you don't have enough willpower. So not only do they implore you to sign up for another year, but they also tell you that it's your fault. That is a travesty to blame people for a system that's set up to fail. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  17:59

the yo yo diets are the Weight Watchers and everything. It's like, there's no endpoint, you go to them, you do the thing. It doesn't work, you come back, you do it again, then we want to say what are the alternatives because people in like my practice and nutrition coaching, we will use various tools and mechanisms that maybe they are I don't want to say band aids, but they're not necessarily getting at the root cause, such as tracking. And I've heard you talk about tracking. As you know, there's pros and cons. But I've definitely heard you say, you know, it's kind of an intermediate thing that doesn't necessarily solve any particular problem. But I do want to address that real quick, because we talk about tracking calories, macros, for awareness and things like that, not so much for emotional eating, per se, but it's a way to potentially get there. What do you think of tracking? Yeah,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  18:41

it depends on how you use it. So if somebody uses tracking as a way to judge themselves, beat themselves up, you know, to say, Oh, I'm not meeting my goals, then it's just gonna ultimately fail, if they use it as an awareness tool, and we'll talk about why this is critical in a minute. If they use it as an awareness tool, it can be extremely helpful. But if they use it, anything more than helping them become aware of what they're putting in their bodies, then it's going to generally fail for them and actually can create even, you know, the same type of problems that, you know, the self control problems that are caused by the diet industry.

 

Philip Pape  19:22

Okay, so I mean, you mentioned self control, and actually do have, you talked about societal pressures in your book, how we value things like fitness, right, and self control and willpower. And that I think you said, quote, Those who carry a few unwanted pounds can feel like they're wearing a sandwich board announcing their failure. How do we build resilience against these judgments? Right, and shift the focus toward the practices I think we're going to talk about related to self care and compassion and all that we can get into. Yeah,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  19:49

so I won't emphasize this today. But I think there's a big effort that needs to happen around public health and changing societal habits. It's around what is healthy. So, you know, I would just want to put a footnote there, because that's really important. So we're not, you know, there's this, you know, anti fat bias, where people just like that quote says, you know, somebody's walking around and they're deemed by society as obese or fat. Along with that goes, the label, lazy lack of self control, can't do it, failure, all this stuff. And there's lots of research showing that there are all sorts of, you know, biases and viewed discrimination against fat people basically. So that's something that we need to work on as a societal habit, at the individual level, where more of my research comes in, is that we can do a couple of things. One is one, see that societal bias, and to see if we're beating ourselves up, when we are working with our own behavior change processes, because this self deprecation that, you know, self abuse, literally for a lot of people actually gets in the way of making progress and sucks energy into this black hole of judgment, and shame and blame and guilt and all of this, that actually just keeps us spinning in the same types of cycles. So we can actually repurpose that energy to help us learn our brains work, help us learn to change our behaviors, but we can't repurpose it, if we're stuck in the same unit. If society is telling us we're bad. And then we're telling ourselves that we're bad on top of, which

 

Philip Pape  21:26

is yet another loop we can get into here. So okay, is this one of the first things people should be aware of and work on then? Is this like cultivating self compassion? Or are there some tools or steps like your reign method, you have a bunch of methods in the book that I thought were pretty straightforward and helpful? You know, again, what's step one, somebody's at the fridge, and they just have that like total urge, they can't help themselves. They know, they need to do something differently. What's next? Yeah.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  21:51

So I think, depending on how much somebody judges themselves, this also fits. There's a general three step methodology that, you know, my labs been researching for over 10 years. Now, this fits into major buckets, one is around getting stuck in the urge to eat. And the other is getting stuck in that bucket of self judgment. So if we're judging ourselves and blaming ourselves, and that's taking all of our energy, it's a really good place to start is to map those habits out, and then bring in some kindness to help as an antidote. But I'll walk through the general process, and then we can see how we can apply it, both the eating and also the self judgment. So the first step is really just recognizing what the habit is. And we can simplify it. So we talked about these three ingredients for a habit loop, but you can actually simplify it just asking, what's the behavior? What am I doing right now? Am I eating because I'm hungry? Or am I eating because I'm bored, sad, lonely, angry, frustrated, you know what we're celebrating whatever. And so we can separate out the hedonic hunger, that celebration, anger, boredom, you know that the mood food relationship from the calorie, you know, I actually need calories right now, because I've added a deficit from that homeostatic hunger. That's the first step is just to be able to recognize what is this? Right. And so, for example, working with patients with binge eating disorder, those were so much together that they couldn't tell the difference.

 

Philip Pape  23:20

You mean the hedonic hunger and the homeostatic hunger and the homeostatic hunger?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  23:25

Yeah, I still remember a patient. Because if you just clarified this for me so much, this was as if it was yesterday, but it was over. It was probably 15 years ago, where she said, I just have an urgent I eat. And my assumption was, oh, when somebody's hungry, they have an urge, because they're hungry. And she's like, I can't tell the difference between hunger and mood related eating. And so being able to just ask that question, am I actually hungry, helps us step back, and then start to be able to tease those apart, it can take a while for some people, where and then I've got some methodologies to help differentiate those until we can really quickly feel it like, oh, yeah, I'm actually hungry, or nope, I'm just angry. You know, in my anger drives me to McDonald's, or whatever. So that's the first step in before we go on. Does that make sense? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  24:21

it makes sense. And people might be asking, Well, how do I do that? And I know you have, there's apps and things and there's probably checklists, rubrics, you know, maybe even just a journal and you literally just ask yourself the question, you know, again, if somebody's listening, they're not necessarily going to sign up for a big program, and they just want to know today. What do I do when I go grab my next snack? Yeah.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  24:39

So the simple question there that they can ask themselves is, am I actually hungry? Right, and check in with their bodies. So this starts with awareness. They've got to be starting to build out awareness of their body. Am I actually hungry or not? And that can, you know, that's the basic question to be asking, and then looking for evidence whether they're hungry or not. Yeah, so you don't need an app, you don't need a book. You just need that question.

 

Philip Pape  25:04

This is part of your, your rain technique. I think we're gonna get into here because you started with recognize, it's related

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  25:09

to that. But it's it goes, it's even before that. So it's really just starting with this simple question. Am I hungry and starting to be able to tell the difference between that homeostatic hunger, the true physiologic hunger and the hedonic hunger, which is the mood food thing? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  25:24

okay, no. And that's extremely helpful when you hear people discuss things like intuitive eating, and your hunger signals, and all that a lot of this gets lost in there, where there's a lot of finger pointing is like, well, you can't be intuitive because the food environment and you don't know what hunger is. And the other side's like, well, you have to track all the time, you know, you kind of get both. And it sounds like you can definitely, you know, learn about yourself as a human and your brain and actually know what real hunger is. Before we get to the next steps, yeah, great.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  25:51

I mean, this is something that has been so important, from an evolutionary standpoint, that for some people, they regain that pretty quickly. And for others, it takes a little bit longer, especially with all of the noise in the system, and the noise that the food industry is deliberately injecting into the system. I haven't met anybody that hasn't been able to regain that, because it's such a critical evolutionary function.

 

Philip Pape  26:17

You told a really neat story,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  26:19

I think this is on a hidden brain you talked about with the gummy worms, when you finally gave it a thought, moment of thought to what you were eating and what it tasted like that awareness, you realize it just tasted like chemicals or something like that, right? Yeah. Is that part of the this first phase is coming up? It's actually part of the second steps. Okay. All right. All right, once we can just pause, bring some awareness in and start getting reacquainted with our body and asking, am I actually hungry or not? And determining that, then we can go to the second step. And the second step is credit, I'd say all three steps are critical. But the second step is the most counterintuitive, but also the most critical in the way that works from a neuroscience standpoint is our brain, you know, this willpower thing, it's not even in the equations of neuroscience for forming behaviors or changing behaviors, right? That's how far off off the realm it actually is. So what is in those equations, is what's called reward hierarchy. And this reward art can be set up to help us make decisions every day. And the way it works is if given A versus B, and we've done both of them, our brains going to naturally compare them and say, Do I prefer a over b? Or do I prefer B to A, and whichever it gets, the higher reward value we're going to do. And that becomes our habit. So we don't have to relearn all of our habits every day. So most of this reward hierarchy is really helpful. For us, just living our everyday lives, it helps us you know, learn just the most efficient way to walk, this is the most efficient way to get food in my mouth. This is the most efficient way to do X, Y and Z. It also pertains to food, right? So from an evolutionary perspective, our brains looking for calorie density, because it's planning for famine. It says, hey, if I've got calories in front of me, I'm going to try to get them in. Because I don't know if they're going to have calories tomorrow. For most of us, we're not going to run into famine anytime in our lives. So when our brain says, hey, you know, sugar is the most efficient way to get calories in because I can get those in, I can storm this fat, I can save them for later. If we have a ready source of sugar, we can see how that becomes a problem. We just keep eating sugar or body keeps laying it down as fat. And then voila, we develop diabetes. Like it's some magical thing. No, it's just our body saying hey, you know, famine hasn't ever come and now you know, our pancreas is worn out, basically. So we can't handle all of this extra especially the adiposity, especially around our in our in our viscera idea in our intestine. So and we don't need to go into the details there. That's been well worked out. The bottom line is our body is going to prefer sugar to non sugar things until it's too much right. So the second step is really asking as another simple question, what am I getting from this?

 

29:21

Hey, just wanted to give a shout out to Philip. I personally worked with Philip for about eight months, and I lost a total of 33 pounds of skill weight and about five inches off my waist. Two things I really enjoy about working with Philip is number one, he's really taking the time to develop a deep expertise and nutrition and also resistance training. So he has that depth if you want to go deep on the whys with Philip but also if you want to just kind of get some instruction and more practical advice and a plan on what you need to do. You can pull back and communicate at that level also. He is a lifter himself. So he's very good Now you're aware of the performance and body composition goals that most lifters have. And also Phillip is trained in engineering. So he has some very efficient systems set up to make the coaching experience very easy and very efficient. And you can really track your results. And you will have real data when you're done working with Phillip and also have access to some tools likely that you can continue to use. If all that sounds interesting to you, Phillip, like all the coaches has a ton of free information out there and really encourage you to see if he may be able to help you out. So thanks again, Phil.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  30:36

Now, if we look at it from a just a meal perspective, ticket one meal at a time, if we pay attention, the same food is going to taste different from the beginning of the meal to the end of the meal, which is kind of interesting in itself. Very same food, you can keep it at the same temperature, you can make sure it hasn't changed at all. Yet our body says wait a minute, I don't like this as much. At the end of the meal. As I did at the beginning what's going on here, our body is registering satiety. And it's got these all of these intricate networks set up to say, Hey, eat until you're full. But don't eat more than that, because that's what's gonna help you survive optimally. If we don't pay attention to those signals, those hunger and fullness signals. We're often eat beyond satiety, especially when we've got the engineered food. And then on top of that we learn to eat not because we're hungry, but because we're, you know, have some mood, right? So the second step is asking a simple question, what am I getting from this, right? Am I eating because I'm hungry? Or because I'm bored or whatever? And what do I get when I overeat? Right when I eat beyond satiety, but when I when I'm not even hungry at all. The second piece that we can ask is if like, let's use the gummy worms as an example. What do I get when I eat non food objects that have calories in them and that are designed to be addictive like gummy worms are right. So when I started paying attention to eating gummy worms, they had this sickly sweet petroleum hit nice to them. I still, my mouth still screws in my face still screws up like Yak. I haven't eaten and gummy warming. And I can't remember how many years but I can still remember what they taste like, right? Because my body was like, dude, really, you call this food. But I hadn't noticed that for years because I was just eating. Because I was basically addicted to them. I was craving that next gummy worm while this the gummy worm was still in my mouth. And I wasn't registering what it actually tasted like. So we found We've done studies with this we've been called Eat right now that we've that we can actually run these studies to measure reward value, it only takes 10 to 15 times if somebody's really paying attention, whether it's eating the gummy worm equivalent, or overeating for that reward value to drop below zero. When that reward value drops below zero. That's when our brain says hey, this is no longer rewarding. We become disenchanted with that behavior. That disenchantment is key for behavior change,

 

Philip Pape  33:04

because why are we going to do something that we're not excited to do? We're not right, notice how that takes zero amount of willpower. This is so powerful. There's a lot I want to ask about here. But like, you really close the loop on the willpower thing, because what I got from that is that the habits that we want to engender are about not needing willpower at all. Like that's the powerful statement here. Is that the things we want to do we want to put them on autopilot. So we don't have to have willpower. And I know people are thinking, Well, what do I do to change the habit? And that's we're kind of getting into that, when you mentioned that the body and the mind have these automatic preferences, right? You said you compare things you just automatically go with this. And so if you can make one of those less palatable and drop it in the kind of choice tree here, you'll go toward the other one, a few things came to mind. One is how like, I've always, I've told my clients like when they go to a restaurant, they're a little bit hungry. It helps to have something like the salad first, just because you start going through that satiety curve that you talked about with your stomach, like the task salad is going to taste amazing. And then the next thing is going to taste less amazing and so on. Because of that people often think of satiety, I think in terms of like calorie density, but what you're talking about is just the temporal the time based aspect of satiety is super important. And then the the non food objects. I was thinking of movie popcorn, right? You go to the movies and you just mindlessly shove it in. Folks just stop and eat a few of those like mindfully and you'll see how disgusting that oil,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  34:33

the oil and the amount of salt. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  34:36

well I put my own salt. I've already put too much on there. Yeah, you're right. Okay, so then you said okay, we need to have disenchantment with the behavior. Neuroscience doesn't even care about willpower. We care about the loops in our brain. So before we go to step three, how does this play into pickiness with things like vegetables. People grow up and they have certain behaviors and they avoid vegetables, apparently, and get them to eat them. And then now they're in their 20s and 30s. And they don't eat any vegetables. does this tie in somehow with like how our brain is trained and disenchantment?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  35:11

I think it certainly could, right? So I don't want to generalize. Because there, there could be lots of different situations that lead to the same result. But let's use just one example. So a kid is fussy. And for some reason, you know, they say, I don't want to eat my vegetables, and they throw up a fuss, and they have a fed, and their parents are like, Fine, I'm not going to make you your vegetables. Well, you know, french fries, or ketchup or sugar laden things, you know, gotcha, typically has a lot of sugar in it, right. And so if you think of French fries, you get the Triple Threat of sugar, fat, and salt, especially if you're putting ketchup on them. So the kids are going to, can learn this preference for this type of addictive type of thing. Now, as a kid, you're not going to typically have a lot of negative consequences for eating a bunch of French fries. Because, you know, they're usually pretty active they can. Now it's interesting. This is less and less the case case these days with a lot of sedentary, you know, like a lot of the habits of kids where it's not to go outside and play, but it's to stay inside and play video games, right? So. So I think childhood obesity is at a record level now. And we can see why you get the Busey kid, the parents too tired to just wait it out, and say, hey, you know what, they're hungry, can it take over at some point, if I don't give in, but if I give in, they've just trained me to feed them crappy food. And so that that habit gets set up. And they can go, you know, junior high schools, high schools, the food industry tries to get in there. And you know, be able to offer all these sugary things because they know they're going to that's a critical period to get kids addicted to certain sodas and certain things. And so they're going to try to get in there and how and have unhealthy meals as well. And so there's no real place to line people up to kind of learn, oh, that healthy food actually feels pretty good. So we're fighting against all of that history where somebody makes it in their 20s. They wake up, and they're like, Wow, well, I feel really sluggish in the morning. And I you know, I'm in a pretty unhealthy weight. And I don't have a lot of energy throughout the day. When I feel sad, I reach for candy, right? So that's where we just have to start to become like pay attention and see the cause and effect relationship between what we put in and how we feel. It's that food mood relationship. And it can be hard to tease apart if that's all we're doing. Until we start really isolating enough of the variable. So we can see very clearly, what a bunch of junk food this is what happens. And when I eat clean for a week, this is what happens. So interesting. I grew up in Indiana needs to race BMX bikes. And I learned this myself kind of accidentally, when the way it would work, when we race on weekends was that there were three heats, you know. And so you whoever won the most place the best in three heats won the trophy or whatever. And so I could do well, like I'm the first heat and then I bought like soda and crap. And then I'd get tired by the third heat, because you have to go through all the age groups. And my mom's like, why don't you need like peanut butter and honey sandwiches or something like that something a little more nutritious. So I do that. And I was like, wow, sustained energy, I can actually do better consistently. And I learned from my own direct experience, hey, junk food leads to this, how the food leads to this. And I just happened to run into that, because I needed it in junior high school for my athletic performance. So a lot of people don't have that serendipitous opportunity to learn from their own experience until later in life. But that's the place where we where actual change happens is when we can really say okay, let me pay careful attention to what I get from this, whether it's an amount or type of food, versus this and this is where the third step comes in. But before we go there, you know, we can even just start by asking when I overeat, what do I get from this? Right? How do I feel afterwards? I've never had somebody come back and say, You know what, thank you for helping me see how wonderful it feels to overeat. You know, thank you Dr. Bird. Now I am I'm overeating even more. Never, never. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  39:32

Could you have a situation though, where someone acknowledges that like the first of the six muffins actually was a very pleasurable experience and they enjoyed it and it was high quality and then it was the second through sixth though it's the issue. Yeah,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  39:45

yeah. So this isn't going to make chocolate tastes terrible is not going to make muffins taste terrible at Target. So it's both the type of food and the amount of food for me. There was nothing redeemable about gummy worms but other People are gonna be like, yeah, other people like, yeah, gummy worms no big deal. I'm not saying that everybody's gonna have the same experience that I did. What I will say is that our bodies are pretty intricately tuned. And the more we can tune them, the more we're going to our bodies are going to really say, really, you know, this sickly sweet thing is. Now what helps us do that is finding and comparing these two foods that truly satisfy that urge to have something sweet, for example, and don't have any negative consequences to them. So just to put it out there, the example for me was blueberries, right, I started eating, you know, it was like, after dinner, I wanted something sweet. I needed some blueberries. And I was like, wow, these are good. These are really good. And blueberries have enough fiber in them and all this stuff. But they're not overly sweet. They're not they don't hit that bliss point. So I can eat some blueberries, and be finished, and actually feel great afterwards, right, and I'd have more blueberries for later. So we can become disenchanted with an old habit. But importantly, we also have to become enchanted with something different. And that something different tends to come in two flavors. One is not overdoing it. If it's like one muffin versus three months, or the type of food which can be you know, for me gummy worms versus blueberries. I'll give a concrete example. I remember somebody in our E right now program to she and her husband had gone to a was like a church, you know, get together with a it's like a yearly thing. And she had a friend who would always bring like the world's best pie. And she she ate three or four bites of the pie. And then she turns she's like, I don't want anymore. And she turns to her husband, because usually when he two to three pieces, right? She turned her eyes when she's like, does this taste as good as it always does. And he's like your ads killer. It's same yours because same thing. She's like, Ha, it tastes good. But I still want anymore, right? Because she'd seen the difference between eating those few bites and enjoying it. And eating to the three pieces, which didn't actually make the enjoyment any better. It made it worse, but she was now aware that that was the case. So same pie, different result. You know, oddly,

 

Philip Pape  42:20

I remember iced speaking of ice cream, I love ice cream, I still do and I enjoy it. And I remember when I was tracking my food and deliberately reducing my portion of ice cream, it forced me to realize that I actually could like less ice cream, right? It was kind of a again, awareness. Really not the fact that I was picking X number of grams of ice cream was the fact that I could get through it be satisfied and realize that was the case. And I think we, like you said we don't have we're not in tune with that. When you go to go to the ice cream parlor and you see people ordering these large ice creams you like you'd probably be cool. Like in your head, you know, you'd probably be caught this little one. But before we go to step three, I still there's a few other little corner cases I'm curious about. So the first is actually this is from a listener community. She said, You know, when she eats a diverse diet, lots of vegetables, meat fiber, she still craves the sweet after a meal, even if she's like, quote unquote, full, like, where does that come from? And how does that tie into this?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  43:15

So evolutionarily speaking, and this is where the, you know, the example of a holiday meal comes in, in an extreme. So you know, let's say Thanksgiving in the US where you know, people are they're eating till their stuff, for whatever reason, because that's the habit, you know, societal habit. And then they pull up the desert array buffet, and they're like eight desserts, and they have to have one of each, right? Or at least some of it. Well, there's an evolutionary mechanism for variety in there. Because our body is saying, Hey, if you eat a bunch of different foods, you're more likely to get all the micronutrients that you need. So there is a, there's an evolutionary, at least explanation for it's like, oh, you know, like, let's have a little something extra, because that might help fill this little niche that I hadn't filled with the the year the regular meal.

 

Philip Pape  44:09

So that's an interesting segue into the other corner case then, which is, I alluded to vegetables before, I used to be very picky. I'm not anymore. My wife helped me out with that, because she pureed vegetables into things I liked, for like a year, love her for it. And I was willing to do the experiment. And for whatever reason, my brain got used to it or I saw it and was eating it and realizing it's not so bad. You know, like, I'm curious about the neuro science mechanisms, but also where that's going to fit into our process here of not just avoiding foods you don't want avoiding foods you don't want too much of but then adding in foods that you kind of know you want to need, but maybe don't taste so great to you yet. Yeah. So

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  44:49

not to nerd out too much from a neuroscience perspective, but hopefully this will be helpful for folks. I'll keep it simple, but try not to oversimplify we tend to have a top down model of the world of how We interact with things and that is based. It starts with our sensory information coming in and saying, Hey, I'd like this I don't like this often gets set up early in life, you know, where if our parents feed us a bunch of vegetables, early in life, it's much that top down model says, I like vegetables, when they don't forced us or, you know, say, Oh, you're not leaving the table until you because then we associate vegetables with negative things, right? So it's like, oh, vegetables, you know, boom, we've got this top down model, not a big problem, because then our bottom up sensory information says, Hey, vegetables, and our top down model says, I like vegetables. If we come in with the I hate vegetables, model the world, two things are going to happen. One is, this affects how we see how our sensory information is interpreted. So we are literally biasing our world based on our worldview, so that our world conforms to our worldview. We see this everywhere you look at politics, and you take any you political actor that you like, or you don't like, and you have a top down worldview, let's just use age as an example, right? Doesn't matter whether we're Republican or Democrat, we can look at the other candidate and say that person is too old for the job, or that person is just right for the job, are top down model until some sensory information comes up. And proves to us with beyond a shadow of a doubt that our top down model is not true. And then we have to revise our top down model, right? So we see this all over. It's not a political thing. It's a brain thing.

 

Philip Pape  46:27

It's framing right?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  46:28

Now the way to put it. Yeah. And that severely bias is how we see the world. And we can also you know, we're like how can that person not see this? Well, they have a such a model, that they're conforming their bottom up information to fit with that model. Now how this is relevant to eating is that we can be like I vegetables, to the point where every vegetable looks like a Mr. Yuk sign. And so we're not going to actually take in that bottom of sensory information and explore, hey, does this sensory information actually fit my top down model? Or does it force me to reevaluate this top down model, right. So you could do a couple of things, one, as you could put somebody on psychedelics, which is a way to like, totally change this top down model temporarily, and then introduced bottom up sensory information. I'm not suggesting we do this, but this is just a hypothetical, where suddenly taking notes, yeah, this bottom up sensory information is more accessible. And it reforms are top down view of the world. You don't need to take psychedelics for that well you can do is start to bias awareness. So if you start to get curious that curiosity helps to increase the weights, they call this in math, how much this essentially information is weighted as compared to our top down model. So our top down model has to start to pay attention and say, Hey, does my model fit the data? And when the data are really, really clear, then have to reevaluate and change our models. So for you, let's use you as an example. Tell me if this fits your experience. So you have this top down model says no vegetables, and your your wife says, well get curious, let's puree some vegetables, start introducing some sensory information where you can actually access that information. And I'm guessing your brains like vegetables aren't so bad.

 

Philip Pape  48:17

Exactly. Fine. Model. And then

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  48:20

suddenly, that top down model is going to start looking at vegetables like yeah, it's compared to yuck. That is

 

Philip Pape  48:27

awesome. I loved it. This has got to be one of the most powerful like insights out of this episode, at least for me, because we talked about curiosity and skepticism and using data and all of that. And that's exactly what you're saying is like, just always be curious. If you have a fixed statement sounds like fixed versus growth, right? It is this or it? Isn't this that there's some there's an opening there. There's an opening there. You just got to find what it is. So okay, cool. So I think we talked about step 1am. I actually hungry. Step two, what am I getting from this? What step three,

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  48:55

step three, I call it finding the bigger better offer. And what that does is it leverages Step Two directly. So if our brains are always looking for setting up a reward hierarchy, and we start to become disenchanted say I became disenchanted with the gummy worms, my brain says, okay, that slot is now open, fill it in with something better. And so I started comparing it and I mean, for me, it was blueberries, I start eating blueberries, and I pay attention. I see blueberries tastes great. They're healthy. Like I get all this energy. I don't get the sugar rush and crash. I don't crave more, all this good stuff, right? And so my brain gets this bigger, better offer, it sets up blueberries and then it becomes very easy to make that choice, right? My brain is already doing that. I'm not even choosing my brain is like duh, you know, this is better, you know, until you prove to me until you give me some sensory information that's different. That's where I'm going is blueberries are my go to choice. So that happens so it can be a dip One type of food, but it can also be a different amount of food. So if it's one muffin versus three muffins, we can ask ourselves, hey, what feels better one versus three? Or in your example, Hey, actually a little bit of ice cream. Will you tell me it was better than a lot of ice cream? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  50:17

you didn't feel stuffed? And like, you know, afterwards.

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  50:19

Did you have where's your willpower in that? Yeah, no.

 

Philip Pape  50:24

No, it was easy, right? But that's

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  50:26

it. Right? So not only do we become disenchanted in the second set, we become enchanted. It could be the exact same food. But what bringing that curiosity and then asking how much is enough? How much is enough? And truly being curious?

 

Philip Pape  50:40

Okay, yeah, no, as simple as that, right? No, I love it. It's substituting one thing for another. I'm trying to think if there are like particularly difficult cases where this, you know, require something extra to it. I don't know if you have exactly, you know, if you can give us an example of where some of your patients have had, or I don't know, if you call them patients, but like, the binge eating that's just uncontrollable, and they don't like anything, and everything is just against them. This process works every time, or is there anything along the way, that's like an obstacle, there are a couple of

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  51:13

things that I see pretty consistently that are worth pointing out, you know, with my patients, for example, my clinic patients, one is if they've, so our brains don't like change, right. And this is actually fitting with these top down models of the world, our brains are looking to try to predict the future. And what's called mathematically is you're trying to maximize future or minimize future prediction errors, you're trying to be able to accurately predict the future. And so what we're doing is we're What do you how do you predict the future, it's based on past experience. And so you take your past experience, and you say, Okay, if I do this, again, this is going to happen. So if something has helped us survive to this point, it's going to be hard to change course, because it's a habit. And our brain says anything deviating from this could be dangerous, and I could die, you know, edit an extremely, that's what our survival brain is saying. So anything that's different is going to push up against habits of the comfort of familiarity. So that's the biggest thing that most people run into is, oh, this is this could be dangerous. And really, so I have people ask themselves, is this dangerous? Or is this different? To remind themselves that anytime we're stepping out of our comfort zone, we can either step into our panic zone, which makes us run back to our comfort zone? Or we could step into our growth zone where we're actually growing and learning. That's where Curiosity comes in. So instead of going, Oh, no, we recognize that Oh, no habit. And we go, oh, this is different. Right? Vegetables gonna kill me? I don't know. Let me try and see, right? Most likely not going to, obviously not eating poisonous vegetables, right. But that's where it comes. I mean, that's actually where it comes from. We're gonna go to food that we know isn't going to kill us. Now, generally, society is is not going to put food in the grocery store that's going to kill us. So we don't have to worry about that.

 

Philip Pape  53:04

So, yeah, so again, it comes back to curiosity, I love it, it

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  53:08

generally comes back to curiosity. So that's the biggest thing that I see. And directly related is when people have had food rules forever, like, I have to eat this, or I have to do that. Or they're depending on somebody's step by step checklist, just tell me what to do. It's really scary to step out of that, especially when they asked me, Are you really telling me that I can eat as much or whatever I want? And I say not only Yes, but you have to, in order to change. Now, the good news is they've largely done that enough in the past that they don't actually have to go back and repeat the experiment. They can just recall their previous experience. And that's what did I get from that last time? Right? And if it's, if they can feel into the results, enough, they don't have to repeat the behavior. But if they can't, they're going to repeat the behavior anyway, at some point. So they might as well pay attention as they do, and give themselves the freedom to learn and say, Wait, this is in the spirit of learning, so that they're really paying attention and asking how much is enough? How much is enough? So they're gathering what I call, they're building up their disenchantment database. If they're so scared that they're always going to go back to their old habit, it's going to be really hard to change.

 

Philip Pape  54:21

Sure, understood. No, I love the whole message of flexibility and openness, curiosity, collecting data being it is what it is, we're just trying to figure ourselves out, which is awesome. One little last thing that comes to mind is when someone is in a fat loss phase, and they're actually deliberately in a calorie deficit. And let's say they've dialed in, you know, their eating habits, like we've talked about here, but now there is physical hunger. You know, what does that introduce? Is there? I'm guessing the answer's no, a willpower aspect to it, or is there other things that we lean on to continue that and be successful?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  54:54

Yeah. Again, it that willpower is more myth than muscle. So it's not about willpower at that point. and some people associate willpower with doing something. But really, if they look at it carefully, it's probably the reward of having done the thing that they then go back and attribute to Oh, yeah, it's because of willpower. So here again, we can look to see, okay, if I'm looking to lose X amount of weight, when hunger comes up, if they're in a calorie deficit phase, they can go, oh, no, I gotta fight this or then go, oh, what does this actually feel like, right? And so instead of running away, or pushing against something, you know, that phrase, what we resist persists. And having that build or run after us, we go at it, but not in a fighting with it way, but in an aikido way, where we bring that curiosity in. And I love that phrase, you know, the only way out is through. And so if we start exploring, oh, what does anger feel like? Oh, what does it feel like? Oh, what does it feel like? And we start to notice these thoughts like, oh, no, if I don't eat, something's terrible is gonna happen? Or, oh, no, or Oh, no, or Oh, no, pretty quickly, like within days, we can actually get used to having hunger, having it be there, and not having a drive our lives. Now, I'm not saying it's easy, but it is definitely like, that is the most consistent way to be able to be under like

 

Philip Pape  56:21

smart, efficient, consistent, over forcing yourself or trying to, quote unquote, make it easy necessarily. What did you say there that I wanted to comment on? Oh, the hunger like getting used to it and knowing that it's actually doing the job. I mean, you're going to have some physical hunger when you are releasing fat stores, you're going to have that. So I love it. Okay. Is there any, any question you wish I'd asked Judd? And if so, what's your answer?

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  56:45

Well, the one thing I would say just briefly is, now let's apply this to kindness. All of the steps are the same. But let's use a concrete example. So if somebody judges themselves, see, they look in the mirror, I had a patient who didn't have a single mirror in his apartment because he was so self judgmental, right? So that's the extreme of what we're talking about here. Somebody looks in the mirror, trigger, they judge themselves, Oh, I'm fat and whatever. There's the behavior. And then the result is shame. Or maybe they ironically, go and eat to numb themselves, which I often see. So the self judgment, habit loops are critical. So one recognize second step is ask, what do I get from judging myself? So there's this false association between Oh, if I beat myself up, then I will change, right. And what that comes from is the perceived reward of doing something rather than doing nothing. The irony is that doing something often perpetuates the habit makes it worse. So we can ask the same question, what do I get from beating myself up? Oh, it doesn't feel very good. Nobody's like, Oh, this feels great. It doesn't, right? If they're being honest with themselves. The third step is then to compare that what's the bigger better offer kindness, right? Oh, and so the number of ways that people can bring in kindness, tons of stuff out there for building it, but really, it's starting at what does it feel? What does kindness feel like? What's it like when somebody's been kind to me? Anybody can remember that, right? Anybody has had some small act of kindness happen to them in their life, and hopefully recently, so they can feel into kindness feels like and then they can compare that What does kindness feel like compared to self judgment, right, so they can find that bigger, better offer? And then they can start exploring? Well, what's it feel like when I'm kind of myself, and that can simply start with not judging themselves? Right? Again, when it's an old habit, it can be hard to break. So it can take a while, but it is not that hard to access. And your first step leads to the next step leads to the next step.

 

Philip Pape  58:46

So self judgment is the gummy worms, the petroleum, gummy worms, kindnesses, the blueberries. And that's how we're going to tie it all together. All right. Jeff, thank you so much for your time. Where can listeners find out about you? I know you've got a lot out there. So where do you want them to reach out

 

Dr. Judson Brewer  59:00

the simplest places, my website, it's Dr. Judd, Dr. J. ud.com. Got a bunch of free resources. You know, the hunger habit book, The unwinding anxiety book, the other books in our apps are there as well, if anybody's interested, but also tons of free resources, if just people want to learn how their brain works. One thing I love to do is try to make the science accessible. So we have some animations, videos, things like that, that anybody can access for free. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  59:24

it's full of stuff. I mean, I would say your book is excellent as well, in terms of practicality. It is not it's not too dense. You know, in terms of the science, it's just right, at least for me, I'd like to geek out on that. But it has a lot of practical things in there. And we'll throw your website in so people can check out free resources as well. Again, appreciate your time. Thanks for coming on. My pleasure.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Bigger Isn't Always Better for Strength or Metabolism (Scaling Laws) | Ep 195

How can a small guy deadlift more than the big guy, or why does your smaller friend never seem to gain weight no matter how much they eat? And what does this mean for your lifting and calorie targets? Discover the science behind these phenomena as we delve into the fascinating world of scaling laws and their impact on fitness and body mechanics. We break down the principles governing strength, power output, metabolism, and nutrition to help you your training and nutrition.

How can a small guy deadlift more than the big guy, or why does your smaller friend never seem to gain weight no matter how much they eat?

And what does this mean for your lifting and calorie targets?

Discover the science behind these phenomena as we delve into the fascinating world of scaling laws and their impact on fitness and body mechanics. We break down the principles governing strength, power output, metabolism, and nutrition to help you your training and nutrition.

We'll explore why smaller individuals often exhibit higher relative strength and why lighter weight classes in powerlifting shine. Or why smaller individuals can do more pull-ups.

You'll learn about Kleber’s Law and how basal metabolic rate (BMR) scales differently with body size, revealing why smaller individuals have relatively higher metabolic rates.

And what it all means for YOU both physically and psychologically as you set goals for strength, performance, weight loss, and anything else in your health and fitness.

Book a FREE 15-minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment, designed to fine-tune your strategy, identify your #1 roadblock, and give you a personalized 3-step action plan in a fast-paced 15 minutes.


Episode summary:

Philip delves into the intriguing world of scaling laws and their profound impact on fitness and body mechanics. If you've ever wondered why a petite gym-goer can outperform the biggest lifter in pull-ups or why your smaller friend seems to eat endlessly without gaining weight, this episode is for you. Through the lens of scientific and engineering principles, Philip explains how different physical quantities change with size and how these changes affect strength, power output, metabolism, and nutrition.

Scaling laws are fascinating concepts from engineering and biology that explain why bigger isn't always better when it comes to fitness. For example, the principles of scaling laws help us understand why smaller individuals often excel in pull-ups and why lighter weight classes in powerlifting shine. These laws also explain why smaller individuals have relatively higher metabolic rates. Understanding these principles can help you set realistic goals and optimize your training and diet strategies tailored to your body size.

One of the most compelling points discussed is how strength scales with body size. Strength is primarily a function of muscle cross-sectional area, which scales to the power of two, while body mass scales to the power of three. This means that as you get bigger, your strength increases, but not as fast as your weight. Therefore, smaller individuals often have higher relative strength. This phenomenon explains why lighter weight classes in powerlifting often lift more relative to their body weight. If you're a smaller individual, you might have an advantage in relative strength movements like pull-ups or Olympic lifts. Conversely, larger individuals might excel more in absolute strength movements like deadlifts and bench presses.

Metabolism is another area where scaling laws come into play. Kleber's Law states that basal metabolic rate scales to the power of 0.75, resulting in smaller individuals having a relatively higher metabolism. This explains why smaller people often seem to be able to eat more relative to their size without gaining weight. Larger individuals, on the other hand, burn more calories in absolute terms, which means they can eat more total food without gaining weight. Understanding these metabolic principles can help you set more realistic dietary goals and optimize your nutrition based on your body size.

Nutrition doesn't scale linearly with body size. For example, smaller individuals require more protein relative to their body weight compared to larger individuals. This is independent of lean body mass. Therefore, if you're a 110-pound female, you might need 110-120 grams of protein, whereas a 300-pound individual wouldn't need 300 grams of protein. These principles also apply to calorie intake, which is tied to your metabolism. Tracking your food and weight can help you determine your real-life calorie needs and optimize your diet accordingly.

The psychological benefits of understanding scaling laws are also significant. Knowing that there are natural, scientific reasons for the differences in strength, metabolism, and nutrition between individuals can be incredibly liberating. It helps you stop comparing yourself to others and focus on maximizing your potential within the natural laws that govern your body. Realistic expectations can be incredibly motivating, allowing you to set goals that are tailored to your individual potential rather than trying to meet arbitrary standards.

The episode concludes with practical steps to apply these insights to your fitness journey. For smaller individuals, focus on relative strength movements and don't get discouraged if your absolute numbers aren't as high as those of larger lifters. For larger individuals, take advantage of your ability to excel in absolute strength lifts. When it comes to cardio and endurance, smaller individuals might have an advantage due to better heat dissipation and lower cost of movement, while larger individuals need to manage their heat during intense cardio.

In terms of goal setting, understanding scaling laws helps you set realistic strength goals based on your body size. For example, relative strength standards like 2x body weight for deadlifts or 1.5x body weight for squats can serve as benchmarks. When it comes to pull-ups, losing weight can help you achieve more reps because you are lifting less weight. Choosing exercises that play to your body's strengths can also be beneficial. Smaller individuals might excel at gymnastic-style movements, while larger individuals might excel at traditional lifts.

In summary, scaling laws offer a new perspective on fitness, helping you optimize your training and diet based on your unique body size. Understanding these principles can help you set realistic goals, tailor your fitness strategies, and achieve incredible results. Tune in to the episode to transform your approach to fitness by leveraging the science and engineering principles that shape our bodies. Let's use our wits, lift those weights, and embrace the power of knowledge in our fitness endeavors.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape: 0:00

Have you ever wondered why the smallest guy in the gym can do the most pull-ups, or why your petite friend seems to eat whatever she wants without gaining weight, or why that medium-sized guy can pull a 500-pound deadlift? If you've ever been puzzled by what seem to be fitness paradoxes, you're not alone. The answer lies in a fascinating concept from engineering and biology called scaling laws. Today, we're diving into the counterintuitive world of scaling laws and how they secretly shape every aspect of your body and your fitness journey. We'll explore why bigger isn't always better when it comes to strength and metabolism. Whether you're a towering power lifter or a compact gymnast, this episode's going to give you a new perspective on how to optimize your fitness based on your unique body size.

Philip Pape: 1:00

Welcome to Wits and Weights, the show that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, philip Pape, and today we're continuing our Wednesday series on applying engineering principles to health and fitness. Now we've all had the experience of seeing a massive guy struggling with pull-ups, or a much smaller person who's able to squat really heavy weight. Or, you know, maybe you're out to dinner, you're eating with friends everybody's of a different size and you notice that the smaller person over here seems to eat just as much as the much larger person over here, without gaining weight, for example and I've I've experienced that with my own wife actually being on a on a more small side, being able to eat as much as I can eat. And you're just scratching your head. You're like, why doesn't size always correlate with the strength in the gym or someone's metabolism, how much, how many calories they burn, the way? You'd expect. What if I told you there's a set of principles that explains these paradoxes, from science, from engineering, a concept that helps you understand why bigger isn't always better and maybe why we shouldn't worry about that so much and instead think about applying the principles to ourselves and our journey, our bodies, and then learning from that to make the best decisions for us. Because when we talk about optimization, we're talking about optimization for you. We're not talking about getting the maximum results at all costs based on some fixed plan. This is the premise behind setting realistic goals, which then you can actually achieve, and you can actually get incredible results doing it that way, rather than assuming you're going to get some output whether it's strength, metabolism or something else based on what others would expect for them.

Philip Pape: 2:43

Before we dive in, if you're enjoying the show, if you want more content that blends these scientific and engineering principles with practical fitness advice, please hit the follow button, hit the subscribe button and if you're already following the show, the next level up that you can do for me is just tell somebody else about it. That's it. Just tell somebody hey, you're gonna love this show. Share with them a specific episode, post it on social media, post it in your story, whatever is most comfortable for you, so that more people can find the show, and then ensure that we reach as many people as possible, and I can keep creating content like this.

Philip Pape: 3:17

All right, so let's get into today's topic about scaling laws. Here's what we're covering what are they, how they affect you in terms of strength and power output, how your body size affects metabolism and energy expenditure, the implications of scaling laws on nutrition, and then what are the practical takeaways. So it is a little bit more of a deep dive episode for a typical Wednesday, where I'm often unscripted, because I really wanted to get this right for you. Let's start with the basics. What are scaling laws? Well, they are how different physical quantities change as the size of an object changes, right, something's bigger or smaller. How do different physical quantities change with that? In biology and engineering, these help us understand why things work the way they do at different sizes. For example, you've probably heard how an ant, right, little tiny ants can lift many times their body weight. But why can't humans do the same thing? And it comes down to scaling. As an organism gets larger, its volume and thus its mass right, how much it weighs on the earth increases much faster than its cross-sectional area. Pretty cool, think about that. As you get larger, the volume and mass goes fast, increases faster than the area, the cross-sectional area. This means a larger animal needs disproportionately more muscle to perform the same relative feats of strength. I don't know if you've ever thought about this, but this is the kind of cool stuff we cover here, and then I'm always fascinated and geek out on.

Philip Pape: 4:48

So let's apply this to human strength and power. Have you ever noticed that in powerlifting competitions, right? You ever see somebody doing a deadlift, or even a strong man? The lighter weight classes often lift more relative to their body weight than the heavier classes, right? And this isn't because they're necessarily stronger in absolute terms. In fact, they're not. Right, a small guy. You know, a 190 pound guy at that level is not going to outlift a 350 pound guy, I mean, with rare exception. Right, it's because of how the strength scales with size. Strength is primarily a function of muscle cross-sectional area, which bear with me here it scales to the power of two. So think of, like, when you square something like two times two is four, that's two squared, all right, but body mass scales to the power of three, okay, Okay, and maybe you can think in terms of you know, we're a three-dimensional body and so the power of three is like a prism or a cube, okay, so this means as you get bigger, your strength increases, but not as fast as your weight. And this is why smaller individuals often have higher relative strength. I hope I didn't lose you yet, because a little bit of math, but that's all I have in terms of the math department.

Philip Pape: 6:05

Here's where it gets interesting for your training. If you're a smaller individual, you might have an advantage in relative strength movements like pull-ups or Olympic lifts. If you're larger, you might excel more in absolute strength movements like the big lifts, deadlifts, bench press, right, it doesn't mean you shouldn't or can't do any of those things, it's just about setting expectations and understanding your body size and how this plays into it right. Your height is going to make a big difference, as well as your weight, and of course you can't control your height without lopping off your feet or something. But you can control your weight and when you understand this, it helps you set more realistic goals and choose routines, exercises, volume. You know loads, even types of activities that play to your body's natural strengths. Of course, you may not know what those are until you play around with different things. So that's on the strength side. I thought that was a pretty cool thing to understand. How you know.

Philip Pape: 7:03

As we get bigger, we would actually need more and more muscle to increase in relative strength. So smaller folks tend to have the ability to generate higher relative strength, which also is why you shouldn't get totally freaked out about potentially losing some fat and losing all your strength as a result, cause you're not you might lose a little, a little bit of absolute strength, but once you've built up that strength I've seen it time and again with my clients big guys have a lot of muscle. We go and lose 30 pounds. They can lift just as much, and now their relative strength is massive. So don't discount all of these things.

Philip Pape: 7:34

Now let's talk about metabolism, because there's a relationship here as well. Right, it's not the physical relationship, it's more on the energy side. So the amount of energy your body burns. It's more on the energy side so the amount of energy your body burns, called your basal metabolic rate, your BMR. It also doesn't scale with your body weight. It actually scales to the power of 0.75. Please, I hope I don't lose you here. It scales to the power of 0.75. This is known as Kleber's Law Pretty cool stuff.

Philip Pape: 8:03

And what this means is that if you're smaller, your metabolism is likely higher relative to your body weight than a larger person. Ah, this is why smaller people often seem to be able to eat more relative to their size without gaining weight. And you know, I've wondered this myself often when I have clients. I've had a hundred pound female clients, and of course I've had clients usually male clients and of course I've had clients usually male clients 300 pounds and North of that. And yet the disparity in metabolism isn't as large as you would think. You would think you get down to a hundred pounds and your metabolism is now all of a sudden 900 calories, like if you were to scale it, but it doesn't quite work that way. It kind of it kind of bottoms out a bit. It starts to slow down in in uh on the bottom end as somebody is smaller and smaller and smaller, right. That's why smaller people again, um, seem to have a higher metabolism than you would think, and, of course, it varies individual to individual. We're talking about averages here.

Philip Pape: 8:59

Now, if you're larger, this is not something to worry about, because your absolute calorie burn as a larger person is still higher. Thing to worry about because your absolute calorie burn as a larger person is still higher and that still means you get to eat more total food, right? Which is which is their advantage when it comes to feeling satisfied on a diet, for example and again, I have seen this many times with usually male clients who are in their mid to upper two hundreds, and they can they just burn a ton of calories even when they're not in the best shape. When they start with me, if they haven't been walking a lot, maybe they haven't been lifting, and we get them doing all that, even then they might start with a decent metabolism just because they're bigger, right. However, a smaller person can also build up their metabolism over time, through both expenditure and muscle mass. So very, very interesting to think about these things. In case you're wondering why you have a certain metabolism or why you have certain struggles that others don't, it can be helpful to put in these terms, but don't overthink it. I just think it's kind of cool. And then that brings us to nutrition.

Philip Pape: 10:03

Nutrition doesn't scale linearly with body size. For example, protein, right. Protein. We often talk about it as gram per pound, right, or 0.7 grams per pound, that's per body weight. But in reality, smaller individuals need slightly more protein relative to their weight, and then larger individuals need less relative to their weight, and then larger individuals need less relative to their weight, and that's actually independent of that's independent of lean body mass as well, which is another factor. I don't want to. I don't want to overcomplicate it, but it just explains why. If you're like 110 pound female, I might want you easily eating 110, 120 grams of protein. But if you're 300 pounds, you definitely don't need 110, 120 grams of protein. But if you're 300 pounds, you definitely don't need to eat 300 grams of protein. You know, you could probably get away with 200 and be perfectly fine. It doesn't scale right. And then the same thing goes with calories, obviously, because calories are tied to your metabolism, so I don't think you have to like restate that. So what does this all mean for you? Practical purposes, cause at the end of the day you're like, okay, this is good stuff, what do I do with it? I would say, okay, strength training, right If.

Philip Pape: 11:16

If you're smaller, focus on the relative strength numbers. Don't get discouraged. If you're at absolute numbers, aren't as high as other lifters, like, don't compare yourself to other lifters, especially who are bigger than you. You know, I see that all the time. I'm like, don't get hung up on the number when somebody posts a win and they're like yeah, I just deadlifted four or five today, but you know there are six to 220 pound male. So if you're a 135 pound female and lifting um more relative to your size in that person, then you're you're kind of technically stronger in a way. Right, you're not absolute strength stronger, but you're relatively stronger, um. And then if you're larger, like, you can take advantage of that. When it comes to the absolute strength lifts, like the big lifts, you might be at a good advantage to really push those to compete to, to build up your bench and your deadlift and your press and focus, it might be a lot of fun, is what I'm saying because you have that advantage, right. So that's number one.

Philip Pape: 12:12

Number two when we talk about cardio and endurance, smaller individuals might have a little bit of an advantage because of their cross-sectional area being bigger relative to their mass, and so they have better heat dissipation and a slightly lower cost of movement. Now, that cost of movement can be a disadvantage for your metabolism. See, this is where it's like there's pros and cons to everything, right, whereas larger individuals might have more need to manage their heat during intense cardio. This is why larger people might sweat more, right, and might just feel hotter in general. It's not just because you're big. It also has to do with these relative scaling laws. Nutrition, right.

Philip Pape: 12:51

When we talk about nutrition, don't just rely on your body weight for calculating your energy needs, because there are relative differences between individuals and based on your size. And so, of course, I always recommend tracking your food, tracking your weight and letting that tell you in real life how many calories you burn. Best way to do that get Macrofactor. Download the app, install it, use my code, witsandweights. All one word, witsandweights. Start tracking. After about two to three weeks, you will know pretty precisely how many calories you burn, and then you can forget about comparing yourself to everyone else, self to everyone else.

Philip Pape: 13:29

The next thing that comes to mind is goal setting, because these scaling laws reassure you that there are realistic strength goals for you because of your body size and you're not aiming for absolute numbers. You might want to look up the relative strength standards based on your body weight, like 2x body weight for deadlift or 1.5x body weight for squats, things like that, and then you can use those as benchmarks to say, hmm, how close am I to that? And I remember, when it comes to pull-ups, if you're losing weight, you might actually be able to get more pull-ups just because you are lighter and you were picking up less weight. And you might be also relatively more stronger in a fat loss plays phase. Then you think, even though the weights aren't going up because you're losing weight, remember all those things. Um, and then finally, you can choose exercises.

Philip Pape: 14:11

You know movements that play to your body's strengths. Smaller individuals might excel at things like gymnastic style movements and the pull-ups and all that kind of fun stuff. Larger individuals might excel more at the traditional lifts. Now I'm saying I think everybody should lift heavy, that's for sure. Everybody should be doing compound movements, um, for a variety of reasons beyond the scope of today's episode.

Philip Pape: 14:32

But when you're looking for athletic um challenges, when you're looking for different modalities, when you're looking to compete, uh, all those kinds of things you know play around and see if your body size gives you a certain advantage. All right, so here's something that might surprise you Scaling laws. They don't just help you optimize training and nutrition. They are incredibly liberating psychologically, and that is why I wanted to make this episode, and maybe it doesn't surprise you anymore. That's just what I wrote down for my notes.

Philip Pape: 15:04

So how many times have you compared yourself to other people, right, and then felt discouraged? You see someone smaller than you lifting more, someone taller eating more without gaining weight? All the things we mentioned before. And because scaling laws explain why these differences exist, independent of other behavioral factors. They're perfectly natural. They're perfectly normal, and then you can stop comparing apples to oranges and you start appreciating your body's unique capabilities. Then you can set goals that are tailored to your individual potential. Stop comparing apples to oranges and you start appreciating your body's unique capabilities. Then you can set goals that are tailored to your individual potential rather than trying to meet arbitrary standards that might not be realistic at all for your body size. And this can be incredibly motivating, right? Realistic expectations in general can actually be incredibly motivating, because now you won't be frustrated or feel frustrated by some perceived but non-existent limitation. You can focus instead on maximizing your potential within the natural laws that govern your body. You're not trying to be better than someone else. You're trying to be the best version of yourself All right. So the next time you're tempted to to be better than someone else, you're trying to be the best version of yourself All right. So the next time you're tempted to compare your lifts, your metabolism, your diet to someone with a vastly different body size, remember the scaling laws we've discussed today. Because your body's unique, it operates according to its own set of rules based on its size All right.

Philip Pape: 16:26

If today's episode resonated with you, if you're ready to start applying some of these realistic expectations and understanding what they might be to your approach to training, your approach to nutrition, please schedule a call with me. I do free calls all the time. It's called a rapid nutrition assessment. It is not a sales pitch at all, at all. Okay, in fact, we have episode 199 coming up with a guy named Jazz. He's a 300 pound power lifter and it is a recording of that call where you can see exactly what it's like.

Philip Pape: 16:57

But rather than wait for that, why don't you give it a shot and reach out to me with the link in the show notes? Or go to witsandweightscom, click the big button on the top right and I've got you covered. All we're gonna do in that fast-paced 15 minutes is figure out where you are, what's the number one thing holding you back or where you're stuck, and give you some actions three actions at the end that you can put into place right away and get results within 90 days. That's it. That is my goal for you, and then you're gonna come back and say thank you so much.

Philip Pape: 17:24

You really helped change the trajectory of what I was trying to do, and now I can actually get unstuck and make some real progress. That is what I my wish for you. Remember, sometimes the difference between spinning your wheels and making that progress is understanding your body, understanding the laws of nature, understanding what you can accomplish. And then you go out there and you do it Until next time. Keep using your wits lifting those weights and remember, in fitness as in engineering, size matters sometimes, but knowledge matters more. I'll talk to you next time here on the Wits and Weights Podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Why Macros Might Be All You Need to Streamline Your Nutrition | Ep 194

Nutrition can be overwhelming: from calories and macros to saturated fats, fiber, micronutrients, and meal timing. But what if you ONLY tracked macros? Is that enough for a diet that supports your health and physique? Philip breaks down why tracking macros might be all you need to rebalance your diet and set the stage for long-term success. If you're ready to streamline your nutrition without the headache of overcomplicating things, this episode is for you.

Nutrition can be overwhelming: from calories and macros to saturated fats, fiber, micronutrients, and meal timing. But what if you ONLY tracked macros? Is that enough for a diet that supports your health and physique

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) breaks down why tracking macros might be all you need to rebalance your diet and set the stage for long-term success. If you're ready to streamline your nutrition without the headache of overcomplicating things, this episode is for you.

Philip dives into the basics of macro tracking, explaining how this flexible dieting approach can cut through the noise and provide a clear path to better nutrition. By focusing on just three targets, you can reduce mental fatigue, promote consistency, and prioritize what's most important for muscle building and fat loss.

Philip also shares an advanced tip for seasoned trackers who are feeling stuck. He recounts a client's story to illustrate how even those with experience can benefit from revisiting the basics.

Whether you're new to nutrition tracking or an experienced dieter, you'll find practical tips and insights to help you simplify your diet and make meaningful progress.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

1:33 Nutrition can be complicated
3:17 What tracking macros means
7:15 Steps to implement effective macro tracking
14:47 The significance of tracking macros in sustainable nutrition
18:23 Tip for the advanced trackers
20:09 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Nutrition can be overwhelming with countless details to consider, from saturated fats and fiber to micronutrients and meal timing. What if there was a simpler way to kickstart your progress and maintain long-term consistency? Enter the If It Fits Your Macros (IIFYM) method, a flexible dieting strategy that focuses on tracking just the big three macronutrients: protein, carbs, and fats. This episode of Wits and Weights delves into the essentials of macro tracking and provides practical steps to transform your eating habits without the stress of perfecting every detail.

The IIFYM approach prioritizes the fundamentals, allowing you to let go of the nitty-gritty details and embrace a simpler, more effective way to manage your nutrition. By focusing solely on macronutrients, you reduce mental fatigue and increase adherence to your diet. Whether you're a beginner or a seasoned tracker, this episode lays out the steps to calculate your calorie needs, set macro targets, and find a balance that works for you.

One of the key aspects of the IIFYM method is understanding the importance of protein intake. Protein is essential for building and preserving muscle, especially during fat loss. The episode provides tips on how to allocate your remaining calories between fats and carbs based on your goals and personal preferences. A suggested starting point is 30% of calories from fat, but this can be adjusted according to individual needs.

Tracking your intake is crucial for understanding your eating habits and making necessary adjustments. The episode emphasizes the importance of experimenting with different foods to fit your macros while maintaining satisfaction and balance. By tracking your macros, you can uncover patterns in your diet and identify areas that need improvement.

A significant benefit of macro tracking is its ability to simplify nutrition. By focusing on just three targets, you can reduce the mental load of tracking multiple dietary factors. This approach promotes consistency and adherence to your diet, making it easier to stick to long-term. The episode highlights that even if you're already familiar with detailed tracking, revisiting the basics can streamline and enhance your nutritional strategy.

In addition to simplifying your diet, macro tracking can also promote consistency. When you think of your diet in terms of numbers rather than good or bad foods, it becomes easier to stick to your plan. This flexible dieting approach allows for a more sustainable and enjoyable way to manage your nutrition.

The episode also explores advanced strategies through a revealing case study. By revisiting macro basics, even experienced trackers can address common issues such as imbalanced protein, fat, and carb intake. This case study demonstrates how a simplified approach can lead to significant improvements in energy levels, training performance, and overall well-being.

Listener feedback plays a crucial role in shaping the content of the show. The host emphasizes the importance of sharing thoughts and suggestions to ensure that the show continues to deliver valuable content. By engaging with listeners, the show can adapt and improve to meet their needs.

To get started with macro tracking, the episode provides simple steps to implement this approach. The first step is to calculate your calorie needs by tracking your food and weight for about two to three weeks. This data will help you determine your personal calorie needs, whether you want to maintain, gain, or lose weight.

Next, you set your macro targets, starting with protein. Aim for up to one gram of protein per pound of target body weight. For example, if you're 200 pounds and want to reach 180 pounds, aim for around 180 grams of protein. Allocate the rest of your calories to carbs and fats, starting with 30% of calories from fat and adjusting based on your preferences.

Once you've set your targets, track your intake without worrying about hitting the exact numbers. This process will give you a better understanding of your eating habits and help you identify areas that need rebalancing. By focusing on the big rocks, you can simplify your approach and promote consistency.

Experimenting with different foods to fit your macros is also an essential part of the process. By trying various foods, you can find what works best for you and what keeps you satisfied. The goal is to create a sustainable approach that allows for nutrition and enjoyment over the long term.

In conclusion, the IIFYM method offers a simplified approach to nutrition that focuses on the essentials: protein, carbs, and fats. By tracking these macronutrients, you can reduce mental fatigue, promote consistency, and achieve significant results without getting bogged down by unnecessary details. Whether you're new to tracking or looking to revisit the basics, this episode provides valuable insights and practical steps to help you master your nutrition strategy.

Listener feedback is highly encouraged, as it helps shape the content of the show. By sharing your thoughts and suggestions, you can ensure that the show continues to deliver valuable and relevant content. Join us for an episode packed with actionable advice to help you use your wits, lift those weights, and conquer life one macro at a time.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

Maybe you've heard about tracking macros. But you've also heard experts say that usually not enough that you need to care about food quality and other factors. But if you're struggling with your nutrition to begin with, it can be even more overwhelming to worry about saturated fat fiber micronutrients, satiety, calorie density meal timing and even supplements. It's like trying to optimize 100 different parameters at once for the 5% before you've mastered the basics that will give you the 95%. What if I told you that sometimes just focusing on macros can be enough to kickstart your progress and streamline your entire approach to nutrition to make it easy and effective. Today, we're diving into why tracking only macros might be all you need to rebalance your diet, prioritize what's most important, and set the stage for long term success without getting bogged down in unnecessary complexity. If you're ready to streamline your nutrition, you're going to love this one.

 

Philip Pape  01:05

Welcome to wit's end weights, the podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, Philip Pape. And today we're tackling a topic that might bother those both in the intuitive eating and the flexible dieting camps. Why macros alone might be all you need to streamline your nutrition and get most of your results. And of course, if you want more content like this, hit the Follow button in your podcast app, so you never miss an episode. All right, let's just jump right into it. First, the elephant in the room. Nutrition can be complicated, really complicated. We've got macros, micro saturated fat, trans fat, fiber, glycemic index, index, nutrient timing, and a ton of misinformation to go along with that, like carbs are bad or protein is bad or fat is bad, right? The list goes on and on. And for a lot of people, especially those just starting out, that alone can be overwhelming, and cause you to just throw up your hands and say, All right, forget about this. And I've seen it time and time again, even with clients who have come to me and said, Look, I understand there's an approach that works. I want to learn that. And they come to me heads spinning with all this information, paralyzed by the fear of not doing everything perfectly. And then you know what happens, they end up doing nothing at all. Now, now these are assuming that they don't work with me. And we show them that no, you can actually simplify this process just like we talked about on the show. Otherwise, you get into that analysis paralysis, you know at its finest. But here's the thing. While all those details can matter, eventually, they're not always necessary right out of the gate. Sometimes we need to step back and focus on the fundamentals. Remember, I talked about the Pareto principle in a recent Wednesday episode about focusing on the 20% to get 80% of the effort. And that's where macro tracking comes in. So in this episode, first, I'm going to share why I think it's a great idea for many people, including some reasons that you might not have considered, then I'll give you some pointers on how to get started. And finally, I've got an advanced tip for those listening, who may have already been tracking much more than macros by this point. But you want to come at it from a fresh perspective. So stick around for that near the end of the episode. And so let's talk about what we mean by tracking macros, right? What is tracking macros? It is a type of flexible dieting approach, right? Just one type. Because flexible dieting, by definition has a flexible spectrum of approaches. Tracking macros focuses on hitting your daily targets for macro nutrients, protein, carbs, and fats. That's it, right? No food is off limits, as long as it fits within those goals. You might have heard it called If It Fits Your Macros, or I F YM. And interestingly, I covered this in Episode 110. From the opposite angle. In that episode, I was talking about why macro tracking alone isn't enough. And as always, it's about context. Because if you go listen to that episode, Episode 110, after you listen to today's episode, you'll notice they're entirely consistent with each other. And that the approach that you take depends on well, you right, that's the essence of flexibility, isn't it? And I mentioned this because I can already hear some of you saying, but Phillip, what about micronutrients? What about fiber? What about meal timing, you know, around my workouts, which you talk about all the time. Trust me, I get it, right, those things can be important. But let's strip it back. Are you even getting to the basic goals that you're going for here with your nutrition? Right? Because if you're not doing that, Why care about those things? First, here's why focusing on just macros can actually be a game changer for many people. And even some people who've gone beyond that by this point. I want to step back and give it a shot. First of all, it simplifies nutrition. You're just focusing on these three simple targets, right? And we're not talking about getting precisely the exact goal Hamza each every day, we're just talking about having either minimums or ranges to aim for. And this reduces the mental load of tracking a whole bunch of things, right? It just reduces friction and reduces mental fatigue. The second benefit of tracking just macros, it can promote consistency right out of the gate, right when your diet isn't this constant battle of, you know, good versus bad foods, which many of you may be in that head state right now. And you just think in terms of these cold, hard numbers, and any food goes within that, it's actually a lot easier to stick to long term. And by long term, I mean, even past the first week, or two, which is where a lot of people give up. The third benefit of tracking macros, it prioritizes, the big rocks, it's the 2080, or the 8020 principle at its core, right? We've got to hit our protein to build muscle and preserve muscle during fat loss, we got to have a certain amount of carbs for energy for recovery for performance, and we got to have fats for Hormonal Health. That's it. These are the heavy hitters that drive most of your results. Yes, calories are in there as well, because when we track macros, we're also tracking calories. But I'll tell you what, even if you weren't tracking calories, and you're just trying to get enough protein, that's still going to massively improve a lot of the other other things that later on, you want to track like food quality. The last thing, the last benefit, and perhaps most important one here is tracking macros is a nice simple stepping stone, it is a great way to first build a habit of awareness, right? Not even not even trying to hit the targets, just becoming aware of how much protein you eat, for example, before you dive into more complex nutritional strategies, in fact, it's where I want clients to be before I start working with them, so that we can take you to the next level and make the best use of our time together. And you might be surprised by that. Because I usually don't work with rank novices rank beginners who've never tracked before, I have kind of a filtering process. By the time you join Whitson weights physique university or I take you on as a client, you kind of already know the basics of tracking, maybe you're already using macro factor, you understand, you know, even even a little bit beyond that. But you're not just coming in cold, right? You're not coming in saying, Oh, I thought carbs are bad. I want you to be listening to this podcast and understanding that there is a flexible approach you can take. So it's a great stepping stone. So now how do you actually put this into practice? I think it's pretty simple, which is the whole point. Before I give you the steps, though, I want you to do yourself a favor, download macro factor. First, pause the episode, use the link in my show notes or search for macro factor all one word macro factor in your app store. Then enter my code Whitson weights to try it free for two weeks. Okay, my code, Whitson weights, that's wi TS wits, and end weights all spelled out all together, and you'll get it for two weeks. Again, this is all in the show notes for your convenience. But do yourself a favor, this is going to be a game changer for you not just for tracking macros, but for learning about your metabolism, and then eventually having the right macros for your goals. Alright, so here are the simple steps to implement macro tracking. Alright, so back to basics if you need a refresher, or if this is new to you. We're getting back to basics here. Number one, you've got to know your calorie needs. Okay, this is your starting point. Now, even though I said earlier, tracking macros is a great way to build awareness, you don't even have to hit targets, you still can use that data pretty quickly in short order within a couple of weeks to figure out your personal calorie needs, how much energy your body needs to maintain, to gain weight or to lose weight. And the simplest way to do this is to track your food and track your weight every day for about two to three weeks. Right? Just get into the habit of doing that. And the cumbersome way to do this is to then calculate it in a spreadsheet. And if you are if you're a geek, if you're a nerd like me, and you love numbers and spreadsheets go for it. The easy way is to guess what download macro factor and let it do it for you. And if you already took my advice earlier and did that you're ready to go. It's the only food logging app that can actually determine your true calorie target. Other apps chronometer, My Fitness Pal, and many others only estimate this and they do so pretty badly. They can be off by several hundreds of calories, which is why many many people use those apps and then they struggle to hit their goals. Because all they're doing is they're entering numbers and they're not actually determining what they really need. And then, when you've got that setup, this is still step one, determine your calorie needs. I recommend not trying to gain or lose weight until you've spent those three weeks just trying to figure out your maintenance calories, which again, if you use a macro factor, it's just going to do that for you. And all you need to do is log in food and weight. And here's what I want you to reach out to me if you get stuck on this first step. Alright, just reach out to me, you could reach out to me on Instagram at what's in weights. Or you can reach me in our Facebook group which is totally free. Alright. Also be patient. And don't worry about what the metabolism is until you've hit that three week mark. It could be higher or lower than you expect.

 

Philip Pape  10:00

Hey, this is Philip and I hope you're enjoying this episode of Whitson weights. I started with some weights to help ambitious individuals in their 30s 40s and beyond, who want to build muscle, lose fat and finally look like they live. I've noticed that when people transform their physique, they not only look and feel better, but they also experienced incredible changes in their health, confidence and overall quality of life. If you're listening to this podcast, I assume you want the same thing to build your ultimate physique and unlock your full potential whether you're just starting out or looking to take your progress to the next level. That's why I created wit's end weights physique University, a semi private group coaching experience designed to help you achieve your best physique ever, with a personalized done for you nutrition plan, custom designed courses, new workout programs each month, live coaching calls and a supportive community, you'll have access to everything you need to succeed. If you're ready to shatter your plateaus and transform your body and life, head over to Whitson weights.com/physique. Or click the link in the show notes to enroll today. Again, that's Whitson weights.com/physique, I can't wait to welcome you to the community and help you become the strongest cleanest and healthiest version of yourself. Now back to the show. So that's number one is just calculating your calorie needs, then we have setting your macro targets. All right, protein is the one we start with. Because this is the game changer for most people, most people are getting far less protein than they need. And you want to aim for up to that one gram per pound of target body weight. So if you're 200 pounds, and eventually you're gonna try to get to 180, you want to be eating at least 100, like around 180 grams of protein, don't overcomplicate this, right, get in that ballpark, and you're good, you're probably currently eating way less than that. So just getting close, that is going to be a major improvement. And again, if you use the macro factor, you select high or extra high protein, you'll get right in that range, then you allocate the rest of your calories to carbs and fats. And this can vary widely based on your preferences and goals. I suggest starting at 30% of calories from fat, and the rest of them carbs. And then you can go up or down on the fat if that's your preference. And at the risk of sounding like a parrot macro factor will do this for you if you select a balanced approach. So we've got what are your calories, what is your protein, what are your fats and carbs, then you just track your intake, don't worry about hitting the targets. So this is where I'm repeating what I said before, just track your intake, and then see how it stacks up against your targets. And that will give you the reality based data that you need to know what needs rebalancing. Because you may have something pretty close to where you need, you don't have to worry about it. And something else is way off. And it might be off from day to day, or might be off every day. That's it. It's amazing how much you can learn about your eating habits that eventually will give you insights into all those other more detailed things I alluded to earlier, like your saturated fat, like your fiber, like your meal timing, it's all going to come out of that eventually. But we just start with the big rocks. Last step to tracking your macros is have fun, figuring out what foods are going to fit your macros without making you hungry. Ah, okay, so that's a sneaky little variable that I just added to the equation I get it adds a tiny, tiny bit of complexity, hunger, right to biofeedback we call hunger. But this is your chance to start experimenting, eating whatever you want to fit your macros. And what you're gonna find as you do that, is that certain types of foods, for example, more whole nutrient dense foods will tend to fit your macros better and satisfy you at the same time. But hey, if pizza or ice cream fit in there, and you feel great eating them, and you enjoy them, see what works have those in there. Like that's what I encourage is the experimentation and the feedback of how you feel when you eat these things while trying to hit your macros. Because your body is really it's what was I gonna say your body is is very much able to tell you what's going on, it's going to quickly give you feedback on what makes sense. And then the things like micronutrients, fiber and so on, will naturally start to get rebalanced. You know, in some cases, they will and that's okay, that'll be step 234 later on, but you're gonna get a lot into a lot better food quality and kind of healthy dietary pattern than you've ever been before. Just because you're trying to get these macros lined up, especially driven by protein and having balance. Those are very important. And there's other things you know that you can get complicated like gut health and whatever, that again start to get resolved when you have enough protein and balance. All right. Now, the elephant in the room here The caveat is that theoretically, you can hit your macros eating nothing but protein shakes and pop tarts are nothing but you know, meat lovers pizza with a little bit of vegetables. But that's not the point. The goal here is to create a sustainable approach that allows for nutrition and enjoyment over the long term. And tracking only macros is just Don't wait to ignore all the noise and focus on the simplicity of balance before you then move on to more fine tuned optimization, I think it's a very reasonable stair step, like I mentioned earlier. So macro tracking, like anything else is a tool, it's just a tool, just like a budget is a tool for your money. If you use it wisely, it's going to teach you a lot about your eating habits and behaviors. And thus, you'll know exactly what needs to change. And that is the kind of clarity and confidence that most people don't have. Now, for that advanced tip that I mentioned earlier, as we wrap up the episode, even when working with very experienced clients, I often start with them by revisiting these basics, these macro tracking basics, because they are that important. And I had a client recently, let's call him John, he came to me frustrated with his lack of progress. And by that I usually mean inability to lose fat, right kind of the beer gut and a little bit of extra weight and already lifting weights, but still not getting the physique and the health of the want. And he was actually tracking a lot of things. He was already tracking macros, tracking supplements, he was asking questions about creatine, and mealtime, and what should I eat about my workout around my workouts? What kind of supplements should I get? But then I said, Hey, just send me some screenshots of your food log, please. You know, he was even using macro factor, right. And I saw that his protein and fats had gradually increased at the expense of carbs. Okay, like he didn't even realize he was actually eating a ton of protein. And again, especially bigger mail clients who eat a lot of meat, you'll see this pattern using a ton of protein and fat. And there were like fatty cuts of meat and high fat, dairy, and whatever. So it ended up being a lot of protein and fat. And the carbs are actually pretty low. They were like close to 100 grams, which for him being on over 3000 calories was was very low. And then he was hitting some walls in his training and recovery. After heavy lifting sessions. He's like, man, I've wiped. And I'm really having trouble pushing it and getting the reps. Even when I'm not dieting, you know, I'm not in a calorie deficit. And so we just stripped everything back to basics, right? I advise them, let's just rebalance your meals this week, and hit your protein, fats and carbs targets again. But really focus on the carbs this time, because it just wasn't balanced. Focus on that for a month. Let's see what happens. So what happened, of course, he started to feel much better his lifts started to move his sleep and recovery improved in in his biofeedback to me, that his ratings that that I collect a lot of data. By the way, when I work with clients, we collect a lot of data to know what's going on and be very proactive about it. And he didn't have to worry about meal timing or supplements or creatine, he just had to get his carbs back up. His energy in the gym went up his stressful and down, because we simplified the process. He was like, Man, this is I don't know why I overcomplicate things, but I do. And that's it. It's a very stripped down easy change. But it doesn't mean it's obvious to everyone, right? You may be in the weeds and not even know it. And you may be hitting macros every day, consistently. But they're not the right ones, or they're not balanced for you. Right? You may have gotten like, No, I'm getting my protein every day. And then my fats and carbs are consistent every day. But what if one of those isn't what you need? Right? So I'd like to think that by you know, having me in his corner as a coach, I was able to see a pattern that he wasn't seeing, even though the solution seems very simple. And that's the power of mastering the basics before diving into complexities. So my tip for all of you advanced trackers out there that, you know, think you know, at all, because trust me, I've been there is to ask yourself, Is my simple macro balance, right for me? Is there something I can nudge or rebalance to unlock my next phase of progress? Even better? Can I just ignore some of the minutiae for a while and focus on macros, and see if that overcomes a roadblock for me and go back and listen to the episode we did recently about the Pareto rule or the Pareto principle where we talked about sometimes you just you're putting way too much effort into something to get very little for it, and you might need to just strip it down. Alright, so as we wrap up, let's recap the main points. Number one, tracking macros, while while it's not perfect, right? It's not the 99%, it gets you to the 90 95% or even 80%. It's an excellent starting point for many people. Number two, it allows you to focus on the most important aspects of nutrition, which is energy balance, and macro composition, which goes a ton goes a long way toward what you're trying to achieve. Building muscle losing fat, right, that's where it's at, and then a lot of the other health stuff tends to work itself out. Number three, by simplifying your approach, you're more likely to be consistent, a wonderful combination, right? And that's the key to long term success, consistency. patience, flexibility. Last thing, remember, you can always add complexity later if needed. Like if you're at 80%. You want to get to 90%. And it takes a little bit of extra effort to get there and you want to make that trade off. Go for it. Right. But Master the basics first.

 

Philip Pape  19:57

All right, if you found value in today's episode That's really all I have for you guys. Like, that's as simple as it is. If you thought there was something magic or secret in this there isn't. But I think the simplicity of this approach is itself the secret. So do me a favor. If you like this, send me a text message, using the link in the show notes where it says, Send me a text message. Let me know what you thought about this simplified approach. Or if you have any questions that you want me to address in future episodes, like a future q&a, because when I hear from you, I just light up, I get a smile on my face. It's not like we have millions of people clamoring to send me messages, please send me a message. And I don't want to sound desperate either. So if you don't want to send me a message, that's fine. Your feedback really does absolutely help shape the content of the show. I mean, everything I put in the show my blood, sweat, soul, heart, whatever is for you. And the changes that I make tend to be based on what you tell me you're getting out of the show and delivering what you want. Alright, until next time, keep using those weights. Please keep lifting those weights and keep taking it one day, one calorie at a time, one macro at a time. I'll talk to you next time here on the wits and weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

The Extreme Cost of a Lean, Ripped Body and Visible Abs with Brittany & James Gatewood | Ep 193

What does it ACTUALLY take to achieve a lean, ripped, shredded physique? Philip welcomes Brittany and James Gatewood, the powerhouse couple behind the "Macros, Mindset, and Muscles" podcast, to explore the rigorous journey of bodybuilding and fitness competitions. From the meticulous planning and unwavering discipline to the significant lifestyle adjustments, they lay out the real costs of getting stage-ready. Brittany and James share their personal experiences, including the sacrifices, challenges, and ultimate rewards of pushing their bodies and minds to the limit. Together, they discuss the importance of having a solid lifting foundation and the impact of extreme fitness routines.

What does it ACTUALLY take to achieve a lean, ripped, shredded physique?

Join Philip (@witsandweights) as he welcomes Brittany and James Gatewood, the powerhouse couple behind the "Macros, Mindset, and Muscles" podcast, for an in-depth conversation about the physical and mental demands of achieving extreme leanness.

In this episode, Philip and his guests explore the rigorous journey of bodybuilding and fitness competitions. From the meticulous planning and unwavering discipline to the significant lifestyle adjustments, they lay out the real costs of getting stage-ready. Brittany and James share their personal experiences, including the sacrifices, challenges, and ultimate rewards of pushing their bodies and minds to the limit. Together, they discuss the importance of having a solid lifting foundation and the impact of extreme fitness routines.

Brittany started her fitness journey to become healthier for her children, and James began as a "hard gainer" looking to build muscle. Now, they use their expertise to coach and inspire others through Phoenix Transformations.

Tune in to discover if you're ready to take on the challenge and achieve extraordinary goals.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:29 Cost of achieving and maintaining a lean physique
5:06 Setting realistic expectations for fitness goals
7:02 Breakdown of the physical and mental demands of bodybuilding prep
11:47 Prep duration and the role of refeeds and diet breaks in a prep phase
15:02 The impact of metabolic adaptation and the importance of monitoring progress
21:06 Lifestyle adjustments, extreme adherence, and tips for staying on track
25:12 Sustainable practices for long-term leanness
27:36 Tracking progress and making adjustments
30:47 Symptoms and health risks associated with extreme leanness
36:26 Prerequisites for considering a bodybuilding competition
42:34 Long-term health risks of staying very lean
43:55 Real-life client success story and the benefits of a structured plan
45:35  Additional costs and considerations for competing in bodybuilding
48:57 How to connect with Britanny and James
49:36  Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

What does it truly take to achieve a shredded physique? This question is often clouded by the glossy, edited photos that flood social media feeds. In this insightful episode, Brittany and James Gatewood, the dynamic duo behind the Macros Mindset and Muscles podcast, dive deep into the physical, mental, and emotional demands of extreme fitness goals. As seasoned bodybuilding coaches, they shatter the myths about quick transformations and unveil the rigorous journey required to achieve such a physique.

Achieving a shredded body is far from a walk in the park. It involves substantial lifestyle changes, relentless dedication, and an understanding of the long-term health implications. Brittany and James discuss how extensive the preparation for a bodybuilding competition can be, highlighting the necessity of consistency and extreme measures. The training schedules often demand at least five days of workouts per week, supplemented with up to two hours of cardio daily. Moreover, the diet is equally stringent, often requiring calorie restrictions that can dip below 1200 calories for women. The couple emphasizes the importance of strategic diet breaks and the intricacies of prep cycles, which can span anywhere from 20 weeks to over a year.

However, the physical demands are only one side of the coin. The mental and emotional toll of extreme leanness can be equally challenging. Symptoms such as frequent illness, digestive issues, and hormonal imbalances are not uncommon. Brittany and James underscore the importance of having a solid foundation in lifting before embarking on such a demanding journey. They also shed light on the often-overlooked costs and preparations required for competitive bodybuilding, including expenses for coaching, health monitoring, posing, tanning, and competition suits.

The Gatewoods provide a comprehensive view of the entire bodybuilding journey, from training and tanning to the mental and physical costs of extreme fitness goals. They discuss the misconceptions people often have about achieving a shredded physique, such as the belief that it is easy or quick. In reality, it requires changing almost every aspect of one's lifestyle and maintaining that level of dedication for an extended period. The episode also touches on how to evaluate whether pursuing such extreme fitness goals aligns with one's broader life objectives and how to transition from extreme dieting to a more balanced, sustainable lifestyle.

One of the key takeaways from this episode is the importance of understanding the demands of bodybuilding prep. The necessity of a strict diet and the inevitability of constant hunger are emphasized, especially for women who face more extreme calorie deficits. The couple also discusses the varying lengths of prep cycles, which can range from 20 weeks to over a year, depending on individual circumstances and goals. Strategic diet breaks are crucial in this intense and temporary phase of achieving single-digit body fat levels.

In addition to the physical demands, the episode delves into the mental and emotional challenges faced by individuals pursuing extreme leanness. Frequent illness, digestive issues, disrupted sleep, decreased sex drive, and hormonal imbalances are some of the symptoms that can arise from such extreme dieting and training. Despite these hardships, the sense of accomplishment and mental resilience gained from pushing one's body to its limits can be incredibly motivating. The Gatewoods stress the importance of having a solid foundation in lifting and a consistent gym routine before embarking on such a demanding endeavor.

The episode also explores the costs and requirements of competitive bodybuilding. Having a coach is essential for navigating the extreme and regimented nature of the sport. The importance of understanding the differences between natural and enhanced leagues and the health monitoring required during and after competition prep, such as regular blood work, is highlighted. The couple uses real-life examples to illustrate how proper off-season building phases can significantly improve competition outcomes. They also touch on the high expenses associated with competitive bodybuilding, including posing, tanning, and competition suits.

Overall, this episode is a must-listen for anyone considering the journey to a shredded physique or curious about the realities behind extreme fitness transformations. Brittany and James Gatewood provide valuable insights and practical advice, debunking common misconceptions and revealing the truth behind those jaw-dropping before-and-after photos on social media. Their expertise and first-hand experiences offer a realistic view of what it takes to achieve and maintain a lean, shredded body.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Brittany Gatewood  00:01

It's a huge accomplishment, it's proving to yourself that I can do hard things if you can push your body and push yourself and your mind because there's a lot of mental in this as well, to follow the plan and stick to your goal and accomplish that goal. Even if you don't win, you still got on stage and you're still doing something that 99% of the population can't do. It's just showing that you're capable of great things.

 

James Gatewood  00:27

When I first did my first show, it was like, what in my entire life have I dedicated 100% of everything that I do it to one thing, Bernie extended period of time like what is possible? What could I do

 

Philip Pape  00:45

Whitson weights community Welcome to another episode of the wits and weights Podcast. Today I am pumped to welcome Brittany and James Gatewood, a married couple and the dynamic duo behind the macros mindset and muscles podcast, and the founder and head coaches of Phoenix transformations. Now Brittany and I connected through one of our mentors, and we realize why don't we bring together our expertise to you, dear listener through a guest swap on both of our shows. So I want you to go ahead and check out and follow their podcast macros mindset of muscles, which I'm gonna link to in the show notes if you want even more practical advice, motivational stories, because fitness doesn't have to be frustrating, right? We all want to be more clear and confident with our fitness and health. So that's what they're all about. James is a hard gainer he got into fitness because he was always a thin guy. Brittany was obese and got into fitness to live a healthier life for her kids. They met on Instagram. Pretty cool. You don't hear that happening too often. And they encourage each other's journeys. Now they combined their personal experience and professional expertise to coach and inspire others. So we've got a fun topic today. Especially if you're considering getting shredded. If you thought I want to compete. I just want to get jacked. I want six pack abs. Hold on. Listen to this show, I invited Brittany and James on to discuss the extreme realities of doing that of achieving and maintaining a lean, ripped physique. We'll explore the significant physical and mental demands, the lifestyle adjustments, the long term health implications that come with striving for visible abs. And we're not saying it's a bad thing. But we're going to lay out the realities for you today, our discussion will cover sustainable practices, but the impact of extreme fitness routines on mental health, social life and how to transition from extreme dieting to a balanced healthy lifestyle. Brittany, James, welcome to the show.

 

Brittany Gatewood  02:27

Thanks for having us. Glad to be here.

 

Philip Pape  02:29

So let's just jump right in and talk about this whole getting lean thing, right. And maybe talk about the cost of it from the context of the misconceptions, right? Somebody comes to you, maybe a client, maybe somebody in the podcasts are like, Yeah, you know, I've been lifting weights, maybe they haven't yet, but let's just assume I'm a guy, I'm 20% body fat. I'm a female, I'm 30%. And I want to compete in physique competition, or I want to be, you know, beach ready, I just want to be the most jacked, ripped, you know, great looking person on the beach. And you're like, yeah, that's easy, right? Well, what are the misconceptions people have about this?

 

Brittany Gatewood  03:02

Yeah, we totally lead with that. Like, it's totally easy. You should do it, like, jump right in right now. Just go for it. I think really, the reality is, is people think it's easy. You know, they idolize people they see on social media, you know, their favorite Instagram influencer, or, you know, professional athletes, bodybuilders, things like that. And they're like, I want to look like that. And, you know, they might see that person's before and after picture. And they're like, they did it. So I can do it, not realizing how much time in between those two photos like has taken place, and also the methods at which those results were obtained. So there is a big cost of achieving those results. You know, and talking about some of this? Well, I think

 

James Gatewood  03:47

a lot of people think that, oh, there's just, I had to change this little aspect of my life, and then I'll get these great results, not the reality of the having to change everything, like for it to go to the extremes. And like she was saying that the amount of time and how long of a period of time that you have to stick to these things, to hit those goals and to achieve that look. And it's only for a very short period of time. Like she said, a lot of people that you're seeing on social media has dieted down for like months and months and months. And then they took all these photos that they post all year long. They don't stay at that weight. They don't maintain that level of sharpness for very long.

 

Philip Pape  04:23

Yeah, for sure. Yeah, no. I mean, we allude to the before and after pictures on IG all the time, right? Now, the algorithm is so nefarious, for good reason. They want you to engage as much as possible and sell you ads. And I know if I just if I tap something that just catches my eye. For the next like 10 days, every image is an extreme version of that. So if it's like, oh, this person looks good. I'm just gonna look at that picture. And all of a sudden, you get the extreme. And when you look behind the scenes, you realize that they're associated with oftentimes these promotional profiles and these scammy profiles isn't right. It's not even real. A lot of it isn't but then at the same time, many of us follow have legitimate bodybuilders and competitors and people who train and work hard at doing this. And it is legitimate. I guess before we get into the details of the specific costs, when somebody wants to do this, how do we step back and even look at that goal in the first place? Like how do we put their goal in context of whether it's really a goal they should be pursuing? How they evaluate those goals? You know, what I'm saying? Like to question whether you should do it at all from that perspective.

 

Brittany Gatewood  05:25

So I think this is actually a great like, question because a lot of people just jump into this blindly, they have zero expectation of what it actually takes what the process entails, of the sacrifices that you'll make the things that you'll miss out on, you know, while you're preparing for this, and the costs, like the actual financial costs associated with like, a competition prep. So having those conversations with somebody who does express interest in this type of aesthetic goal, you know, setting those realistic expectations is I think, a big key to long term success. Because if they know everything going in, then they can decide like this is for me, I'm financially in a good place. I can financially afford this. I have the time to dedicate to this goal. You know, I'm okay with eating my meal prep all when I go to social events, I won't be peer pressured, I don't have a problem with alcohol. All these things like play a big role in your success for achieving like this level of leanness. Does that answer your question? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  06:32

yeah, for sure. Yeah, yeah. So just for the listener, you know, it's one on two here. And, you know, they know, this is it's not super common. It's fun, though. So we're trying to navigate like, who answers what, so feel free to like, jump in whenever you to James, if you ever want to jump in? Otherwise, I'm happy to? Oh,

 

James Gatewood  06:47

she's definitely the more of the talker on the Yes, yes. I agree with a lot of things. And then I'll chime in from time to time.

 

Philip Pape  06:55

That's wisdom. That's wisdom. And you're the quiet wise type, I get it, I get it usually need that, like the tensile workout in the relationship. Okay, so it's interesting, Brittany, because you mentioned, you mentioned the demands that maybe some people don't think about financial time, social events, things like that. And they're probably extreme versions of some of the trade offs we make. Anyway, when we're in, for example, a fat loss phase. But I really want the listener to understand the differences. So maybe let's just outline like the list of some of the physical demands, and the mental demands, from what we think of as a typical fat loss phase where you're in a 500 calorie deficit or something which most people can understand that, you know, you cut out a snack, or you reduce the scale things down, you have some more fiber and nutrient dense foods in there. Maybe a little bit fewer indulgences. And you're good, right? And it's kind of a sustainable thing. You do it for 1216 weeks, you're done. What is this look like? If we want to get shredded? I mean, what is that? First of all, is that like, sub 10%? For a male, like, maybe we should give it some parameters? And then really, what are some of the big physical demands?

 

Brittany Gatewood  08:00

Yeah, so you want to talk about

 

James Gatewood  08:03

some of the physical stuff. So the physical side effects now

 

Brittany Gatewood  08:06

like the the main

 

James Gatewood  08:08

demands, yeah, well, like going into a prep situation to get to those sub 10 bodyfat it's like men were men, personally, like getting down to 5% it takes a lot. It's a lot. We're looking at, you know, training, at least, you know, five days of training a week, we're looking at possibly two hours or plus cardio a week a day. Yeah, sorry. Two hours of cardio per day, every day that there are no even all

 

Philip Pape  08:40

rest days and define what you mean by current because we're not talking about just walking so steady state

 

James Gatewood  08:45

cardio, so you know that that's a walking on an incline at a decent pace, and make spin bike you know, we don't do a lot of times it's not gonna be running a secondary high intensity things, but it's just gonna be time consuming. When it comes to diet, you know, like in the lifestyle sense, like you kind of operate on an 8020 rule, you know, 80% Clean 20% lacks, there's no 8020 You got to be 100% on your diet every single day. You have to hit your water goals 100% Every single day, and there is the end like you're talking about like with the normal fat loss phase, there's gonna be some times when you're uncomfortable, you're gonna feel hunger in a prep going to that little leanness you are always hungry. You will always be hungry when you eat, right after you eat while you're eating you. Your constant state of of hunger and you're fighting your body because your body wants to

 

Brittany Gatewood  09:40

power that store fat for famine. Yeah, like

 

James Gatewood  09:44

you were purposely starving your body to achieve those single digit body fat. And

 

Brittany Gatewood  09:51

to add to that, you know, with like the calorie restriction with a normal lifestyle client, you know, you might restrict like you said like 500 calories. is when you are doing an extreme level of leanness when you're trying to get started for a show, you're hitting levels that you hear all the time, don't eat that little, you know, like, you're gonna lose muscle. Yeah, especially as a female, like more than likely like there are women just starting out bodybuilding, the likelihood of you getting under 1200 calories is extremely high. And most women aren't in a good place calorically when they start competing. So you have that working against you as well, because that, you know, that part is important

 

Philip Pape  10:34

to work with you. Yeah. Yeah. And I've heard from, you know, very successful natural bodybuilder men, you know, like, Dr. Eric helms has been on the show a couple times, that even they're using around 15 1800. Like, and they're doing everything right, you know, what I mean? They're, like, have a lot of muscle doing everything right. Does that sound about right? I know, James, you work more with male clients? Or did they get even tighter than that? I mean,

 

James Gatewood  10:56

it all comes down to the individual and the how, of course, and how far they're willing to push it, you know, but there's a range, I would say, you know, you tried to balance that out with the activity level. So instead of dropping the food so low, we're gonna increase more cardio, which is why you start getting into those, you know, multiple hours of steady state cardio. It's very unpleasant, but I mean, sometimes that's what it requires to achieve that level of leanness. Yeah, I

 

Philip Pape  11:23

think the common refrain is going to be here, and the listeners gotta get this through their head. This is an extreme temporary, like you're going after, it's like a David Goggins type of thing, right? Like, it's exactly your sacrifice, you literally are sacrificing. This isn't just the Oh, you make trade offs and good choices. This is like, you're going all the way, you're probably harming your body in some state. I hate to put it that way. But I mean, you're like temporarily, you know, in an unhealthy state. So I have a whole bunch of questions, but just to keep it organized. What's the typical duration for a prep where you're actually in a deficit? And then what kind of adaptation do we see from the beginning to the end, like when someone starts? And then by the end of it, what does it look like? So

 

Brittany Gatewood  12:03

that depends again, on the person, you know, I will speak for me, for example, okay, I am in a prep right now for next year. I am a short person, I have more mass than like a taller, like, I'm just compact, you know, so I tend to hold more body fat, and I bombed my reverse, which we can talk about that are later but you know, I bombed by reverse coming out of the last show. So I put on body fat really quick. Now, because of that my preps have to be longer. Because you don't want to do too much too fast. It has to be a slow, it's a slow burn, you know, like you're losing a little bit of fat each week, with strategic like diet breaks. So I'm looking at 54 plus weeks in this cycle, with some breaks. But you know, an average competitor, like a woman starting out, I have a client currently competing or going to compete in October and her first prep is going to be about 26 weeks by the end of it

 

Philip Pape  13:01

turns 26. So half a year. What did you say yours is?

 

Brittany Gatewood  13:04

Mine is over a year, a year? Okay. Yeah. The last show that we did, I was in prep for 46 weeks. James is like a 20. Week.

 

James Gatewood  13:13

Well, so then even if the 20 week, I'm not even into a calorie deficit until I'm within 16 weeks or so or less. It takes a lot of effort for me to actively keep weight on and to size. So majority of my prep is building up because I shed weight very quickly. So I don't have to die as long as we are the exact opposite. You know, she's having to eat less and less and less. I'm having to eat more and more and more. And that makes married life fun. situation.

 

Philip Pape  13:46

It's like Jack sprat you know, like you got two peas on this plate over here and you got like the whole buffet over here. Yeah,

 

Brittany Gatewood  13:52

his birthday last prep. Okay, sides sidenote, but he had a birthday in one of our last preps and for his birthday I'm not even kidding you. I made him this like beautiful Suvi seared on the grill. ribeye was two pounds. And I had to sit there and watch him eat this ribeye that I cooked him while I was eating like a whites.

 

Philip Pape  14:17

You can even have like some sirloin or so I smelled it. Alright, so yeah, that's a great point on the differences between individuals, men and women size, you know, based on your size, and you've alluded to like you have this improvement season right? We take a periodization that applies to everyone, even if you are going after this goal where you have to spend some time building the muscle and being at this healthier, quote unquote healthier state before you do the slow burn, which as you said was anywhere from 16 to upwards of nine months or more depending on how at the rate you go and how long you need to lose the weight and people listening to that. I mean to put that in perspective. Some people listening might be a chronic yo yo Dieter, that's a different situation. We want to get them out of that. But for those who are familiar with a typical fat loss phase, what are we talking 12 to 16 weeks and you start to get tired of it, like you start to get really tired of it after like week eight to 12 unit, if you're doing things quote unquote, right, in addition to the length and the duration, and we'll get to strategic breaks and all that. What is the metabolic adaptation look like, just because you've lost the mass, your hormones are adapting, like, I don't know, if we can maybe give numbers or percentages or whatever, it doesn't matter. If somebody starts at a, you know, 1800 Calorie metabolism? where might they end up by the end of the diet? Again,

 

Brittany Gatewood  15:32

it depends on the person. Me 1100 Easy,

 

Philip Pape  15:37

so you don't make sense. So like a 700 college job or something, I'm a

 

Brittany Gatewood  15:40

short person anyways. So my calorie intake isn't as high as you know. So you might end up

 

James Gatewood  15:48

around real like 2300 Yeah, at the lowest right, leading into it, and then, like, I have a client, now that's also gonna be doing the same show that we're doing now. And currently, I already have him up to, I think it's 2900 calories, and we're gonna always, I'm not just gonna keep increasing that, so. But he has a similar body style as mine, where he can drop away, quit. But we need to build up, you know, so we're gonna spend all this time building up so that when we do cut calories, his calories will never be that low. And he'll be able to drop the weight pretty quickly.

 

Philip Pape  16:21

Now, are you unhappy with that ability to drop weight? Quickly? Is this a result of having built muscle mass over time? Or is it a little bit more genetic, like just how you respond, this is

 

James Gatewood  16:29

just genetic, I was always very thin, it takes a lot of effort for me to put on sighs like when she can, she can grow his muscle way faster than I do. I mean, I will have to put in, you know, lots of calories, lots of training, and with no mistakes, and then she can just, you know, be in a slight calorie surplus, and she's grown stronger and stronger and stronger. Like, I'm jealous. And in the gaming aspect, because it's hard for me to do that. Right. But then when it comes down to leaning down for a show, she, you know, struggles and then that's where a, you know, does come in handy with my metabolism.

 

Philip Pape  17:03

Yeah, it's definitely helps to know this and about yourself, right and track and have that awareness. And I've seen that client of mine, a male client who never had gone through a fat loss phase, it was like, three pounds a week just dropping off with like, very little effort. And you're like, Okay, he's like, should I go? Should I keep going aggressively? I'm like, you feel great. Yeah, I feel okay, then that's, that's telling you right there. And others, it's like, you start to move the needle just a little bit in, you're starving to death. So what about the rate of loss? So here's what I'm curious about. I typically talk about like the point two, five to 1% body weight per week, I don't know if you talk in percent per week, or like percent deficit, where we know like, 50% is like extreme and then like, 10 to 20 is kind of normal. What? What deficit are we looking at in that perspective, and what rate of loss

 

Brittany Gatewood  17:46

so we don't do percentages? Okay, we do like we're looking at a pound per week, roughly. So anywhere from a half pound to one pound per week, on average, you know, sometimes it might be more, sometimes I'd be less over the course of the duration. So like, if we look at, you know, the number of weeks that we've been in prep situation, like for fat loss, like, even with like a lifestyle client, this is how we look at it. So it's not really any different in that aspect. You don't want to lose too much fat in one week, or too much weight in one week, you want to retain that muscle mass. And it's the same kind of idea in a prep, because when you get on stage, you're not getting judged by how much you weigh. You're getting judged by your muscle mass, and how that muscle mass is presented on stage. Yeah. So if you lose a bunch of muscle mass, you know, just trying to weigh less in the process, like you're only hurting yourself, for

 

Philip Pape  18:45

sure. So that's a good clarification, right? Because if if someone is a lifestyle client, and maybe just wants to do a mini cut, you might go more aggressively because the duration short. But if you're doing this slow burn, you're saying a pound a week, which is usually around 500 calories a day deficit is reasonable. However, it's a long time, right? So that's where it could get tiring. And

 

Brittany Gatewood  19:06

you're keeping in mind the metabolic adaptations? Yes, all along the way. And now you're

 

Philip Pape  19:09

eating less and less and less. So then how do you break that up and plan for that? Right? If you've got 48 weeks, like you, I'm guessing it's not just completely linear, the whole layout, right? We have some refeeds diet breaks in there.

 

Brittany Gatewood  19:21

Yeah. 100%. So I have been cutting now, since April. And April. I'm not afraid to talk about my weight. I was 177. And April, I'm down to 160 On average right now and I lost two months. Yeah. I look at the average, you know, weekly. We're getting ready to go on our honeymoon and a couple of weeks. So we're gonna go to Jamaica. That's my first diabetic congratulations, which was the plan all along was like we're going to Jamaica. I don't want to miss out on anything. I want to try all the food. I want to have fun. We're going to be active anyways. You're always you usually more active than you realize on vacation. So that was the first planned diet break. And then we come back, he's gonna go into a building phase, I'm gonna stay cutting until I start training for completely not the same thing. I'm running a marathon at the end of the year. Okay. Interesting. At that point, I'll go to maintenance. But I'll probably that'll keep increasing just to maintain where I am true, right?

 

Philip Pape  20:25

Because you'll be burning so many more calories. Yeah, for that. That's an interesting one. You know, I mean, I definitely did. I've heard some competitors who will do powerlifting and bodybuilding but not often the endurance extreme, like endurance. And I like to defy the odds. I'm sure you'll get it. I'm sure you get it done. And yeah, you'll have that like strength to weight ratio going for you there right with all the muscle and have cut down and wait. Yeah, super fast.

 

Brittany Gatewood  20:47

I actually am a lot faster when I'm lean. Like, I've run some races previously, like in prep, I did a 10k. One time, I mean, I've run a lot of races. I was a runner before I did bodybuilding, and I would PR them just because you're leaner, your endurance is better, right? Like you don't have as much body fat holding you down. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  21:07

that makes a lot of sense. So, you know, you mentioned practicality, like your trip and aligning the brakes with that, which is always a great practice. The question I have, and maybe this is for James, because you mentioned the 100%, like, not at 20. But like 100 to zero is gotta be your your adherents, or we use at 20 a lot of different ways, right? One way is just say like 80%, Whole Foods, 20%, whatever you want, or 80%, consistent, you know, 20%, maybe flex less consistent, tell us about the more extreme level of adherence and consistency we need. And then how do you do that?

 

James Gatewood  21:41

Oh, so that, for me, in my experience, and what works best for me, you know, some, some clients work better on macros, and they can kind of adjust their foods and things like that. For me, I work and function better, like on a meal plan. So I'm literally eating the same foods, the same portions every single day, you know, in the offseason, or when you know, further out from the shop can be a little more more flexible. We can make substitutions, you know, things like that. But it's the preparation, when it comes to like meals is going to be the key. Because even when you're tracking food, and you're going out and you're ordering food from like certain establishments, and they have the macros listed, and all those things, you're still trusting someone else to do the measuring, you know, you don't know how accurate there really is, you'll know if they went a little heavy on the oil when they made it this time. And, and it's all these little small details that you know, in the end, you may look like hey, I'm hitting all these numbers. Do you know, why am I not progressing? But if you're, you know, you get to eliminate all these factors that could be thrilling. You're playing off. So being very onpoint on nutrition. That's just key. So it's eating home food all the time. For me. It's nothing

 

Brittany Gatewood  22:59

that food. Unless you're a man, you have me.

 

James Gatewood  23:04

Yes, he does the cooking.

 

Philip Pape  23:05

Yeah. So let me let me ask you, when you so when you do go to a restaurant sounds like you occasionally do and again, we're talking. Maybe you could do it more than Brittany can at the level of calories or whatever. How do you? Do you limit? Like what kind of restaurant you choose? Do you look at the restaurant menu ahead of time and like plan out what you're going to eat? Do you bring a like travel scale to the restaurant? Like how neurotic are we because let's use that word you kind of have to be about some of this.

 

James Gatewood  23:29

So like in the in the cutting phase, when I'm really in it, there is no eating out. Okay, there's no so if I'm going to eat out if we are going to eat out this when we are having a free meal. So there is no need to weigh or measure it. This is a diet break. This is a refeed meal. This is whatever it is, if it's a mental break meal, you have like you we've been on the ground, you've been eating this specific foods for so long. That's what that is so that you know it's planned out. This isn't just willy nilly. Oh, you know, I don't feel like chicken and rice and green beans today. I'm gonna have a pizza. That doesn't happen. You just can't do that.

 

Philip Pape  24:06

Yeah, no, no, it makes sense, do you? When you first set up your entire phase? Looking ahead? How much of a planner Are you? Like, do you say, once a week I want to allow for refeed therefore, I'm going to distribute my calories in a way that does that or do you just adjust your week leading up to like a Saturday? What's your preferred method?

 

James Gatewood  24:23

I've done two different ways I've done where their weekly refeeds were, you know, on Saturday and Sunday, my carbs are higher and my fats are lower and I just carb up on the weekends. That's a really unpleasant way to eat on the weekends when your fats are extremely low and you know, then your carbs are high and you're just stuck with more rice and potatoes. Yeah, that kind of thing is more bland. Yeah, yeah, it's more of like looking at the pictures looking at the data looking at how I'm feeling if I'm getting really worn down. It's been seven 810 14 days, you know, typically depending on how what phase it is, you know, not going more than like 14 days without Some type of refeed until you start getting really close, and then you just you just had to grind it out like you are just, you're just gonna grind it until, you know, it's so Tom, pretty much. I

 

Philip Pape  25:12

mean, people are listening like, this sounds really exciting. This is what? No, but if you're thinking like, this is what has to get done. Now, because you're a competitor competing in something here, even if you're not competing, right? Even if it's a lifestyle thing that you're trying to get shredded, what about how about any other nonlinear dieting strategies you've used either for yourself or with clients who are prepping, maybe five to modified fast like carb cycling any of those you get into.

 

Brittany Gatewood  25:36

So what we honestly like to do is a free meal, because when you do like a structured refeed, like it's still kind of like falling into like guidelines. But when you tell a client like I have a client, that's three weeks out from stepping on stage, it's our second show, she competed in the beginning of May. And she was really close to getting that overall. So we want to like, go a little further. But like with her, you know, I'm looking at her stuff, and I'd like her to have a weekly refeed. But the reality is, she's super close. And that just doesn't happen. But further out, we like to implement like a free meal, here and there just for like a mental break.

 

James Gatewood  26:16

And that's a big thing, the mental break. I mean, when you're in there monotonous. Just the same food, the same routine, the same training, the same water amount, the same going to bed at the same time waking up at the same time. I mean, you were a machine, when you're in that everything you do is just repetitive, repetitive and just hitting it, checking off the boxes. So having that little break, where you're like, you know, I've been dreaming about this burger and fries from five guys. Have it, enjoy it, and then keep going. So

 

Brittany Gatewood  26:47

while we've been cutting right now, like since you know the last couple months, last three months, whatever we've done, like a weekly refeed because we're so far out or weekly free meal. Excuse me, sorry. So you know that free meal can range from a big ribeye and a big potato to burger and fries. We had pizza one night a couple of weeks ago, and we decided that we weren't going to do that because pizza just is so dense, right? Like our our array will be like, literally mine will be 10 to 15 beats higher like my resting heart rate just from having pizza. So it sticks. It sticks. A burger and fries though we might eat a burger or fries. And our body's like, Yeah, we love this. And then the next day we hit like a new low or something I know I hear Yeah. So it's cool to see how everybody's body responds to different things, too. Yeah. And

 

Philip Pape  27:37

so and that's funny because you mentioned skin weight fluctuation, which we talked about all the time as well. What do you track then? And not just like the typical things we would track for lifestyle climb. But what's supremely important for this kind of extreme leanness, and then maybe going along with that is there kind of a spectrum, depending on the individual where so for example, when I spoke to Eric helms last time, he he just became a pro right last year. And he, for the first time, stopped tracking his food. Now he said very clearly like he can only do that after years and years and years of tracking. And like knowing exactly what things look like and how much stuff weighs. And he still uses a food scale. So what do you generally advise people track? And then what does that spectrum look like?

 

Brittany Gatewood  28:18

So with food, they're weighing everything, they're tracking everything, especially like, our clients are doing macros. So we want them to have a little bit of flexibility in their food choices. I don't want to tell them, Okay, you're eating chicken, brown, Turkey and tilapia. Those are your three proteins, that's what you're eating, I want them to have the flexibility so that they can make choices. And then when we get like a couple of weeks out, we really clean it up and we simplify it and we will do like a meal plan. You know, based on the proteins that they prefer, they have to be lean, they can't be fatty proteins. We're talking white fish, shrimp, chicken breast, and maybe 97 or 99 lean ground turkey like if they are stomach tolerates it because it does make some people gassy.

 

Philip Pape  29:06

Dry. I know it's yes. Well, let me stop you there though the meal plan a couple of weeks out. So I'm assuming a client like this has some experience over kind of a typical client? Do they help construct that themselves? Or are you just like telling them? Is it based on what they've already been eating? Yeah. So

 

Brittany Gatewood  29:22

usually the client wants us to do they don't want to think at that point. You're so one thing about PrEP is like you get really drains your mental capacity, like you have a permanent brain fog until like six weeks after the show. So you know having like you telling the client, this is it. You got two weeks on this, like finish this strong. Peak week, you know is another ballgame. You start increasing carbs and filling the client back out so that they're not flat on stage. So it's really easy for them to be like, Okay, we've reached that endpoint. This is Showtime here and it's easier for them to flow guess on that for like two weeks versus the whole time.

 

30:03

Make sense. My name is Tony, I'm a strength lifter in my 40s. Thank you to Phil and his Whitson weights community for helping me learn more about nutrition and how to implement better ideas into my strength training. Phil has a very, very good understanding of macros, and chemical compounds and hormones and all that. And he's continuously learning. And that's what I like about Phil, he's got a great sense of humor, he's very relaxed, very easy to talk to. One of the greatest things about Phil, in my view is that he practices what he preaches, he also works out with barbells, he trains heavy, not as heavy as me, but he trains heavy. So if you talked with him about getting in better shape, eating better, he's probably going to give you some good advice. And I would strongly recommend you talk with him, and they'll help you out.

 

Philip Pape  30:47

And so let's segue off of the brain fog comment, because now we want to talk about the symptoms you get when you get at that low level of body fat for women and men, because obviously different hormonal situation going on and different levels of fat you start with and so on. So, maybe Brittany start on the female side and talk about all the symptoms we get. And this is the cost of leanness.

 

Brittany Gatewood  31:08

All right. So obviously, hunger is going to be number one, even in a regular deficit, like when you're just trying to lose fat for life, hunger is a normal part, it's a side effect of fat loss, like that is your body trying to tell you we don't like this fetus, we have amenorrhea, which is the absence of your period, if you get amenorrhea that is a sign that your hormones are jacked up, also a sign your thyroid will probably not function as well, because you're not getting the energy that it needs to function. Well, immune system, you're getting sick a lot. If there's a sickness going around, you can pretty much count that you're gonna get it. Like you can almost bet on it, that you're gonna get it. bowel movements become less frequent, you know, you might get lucky to have one a day maybe if you're lucky. But you know, less food in less food out. Sleep gets impacted sex drive tanks, you might even like as a female have issues like down there like dryness, things like that extreme pain during intercourse because of that, like there are a lot of physical symptoms, you know, from the hormonal disruption is what it is. It's your hormones get jacked out from this extreme level of leanness and long term dieting. Yeah.

 

James Gatewood  32:32

And as like for the men, I mean, of course, all the hunger and your thyroid and all those things, your testosterone, if they're a natural athlete or natural competitor, your testosterone is going to be tanked. You're gonna know sex drive, you're gonna feel horrible energy level, your, your hunger hormones are going to be jacked up. So even when you come out of the show, you're gonna always feel hungry. And then there's no nothing telling you when you're full. So a common thing that and you know, this happened to a friend of mine, we did a show together and come out of the show. And in one week, he gained 40 pounds. He just blew up like a balloon, you know, and it's just because he was just uncontrollable eating on control eating. Of course, he was I hadn't had carbs in months, because they were like doing the extreme diet, get trying to get him ready. And his bike no longer knew what to do with all you know, was sugar and carbs like that. So he just just started like crazy and blew up like a balloon. I personally, after one of my shows, you know, every time I would eat carbs, like I would instantly want to fall asleep. I was having like some insulin issues. I mean, this was crazy. I mean, I could not eat and then get in my truck to drive. Because I was going to fall asleep. As I was driving like I went to, I got a little Is it 5% or a little bit lower around 5% body fat, which is very strange. My first show and my body was jacked up. It took me probably six months to feel better. Sleep apnea, sleep apnea. Snoring,

 

Brittany Gatewood  34:04

that is a huge side effect for men and bodybuilding. Let me tell you, yeah, which

 

James Gatewood  34:09

ended up causing problems in, you know, at home, because now she can't sleep. And I'm affecting her life, like it was. And then I couldn't, I didn't know I was doing it. People don't know when it's happening. It happens with some of my clients, and then we have to make adjustments, but your body goes through a lot when you go to get that lien.

 

Philip Pape  34:29

So given all that very, very long list of 60,000 Other questions, why do it? Why would you do this? And that's rhetorical, but like, How does someone answer that? Now they know and they're fully informed. Why would you do this? Because

 

Brittany Gatewood  34:45

you're doing something that most of the population can't do. Cool. It's good answer. Yeah. It's a huge accomplishment. It's proving to yourself that I can do hard things if you can push your body and push yourself and your mind because there's a lot of mental illness as well, to follow the plan and stick to your goal and accomplish that goal. Even if you don't win, you still got on stage and you're still doing something that 99% of the population can't do. It's just showing that you're capable of great things.

 

James Gatewood  35:16

And for me, like being on stage like I have, I don't care about being on stage, I don't have this like, look at me he kind of like I don't it's it has nothing to do with like the outcome in the in the stage was, it's all about the challenge for me. And when I first did, my first show was like, what in my entire life? Have I dedicated 100% of everything that I do into one thing for an extended period of time? Like, what is possible? What could I do it for like six months, everything I eat everything I drink, how I sleep, how I work out how I limit certain things. I didn't even watch TV for six months, my first show, like I cut out TV, like I was in the zone. And you come out the other side, and you're like, wow, I was able to do this. What else can I do in my life? Not just in fitness. But like, maybe in your career, you know, and just other avenues of your life. You come out the other side? Much stronger. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  36:13

And somebody hearing that myself included? Here's all in there, like, yeah, like, I'll take all that. And of course, once you get in it, no, but I do like value based schools like that, right? Because then you can break them back down to these action based things that you're doing to get there. And so that leads me to next question, where should you be before you even consider this? Both? I guess mentally in lifestyle wise, right, like, what should you already have taken care of? And then you're ready. And also even leanness like, I can't imagine somebody who's you know, excessively overweight, would be like, wanna go from that to shredded in one phase is going to take multiple phases, and potentially years depending on where you're starting from. So what are your thoughts on that?

 

Brittany Gatewood  36:53

So I think that a person should have a solid foundation of lifting. Because prep is not the time to learn how to lift like you need to have a solid muscle base. You know, we talked about newbie gains and stuff and coaching and you should be out of that phase like you should be already have embraced that have a solid base of muscle, a lot of experience lifting, and a consistent routine in the gym. Because if you're going from nothing to now you're going to prep like that's a lot to handle. And you have to manage that new routine with your life as well. And if your life has any stresses, if you're struggling in your relationship or your marriage, don't prep because it's just going to make it worse and you might even end up single, because prep is a lot for a spouse or a partner that's not prepping and doesn't understand the process. Also, you know, finances we talked about that should be in a good place, your calories need to be in a very good place because you don't want to start prepping for something extreme and you're already in an extreme calorie deficit like you should actually be coming off of a maintenance or even a growth phase coming into prep. So yo yo dieting you know, I see a lot of women they want to compete just for the sake of it, but they have a terrible history with yo yo dieting. And you know I understand wanting to accomplish this goal for yourself, but it's probably not best long term for your mental health it's going to heighten a lot of issues that you may have with yourself body dysmorphia, even eating disorders, disordered eating habits, things like that it can like amplify that. So being in a good place all around not having any of those issues in my opinion is really important. You

 

James Gatewood  38:38

know, I think if somebody's looking to do this speaking with a coach that has the knowledge on this is going to be very helpful and give you some realistic expectations on maybe like how long they're going you're going to have to stick with this to achieve the look that you're going for. Also like she was saying you know you need some experience already lifting because majority of people overestimate how much muscle they have you know that they overestimate the muscle and underestimate their fat so I was guilty of this myself you know and I thought all I have to do is get my get about this way now shredded and I'll be ready on stage I will kill it. Well, it was about 30 more pounds I had to lose than what it initially thought in my head for me to get to that level. And for somebody that's a hard gainer that was very thin his whole life to get to those really low numbers. It was a mental battle and it still is I had to keep myself in check because intentionally getting thinner goes against what like I've been working so hard to do like I want to be you know I like I like feeling stronger. I like being bigger but this is doing the exact opposite it's making myself smaller so you don't call without your shirt on like that does but when you're you have your shirt on, people just like maybe don't even know you lift nice if you once you get that lift once you get that lane you know Like, there's just a cost of it,

 

Philip Pape  40:01

that's actually a really great point for all the especially for the male lifters listening because we talk about those two extremes. And, you know, you get made fun of for, like wanting to lose too much weight and you know, be skinny and be like, you know, people may say, Oh, I'm not gonna cut with you, I'm gonna be big and strong, you know, with my shirt off on half the traps and everything. And we have to recognize that because when we, when Brittany mentioned body dysmorphia, and eating disorders, and all that all of these things play into that if you're not in a mentally healthy state, and I know I used to be just like skinny fat, and I haven't been lifting that long, maybe three or four years. So I don't have much muscle. But I do know that trying to get to what you said a certain level of leanness puts me back into the scale weight, I was way back when before I started lifting as skinny fat and then I'm like you get insecurities about what that's going to do to you, you know, is are all my muscles going to waste away and things like that. So these are all really great points. And the mental sides got to be huge. And Brittany, like you said with these, if you haven't taken care of these other issues, take care of them. But you also mentioned having a coach. And of course, as coaches, we're always going to talk about how how helpful it is to have a coach and reach out for help. But it sounds like this is the kind of situation where it's almost a requirement. Like if you haven't been through it, you have to because it's so extreme and regimented. You know, it'd be like a football player not having a coach for the team, you know, just going out there, what do you do so, just want to mention that some folks, you know, ask for help and make sure you're in the right place before you do this. What else?

 

Brittany Gatewood  41:26

I think an important thing to add is also like we're talking about extreme leanness and competing and things like that, and understanding that there is a natural side, but there's also an enhanced side as well. And as an athlete, like if you're going to compete, you need to understand like, if you're competing, right, and you decide to stay a natural athlete, then you need to look for leagues that are a natural league to start off with because there are a lot of competitors using performance enhancing drugs. And you know, that will impact like their experience versus your experience to as a natural athlete.

 

Philip Pape  42:06

What's so like the WNBA F right and I don't know what OCB.

 

Brittany Gatewood  42:10

He is one that we like how our clients and iocb they do like a polygraph test, which I don't really understand the polygraph test because it's like a controversial thing. But if they win a pro card, they also get your analysis, right, if after they step off stage, like they don't get like there's somebody there to escort them to pee in a cup. Sure,

 

Philip Pape  42:33

that's an important distinction. Now, okay, so what about long term? First of all, are there any health risks of doing this? Because, you know, like we said, it's a challenge. It's an accomplishment. You know, in the short term, you've got all these scary symptoms. Are there any do we know of any long term risks to doing this? Or is this one of those situations where when you recover, you're probably okay. Usually,

 

Brittany Gatewood  42:54

when you recover, you're okay. Now that's going to be different from person to person. It doesn't just happen like that. bloodwork is an important part of prep. So that's something else that you need to understand you need to get your blood work done. So you know, what needs to improve. Personally, after my last show, my thyroid was jacked up, my cholesterol was jacked up, like coming out. So you know, you need to stay on top of bloodwork so that you know what changes you need to make. My blood work was messed up like cholesterol wise, because when I came out of the show, I just didn't do the best job reversing. So I went from one extreme to eating whatever I wanted. And that was the result of that the thyroid was an issue of extreme fatigue for you know, 46 weeks.

 

Philip Pape  43:43

Yeah, and we know that's the regulator of your metabolism. So it just compounds everything exactly. What about so getting blood work, getting your health monitored, really important? It sounds like having the before and after monitoring your biofeedback, maybe in real life, like tell us about a client you've helped do all this in like a healthy, I'll call it a healthy way, right? Like there's limits, obviously, because you're making all these sacrifices and trade off. But they achieved a lean physique. And then we also want to know what comes afterward, right? Because you're not walking around at this like extreme vascularity. Forever. Just tell us about maybe real life situation. Okay,

 

Brittany Gatewood  44:16

I'll talk about my client, Jessie. She's also like, she don't care if I say her name. She's also one of our assistant coaches. She was a client long before she became a coach with us. But after her first show, I knew that she needed to put on more muscle mass. She hadn't been lifting too long. So I knew she needed a really good building phase. She's a natural bikini athlete. She just needed more muscle mass. So we went into a building phase. Immediately after the show. Our stage weight was 119 and I think we got up to 140. In the post like the offseason, she put on some good muscle May when she competed last month she won first place in her Navas class out of five. And then in her open class, which is the one where she could go on to compete for her pro card, she came in second. And it was just some little things to tweak. Because of the work she did in the offseason, her prep this time went better, she was able to do less cardio, her calories were higher. So like the prep for that in the offseason helped her be a better athlete the second time around.

 

Philip Pape  45:24

And that's a great point of like, you're not necessarily looking to quote unquote, win right the first time out, you're trying to do your best and see how it comes out. And even that's a source of data, right source of information. Okay, now, what do we do next time. And just real quick, since we didn't really talk about it today, it's not really part of the cost of leanness. But what are some of the things that people have to do for the show itself. And I know this can be a whole episode, but like, one or two of the big things that people will also need to think about as maybe it's a cost or just a thing that you have to learn or know.

 

Brittany Gatewood  45:54

Okay, a cos, like in terms of the

 

Philip Pape  45:58

posing and the tanning the all that kind of stuff. Yeah, there you go.

 

Brittany Gatewood  46:01

For women the suit, okay, if you're gonna buy your suit, you can expect to spend on a quality suit anywhere from $600 over 1000 Easy, I have two suits, they both were around $800. So I mean, suits are expensive. The tan, as a woman, you know, hair and makeup, I'm not, I'm makeup challenge. So I can't do my own stage makeup, I always pay for it, my hair, I just wear straight. But tan is a big thing, like you have to get a tan, it's not an option, you have to have that tan. Guys,

 

James Gatewood  46:40

Oh, does don't have to wear so much. So you just have yellow trunks on, depending on which category you're competing in. But you know, you do have your tam big cost. So you need to consider is a hotel room, travel, hotel room and supplements. Because even if you live locally, right? To start preparing for the show to get your tan and things like that, like her makeup would start at like 3am. So like, of course we'd be in the hotels, you know, it just gives up goes and you know, has that taken care of because in our shows, they start early in the morning. And then you also have to go back later in the evening for the final. So having a place that where you can go lay down and relax until so the cost of the coach, the cost of supplements, the cost of food, all these things add up. I mean, it adds up very quickly. And to do so other than that, I mean, depending on what Federation you're you're in, you're gonna have to buy a card, like you're on the register. So for the NPC, I had to register with the NPC, and then at the show, how many classes do you want to do? It's $150 per class, or $50. So I did three of them. So those 450 plus another 100 Plus hotel plus travel and gas and food and it adds

 

Philip Pape  48:00

you got no I want people to know, you know, it's an investment. It's a

 

Brittany Gatewood  48:03

very expensive hobby for those who don't have intentions to like go pro, which it's not that easy to go pro and make money off of it. So it's a hobby until you get to that point, you know, for

 

Philip Pape  48:15

sure. Yeah. And honestly, this episode, we've kind of covered all the things that would hopefully scare someone away who really doesn't want or it's a filter for like, I'm willing to do it. Right. Yeah, that's, that's good. So I'm just going to send on this episode of the future. Say I want to compete. Alright, so I do like to ask this question of all guests before we wrap up. And that is what one question Did you wish I had asked? And what is your answer?

 

James Gatewood  48:39

Oh, gosh, I don't know.

 

Brittany Gatewood  48:42

You know, I have nothing. Last week, we talked about things that we had planned on talking about. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  48:53

I think so. I think so I just like to give you the chance case, there's Yeah, it's like, oh, no, we got to cover this. No, it's all good. Let's, let's connect people with you. Because this has been a lot of fun. Talking about this. We've never really covered this topic in depth. So this is like the seminal episode about this with Brittany and James, where can listeners learn more about you and your work.

 

Brittany Gatewood  49:11

So you can learn more about us on our website, www dot transform with phoenix.com. You scroll on down to the bottom, you can get a free meal prep guide. It's a 23 page ebook that we created. It'll help you create awesome meal prep bowl combinations. So you don't just have to eat chicken, broccoli and rice. There are some macro cheat sheets in the back of it. So it's a good resource, and our podcasts macros mindset of muscles.

 

Philip Pape  49:36

Awesome. Yeah, I'm gonna include those in the show notes, absolutely transform with phoenix.com. Get your free meal prep guide, whether it's for your prep or just for everyday lifestyle, right and then check out the podcast. I think you're gonna love it and I'm gonna be on there as well. So you know, follow both catch the new episodes, and we'll see you guys on the other side. Thank you so much, Brittany and James for coming on the show. Thanks for having me

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Spend 70% of Your Time Doing THIS for a Faster Physique Transformation (Rapid Prototyping) | Ep 192

What if you could get FASTER results with your physique development by spending most of your time on something very few people put much energy into? What if spending less time goal-setting, researching, planning, and designing your training and nutrition routine could actually lead to BETTER results? Discover how focusing 70% of your time on THIS can lead to faster and more sustainable progress. We'll explain why traditional approaches often fall short and what to do instead, inspired by engineers who design complex systems.

What if you could get FASTER results with your physique development by spending most of your time on something very few people put much energy into?

What if spending less time goal-setting, researching, planning, and designing your training and nutrition routine could actually lead to BETTER results?

Are you a perfectionist getting stuck in analysis paralysis or stubbornly being "consistent" but with a plan that's not working?

Discover how focusing 70% of your time on THIS can lead to faster and more sustainable progress. We'll explain why traditional approaches often fall short and what to do instead, inspired by engineers who design complex systems.

And you can do it without feeling overwhelmed, ensuring you reach your goals with greater ease and sustainability.

Book a FREE 15-minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment, designed to fine-tune your strategy, identify your #1 roadblock, and give you a personalized 3-step action plan in a fast-paced 15 minutes.


Episode summary:

Are you tired of spending endless hours meticulously planning your fitness routine only to find yourself stuck in a cycle of ineffective workouts and stagnant progress? If so, it’s time to rethink your approach and embrace a revolutionary method known as rapid prototyping. In the latest episode of Wits and Weights, we dive deep into how adopting an experimental mindset can transform your fitness journey, yielding faster and more sustainable results.

Rapid prototyping is an engineering concept that emphasizes spending a significant portion of your time on testing and iteration rather than exhaustive planning. This approach is a game-changer for those who often find themselves in analysis paralysis, meticulously planning every detail of their diet and training, yet failing to achieve the desired results. By shifting the focus to continuous improvement and adaptation, you can craft a personalized, effective fitness plan without feeling overwhelmed.

One of the primary benefits of rapid prototyping in fitness is the ability to start with small, manageable steps. Rather than overwhelming yourself with a comprehensive plan, you can begin with basic actions and adjust based on immediate feedback. This involves collecting and analyzing data from each workout or dietary change, setting realistic expectations, and understanding your body’s biofeedback. By methodically tracking your progress and making timely adjustments, you can achieve your fitness goals more efficiently.

Traditional fitness planning methods, such as the waterfall approach, often fall short in dynamic systems like human health and fitness. The waterfall method involves extensive upfront planning followed by rigid execution, leaving little room for adjustments. In contrast, rapid prototyping embraces flexibility, allowing for continuous iteration based on real-world results. This adaptability is crucial in fitness, where individual responses to training and diet can vary significantly.

In engineering, rapid prototyping involves spending up to 70% of the process on testing and iteration. Similarly, in fitness, this means dedicating a significant portion of your time to experimenting with different workouts and dietary approaches. By doing so, you can quickly identify what works for your unique body and lifestyle, avoiding the frustration of sticking to ineffective plans.

To implement rapid prototyping in your fitness journey, start by understanding your current state and setting clear goals. Gather basic information about your weight, demographics, eating habits, schedule, and training history. With this initial data, create a simple, flexible plan that serves as your prototype. The key is to avoid overcomplicating things—focus on one or two actionable steps that you can start executing immediately.

Once you begin executing your plan, track your progress meticulously. This includes logging your workouts, dietary intake, and biofeedback such as sleep quality, energy levels, and recovery. Treat each piece of data as valuable information that can guide your next steps. If something isn’t working, adjust it quickly. This iterative process ensures that you’re constantly evolving your approach based on real-world results, rather than sticking to a static plan.

A crucial aspect of rapid prototyping is setting realistic expectations. Understand that progress may not be linear and that it’s normal to encounter setbacks. View these challenges as opportunities to learn and refine your approach. For instance, if you’re not hitting your protein targets or struggling with certain exercises, use this data to make informed adjustments. This mindset shift—from seeking perfection to embracing continuous improvement—can significantly enhance your fitness journey.

Consistency and accountability play a vital role in the success of rapid prototyping. Whether through a coach, a supportive community, or self-monitoring, ensure that you’re staying on track and making the necessary adjustments. Remember, the goal is not to find a perfect plan from the start but to continuously refine your approach based on real-world feedback.

Incorporating rapid prototyping into your fitness routine can also have a positive impact on your mental outlook. By focusing on the process rather than the outcome, you can reduce stress and enjoy the journey. Each adjustment becomes a step towards discovering what works best for you, fostering a growth-oriented mindset that can lead to long-term success.

The beauty of rapid prototyping is that it never really ends. As your body and circumstances change, your fitness plan should evolve accordingly. This dynamic approach ensures that you’re always optimizing your routine for the best possible results. Whether you’re dealing with age-related changes, lifestyle shifts, or new fitness goals, rapid prototyping allows you to adapt and thrive.

In conclusion, rapid prototyping offers a powerful, flexible approach to fitness that can help you achieve faster and more sustainable results. By dedicating a significant portion of your time to testing and iteration, you can avoid the pitfalls of analysis paralysis and rigid planning. Embrace the process of continuous improvement, track your progress meticulously, and make timely adjustments based on real-world data. With this mindset, you’ll not only reach your fitness goals more efficiently but also enjoy the journey of discovering what works best for your unique body and lifestyle.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape 

00:00

I'm going to go out on a limb here and say you're probably doing more than you need to do to get the results that you want in many cases. It's surprising, I know, because in some cases maybe you're not training, maybe you're not getting enough steps, maybe you're not getting enough sleep, and we talk about those a lot. But today we're going to focus on where you might be out of balance you might be doing too much in some areas for the results that you're getting and a way that we can rebalance that using a powerful principle from engineering, so that you can know where you're overdoing it and where you might need to step it up a little bit. And we're going to deep dive into how you can apply that to your fitness journey to work smarter, more efficiently and break through any of the frustrations or plateaus you've been experiencing because you're not sure how to fit it all in. Welcome to Wits and Weights, the show that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, philip Pape, and today we're kicking off our new Wednesday episodes, where we apply principles from engineering to health and fitness, something that I don't think you're gonna find out there very often at all. We talk about evidence-based fitness and science quite a bit. We also talk about applying psychology to health and fitness, but there's not really anybody taking the principles from one of the most important fields on the planet engineering, which I have a very long, rigorous background in and applying that to fitness. And so you're going to get a new angle on Wednesdays going forward and there will only be three episodes a week now, three higher quality episodes that I'm spending more time making sure to get you what you want and need to really take your results to the next level, rather than just quickly pumping out a bunch of episodes and overwhelming you. And we're going to touch on that principle today of how less is more and how you can apply a principle to your overall fitness and nutrition strategy and make it a little bit more efficient and less time consuming. That's what we're going to talk about today, and it's a principle called the Pareto principle. It's the 80-20 principle, but you might've heard 80-20 used in different contexts like 80% whole foods. That's not what we're talking about. I'm going to explain in a little bit and, of course, before we dive in, as always, if you enjoy these concepts, if you enjoy the show if you want more content on building muscle, losing fat, improving your health and physique, especially from a different angle, right where we're more intelligent about it. We want to take advantage of the limited time that we have so that we can really enjoy life to the fullest. I want you to hit the follow button right now to help more people find the show, but also help you never miss another episode. So let's get into it.

02:49

Today. This, again, is going to be a little bit less scripted on Wednesdays. Our Monday episodes will be the more traditional deep dives. For example, next Monday's episode will be on my stair step fat loss approach, what it is, how it compares to the traditional approach and how you can apply it to potentially make a fat loss phase much easier. And then on Wednesdays, like today, today's, the very first one you are going to hear me take something from engineering and apply it to fitness and nutrition. And then Fridays are our guest episodes, and sometimes we'll mix it up a little bit, but that's the general idea.

03:25

So here's the common issue that I want to address today that we all experience. We always fall into the trap of thinking that more is better, right? More sets, more exercises, more supplements, even more protein, whatever it is that more, more, more. And at some point we hit diminishing returns with some of those things. Right, we only have so much time in the day, we only have so many resources, we only have so much money, we only have so much mental energy and there's only so much of that energy you can put into any one thing, and I'm guilty of this. But there are certain things I like more than others, so I will spend more time on them, even if it doesn't produce much for the effort. Right, and as an engineer by background, I see this as a classic case of inefficient resource allocation. Right, in engineering, we're always looking for ways to optimize systems to get the most output for the least input, and if you can apply that principle to your life, it's going to make things a whole lot less stressful and a lot easier. And I'm going to break it down and make it simple. Even though I'm talking about engineering, I am not expecting you to, you know, deal with jargon or lingo or any of that stuff, but I do like to take frameworks that have already been rigorously built and tested over decades in an industry where people have to design products that keep people safe, like airplanes and cars, for example, and they've figured out ways to optimize resources. And we could do that with our bodies. Our bodies are these beautiful machines that can be very efficient, and our time is very limited. So when we combine the two, we can get something very powerful.

05:08

Okay, this is where the Pareto principle or the 80-20 rule comes in handy. And the Pareto principle suggests that roughly 80% of the effect, the output, the result, comes from 20% of the causes or the effort, right? So in fitness terms, 80% of your results can come from 20% of your efforts. Now, this is just a rough guide, right? We don't have to actually be precise with the numbers, but the idea is this Think about this If you don't go to the gym at all, okay, what is your result?

05:45

Nothing, right, and sometimes worse than nothing. Like, you lose muscle mass and you get, you know, weaker with time. But if you went into the gym, even one day a week, you're going to move that needle up significantly from nothing to a meaningful something. Right Now, it may not be enough of a something to really push the growth like you want it, and that's where there's this threshold, where we say look, if you can get to the gym two days a week, you're probably going to start to grow your strength and muscle and be able to keep adding weight to the bar or reps every time you go to the gym. Right, and some people argue you could do it once a week if you train to the gym. Right, and some people argue you could do it once a week if you train super, super, super hard that one day. But there's some practical considerations here, like going one day a week. It's hard to be consistent. It may not be as enjoyable just doing it one day a week. How do you make it a routine, things like that? But besides that, I would say three days a week is where we see roughly 20% of your effort now is going to the gym and you're getting 80% of the results.

06:52

Right, and let's put that into hard, practical numbers. If you go to the gym three days a week and you do three or four exercises of, say, three sets, you're probably doing about 10 sets per muscle group per week, probably around seven to 10. And we've got to talk now about optimal versus good enough. When we talk about optimal in the industry, we talk about maximum output For you, the maximum output in terms of your muscle growth and your strength would be getting as much as 20 hard sets per muscle group per week. You'd have to be in the gym probably five or six days a week for 90 minutes. Do you want to do that? Can you do that? Does that make sense in your life? That's what I'm talking about. However, if you have as little as five hard sets a week and you go in three days for maybe 45 minutes, maybe not even that long, the research shows us that you can get significant hypertrophy, significant muscle growth doing that.

07:52

And so, when you think of the whole spectrum, when we think about resource allocation, if you're going to the gym five days a week and you're able to cut two of those days out and your results drop only by like 5%. You know they've gone from, say, 85 to 80%, but now you've saved two out of five days of your week. That's 40% of your week in the gym. Imagine now what you can do with that freed up time. You can get an extra hour, hours of sleep, right. You can get some other productivity, some things done for work. You can spend some time with your family. You could just relax right and recover, go for a walk, and the reason this is on my mind right now is the exact thing I told you about this podcast. We are switching from five episodes a week down to three, so very much like you can go from five days a week in the gym down to three days a week in the gym. My supposition, my assumption, my prediction, is that I'll be able to bring you more quality content in fewer days per week. You will be able to consume that content without feeling like you're falling behind or having to skip or delete episodes, and you will then get more out of it and your life will be changed for the better because of me going from five down to three.

09:06

I've had countless clients who were in a similar situation. They were doing too much, they loved to go to the gym and so they would work out almost every day. Maybe it was six days, maybe it was seven days. Now, it wasn't always strength training, sometimes it was a group class or a Peloton spinning, maybe they played tennis. And when we stepped it back and said, okay, let's first prioritize what's important and then identify the amount of effort you actually need to put in that minimum amount of effort to get all the results you really need and then save the rest for other stuff. So we're kind of applying two principles. Today we're applying the Pareto rule to 80, 20, where 20% of your effort gets 80% of the results. But we're also coupling that with the law of diminishing returns, like when you do more than that 20%, now you're only eking out a little bit more percentage. Right, they go hand in hand. So if you put in 25 or 30% of the effort now, you might get 90% of the results. Now you put in 40, 50, 60% of the effort, now you get 95%. And then you'd have to put in, you know, 100% of the effort to get the 100%. That's what we mean.

10:09

Same thing goes for cardio. We shouldn't be doing cardio to burn calories. We should be doing cardio for cardiovascular health, for our overall longevity, biomarkers, things like that. And for most people there's a certain minimum that's gonna get them a huge step change from not healthy at all, very sedentary, sitting around all day, high mortality rate, high disease rate, up to you're just fine. And that is not five hours a week of cardio, that might be an hour or two right Now. If you look at some of the recommendations, you might hear things like 120 or 150 minutes a week of cardio. That might be an hour or two right Now. If you look at some of the recommendations, you might hear things like 120 or 150 minutes a week, which again is only two, two and a half hours. And, frankly, if you're lifting heavy two or three days a week, there's a lot of that quote unquote cardio built into that. If you're walking a lot, you're also getting cardio.

10:56

So you see, where I'm going is we're trying to balance all these things or, more accurately, integrate them into your life, and you can't go all out on everything. You can go all out all out on perhaps one thing If you are super passionate about it, like we talked to Ben Lewis on the podcast and he gets in 60 miles of running a week, plus he lifts weights, but he is super passionate about endurance training and competition and he loves it, just like I'm super passionate about nutrition science. But I don't expect all of you listening to this podcast to just be spending hours and hours and hours learning about it. Hopefully you just have to listen to a few podcasts, including this one, and I'm hoping that it's number one on your Spotify playlist or that you gave it a five-star review on Apple, but either way, you might be just doing too much and need to scale it down. So, whether that's cardio or training or exercise variety or your meal planning strategy, are you overdoing it somewhere? And I'm going to tell you how to apply this principle to your life so that it's not just theory. All right, so how do we apply the 20% of your effort to get 80% of the result and not going past that and getting diminishing returns and just wasting time?

12:09

I suggest you make a list. Get out a piece of paper or do this in your, you know, like a Google doc or whatever. Make a list of the five things that are most important to you for your health and fitness. Really, the sky's the limit, but I'm going to give you some ideas, all right, that are probably going to be on the list Strength training, tracking your nutrition or your macros. Right, eating enough protein could be its own category. Eating enough fiber, getting enough steps you know enough walking in, getting enough sleep or high quality sleep, or both managing your stress you can definitely.

12:47

There may be other specific things on the list for you. For you, it might be emotional eating. Specifically, Write down five things that are the most important for you right now. And then I want you to, next to that, write down how much effort you're putting into it every week. Imagine that zero is zero and a hundred percent is. You're obsessed about it, you can't stop thinking about it, it's all you put, it's all you spend time on, right, most of you are not going to be at. You might be at zero, I don't know, but you're probably not going to be at a hundred percent. But you might be at, let's say, 50% or 75%. If, let's say, you strength train five days a week or you go to the gym six days a week, I would put that at like 75% effort right, it's most of the week. And then look at the one that has the highest number and circle it. That is the thing where you could potentially reduce the amount that you're doing down to the 20% mark, still get amazing results. And now you've freed up that resource, which is probably time for something else. So again, it's very simple.

13:53

Let's recap. Number one identify the areas that are important to you. Number two identify the area where you're doing too much. And then, number three reallocate the time and energy from that to another area. Right, the goal is not to do more of everything, it's to do the right amount of the things that matter most. And if you could rebalance your efforts, because we talk about balance, but balance doesn't mean doing everything all out in equal parts. It means integrating it into your life in a natural way that's enjoyable. They still get you the result. So if you can rebalance your effort, based on the 80-20 rule, the Pareto principle, you don't just change how you approach this, you're actually changing your mindset to allow yourself the freedom and the time to do other things and still get the result All right.

14:38

So I said it would be a little bit unscripted and it was. If you enjoyed the episode, let me know if you didn't or think I can improve Again. This is the first one. I'm going to continue improving on these. You know this is. This is step one. This is like when you go to the gym the very first time and you try a squat you've never done it before time. And you try a squat you've never done it before. You're clumsy, you're imbalanced all over the place. That's like this episode for me.

14:59

Granted, I have some other foundations, having done, you know, 300 episodes at this point, but I want these to be very helpful going forward If you want help engineering your strategy using this principle. I've got something new going on, so I used to do these 30 minute calls. I'm now doing something that's shorter and more fast paced and it's a 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment. It's not a sales call. I've said this before. I'm not going to sell you anything, trust me. I'm not going to mention my coaching at all.

15:27

What I like to do is meet people and help you identify where you might be overdoing it and how to rebalance your efforts. We're going to come away with the one thing that's really holding you back that you can change and a quick three-step action plan to get you results quickly. That's really all it is. So to book your free 15-minute rapid nutrition assessment, click the link in the show notes or go to witsandweightscom and click free call at the top. Actually, there's a link now at the top of the website, on the top right, a big button that says uh, rapid nutrition assessment. So again, click the link in the show notes or go to my website, witsandweightscom, click the big button at the top right and we'll have that discussion. We can say hello, we can meet and come up with that quick action plan for you. Until next time, keep using your wits, keep lifting those weights and remember, in fitness as in engineering, it's not about doing more, it's about doing right. I'll talk to you next time here on the Wits and Weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

My Stair-Step Fat Loss Process to Get Lean and Ripped | Ep 191

Are you tired of endless yo-yo dieting or struggling to get through a fat-loss phase? What if there was a smarter way to get lean that works with your body and not against it? Philip shares his personal stair-step fat loss process, designed to help you achieve your goals while dealing with life’s challenges, like recovering from an injury or sluggish metabolism. This approach not only supports better recovery and flexibility but also makes the fat loss journey more enjoyable. Philip breaks down the science and psychology behind it, explaining how it helps maintain metabolism and sustain long-term results without constant dieting struggles.

Are you tired of endless yo-yo dieting or struggling to get through a fat-loss phase? What if there was a smarter way to get lean that works with your body and not against it?

In today’s episode, Philip (@witsandweights) shares his personal stair-step fat loss process, designed to help you achieve your goals while dealing with life’s challenges, like recovering from an injury or sluggish metabolism. This approach not only supports better recovery and flexibility but also makes the fat loss journey more enjoyable. Philip breaks down the science and psychology behind it, explaining how it helps maintain metabolism and sustain long-term results without constant dieting struggles. He emphasizes that true transformation comes from thoughtful, well-engineered approaches that consider your body’s needs and limitations. By embracing this stair-step method, you can build lasting habits, improve your relationship with food, and achieve sustainable fat loss while living your life to the fullest.

Get ready to rethink your approach to fat loss and discover a sustainable path to your dream physique, one step at a time.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:28 Five-star reviews from listeners of the show
4:46 Personal story and surgery recovery
10:44 Detailed explanation of the stair-step method
16:26 Sustainability and flexibility of the method
19:22 Implementing the stair-step method
24:28 Benefits and psychological impact of maintenance phases
27:39 Building better habits for lasting transformation
29:20 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Are you tired of battling stubborn pounds and the endless cycle of yo-yo dieting? Our latest podcast episode uncovers a smarter, more sustainable fat loss method that aligns with your body's natural rhythms. In this episode, we delve into the innovative stair-step fat loss process, which combines alternating fat loss and maintenance phases to ensure lasting results without sacrificing energy or enjoyment.

The episode kicks off with an introduction to the stair-step fat loss process, a method designed to work with your body instead of against it. Traditional fat loss approaches often lead to metabolic slowdown, energy depletion, and frustration. By contrast, the stair-step method allows for flexibility and better recovery, helping you achieve your fat loss goals while maintaining a high quality of life. The host shares his personal journey, including the challenges of recovering from shoulder surgery, and explains how this method can help you overcome similar obstacles.

One of the key topics discussed is the importance of incorporating maintenance phases into your diet plan. These phases allow your metabolism to fully recover, providing a refreshing reset before returning to dieting. This approach not only enhances metabolic health but also supports psychological well-being by accommodating social events, holidays, and busy periods without derailing progress. The flexibility of this method ensures that you can maintain lean mass while adapting to a leaner physique.

Patience and long-term planning are emphasized as crucial components of sustainable fat loss. Our culture of instant gratification often leads to quick-fix solutions that don't yield lasting results. The stair-step method promotes a balanced approach by alternating between fat loss and maintenance phases over an extended period, such as a year. This prevents metabolic slowdown and avoids the pitfalls of yo-yo dieting. By assessing your current situation, planning a reasonable rate of fat loss, and implementing high-protein diets, strength training, and flexible eating habits, you can achieve your goals in a healthy, sustainable way.

The podcast also provides a step-by-step guide to implementing the stair-step fat loss process. The host describes the problem with traditional fat loss approaches and outlines the benefits of the stair-step method. By taking long periods of maintenance with short periods of dieting, you can enjoy the best of both worlds: sustained fat loss and metabolic recovery. This approach is likened to climbing a staircase with landings, where each step represents progress along your fat loss journey.

During maintenance phases, you can focus on building habits, mindset, and lifestyle changes that support long-term success. Maintenance is not just a holding pattern; it's an opportunity to refine your approach, address any challenges, and prepare for the next fat loss phase. This cyclical process ensures that you remain mentally and physically fresh, ready to tackle each phase with renewed energy and determination.

Incorporating high-protein diets, strength training, and flexible eating habits are essential elements of this method. High-protein diets help maintain muscle mass, support recovery, and keep you full and satisfied. Strength training builds lean muscle, which boosts metabolism and enhances fat loss. Flexible eating habits allow you to enjoy a variety of foods while staying on track with your goals.

The episode also touches on the psychological benefits of the stair-step method. By avoiding the stress and rigidity of continuous dieting, you can enjoy a more relaxed and enjoyable fat loss journey. This approach helps you develop a healthier relationship with food and exercise, making it easier to stick with your plan in the long run.

In conclusion, the stair-step fat loss process offers a sustainable, flexible, and effective approach to achieving your fat loss goals. By incorporating maintenance phases, focusing on high-protein diets and strength training, and embracing patience and long-term planning, you can achieve lasting results without sacrificing your quality of life. Tune in to the episode for practical advice and actionable steps to transform your fat loss strategy and achieve your best body with flexibility and patience.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

Are you tired of either not being able to get through an entire fat loss phase? Or even worse yo yo dieting back and forth with little to show for it. What if I told you there's a smarter way to get lean one that works with your body and not against it. Today I'm pulling back the curtain on my personal stair step fat loss process that I'm going through right now the exact method I'm using to lose fat and get lean, while continuing to deal with life, such as recovery from my shoulder surgery last year. And this approach might just make you rethink your approach to fat loss so that it can finally work for you. Whether you're dealing with an injury, a sluggish metabolism that doesn't want to respond, or you just want a more sustainable path to your dream physique. This episode is the kick in the pants you need to think and act differently. To shake things up. Get ready to climb your way to a leaner healthier you one step at a time.

 

Philip Pape  01:01

Welcome to wit's end weights, the podcast that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, Philip Pape. Picture this, you've been dieting hard for weeks. Sometimes you make progress. Sometimes things don't seem to budge the scale weight, the trendweight just plateaus, or your metabolism is dropping faster than you'd like. So the calories keep dropping to keep pace. Your energy's in the gutter. Your Workouts feel like a slog. Perhaps you're not always in the best mood. Maybe the cravings are kicking in the hungers ramping up. Sound familiar? Well, what if I told you there's a way to lose fat without feeling like you're constantly fighting an uphill battle, a method that allows for more flexibility, better recovery. And, dare I say it as always when it comes to fat loss, actual enjoyment and even personal growth during your fat loss journey. That's exactly what we're exploring in today's episode, my stair step fat loss process to get lean and ripped. Now before we dive in, if you're enjoying the show, if you want more content from deep inside my quirky brain on doing things a bit differently, to unlock smarter, more efficient fat loss and building muscle hit that follow button right now, that helps more people find the show. It helps with the almighty algorithm. But it also more importantly ensures that you never miss an episode. So please hit the Follow button. And I just wanted to share a couple of quick reviews we got recently from people that do the same thing who love to listen and follow the show, such as Camille in New Hampshire who wrote quote, Phillips podcast is full of solid practical advice for navigating fitness and nutrition. Yes, it's backed by science, but he doesn't drag us through the weeds. He provides just enough detail along with how to apply it to our real messy, busy lives. It also helps that he's very relatable and a nice guy. Thank you, Camille, that is what we're going for here. Or D h s b Yes, you 991 wrote, quote, Philip knows what he's talking about. And that's so refreshing in this industry. It's hard to get easy access to strong information, who I like that adjective strong about nutrition and health. But his podcast is super accessible and does the job. And I shared those two quotes just to highlight the fact that this really is about accessibility. It is backed by science. But we don't want we don't want to get so in the weeds that we kind of get lost, right. And that's what we're going for. And I want to thank you for those who submitted those and many other recent five star reviews that help others find the show. And if you're listening you already follow you want to take that next step and help us reach more listeners, please take five minutes and write a five star rating and review on Apple podcasts or Spotify. This helps us build trust and awareness in the show. And you're doing your part to help change even more lives. So I'm grateful if you've already done that. And if you haven't, go ahead and submit a five star review on Apple right now. I won't have my feelings hurt if you pause the show because after all, I've already recorded it. Okay, let's get into today's topic about my stairstep fat loss process. Now I want to build help you build some of our mental muscle today with this topic, right? And by mental muscle. I mean, let's continuously stretch the bounds of how we think about dieting, fat loss, nutrition, all of this not just what the evidence says. But our unique approach. So today we're covering three things. First, the problem with traditional fat loss approaches, and why I personally had to find a new way over the last year or so, really over the last six to nine months. Number two, the stair step method, what am I talking about and why does it work? And number three, a step by step guide dad joke guide to implement this process yourself. Alright, so let's kick things off with my background. My story, as some of you know, I had shoulder surgery about almost exactly 12 months ago as I recorded this episode. And I actually just recently had another MRI And we're gonna see what it shows. If it's clean, I just need to keep rehabbing. There's a retailer or something like that it could explain some of the challenges I've had lately, but we'll see. Now, if you've ever had surgery, major surgery, especially rotator cuff surgery, it's tough to recover. And my biggest advice always when having surgery is before you even have the surgery to get as strong as you can. Even if you have to work around some pain and injury, and not exacerbate whatever it is that leads to the surgery, being strong is going to make recovery easier. And it is really true. I've gone through now three surgeries, I had a back surgery, an appendectomy that was more of an emergency thing. And then this shoulder surgery. And when you're as passionate about training about fitness as I am, it can throw you for a loop, it can discourage you, right? My usual routines were just off the table, like I wanted to do a certain thing, but I couldn't. And that was just reality I had to accept. And my activity level over the last, you know, 12 months or so was lower than it had been in the past. For whatever reason, not whatever reason, it was a choice. But also because my training couldn't be as hard. So my overall calories burned, my expenditure wasn't as high as I had been in the past. And so my metabolism took a little vacation along the way, versus previous phases, previous building phases, cutting phases. And suddenly, my tried and true approach that I had done like six times like clockwork, was not as effective as it could have been. And if I were to rewind back, let me just set some context here. I had gone through a building phase for about nine months, up until early 2024. And then I decided to do an aggressive fat loss phase. And for me, aggressive is the full on 1% of my body weight a week, you know, I start from metabolism of around 3000 calories, so I'm able to die it on like 2200, or maybe 2000 calories, it gets some decent fat loss. But it wasn't quite working this time this this sustained, aggressive calorie deficit, my body wasn't having it because of the shoulder. And so my energy levels would tank, my ability to train effectively, especially when it involves pressing movements. benchpress overhead press, lateral raises, really anything involving the shoulder was just harder and harder, especially when I cut calories. Okay. And so caught between two goals here, one, treat my shoulder with the love that it needs to recover. And two, I wanted some fat loss because I kind of reached that peak of my bulk. And I wanted to go the other way. And I wanted to do it in time for summer. But that wasn't gonna happen. And that's the reality I had to accept. So I reassessed right, I said, Okay, what do I tell my clients here, usually, when I work with my clients, we personalize fat loss in a number of different ways. Sometimes we shift calories around, we do various nonlinear approaches, like I talked about on a recent episode, right? Sometimes we take diet breaks, we incorporate refeeds, we go into more or less aggressive rate, all that fun stuff. Whatever you do, whatever we end up doing, it's something that has to respect your body in your mind, current state, and work within your limitations and your recovery process. If that is part of the equation. This is why I always suggest if you're recovering from an injury or rewrite after surgery or something like that, do not die, it do not be in a deficit. Now in my case, I had recovered I had I had gone nine months post surgery, things were getting better, better, better. I had gained a bunch of weight on purpose to build muscle. And I wanted to cut, but it wasn't going to work for me because my shoulder didn't like the fact that I didn't have as many calories coming in. And my metabolism wasn't as high as it needed to be, which necessitated even lower calories to continue to rain a lot. So I'm like scratching my head thinking what do I do here? Do I take diet breaks? And then, you know, keep going aggressively and take diet breaks? Yes and no. Right? So instead what, what I did is I said what if I take long periods of maintenance was short periods of dieting and make the short periods of dieting, moderate, right. So it's kind of like the inverse of diet breaks. With diet breaks, we tend to diet for like two or three months maybe and then you maybe take, you know, a few weeks off for a month at most. And then you keep dieting This is usually for people who have a lot of weight to lose. Or sometimes on a shorter schedule, you'll go for weeks, and then you'll take one week, then four weeks one week. But let's imagine it's the other way around. Imagine you're climbing a staircase. And each step represents progress along your fat loss phase, okay? And instead of continuing to go up those stairs, which get harder and harder as you climb, and you're running out of breath, and every step is the same amount of progress, but it feels like harder and harder and more effort, right? We have a landing, right? Imagine going upstairs in an apartment building. You go up like half a floor, there's a landing, you turn around you go up the other half and now you're at the next floor. So imagine you have a staircase with landings, and the landings can be pretty long. All right. I don't know if this is a perfect analogy, but this is where I'm going with this, those are your maintenance phases, and they are diet breaks. But what we're talking about here is intentionally having a fat loss phase, I would rather be fairly aggressive. You do it less aggressively, and you punctuated with very long diet breaks. So let's break it down. Number one, you take a small step, right? This is your day to day deficit, maybe it's a half a percent of your body weight per week. And you plan that out for, let's say, six weeks, okay, I'm not going to calculate all the numbers, that doesn't really matter. The point is, it's moderate. It's not too aggressive, because again, you're dealing with something like, like I am, or your metabolisms kind of sluggish, or some other reason where you just can't go on super aggressive calories, okay. And you know, who you are out there. I have clients, I have people in physique University who, you know, coming in, they have a much lower metabolism, we want to get that up over time, we want to tune their metabolism, so to speak, but it's not there yet. So they can't just cut massively. So we set that up. And then we decide where our landings are, our landings are our maintenance phases, our diet breaks, right. But rather than one or two week long diet breaks, these can even be longer than the fat loss phases, right. So if you want to think of it as stairs, you can think of it as stairs with landings, you could also think of it as like, you know, each step, the horizontal part is your maintenance phase. And then the vertical part is when you go back to fat loss, whatever, I don't care, maybe this wasn't the best analogy to use. But I think you get what I mean. All right. So every time you get to maintenance, all you do is you stop dieting, give it at least four if not six weeks, every time and then rinse and repeat. That's really all you do. Right? And you're like, Well, that sounds great in theory, but why would you do it that way? Isn't it gonna take a long time? Why does it work, I'm gonna give you some reasons to consider as to why this specific approach might be best for you versus the linear approach. Okay, the first thing is always, always always, we talk about sustainability. Well, I've really enjoyed doing it this way. At first, I was frustrated because I thought, Oh, I'm not going to lose fat as quickly. But then I went into my app, I use macro factor, of course. And instead of setting a weight loss goal of, say, 20, or 30 pounds, I might set it for five or 10. And just a nice little chunk. That's my goal. And I don't know how long it's going to take me to get there, I'm going to set a reasonable rate of loss half a percent a week, let's say, maybe even gentler for you. Okay, and then I'm gonna go for about six to eight weeks, and then I'm going to stop for about six to eight weeks is really all I'm doing. And then I'm gonna go to six, eight weeks, and I'm gonna stop for six to eight weeks. So it's actually sustainable, because you want to find it have these very long stretches, where you're not worried about food, you're not obsessing over food, you're not dieting, you're fully recovered, you're sleeping nicely, you get all the energy in the gym, and you can really make a lot of progress. It's almost like mini building phases. And then mini mini cuts, but they're gentle cuts. Okay. So the sustainability aspect is really cool, because it's almost like living in a maintenance phase over a long term. And you just happen to also drop some fat along the way. It's kind of how it feels like, like, I'm never in a dieting phase for too long, or I start to get that tired of it. And when I'm ready to get back to it after my maintenance phase, I'm like, Okay, I'm ready to go, like I'm recovered and I'm mentally fresh. It's pretty cool. Actually. The second thing is it is going to be a little bit gentler on your metabolism in terms of you, obviously your metabolism is going to adapt when you go into a diet, it's going to start dropping. But because you're spending these long periods of maintenance, you should fully recover. And then when you get back to dieting, it's like it's like you've completely refreshed back to the beginning again. Again, you can never change metabolic adaptation. And the net result is the same when you add it all together cumulatively, but from a psychological perspective and living life and enjoying a higher metabolism. It's awesome.

 

Philip Pape  14:02

Hey, this is Philip and I hope you're enjoying this episode of Whitson weights. I started with some weights to help ambitious individuals in their 30s 40s and beyond, who want to build muscle, lose fat and finally look like they lived. I noticed that when people transform their physique, they not only look and feel better, but they also experienced incredible changes in their health, confidence and overall quality of life. If you're listening to this podcast, I assume you want the same thing to build your ultimate physique and unlock your full potential whether you're just starting out or looking to take your progress to the next level. That's why I created wit's end weights physique University, a semi private group coaching experience designed to help you achieve your best physique ever. With a personalized done for you nutrition plan, custom designed courses, new workout programs each month, live coaching calls and a supportive community. You'll have access to everything you need to succeed if You're ready to shatter your plateaus and transform your body and life, head over to Whitson weights.com/physique. Or click the link in the show notes to enroll today. Again, that's Whitson weights.com/physique. I can't wait to welcome you to the community and help you become the strongest, leanest and healthiest version of yourself. Now back to the show.

 

Philip Pape  15:22

Third, it's as flexible as all get out, right. I mean, we talked about the nonlinear approach, in the last episode, how life happens. And you can adjust your days or your weeks around, you know, your holidays, and your travel and your social events, your weekends, going out all that. But what if you just have, you know, if you have six weeks of dieting, and then six weeks of maintenance, while you're doing the dieting, you can kind of occasionally have these social events, and it's no big deal, you know, it might slow you down a bit, but then you know, you're gonna have this long phase where you're not even dying in at all. So gives you huge stretches, that can kind of work with your busy periods at work, you know, the vacations, a period of recovery, like for me, those periods, those landings on the staircase, are where I would go all out on recovery, whatever that was, whether that's, you know, modifying my training, getting more sleep, just the fact that I'm eating more food, whatever, it's recovering, I really focus on that. And it's a lot harder to quote unquote, fall off the wagon, right or get off track when you have that kind of flexibility. And the last thing here, which we kind of touched on in different from different angles, but I'm gonna mention explicitly is better long term results, in terms of both, you're probably going to maintain your lean mass pretty easily, because I've had clients who go aggressively and maintain their lean mass, as long as they have the protein and the strength training, right. But because you're just dieting moderately, and then you're not dieting for like, 5050, it's gonna be I'm not gonna say impossible to lose lean mass, but you really shouldn't, if you're doing things even just reasonably correctly, okay, so gives you that tolerance as well. And then the cool thing is, as you're going along, you get to adapt to your slightly leaner version of yourself, each time you hit that landing, each time you get to maintenance, you're now learning to maintain it every time. And so by the time you get to the last one, it's like you've done this before, no big deal, like I know how to maintain my results, right. And the cool thing is, it lets you experiment with those maintenance phases along the way, what it's like to come out of a fat loss phase and in the maintenance, and not regaining all the weight. If anything, your pressure is toward the losing fat side. So even though you're at maintenance, you don't even have that much time to gain weight. Let's just put it that way. Unless you're massively over consuming, which is not what we're going to do. We're going to know what our expenditure is, right? We're going to know what our maintenance calories are. That's what we're going to eat. When we get back to maintenance. It's gonna be a bunch more carbs, which we all love. And then when we get back into fat loss, we'll know how to maintain our results by the time we're done. All right. And now I know what some of you are thinking, Philip, this sounds so slow, isn't going to take forever to see results. And I recently posted a funny video on Instagram, go check out go follow me on Instagram, if you don't already, because I'm gonna put more reels like this tongue in cheek sarcastic. And I said, like, here are my three favorite fat burning supplements. And one of those is patience, right? All three of them were not actual supplements. But one of them was patience. And I see this theme come up over and over and over again. We live in a world of instant gratification. And almost always when someone says I'm stuck, I'm having trouble. It's like, did you give the thing long enough? Not really, right? I'm impatient. I had a guy reach out to me, he wanted some help with his programming. And I said, Look, there's a million ways I can rewrite your program, I could give you a template like, it doesn't seem like the program is your issue. It's you're not sticking with the program for longer than like two weeks. All right. So of course, the programs are going to work because you're not actually running it. I mean, how many times have you lost weight quickly, only to gain it back? That is like the typical story here, right. And that's often a sign of, you know, a lack of patience, not just that it's many other things. It's the approach and everything else. So the stair step method might be exactly what you need to actually get results and have them stick, especially because I just mentioned, you're going to spend these nice long periods of maintenance. So I hope I was clear enough on describing how this works. I mean, it's very simple. But there are some critical reasons to think about implementing this for yourself. So if you want to do that, now I'm just going to share how to do that right. Step one is to assess your current situation and be brutally honest about where you're at right now. This is really about expectations about the realities of life, about how stressed you are with a family work and financial obligations, your current weight, your current body fat, you know, any factors that can affect you along the way your injuries, your recovery processes, all of So your starting point, and if any of the things I've said today resonate with you, it could be, hey, my metabolism is just not that high at the moment, I want to get it there. I do want to build muscle. But I'm in a period now where I need to get some fat loss for whatever reason that is for you. Okay, and I'm happy to have a chat with you, you know, you can book a free 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment, and I will quickly help you figure out like, what is a realistic expectation? And maybe what direction should you be going. But let's say you said, Look, I want to lose fat, my metabolism is not that high, I can't go that deeply on the calories. And so when you tell me, you know, you need to cut for 12 or 16 weeks, and I'm doing it at a reasonable rate. And I'm really not going to lose that much. That sounds kind of discouraging, maybe I'd like the idea of thinking a little bit longer term for like a year. And having small, reasonable fat loss phases with these maintenance phases in between for a year. Knowing that that way, I'm not going to push my metabolism down even further, right, to a point where I feel like, I have to yo yo constantly out of it, that can be a perfect context where this would be appropriate. Alright, so that's number one, assess your situation, your context, number two, plan, the rate of loss, so that you can do that during the fat loss phases over a long period. So you're going to do, let's say, one year, and let's say do them in six week chunks, 52 weeks in a year. So what does that come out to? Oh, man, so, so bad at this, I'm good at math, but doing it on the fly, that's like eight cycles or whatever, that's like eight cycles for the year, meaning you would be in fat loss, maintenance, fat loss minutes, on off on off for, and I'm not saying that yo, yo, daddy, right? Sounds like it for eight cycles over an entire year. And you can line up the maintenance phases with the times of year when you think you're gonna eat more. But you know, you're dieting for a whole year, you're not bulking at all during that year, right. And again, this has to be appropriate for you. But at the end of the year, you're going to get the result. And you're going to have done it in a nice experimental sort of personal growth type of way, which is kind of interesting. And you can remember that you heard the idea here on Whitson weights, and you can tell your friends about it. All right. So that's it, you're gonna plan is the appropriate deficit, okay? To make it reasonable. So that might be a half a percent a week, it might be as low as, say, point 3% A week for you, it might be a little more aggressive. If your metabolism is isn't that low, it might be point seven, five, chances are, it's not going to be super aggressive, or else you would just go all out with like a normal fat loss phase. And then the next step, of course, is to implement it, and implementing fat loss as a whole separate podcast episode. And I promised I wouldn't be getting into the weeds of the how to, because I don't want this to be overwhelming. I've got other episodes that you can check in the back catalogue about how to do fat loss. One of them is classic, I think it's episode 40. Everything you need to know about fat loss. And I believe in that episode, I break down the phases and the various behaviors you want to put in place. Right? The big one of the big rocks, the big rocks is high protein strength training, and eating in a flexible way that keeps you full and satisfied. Like those are the big rocks, right? There's a lot of little rocks, getting enough sleep stress management, you know how you train all of that, that I'm not going to cover today. But you're going to implement it. And here's the thing, whatever you do during fat loss, you'll probably just continue doing that and maintenance. And that is another benefit of this approach. In that you're not thinking of fat loss as this totally separate thing, I want you to think of fat loss and maintenance is really the same thing, just with slightly different calories. That's it. And if you've never thought of it that way before, this could be the perfect way to give that a shot, right. And so you've got your fat loss phase setup, you're doing all those things. And then after about six weeks, you're like, Alright, I'm gonna crank that sucker back up to maintenance. And if you're using an app like macro factor, you can either have short weight loss cycles, and then when you hit the number, you go to maintenance, or you're gonna have the broader cycle, like a six month or 12 month, you know, I'm gonna lose 30 pounds or whatever. And then simply slow down the rate of loss when you get to maintenance to almost zero. And then really, just make sure you're fully eating at your maintenance and helping your metabolism recover. And enjoy it, like enjoy it. I'm in one of those maintenance phases. Right now. I've been here for maybe two weeks. And it only took like, four days for me to start getting super satisfied and not have any hunger because you know, I'm like, hum feeding back up. I'm feet. I'm not going to delete a sucker. I'm just going to throw those carbs up. I'm going to feed up I'm going to actually overshoot a slight bit because I know I'm not going to gain a whole bunch of weight. I also know the first week I'm gonna have a bump and stay away from water. That's all it is. Then it's gonna level out. All that happened as expected. And now I'm just kind of sitting pretty for a few weeks I can already feel how I'm really recovered, my weights are going up in the gym even faster. You know, it's like being in a bulk in relative terms to the fat loss phase, which is cool. And so in another, I don't know, three weeks, I don't want to rush it, I want to give patients to the maintenance phase, I want to really sit through it, right and do what I'm suggesting here. I'm going to be totally fresh recovered, ready to go mentally, physically, metabolically for the next fat loss phase, and then I know I'm gonna get through it, and it's gonna feel just fine. It's a pretty sweet place to be. And I've never done it before quite like this, which is why I wanted to make a whole episode about it. Alright. So yeah, I think you know, the other things we always talk about, like assessing, adjusting, you know, making sure you track your biofeedback and your, you know, you follow the calories to the metabolism, though, all those things are still apply the same thing. But the key difference here is these long, moderate fat loss phases punctuated by long maintenance phases, and all the unique benefits that come from it. Alright, here's something that might surprise you, as we close out this episode. Because if you haven't figured it out, the real magic of this method is not the fat loss phases. It is in those maintenance periods, right? Most people think of maintenance is just kind of a holding pattern, like treading water or just, you know, hoping to hold on to your results. But maintenance is the place where you can build the habit, you can build the mindset, you can build the lifestyle, that's the place where you've kind of take a break, you take the stressor off your body from the fat loss, and you just work on the skills. And you say, Foom, I just finished a fat loss phase and I learned something about myself, I learned that I get super hungry through PA or I learned that sleep is a little bit harder to come by or I learn whatever, you know that I respond to this much volume better than this much volume in my training. Well guess what? Now that you you're not in fat loss for a while, why don't you slowly do the one step at a time changes that resolve those issues and those roadblocks, where the friction is low. And then when you get to the next fat loss phase, guess what, now you've got another testbed, another experimental lab to try those things out in and get more feedback, it's pretty cool. It's actually a kind of a rapid personal growth experiment that you're gonna go through. The irony being that it takes longer to lose fat. But at the end of the day, the benefits far outweigh just the fact that you've pushed the scale that you're not just losing fat, you've actually becoming the kind of person who knows how to stay lean naturally. And that's why the stair step method is so powerful, I think it's not just about changing your body. It's about changing all the things that give you joy, changes your relationship with food, it changes your relationship with your body, it changes the whole concept of dieting. And this approach truly embodies that idea of working smarter, of working more efficiently of making steady progress and being sustainable living your life. Adapting to challenges, knowing that injury, busy schedule, whatever comes your way you can handle it, no problem with total clarity. That's what a habit is. Actually, that's what a strong solid habit is. It's something that you do even when the stressors are at their highest, you do it anyway. And my dear listener, that is actually the key right there to lasting transformation. So the next time you're tempted by the quick fix diet, or you're feeling discouraged by slow progress. Remember, this

 

Philip Pape  28:42

lasting change comes from thoughtful, well engineered approaches, it is always always about the long game, the long game is the fastest path to success, believe it or not, the long game is actually the fastest game. And you're using your wits as much as you thought I was gonna say your weights, but your muscles, which we use weights to get so tempting. And that's how we build better bodies, but also become more informed we become more capable. We find sustainable, enjoyable ways to reach our goals, maintain them for life, and hopefully inspire everyone around you to do the same or ask you Hey, what did you do to get to look like that? Awesome. So if today's episode resonated with you, and you are ready to take your fat loss journey to the next level, I want you to reach out, reach out and book a free 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment, something I just started doing. Again, I used to do these 30 Minute Calls. And now I have these very fast paced calls, where all we do is we talk about what's going on, what's the number one thing holding you back, I'm going to help you identify that. And I'm going to give you three actions that you can take right now to start getting results like simple actions you can take literally that week. And yeah, maybe we decide a stair step approach or something that could make sense for you. But there's obviously a lot of paths we could possibly take. That's what we mean by personalization so, to book your free rapid nutrition assessment, click the link in the show notes, or go to Whitson weights.com and click the giant button at the top. Again, go to Whitson weights.com. Click the button at the top of the rapid fitness, what is it called? Rapid nutrition assessment or click the link in the show notes. And we'll have a 15 minute chat. It is not a sales call whatsoever. It's me trying to meet and learn about as many people as I can and help you out on your fitness journey. Sometimes the difference between spinning your wheels and making progress is just having the right approach and having support and so I want to connect with you and make sure you are on the right path for you. Alright, until next time, keep using your wits. Keep lifting some weights and remember, in the stair step method every landing is a victory. I'll talk to you next time here on the wits end weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Surprising Advice Women Over 50 NEED for Strength, Health, & Longevity with Pam Sherman | Ep 190

Imagine transforming your health and confidence with simple yet powerful strength training techniques. Philip sits down with Pam Sherman, a fitness expert with nearly three decades of experience. Pam shares her wisdom on the transformative benefits of strength training for women over 50, dispelling myths about getting bulky and emphasizing the long-term rewards for overall health and vitality. She reveals how setting specific fitness goals and integrating exercise into your daily routine can lead to a tighter, more confident physique.

Are you a woman over 50 looking to hit your fitness goals, get strong, and have fun along the way? Have you ever wondered how you can integrate fitness into your busy life without feeling overwhelmed?

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) welcomes Pam Sherman, a fitness expert with 27 years of experience. Pam is passionate about women’s health and wellness, and today, she shares her insights on setting specific goals and the undeniable benefits of strength training. She also discusses practical strategies to fit fitness into a busy lifestyle for long-term success and the importance of building a supportive community. Plus, she shares an incredible story of how she recovered from a severe car accident and how it made her realize the importance of strength training.

Pam’s journey in the fitness world started with running with her dad and discovering the joy of movement. Her philosophy, “Your health is your greatest wealth,” has guided her mission to empower women to prioritize their well-being. Pam emphasizes that it’s never too late to start, and with the right mindset and approach, you can build a healthier, stronger you.

Join Philip and Pam as they explore how you can achieve your long-term fitness goals and feel confident in your body, regardless of age.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:01 Underrated advice for women over 50
3:56 Overcoming a serious car accident
8:17 Integrating fitness into a busy lifestyle and handling physical limitations
11:22 Why you should prioritize your health
15:25 Importance of having a specific goal
21:40 Benefits of strength training for longevity
25:21 Strategies for achieving fitness goals
28:44 Focusing on feelings vs. appearance
31:51 Overcoming obstacles to fitness
37:49 Role of community in fitness goals
40:09 Men coaching women, women coaching men
41:58 The question Pam wished Philip had asked
44:09 Where to find Pam
44:47 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Strength training is not just for the young or for those aiming to bulk up. It holds significant transformative power, especially for women over 50. Fitness expert Pam Sherman shares her invaluable insights on the myriad benefits of strength training for this demographic. With nearly three decades of experience, Pam delves into how women can transform their lives through fitness, building not only physical strength but also confidence and resilience.

Imagine a life where you feel empowered, strong, and confident, regardless of age. Strength training can provide these benefits and more. Pam Sherman emphasizes that getting stronger does not equate to getting bulky. In fact, it results in a tighter, more confident physique. The misconception that lifting weights leads to a bulky appearance is widespread, yet unfounded. Pam explains that building muscle is essential for overall health and longevity, particularly for women over 50. It's about setting specific fitness goals and integrating exercise into your daily routine.

One of the most compelling stories Pam shares is her personal experience of being struck by a car during a run. This harrowing event underscored the importance of physical strength in her recovery. Her commitment to strength training not only aided her recovery but prevented more severe injuries. This narrative serves as a powerful reminder of the broader implications of strength training in maintaining resilience and preventing frailty as women age. Basic movement patterns, such as practicing getting up from the ground, are essential skills that can dramatically impact overall health and resilience.

Daily movement and practical advice for maximizing health are also crucial points discussed in the podcast. Pam advocates for making small, manageable changes, like incorporating 10-minute workouts or exercise "appetizers" throughout the day. These small steps can significantly impact overall health. Overcoming physical limitations, such as bad knees or back pain, by finding alternative exercises that still challenge the muscles without causing harm, is essential. Regular exercise can alleviate anxiety and depression, playing a critical role in both long-term well-being and short-term mental health.

Pam also highlights the importance of setting fitness goals that go beyond the number on the scale. Shifting perspectives from weight-focused goals to strength and physical accomplishments can be incredibly empowering. Achieving milestones like doing a pull-up or a full-body push-up and celebrating these wins can enhance overall well-being and motivate continuous progress. The psychological benefits of focusing on wins, adopting an optimistic outlook, and setting short-term, measurable goals, like protein intake and hydration, are immense.

The importance of strength training for long-term health and longevity cannot be overstated. Starting with simple body weight exercises, such as pushups and squats, can progressively build strength and protect against age-related issues like bone fragility. Strength training improves body composition, increases confidence, and leads to a leaner and tighter physique. However, maintaining progress requires dietary discipline and consistency, especially as one ages.

Celebrating daily wins, tracking health progress, and reframing negative thoughts are essential strategies for long-term success. Practical journaling tips include tracking workouts, sleep, and meal reactions, starting and ending the day with gratitude. Breaking unhealthy habits, like sugar addiction, and adopting a proactive mindset are crucial. Self-discipline and planning are necessary to achieve personal well-being.

Community support and engagement in fitness can also enhance the journey. The loneliness of working out alone can be mitigated by participating in group classes or finding a workout buddy. However, it's important to ensure that group classes provide sufficient strength training. Mixing group classes with home strength training can be a balanced approach. Pam emphasizes that the best exercise is one you love, but it's essential to prioritize strength training for long-term health and vitality.

This episode is an inspiring and empowering conversation about fitness, food, and taking action. Pam and Philip discuss the importance of not just feeling motivated but also translating that motivation into tangible steps towards achieving goals. They cover a wide range of topics designed to empower women to take control of their health and wellness journeys. The dialogue is filled with practical advice and personal insights, aiming to encourage listeners to implement the discussed strategies into their daily lives. It's a fun and engaging discussion that emphasizes the significance of action in achieving lasting change.

Strength training offers transformative benefits for women over 50, impacting physical strength, confidence, and overall health. By setting specific fitness goals, integrating daily movement, and celebrating daily wins, women can embark on a journey towards a healthier, more vibrant life. Pam Sherman's insights serve as a powerful reminder that it's never too late to start prioritizing fitness and investing in one's long-term well-being.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Pam Sherman  00:00

for body composition ladies you do not get bigger you actually get tighter you get smaller which is counterintuitive to what every woman thinks. You look better in your clothes you look better in a bathing suit, you have body confidence, you feel competent, because you can pick up a 50 pound bag of kitty litter, I don't know whatever pick it up. You can go to Home Depot and pick up a big bag of mulch like enhances your everyday life in so many different ways.

 

Philip Pape  00:30

Which in which community Welcome to another episode of the woods and weights Podcast. Today I'm excited to welcome Pam Sherman, a fitness expert with 27 years of experience as a group, exercise instructor and personal trainer, a passionate advocate for women's health and wellness. And I invited Pam on the show to share her insights on hitting goals getting strong achieving longevity, all while making fitness fine. If you're a woman over 50, we're going to dive into the importance of having specific goals. The benefits of strength training, we cannot emphasize that enough and how women can integrate fitness into their busy lives. So this is practical use so you don't feel overwhelmed. We're also gonna explore things like the role of community and social connections and other aspects of achieving your long term fitness goals because this is a long term journey for life. Pam's journey in the fitness world began at a young age running with her dad and discovering the joy of movement, her philosophy that quote your health is your greatest wealth as guided her mission to empower women to prioritize their well being Pam's dedication to teaching women that it's not selfish to take care of themselves, has transformed many lives helping them achieve better health and confidence. Pam, thank you so much for coming on the show.

 

Pam Sherman  01:40

Thank you. I have been excited ever since you said yes, I like we can just talk I'm so excited.

 

Philip Pape  01:45

I'm so excited to because we are totally aligned here and the listener whether whether it's men or women, but women especially who are, you know, still have a lot of questions. And there's a lot of misconceptions in the industry about getting strong building muscle. Am I going to get bulky? Like, is this something I really need to do as I get old? I guess I'm going to ask you an interesting question related to all that. What is the most common but underrated or not talked enough about piece of advice that you find yourself giving women over 50 Today, that

 

Pam Sherman  02:13

getting strong now is going to affect you when you're 7080 and 90. And that myth Phillip about getting bulky. I've seen exactly zero women and 27 years get bulky from lifting, but that will not die. Because as a woman think I'm like put down the big weights up a heavier weight. But women do not think about when you're elderly and you fall and you break a bone. That's because your muscles are not protecting your bones and building strength. Now, it's going to affect you later on. And I don't know how people don't think like, I want to feel great when I'm 80 I always want to be you know, taking vacations and be viable. If you don't do that your life is gonna suck. So

 

Philip Pape  02:46

I wonder how how do we get people to live in the future like that? Because part of the challenge and I know that you know it is living in the moment and thinking that that's decades away, even when you are 60. It's still like, Well, 80 is still 20 years away. How do we deal with that?

 

Pam Sherman  02:58

Well, I have to think most of us have a retirement account for money. So exercise now is your retirement account for later on. It's not selfish. It's not anything bad for you. It's nothing but good. So it's putting dollars in your fitness piggy bank for later on your health piggy bank for later on. Building that now is huge, and it's never too late to start. I'm lucky I started when I was very young. But I had two big brothers. So we were always an active family. Lucky, lucky lucky. If you're lucky. I'm 57 you can still start at 5060 There's been studies that just came out, you can build muscle 90s, which is incredible.

 

Philip Pape  03:32

Yeah, no, it is incredible. And you mentioned, you mentioned story to me actually, before we started recording, actually, I would love you to share it because I've had a couple of surgeries over the past few years. And I realized that having strength train for the years leading up to it made recovery from surgery so much easier. And really when you fall or you get, you know, you get into an injury or accident. It just seems like you're hardier and more robust and that would have a lot of positive consequences down the road. Would you mind sharing your story? You told me about the car accident? Yes,

 

Pam Sherman  03:59

yes, I'd be happy to do so I've been a runner. I really do more strength training. Now. I have a little appetizer of running before now. But in the past I used to be a big runner. And it was I'm a morning exerciser. I'm high energy in the morning. That's me. But this was a day in December when my husband I went out to finish our Christmas shopping, went to the movies had lunch got home about three o'clock but I live in California. It's beautiful in December. And I remember going out for back at the time and easy seven mile run that would destroy me right now. But at the time it was easy. And I was two miles from home check my watch. I was a 15 pace feeling great. When all of a sudden a car looked left only and sped out of the parking lot and I couldn't stop I put my hand out and I screened when I screamed I face planted into the windshield. I left the tooth in the windshield which your brain goes night night. It's all good. And I woke up rolling on the road. And I first you know crawled back to safety but I was on the ambulance and I'm like rolling my wrist. I'm rolling my ankles and I'd like of course I had it I lost five eat that day, and had to get one more taken out. But I didn't break any bones. And later on after I got a I spent one night in the hospital. That's it. I thought women my whole life had been wanting to be skinny. I need to help them chase strong because my strong muscles I had been strength training for two and a half years, protected my body when I needed the most. And yes, there was certain amount of luck involved. My mouth took most of the trauma. But still, I was really thrown from the car into the second lane of traffic. My Garmin was smashed, so I imagine I would have broke my wrist. But my Garmin, you know, protected my wrist. But nonetheless, I only had mouth trauma, which is incredible.

 

Philip Pape  05:38

Yeah, so other than a couple little pieces of armor, the rest of your armor was your musculoskeletal system. Exactly.

 

Pam Sherman  05:44

And I went to my, I got discharged from the hospital the next day because I had a small brain bleed and healed up the next day. And I had stitches in my lip, which I said, okay, they gave me discharged, like, get your stitches taken out. And I'm like, That's it. I just ate a windshield. That's all you're just like, and I did have some CT scans every six months for copiers and make sure my brain was okay. And I went into my sports physio guy, and he worked on me every few weeks to make sure my spine was okay. But I feel great. And I know it's because my dedication to myself on my health that really made a huge difference when I really needed it the most.

 

Philip Pape  06:19

Yeah, and it makes a lot of sense when you hear stories of older women, I mean men and women, but women seem to be more prone to it because of the added muscle loss and the slightly less dense bone structure and Nn. Right, just, you know, biological disadvantage versus men just from a young age unless you do something about it. And we hear about frailty and falls and all that we focus so much on metabolic disease and like heart disease, but I know falling is one of the biggest if not the biggest risk factor after certain age. Isn't that true? It is. And it's funny

 

Pam Sherman  06:51

because I'm on tick tock, that's

 

Philip Pape  06:53

the only one I'm not. I'm on too many. So one of

 

Pam Sherman  06:57

my videos went like crazy, like 300,000, which was a lot for me, and it was me getting up off the ground. Okay, that's it, and showing various ways to do it. And the the amount of comments that people said, you know, I have a bad back, I have bad knees. I this like, my belly is in the way. I have a friend who's a firefighter, which I said in this video, he has 60% of his calls are for people that fall at home. Yeah, there you go. Oh, my gosh, I highly encourage people to practice getting up. In fact, I have an 85 year old client. Every time we're together, I haven't get down on his hands and knees and get up just with his bodyweight because it's that important. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  07:30

I mean, that's we talked about movement patterns, squatting, pushing, pulling, picking up, that's the same, getting up off the ground is a great one, shift start just get ups if you want to do it loaded. But when these people commented on the tick tock video and are saying this stuff, were they using it as excuses, or were they kind of seeking help, like, Okay, well, I have a bad back. You know, what do I do? Excuses,

 

Pam Sherman  07:48

yeah, knee replacement. My neighbor has the replacement. She's 73 I'm gonna do one with her and post that on top of that, because it's just, I feel like our society is getting sicker and sicker and sicker. And they're not. They're using it as an excuse. The only thing as you know, we can control our whole life as our health. That's it.

 

Philip Pape  08:05

Yeah. If you just simply flip it around instead of being excused, it is the reason you should be doing the thing. That's It's the reason and then the next excuses like, well, I can't do this or that, well, there's a million ways to do to get healthier. Well, why don't you just address that real quickly when somebody is open to it? But has because you're a trainer, right? I'm sure you deal with the population a lot where they have pre existing conditions, mobility issues, you know, former surgeries, injuries, whatever. What's your approach there?

 

Pam Sherman  08:33

So when I first started teaching classes, it was a 1997. Everything was an hour. So I think many people in their head think that have to work out for an hour. So you absolutely don't. Let's start with 10 minutes. In fact, I have a 10 minute playlist on my YouTube channel just for that reason, because I've heard so many women over the years saying I don't have time, you have 10 minutes. I don't care how early go to work and get up 10 minutes earlier. How about taking I call it an exercise appetizer, every time you go into kitchen, if you're from home, bust out 10 to 15, kitchen counter push ups. Start there. Every time you have a break, go out for a five minute walk. I am a huge proponent of adding things to your day adding more protein, adding more vegetables, adding more walking, adding some push ups, push ups yet start in the kitchen. And guess what the chairs are perfect place to squat. You could ask 10 squats, they're starting small like that, taking baby steps, then you can progress but on an off time. Baloney. Yeah, we all make time for the things that we want to do. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  09:24

that makes sense. So you brought it to time, which you know, is the one resource we can't add. And we just have to find time. But like you said, if you did an audit of just anybody listening, just do an audit of your week and come back and tell us that you don't have eight hours a week where you could literally go to the gym and not do something unproductive. And we're not even asking anywhere close to that right? We're asking for just 10 minutes a day. Well, what about just to re ask the previous question a different way What about you know, somebody who's willing to do the work, but they have limitations? You know, physical? Let's say they do have the bad knee or the bad back. I know what how I would approach it. But I'm curious how you would I have

 

Pam Sherman  10:01

a friend who's very tall and has bad knees and like you can do a wall squat. That's the safest squat free to do get those you know your body in a perfect chair position. Hold that you get to strengthen your muscles around your knees to protect your knees. Exactly. People, they'd say, I'm like, what really is your limitation? Guess what a wall squat hurts, your quads are shaky. That's okay. Muscular discomfort is okay to have,

 

Philip Pape  10:23

not to the point of pain, but to the point of where you're going to stimulate it to grow. Yeah. And that's a good way to put it. It's like, what is your limit before that pain threshold that you can apply? That still challenges the muscles that's going to strengthen it next time you come back, progressive overload gets you closer and closer to that position, I do tell the story about my own mom over the last year only. She had, you know, really painful knees and it was getting worse and worse, where she almost couldn't get off the couch. And we just started squatting. And like lo and behold, within days, the pain started to go down. So anybody listening, like just you got to do it, you got to try it out. Right? You got to try it out. You mentioned so we talked about health being for the long term, our greatest deposit into our, you know, life's bank account. What about in the short term? And where I'm going with that is? You know, I will often say that, like, I think physical health comes before everything else. It's like the oxygen mask on the plane. You know, you can talk about the importance of relationships, spirituality, like all the really deep, important purposeful things in our life. And yet it can't exist unless you exist. So in the short term, What's your philosophy for prioritizing things when it comes to health? You know, knowing that there's all these other things going on, you

 

Pam Sherman  11:31

have to prioritize your health number one, and I have said the oxygen mask many, many, many to women, especially because you're taking care of everybody else in your life. But you will do a better job if you take care of yourself first. And we'll go back to the time thing, it does not take three hours a day to take excellent care of yourself. But can we talk about the effects of physical exercise on your mental health? It is ginormous. Yes, anxiety, depression can be lifted, not lifted, but can be lessened with regular physical exercise, there is so many benefits to getting out getting a good sweat, lifting weights and whatever floats your boat and strength training, of course, and strength training, it's going to be so important for you for the rest of your life. I mean, when I was younger, I ran miles and miles and miles and miles and miles because I was in a very dysfunctional household. That was my saving grace, my brothers turned to alcohol, I turned it running. It saved my life. So exercise for me and for many of people I know has really been a game changer for who they are today. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  12:26

that aligns with something we've talked about before on the show. I think Darlene Marshall first mentioned it from positive psychology called Upward spiraling where when you do start to do one thing it leads to another leads to another. And if mental health, we see a clear dichotomy with mental health, like generally poor mental health is associated with a much higher body weight and poor health condition, period. Like we definitely see that even though there are other variables for mental health. And of course, there's like, things like schizophrenia, whatever, we're not talking about disease like that, you know, very, very important thing there. So the tangent to this is women who feel guilty about taking the time for themselves. I know that's a theme that you'd like to hit on, even though they know it's important. But and then they say but you know, I've got these things for my kids. I've got to take care of this. I've got maybe to have a career, whatever. How do you address that? I

 

Pam Sherman  13:15

was just talking with a client who has food littles and they play soccer like so you walk during the warmup, right? And during halftime because you don't have to sit and talk to the mom, she's like, I've never thought about that. You can grab moments at all your kids sports events, when they're most of the parents are sitting you can be moving if it's by a playground. You can use the bench for push ups for squats, you are the freak but that's okay. Because you're making yourself feel better. You can look for pockets in your week to make movement happen. When you make an excuse, that's just gonna lead to a lot of other bad decisions when you know as well as I do when you make that one good decision. You're going to eat better that day. You're gonna drink more water, you might go out for an extra walk. One great decision in your health leads to the next and it doesn't have to be for a lot but when Mike I mean, my husband would divide and conquer if two kids playing soccer, there was always an hour warm up like I'm gonna walk. I can talk to the moms during the game. I don't need to sit for an hour before an hour till halftime and halftime. It's a lot of sitting let's move instead of sit.

 

Philip Pape  14:14

Yeah, no, I have experienced that too as a dad like with my girls just had their ballet recital last week and it was a lot of just being there sitting and I was with my wife so we were chatting and we're not walking around and that has its own value. And I work out so I'm not worried about myself too much. But let's come up with a hashtag grab moments because I love that you said that you can grab moments in your week hashtag rainbow I was gonna say about that. Oh, yeah, like it same thing with steps for example. Some people you know, they say I work from home. And I'll say Well Do you ever Are you ever on a zoom call on your phone or like you checking social just pace like that when you pace while you're doing that you're gonna rack up to three 4000 stuffs.

 

Pam Sherman  14:51

And if you have a phone call another zoom. You can be out walking. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  14:54

And that to have your signal is good enough. Yes. Yeah, my

 

Pam Sherman  14:57

husband he said his team gets a little butthurt when They are on a team's call. He's like, but sometimes I want to walk, then they don't need to see me. They see me all the time. Yeah, as long as you're engaged. Yeah, as long as you're engaged, and luckily, we are in California, it's really hot now, but for the most part, you can get out on those calls and what pacing? I mean, yeah, you don't have to sit and plus your hips get tight, your back hurts, like your body wants to move and be upright, that's for sure. And

 

Philip Pape  15:19

it's all aligned with your health and your mental health and, and and everything your metabolic rate the list goes on. So what are the things you'd want to talk about to Pam was this idea of having a goal to work toward, and I know you're gonna give it a little bit more nuanced treatment, because we sometimes throw that out as lip service, like, we got to have a goal. And we set up micro goals, and we do tiny habits. But I want to hear where you're going with this in terms of helping us modify our behaviors, and focusing on what's really important, rather than kind of the short term things we chase that aren't as important.

 

Pam Sherman  15:47

Well, for my whole life, my whole career, women chase the number on the scale. And I want to tell them, like, can we set up like, can we have a protein goal? Can we have a water goal? Can we have a like an exercise goal, and I was told this about myself is an ICU, the video in 1991 to Terminator two came out, when Linda Hilton did a pull up. Women weren't strong back in those days, we did cardio, cardio, cardio, cardio, and I was watching me be like, Wait, we can do that. So for 20 years, I want to do a put on all the vision boards. I never worked on it. Until I put a pull up bar in my backyard. Why didn't I pay somebody to do it, and I am gonna do a pull up. I worked for six months to get to one. It felt amazing. So getting past the scale. What about doing a full body pushup, most women cannot do a full body pushup. But when you start on your knees, and you start working, and you keep working, you will get to a full body pushup. What about a 50 pound weighted squat? Like these things, there are so empowering when you work on physical goals. And plus a scale user just pisses people off? Can we not be pissed off? Can we be excited about what we're doing in the every day instead of being pissed. And for my clients, I'm like, You need to get at least 25 grams of protein, every time you eat in there, like what you're gonna stay full, you're going to be satisfied, you're actually looking for sugar afterwards, like, even those goals. When you meet them, you're like, I did a good job today, let's be proud of our work. Instead of like, that scale, like come on, you know, I want you to celebrate what you can do, instead of being the day being determined by what that number is on the scale.

 

Philip Pape  17:24

For sure. It's a huge one. And, you know, I was I was listening to another podcast where they talked about measuring body composition, and how one of the problems with the scale in our society is it's an easy number to get. And it also is a very, I don't wanna say accurate in the ways that people think it's accurate, but it's like, it's a real reflection of whatever your mass is that gravity is pulling you through the earth with, right like it's an it's a real number. It's not like a body fat number on a scale, which you can't believe because it's affected by all these other things. And so it's very, it's kind of like simple, easy, readily available. And I think there's an aspect to that psychologically, where we grasp onto it, in addition to all the female specific, you know, and societal and cultural things as well. And so what you're saying is, look, you can replace that with other easily measurable short term, process oriented goals, that daily, hourly, you can like win, win, win, win win, you know, having enough protein, having water, I do love the training and exercise stuff, like definitely a lot of women I've worked with the push up the pull up going for that and just trying to scale into it and getting that first full body. And for guy, it's like trying to do with one arm, which is really, really hard. And an X pound squat or whatever. It's really awesome. And, yeah, I love the passion, you have Pam, because we do need to get excited about it. And when we're when we see a number on the scale, go up a pound, and get discouraged. And that makes our whole day. That's a problem.

 

Pam Sherman  18:49

It is a problem. And you know, as well as I deal with that women especially are so hard on themselves. In fact, almost every client over the years, the first thing they want to tell me is what they hate, like Mina Mina are only talking about wins. You beat yourself up too much. Let's

 

Philip Pape  19:04

talk about the things you did great this week. And there's been times when I've gotten injured and out of shape. And all the things I still remember 2014 is to having to do push ups on my knees because I was out of shape. And my dad had decided all things. When I got to that first hole by one, that's great. And so I want to empower women to go like you can work towards something. And when you get there, it's going to feel amazing. And I want you to be so proud of your work. Yeah. 100% focusing on just the winds is right up my alley. Because I'm an Uber optimistic person. Yeah, you too, right. And while it may make some people like throw up in their mouth when you constantly talk about positivity to them, the evidence is pretty settled that having this optimism lens or optimism bias on the net on the whole is going to make your life just so much better. Because you're going to have bad things happen. Everybody's going to have bad things happen. And you're also going to be disappointed when you go for stretch goals and that's okay too. But if you're always looking ahead toward, you know, the hopefulness of it, and pursuing those wins, right in a positive way, you're gonna get way more of them than someone who's not that someone who's, who's the ER. And

 

Pam Sherman  20:11

when they say like, I can't, I'm like, what can you do? Let's think about all the things you can't do, let's list them off, because you can't that's very small part of your whole day, like, oh, when you put it that way, I am crazy optimistic for people. And I'm sure it does annoy some people. But that's just that's the way I am. And

 

Philip Pape  20:28

the at the end of the day, we say that I say that joke around it. And yet I know that if someone I know people like to be around that I see how supportive it is in a community setting where you do that as long as it's productive, right? Like, you're helping people reframe something not in a delusional way. But just saying, let's change the perspective or the angle we look at it from, because it's not going to help us to do otherwise. But it will help us if we have an action we can take going forward knowing that it can go in this positive direction.

 

20:56

Hi, my name is Lisa. And I'd like to give big shout out to my nutrition coach Phil update with his coaching, I have lost 17 pounds, he helped me identify the reason that I wanted to lose weight, and it's very simple longevity, I want to be healthy, active and independent until the day I die. He introduced me to this wonderful Apple macro factor I got that part of my nutrition figured out along with that is the movement part of nutrition, there's a plan to it and really helped me with that. The other thing he helped me with was knowing that you need to get a lot of steps in. So the more steps you have, the higher your expenditure is, and the easier it is to lose weight when it's presented to you like he presents it, it makes even more sense. And the other thing that he had was a hunker guide. And that really helped me so thank you. But let's

 

Philip Pape  21:39

let's talk specifically about strength training that because that kind of stands above most other pillars here. When we talk about longevity, and like you said not getting killed by a car, maybe surviving the car accident, you know, we can't always control what happens to us. But how does that contribute to the long term health and longevity? Specific? Like, can you convince me we have to be strength training? Like is that your position?

 

Pam Sherman  22:03

We have to be strength training? How many times are you in the grocery store where you see a person over like this person, a grocery cart, and you think if they fall, they're breaking a bone. And I think after I did that video, they went crazy on Tiktok, I looked it up and it said if you're over the age of 70, there's a like a 70% chance of dying within six months of a fall. And that's because they don't have any muscles or protect their bones. So we're talking about what we do now, for sure is affecting us later on. And again, Phillip, we're not talking about hours in the gym. But starting, if you are doing nothing now, starting with bodyweight exercises, great. Yes, you will progress eventually, because you need to add to the load eventually. But starting now is going to protect you later on. And I know, I have seen like my father in law died of obesity, my dad died of Alzheimer's, we're all going to die. But if we can be as strong as we can for as long as we can, that quality of those later years is really going to be high for me.

 

Philip Pape  23:00

I agree. So when you talk about these little snacks, what do you call them fitness? And I don't know what term you use. But I want to be clear to people, is it if somebody is completely sedentary? What's the route to go from there to resistance training? Because one of the messages I see in the listicles and I don't know if I already put out the short episode about this where I said don't move, like just move is not enough. It's like, oh, all you have to do is move and then you'll be healthy. And then end of article, you know, and I'm like, Ah, like, I don't think that's enough. It's fine. Yeah, it's a tiny step better than not moving. But it's far cry from where we need to be like What are your thoughts on that?

 

Pam Sherman  23:33

I think you need to start with every time you go in the kitchen, do 10 Push ups and 10 squats. There you go. Once that's easy, we'll get to 15 once that's 11 to 20 once you can get do that five times a day, it's time to join the gym.

 

Philip Pape  23:47

Cool progression and right off the bat you're loading yourself against gravity with something. I love that okay, what are some benefits of strength training that you've heard about or you're aware of that are maybe overlooked or not widely discussed? Because I know we could just list Okay, bone density and this and that. Like what do you think

 

Pam Sherman  24:05

body composition ladies you do not get bigger you actually get tighter you get smaller which is counterintuitive to what every woman thinks you look better in your clothes you look better in a bathing suit, you have body confidence you feel confident because you can pick up a 50 pound bag of kitty litter I don't know whatever you pick it up you can go to Home Depot and pick up a big bag of mulch like enhances your everyday life in so many different ways.

 

Philip Pape  24:29

I like to you get smaller because we do talk about skinniness and using a detrimental sort of way right like I just want to be skinny. Yeah and you're saying that you know obviously you're going to build strength and muscle and that's going to make you leaner tighter more toned, you know muscles denser than fat and therefore you're going to look smaller but in a healthy way.

 

Pam Sherman  24:50

In a healthier way. It's not It's funny my personal progression over the years I used to be have ginormous leg when I was big time runner, a mile legs are smaller, but they're more muscular now, because I do more strength training. My clothing size went out a couple sizes when I only strike train. My body weight isn't a whole lot different, but my body's tighter from strength training. And so for all the ones who think I'm gonna get big, bulky, I'm like, No, you're actually going to tighten up, you're going to get that toned look that the women are always looking for?

 

Philip Pape  25:21

For sure. For sure. Now Now what about the the overachievers out there. And my clients, you know who you are the overachievers who go through a successful period, let's say a year to have solid strength training, you know, they're feeding themselves, they're fueling themselves. And we should probably talk a little bit about the food side of it, too, because we're not always dieting, right. fueling yourself, they build some muscle, they lose some fat, but they're still not quite where they want to be. So like you said, they meet, they have some definition, maybe their upper body is a little more defined. Maybe they have bigger hips and thighs, like fat, you know, storage there, because that's how their body is shaped. And that's the last place to go. But everything else is now kind of trimmed down a bit. And now they still notice the thighs like, how do you approach that as a woman to another woman?

 

Pam Sherman  26:02

It's time to go into a diet phase. And, you know, how are you? How are your weekends. That's the big thing is, and I know for years I struggle with this is like, I hope I have a good weekend. You actually cannot eat like I know you don't say it's where we're like an idiot on the weekends and expect to continue to see gains on the scale or, you know, mostly on the scale. So you really do have to tighten up what you eat. And as you get older, it definitely is not as easy as when you're in your 30s or 40s. So you just gotta tighten things up.

 

Philip Pape  26:32

Yeah, no, no, no, tighten. Sometimes I say eat like a child. But yeah, same thing, right? Be like an angel. I know what you're gonna say. So okay, all right. Yeah, I know, we mainly wanted to talk about, like, having the goals and having that drive you but I think it is important. Some of the body image issues definitely come up with all of this. You want to say something?

 

Pam Sherman  26:52

No, it's just, in my experience, women lose it last where they want to lose it the most. Yes. So if they have hips, that's going to be the last to go if that's what they want to go use a start up here as your head and traveled down. So it is not a fair process. It's not an easy process. But it can happen. Definitely with dedication to your nutrition, like spot on most days of the week, like, six, six and a half days a week. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  27:18

I'm challenging on this question only because some people find it easier than others let's men and women find you know, they some have a higher metabolic rate than others. Some have been building muscle longer than others. And some just store fat and in the worst places for them, right like this mentally, if somebody has been dieting, and they have lost some fat, and they've, you know, they lean out a bit, but they have more to go. How do they get driven from a goal perspective, or, you know, psychological perspective, to continue knowing that it could take another two or three years to get the physique they're going for? Time

 

Pam Sherman  27:51

is gonna pass anyway? Yeah. How do you want to feel in five years? That's it. Your health is a marathon, it's never 100 meter dash. And you have to have the long range vision of Well, first of all, you're talking about how to fill in your ad. But your goal sometimes it is like an inchworm to get to where you want to be. But it's gonna get to what are we in? It's gonna get to 2030 Anyway, do you want to feel amazing by then or 2027? Three years is not a long time and the whole scheme of your whole life, so it's okay for it to happen little by little. It's unfortunate in our society today, Instagram, Tik Tok, everything's fast. Your health is the only thing that will never get you fast results.

 

Philip Pape  28:31

Yeah, not to mention on social media, the results are completely skewed and what you actually see, so it's given us unrealistic expectations, even above and beyond that, time is gonna pass anyway. So that's a great point. Then you mentioned how you feel, why is it important now to focus on how you feel, because you mentioned some objective measures, like the protein and the steps and whatnot. Let's talk about how you feel, rather than just your physical appearance as another way to drive you day to day rather than thinking, you know, three or four years and being impatient about that. But can

 

Pam Sherman  29:04

we talk about when the last time you like had the flu or were injured and you just felt like absolute garbage? Every day that you wake up and you feel great, that's a win, that's something to celebrate, because I know we all know people that are very sick, or that past, who would give anything to be back here today, when you wake up and you have a good day and you feel great, no aches and pains, you get a great workout. That is a celebration that is a huge win and your journal, and everybody should be keeping a journal of their wins. Because we all have the things that we don't like in our heads when we ought to kick back to the curb and celebrate the good. You wake up, you feel great, good night's sleep, you're going to crush that workout isn't going to be a great day.

 

Philip Pape  29:38

So you mentioned looking back on something where you didn't feel great, and then kind of comparing how you feel during that scenario. Now after doing something, what should people maybe be tracking or journaling in the here and now if they're listening to this, they're like, Okay, how do I do that? What are three or four things maybe I should be really paying attention to and then what do I tie them to? To get that cause and effect of what I'm doing,

 

Pam Sherman  30:01

I think it would be great to journal your workouts and what weight you're using. So you know, oh, a month ago, I was doing 10 Less pounds on whatever that I'm doing. Now that's something to celebrate. It's good to journal your sleep. If you don't wear a tracker, I love my little Rank Tracker, because sleep, especially for women in the 50s is so so important. track how you feel after your meals, right? Something is gonna sit better with you than others. track how you feel like, actively think what am I thankful for today? Starting and ending the day with gratitude is so important. And a lot of times my clients, your clients, they focus on the negative, like my butt, my belly might whatever. What about what you did today? Did you do a push up? Oh my gosh, you do a squat. Be thankful for what you can do like you and I fill up like with a positive kick the negative to the curb? And let's celebrate what you can do. What coins? Are you putting that long term piggy bank? I want you to think about that?

 

Philip Pape  30:53

Yeah, gratitudes a good one. I know I've talked about this before that. Like, I'm not a huge journaler for whatever reason, I have my own methods of thinking about reflecting on things and documenting things. And there are different tools for different people, right. It's the principles that matter whether I'm rationalizing whether or not but you'll never win that battle with me. It's been long enough. And it is what it is okay. And that's cool. But oh man, where was I going with this? See, this is what happens. This is not folks, the lot of these interviews that you listened to now they're not really scripted, right? We want to have a conversation, I was going to ask something about, oh, my goodness, was that

 

Pam Sherman  31:32

you can use your voice memos to you don't actually have to write in a journal. That's true. Yeah. And I keep on my notes, I keep track of my workouts, so I can see what the weight I did last time. If I need to increase it, I'll put like, increase next time. Like it's good to track really everything about your health,

 

Philip Pape  31:46

for sure. And okay, I know what it was about the reframing side of things. Let's dig a little more practical. And then I'll just throw one at you like that I heard from one of my community members recently. And I addressed it, I addressed it with her in my way, but I'm curious how you would do it a statement like, I'm just addicted to sugar. Like, she knows all the thing she wants to address, you know, tracking, increasing the protein training. But there's always this like, but I'm addicted to sugar,

 

Pam Sherman  32:13

it's time to break up with a bad boyfriend. That's what I call sugar. Like, you want to go somewhere you have goals, you just you have to be an adult sometime and get out of your own way. Like, come on. Now. You can have it on special occasions. But really, with the all the information we know about sugar, about how it's bad for our brain, right? It's actually for women, the number one bad thing you do for your skin is eat sugar, and I got wrinkles. I'm 57 I don't want more wrinkles, but you have to adult up sometimes. And as a mindset, you are addicted, take two or three days off, take a week off and then see how you feel like it's okay. To get out of your own way. Be like okay, I'm addicted. But it's not serving me. So I'm gonna break up with my bad boyfriend for a week and see how I feel she might feel amazing. On it. What did you say? That's my I like kind of back to basics with that. Yeah, no, I

 

Philip Pape  33:01

there's so many ways and and you know, like, it's hard. I'm not trying to quiz you on the show, honestly, like, you never know what the individual you have to talk it through with them. I think for her it was more about let's reflect on is it really sugar that you're addicted to is a certain types of foods containing sugars and fats, and let's identify where that comes in. And maybe if we start adding in the things that you're missing that need to serve you, we're gonna push those out. And what you're talking about is controlling your environment and actually having a food plan that is also a really effective tool. Right? So for folks listening, like when you go to a restaurant saying that, I don't just drink a lot. Like I'm not just myself identity as I drink a lot, okay? Like you said, Let's what it was a term woman up or I don't know, dots off and say, Okay, I'm gonna limit myself to two drinks like, so I've always wrestled with the words restrictive, strict, and deprivation. And even I use the word restrictive, usually to mean deprivation, we do want to be have some strict mess about certain things. We don't have boundaries, right? It's kind of what you're getting at. It's like, you're not depriving yourself. You're just saying, Look, I'm an adult. And I have a plan and my body is important. And my longevity is important. So I'm going to make these decisions. Is that a fair assessment of it?

 

Pam Sherman  34:10

Yes. I just had a client who went out to dinner she had a drink or two, I can't remember an appetizer and then rice for their dinner like Okay, so next time pick one, have the glass of wine or the appetizer or the rice. That's a lot of extra and you have goals, which are like, Oh, I never thought about like that. Yeah. And I do have a client who does have a problem with sugar. And I just said, Hey, I double dog dare you to stop for a week. Yep. You know that once you stop and she's like, Oh, my gosh, thank you. I'm so glad you put that out there to me. Because she literally she has in her office, there's candy dishes, and then there's weekends and I'm like, give me a week and then tell me how you feel. And she just needed that little extra push like, okay, and she's like, thank you so much. I got this like, Yes, as a coach. I know I believe them but they have to hear that and go, Okay, I can do it. So

 

Philip Pape  34:58

true. So true. And sometimes you Need a little extrinsic motivation, or you need a reminder that there's a different choice you can make, because we get in a rut. And I can tell you until now that this triggered me to think about my sugar days, I used to love candy. And I used to eat a lot of it. At night in front of the TV, from our snack drawer, it was just there, right? That was kind of like an easy change that I was just not making. And I knew in the back of my head out of guilt, right? Every night I had it, it was like this guilt of I shouldn't do this. And at some point, who knows what it was probably my birthday around Halloween, I said, Okay, I'm just at the worst time of the year for having candy is the time I'm gonna go cold turkey. And for me, that was like the beginning of the end of like years and years of development from that point. So it can be very powerful. Pam, what you're saying is just making that choice. Even if it seems like you're cutting something or restricting you're not really doing that you're just making this pivot. You know,

 

Pam Sherman  35:52

did you have a sugar headache for a couple days?

 

Philip Pape  35:54

Ah, I probably had more it could have been is probably more of like a what you're missing? A headache. Right? Like, it could be anything that for your hunger headache from because you're expecting to have it at this time. I might have even substituted with something else like popcorn or something that was like, more voluminous, less calorie dense. And that's fine, too. Right? Like it shifts you away from the thing that you don't want.

 

Pam Sherman  36:15

And it was that in your working out days or prior to your working days. It

 

Philip Pape  36:19

was my working out improperly days. Your Crawford days. Yeah. CrossFit cardio. Not showing up consistently. Yep. But that was right. That was late. 2020? No. 2019 right. Before I really started to figure things out. Yeah. Is that crazy? Yeah, it

 

Pam Sherman  36:36

is. But I love hearing about your journey, because like so many people didn't see it. Like we've had it together our whole lives you've ever made mistakes? No,

 

Philip Pape  36:42

no, it's every day, there's probably something that I quote unquote, slip up or make a less than optimal choice. But like, on the whole, as we talk about, if you've got the pillars there, if you've got the foundation and the consistency and habits, you actually have the flexibility to constantly make mistakes. Like that's the way I like to put it is you have you've built in a buffer for yourself to be human. You know? Yeah,

 

Pam Sherman  37:03

I have a funny story. In the 80s. I was running marathons with my girlfriends because we ran cross country in high school. And then we went to the Ohio State University where none of us were good enough to run there. So we're in the Columbus marathon. But this was the 80s all ate terribly, because we were in college and I was running with a friend. I'm like, hang on for a second. And I pulled up my shirt and like, Is there something wrong with my back? Flip is my back fat juggling. All right. I mean, we've all had our struggles, like, every professional I know has gone through their struggles with their health and wellness. And I was like, what back? Because we didn't have mirrors in the dorm rooms. Yeah, I remember getting on my parents scale. 30 pounds more than I am now running marathons like you just, we all have our struggles.

 

Philip Pape  37:42

Yeah, it's what makes us human. I mean, if anything, trying to be perfect could be the thing holding you back. Right. So when it comes to what you alluded to then being a coach and helping people, when we think of relatedness community, not doing it alone, asking for help, I think those are all very powerful. They're important themes. What role do they play? In all of this? Like, any extreme? Could someone just say, I'm going to do this all by myself, go alone and be successful? And even if they could win, they be more successful with with help, like, what are your thoughts on that? 100%

 

Pam Sherman  38:15

I just had a client today say, I thought I could do it by myself and I didn't do anything. Community is so important. I need to be around other women who are on the same journey. It doesn't matter the body size, but on the same journey, that so many people and I'll say women think I can do it. But there's nobody to fall back on. There's nobody to ask questions to there's nobody say I'm having a bad day or I, you know, I messed up or look at, you know, look at the wind that I had, because I always asked Mike, let's share winds going alone. It's and it's lonely. It's so much more fun to do in a community. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  38:49

that's a good way to put it. It's lonely. Yeah, for sure. And there's some things like people who have a home gym, right? They have that concern, especially met women who are doing the group classes, right. And but it's not quite cutting it from a strength training perspective. And, actually, I'm curious your thoughts on that, because you want them to lift weights, let's say they don't even have access to that kind of gym in the region that they live in. They have the option of doing a home gym, right? And there's still these group classes there, but they're not really focused on strength training, what are your thoughts on an approach for that person?

 

Pam Sherman  39:22

Now? I mean, you have to do have progressive overload. And I have taken classes recently, my sister in law when I visit her and buffalo strike classes too fast, you can't get proper load. You can't think about your form. So I would say in that situation, getting a home gym is going to be your best bet. Go to take root classes for yoga, you know, for a core workout, but for strength. You cannot get enough weight. Yes, it's fine. Maybe go to one a week for fun, but to see the results that you want, you need to have more than a group class.

 

Philip Pape  39:56

There you go. No, I love that kind of mixing it up. And if you need a group class for some of the other things just don't make it the priority associated with the training, do the training at home and find your community elsewhere. You know, to satisfy that it. And then this came to mind to what are your thoughts on women, coaching men, men coaching women? You know, do you have any feelings on that?

 

Pam Sherman  40:14

I've coached a few men in my day. And I've been very successful with two. And one of them started out successful and then didn't want like I was trying to be a hard trainer. And he didn't listen to me. And we had to break up because he wasn't taking my advice. But the other two were like, you obviously what we're doing, and I coach them with food only not for workouts, and it was great. So it's you just have to find the person that you connect with. Right, you have to have be relatable. And that's all.

 

Philip Pape  40:41

You know, I'm always curious about that. And I thought of it recently because well, first of all, I'm always talking to women on the show now and I coach women and I'm talking menopause more and more. And it's like, a year or two ago, and I thought, that's crazy. There's no way I'm going to do that. Or people are even going to trust me. But like you said, you just have to empathize. And no one person has every experience of the people you're coaching, right? So whether it's men or women, and you know, Ally, Gilbert, she's kind of pretty big following she calls it the queen of men's health. Her demographic is men like increasing their testosterone, making them show up in the bedroom, that kind of like messaging, which is really cool. So I think it's depending on like you said, You've got to connect with the person, be authentic, and just be open to helping them however you can. And listening to them. Yeah, you do

 

Pam Sherman  41:26

your homework, you have these women on your so you have Karen on your show, right? Carrie Martell, you have all this great information. So it's not like you're helping women without any idea what you're talking about. You're learning and probably from all your guests. That's

 

Philip Pape  41:37

exactly it, you hit it on the head, you see, the listener knows I this is like my master class and my coaching, improvement by listening and talking to all of you. But also I only bring on the best of the best pound. Because I want you to you know, share your story with the world. And you've got great advice from a different perspective, usually. And so this has been an awesome conversation. I'd love to ask this question of all guests, you know, what's coming? Is there a question? Or what question do you wish I had asked? And what is your answer? Well,

 

Pam Sherman  42:05

I do want to go back to the group classes because I actually teach two step classes a week. And so many women have fun in group exercise, I want to say my second answer was what is the best exercise? Okay, the best exercise is the one you love to do. And when women say I don't like to work out, like what did you like to do as a kid, jump rope, might need to wear a pad but jump rope right now. It's still fun. And strength train two to three times a week, but do what you love. So if you love Pilates, oh my gosh, go to Pilates. But that is not your strength training. It drives me absolutely crazy. Phillip, when people say women say I do Pilates that strength. I'm like, It's not strength. So do what you love, go to group, get your group experience, have an amazing time. But find that way to get that strengthened two to three times a week because that is what's gonna get you to 80 and failing Great. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  42:51

I think it's good to bucket like you said, put these into buckets and put that priority of training at the top and then find the weight. Like, there's no excuse, you've got to get that done. So get it done. It's kind of like you have to have food to live and you have to kind of have a house or place to live. And you have to have a little bit of money to be able to survive. But you have to have these things are non negotiables. How you do it is very flexible. But then like you said, there's this other bucket of movement, fun hobbies, community, whatever you want to fit it in where these other activities can go. And even if they let's say take a tiny bit away from your training and recovery, it could be worth it. Right? The trade off could be worth it for you if the alternative is you're not doing any of that stuff.

 

Pam Sherman  43:30

Yeah, I know like bar is so popular. I took a bar class,

 

Philip Pape  43:35

and I just need to face for those of you listen to the audio she just made kind of like

 

Pam Sherman  43:40

if I offended anyone that takes bar that is not strength training. Yeah, that is 150 reps of a squat. That's not strength training. Yeah, so don't market it as such. Yeah, yeah. And it's not full range of motion. They're like half squats. So if you love it, oh my gosh, do it. But then go to the gym and lift heavy weights, because that's what's gonna get you to your long term health investment, your retirement fund, that's really what's gonna get you the most bang for your buck,

 

Philip Pape  44:03

lift weights, that is your retirement fund for life. Find a fun way to do it and listen to what Pam saying, Look her up and I want to provide the listener a way to do that. So where can listeners learn more about you and your work on

 

Pam Sherman  44:16

Instagram and Tiktok. I am lowercase Pam underscore Sherman one, my website is going to change but for right now it's the perfect balance dot guru. I have a YouTube channel, Pam Sherman where I have a 10 minute playlist for those of you that want to start working out I don't know where I've got plenty of Bodyweight Workouts. If you need a stretch and nobody stretches enough. I have a whole stretching playlist. I have a bunch of workouts there. So if you want to work out from home, I would love it if you give it a try and then leave a comment so I know that you did it. Alright,

 

Philip Pape  44:42

cool. I'm gonna throw those in there. Let's say the top three would be IG tick tock and YouTube. Maybe, folks so yes, so we'll throw those in the show notes as always, and Pam, this was fun. I mean, the time flew by we covered covered a lot of really inspiring motivating things, but we don't just want to motivate women, right? We want them to take the action. So I And I know that's what you're all about. So thank you so much for coming on.

 

Pam Sherman  45:02

It was amazing. And we talked for a long time. I wish I could keep talking and I gotta go but thank you. Thank you for having me on. It's such a pleasure to talk fitness and food and all the things with you agree

 

Philip Pape  45:11

so much fun. Thanks for coming on.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

How to Get More Fitness Results for Less Effort (The Pareto Rule) | Ep 189

Imagine achieving 80% of your fitness goals with just 20% of your efforts. Today is the first Wednesday episode where we apply engineering frameworks to evidence-based fitness. After all, engineers have made it their craft to optimize results with as few resources as possible through simple, elegant, and effective solutions. One such framework is the Pareto principle, also known as the 80-20 rule (not to be confused with the 80% whole foods "rule" for nutrition). This rule is a way to rebalance all the important but time-consuming things in your life so you can free up time, reduce stress, and STILL get the results you want. This episode will guide you through identifying the most impactful actions you can take in areas like strength training, nutrition, sleep, and stress management, so you can break through plateaus and optimize your time effectively.

What if doing LESS is the answer to more results overall...your fitness, training, nutrition, and anything else going on in your life?

Imagine achieving 80% of your fitness goals with just 20% of your efforts. Today is the first Wednesday episode where we apply engineering frameworks to evidence-based fitness. After all, engineers have made it their craft to optimize results with as few resources as possible through simple, elegant, and effective solutions.

One such framework is the Pareto principle, also known as the 80-20 rule (not to be confused with the 80% whole foods "rule" for nutrition). This rule is a way to rebalance all the important but time-consuming things in your life so you can free up time, reduce stress, and STILL get the results you want.

This episode will guide you through identifying the most impactful actions you can take in areas like strength training, nutrition, sleep, and stress management, so you can break through plateaus and optimize your time effectively.

Join us as we kick off a new series that merges engineering principles with fitness strategies. We'll dissect how to evaluate your current efforts across various health areas, revealing where you might be overcommitted and how to reallocate those efforts for maximum results.

You can now book a FREE 15-minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment, designed to fine-tune your strategy, identify your #1 roadblock, and give you a personalized 3-step action plan in a fast-paced 15 minutes.

Click to book a
Rapid Nutrition Assessment while there are slots open this week.

Episode summary:

This episode delves into the fascinating world of fitness optimization through the lens of the Pareto principle, commonly known as the 80-20 rule, which promises to revolutionize your approach to health and fitness by showing you how to achieve 80% of your fitness goals with just 20% of your efforts. The key is to work smarter, not more, and this episode offers a treasure trove of insights on how to do just that.

The episode kicks off with an exploration of resource allocation in fitness training. Pape introduces the concept of the Pareto principle, explaining how it can be applied to various aspects of health and fitness. The common misconception that more effort always yields better results is debunked, and listeners are encouraged to focus on the most impactful 20% of their efforts to achieve 80% of their desired results. This efficient approach, rooted in engineering principles, is the foundation of the episode's message.

One of the most intriguing aspects of this episode is the merging of engineering concepts with fitness strategies. Pape, with his extensive background in engineering, brings a unique perspective to the table. He discusses how to evaluate your current efforts across different health areas, such as strength training, nutrition, sleep, and stress management. By identifying where you might be overcommitted, you can reallocate those efforts for maximum results. This approach not only helps you break through plateaus but also optimizes your time and resources effectively.

The episode continues with a focus on prioritizing health and fitness efforts. Pape guides listeners through a strategic approach to leveraging the 80-20 rule. He emphasizes the importance of identifying the top five areas that are most crucial for your health, such as strength training, nutrition tracking, protein and fiber intake, steps, sleep, and stress management. By evaluating how much effort you are putting into each area on a scale from 0 to 100 percent, you can pinpoint where you are overcommitted. The goal is to reduce that effort to 20 percent while still achieving great results, thereby freeing up time for other priorities.

To further fine-tune your strategy, Pape introduces a free 15-minute rapid nutrition assessment. This assessment is designed to help you pinpoint what's holding you back and create a quick three-step action plan for immediate results. By visiting witsandweights.com, you can book your session and start your journey towards a more balanced and efficient fitness regimen. This practical tool is a game-changer for those looking to optimize their health and fitness efforts without overwhelming themselves.

The episode also touches on the concept of doing less to achieve more. Pape explains how applying the Pareto principle can lead to significant improvements in your fitness journey. For instance, he highlights how going to the gym just three days a week can yield substantial results compared to five or six days. By focusing on quality over quantity, you can save time and still make significant progress. This approach is particularly beneficial for those with busy schedules or those who feel overwhelmed by their current fitness routines.

Pape's discussion extends to various aspects of fitness, including strength training, cardio, and nutrition. He emphasizes the importance of integrating these elements into your life in a balanced way. For example, he discusses how strength training can be optimized by focusing on key exercises and reducing the number of sets and repetitions. Similarly, he highlights how cardio should be done for cardiovascular health rather than calorie burning, suggesting that even a small amount of cardio can have significant health benefits.

Nutrition is another critical area where the 80-20 rule can be applied. Pape advises listeners to focus on the most impactful aspects of their diet, such as protein and fiber intake, rather than obsessing over every detail. By doing so, you can achieve better results without feeling overwhelmed. This approach is not only more sustainable but also more enjoyable, as it allows you to integrate healthy habits into your life naturally.

The episode concludes with practical steps to apply the Pareto principle to your fitness journey. Pape encourages listeners to identify the areas that are most important to them and evaluate their current efforts. By reallocating time and energy from overcommitted areas to those that need more attention, you can achieve a more balanced and effective fitness regimen. This approach not only improves your physical health but also enhances your overall well-being by reducing stress and increasing enjoyment.

In summary, this episode of Wits and Weights offers a wealth of insights on how to optimize your fitness journey using the Pareto principle. By focusing on the most impactful 20% of your efforts, you can achieve 80% of your desired results, saving time and resources in the process. Whether you're a fitness enthusiast or just starting your health journey, this episode provides valuable strategies to help you work smarter and more efficiently.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape: 0:00

I'm going to go out on a limb here and say you're probably doing more than you need to do to get the results that you want in many cases. It's surprising, I know, because in some cases maybe you're not training, maybe you're not getting enough steps, maybe you're not getting enough sleep, and we talk about those a lot. But today we're going to focus on where you might be out of balance you might be doing too much in some areas for the results that you're getting and a way that we can rebalance that using a powerful principle from engineering, so that you can know where you're overdoing it and where you might need to step it up a little bit. And we're going to deep dive into how you can apply that to your fitness journey to work smarter, more efficiently and break through any of the frustrations or plateaus you've been experiencing because you're not sure how to fit it all in. Welcome to Wits and Weights, the show that blends evidence and engineering to help you build smart, efficient systems to achieve your dream physique. I'm your host, philip Pape, and today we're kicking off our new Wednesday episodes, where we apply principles from engineering to health and fitness, something that I don't think you're gonna find out there very often at all. We talk about evidence-based fitness and science quite a bit. We also talk about applying psychology to health and fitness, but there's not really anybody taking the principles from one of the most important fields on the planet engineering, which I have a very long, rigorous background in and applying that to fitness. And so you're going to get a new angle on Wednesdays going forward and there will only be three episodes a week now, three higher quality episodes that I'm spending more time making sure to get you what you want and need to really take your results to the next level, rather than just quickly pumping out a bunch of episodes and overwhelming you. And we're going to touch on that principle today of how less is more and how you can apply a principle to your overall fitness and nutrition strategy and make it a little bit more efficient and less time consuming. That's what we're going to talk about today, and it's a principle called the Pareto principle. It's the 80-20 principle, but you might've heard 80-20 used in different contexts like 80% whole foods. That's not what we're talking about. I'm going to explain in a little bit and, of course, before we dive in, as always, if you enjoy these concepts, if you enjoy the show if you want more content on building muscle, losing fat, improving your health and physique, especially from a different angle, right where we're more intelligent about it. We want to take advantage of the limited time that we have so that we can really enjoy life to the fullest. I want you to hit the follow button right now to help more people find the show, but also help you never miss another episode. So let's get into it.

Philip Pape: 2:49

Today. This, again, is going to be a little bit less scripted on Wednesdays. Our Monday episodes will be the more traditional deep dives. For example, next Monday's episode will be on my stair step fat loss approach, what it is, how it compares to the traditional approach and how you can apply it to potentially make a fat loss phase much easier. And then on Wednesdays, like today, today's, the very first one you are going to hear me take something from engineering and apply it to fitness and nutrition. And then Fridays are our guest episodes, and sometimes we'll mix it up a little bit, but that's the general idea.

Philip Pape: 3:25

So here's the common issue that I want to address today that we all experience. We always fall into the trap of thinking that more is better, right? More sets, more exercises, more supplements, even more protein, whatever it is that more, more, more. And at some point we hit diminishing returns with some of those things. Right, we only have so much time in the day, we only have so many resources, we only have so much money, we only have so much mental energy and there's only so much of that energy you can put into any one thing, and I'm guilty of this. But there are certain things I like more than others, so I will spend more time on them, even if it doesn't produce much for the effort. Right, and as an engineer by background, I see this as a classic case of inefficient resource allocation. Right, in engineering, we're always looking for ways to optimize systems to get the most output for the least input, and if you can apply that principle to your life, it's going to make things a whole lot less stressful and a lot easier. And I'm going to break it down and make it simple. Even though I'm talking about engineering, I am not expecting you to, you know, deal with jargon or lingo or any of that stuff, but I do like to take frameworks that have already been rigorously built and tested over decades in an industry where people have to design products that keep people safe, like airplanes and cars, for example, and they've figured out ways to optimize resources. And we could do that with our bodies. Our bodies are these beautiful machines that can be very efficient, and our time is very limited. So when we combine the two, we can get something very powerful.

Philip Pape: 5:08

Okay, this is where the Pareto principle or the 80-20 rule comes in handy. And the Pareto principle suggests that roughly 80% of the effect, the output, the result, comes from 20% of the causes or the effort, right? So in fitness terms, 80% of your results can come from 20% of your efforts. Now, this is just a rough guide, right? We don't have to actually be precise with the numbers, but the idea is this Think about this If you don't go to the gym at all, okay, what is your result?

Philip Pape: 5:45

Nothing, right, and sometimes worse than nothing. Like, you lose muscle mass and you get, you know, weaker with time. But if you went into the gym, even one day a week, you're going to move that needle up significantly from nothing to a meaningful something. Right Now, it may not be enough of a something to really push the growth like you want it, and that's where there's this threshold, where we say look, if you can get to the gym two days a week, you're probably going to start to grow your strength and muscle and be able to keep adding weight to the bar or reps every time you go to the gym. Right, and some people argue you could do it once a week if you train to the gym. Right, and some people argue you could do it once a week if you train super, super, super hard that one day. But there's some practical considerations here, like going one day a week. It's hard to be consistent. It may not be as enjoyable just doing it one day a week. How do you make it a routine, things like that? But besides that, I would say three days a week is where we see roughly 20% of your effort now is going to the gym and you're getting 80% of the results.

Philip Pape: 6:52

Right, and let's put that into hard, practical numbers. If you go to the gym three days a week and you do three or four exercises of, say, three sets, you're probably doing about 10 sets per muscle group per week, probably around seven to 10. And we've got to talk now about optimal versus good enough. When we talk about optimal in the industry, we talk about maximum output For you, the maximum output in terms of your muscle growth and your strength would be getting as much as 20 hard sets per muscle group per week. You'd have to be in the gym probably five or six days a week for 90 minutes. Do you want to do that? Can you do that? Does that make sense in your life? That's what I'm talking about. However, if you have as little as five hard sets a week and you go in three days for maybe 45 minutes, maybe not even that long, the research shows us that you can get significant hypertrophy, significant muscle growth doing that.

Philip Pape: 7:52

And so, when you think of the whole spectrum, when we think about resource allocation, if you're going to the gym five days a week and you're able to cut two of those days out and your results drop only by like 5%. You know they've gone from, say, 85 to 80%, but now you've saved two out of five days of your week. That's 40% of your week in the gym. Imagine now what you can do with that freed up time. You can get an extra hour, hours of sleep, right. You can get some other productivity, some things done for work. You can spend some time with your family. You could just relax right and recover, go for a walk, and the reason this is on my mind right now is the exact thing I told you about this podcast. We are switching from five episodes a week down to three, so very much like you can go from five days a week in the gym down to three days a week in the gym. My supposition, my assumption, my prediction, is that I'll be able to bring you more quality content in fewer days per week. You will be able to consume that content without feeling like you're falling behind or having to skip or delete episodes, and you will then get more out of it and your life will be changed for the better because of me going from five down to three.

Philip Pape: 9:06

I've had countless clients who were in a similar situation. They were doing too much, they loved to go to the gym and so they would work out almost every day. Maybe it was six days, maybe it was seven days. Now, it wasn't always strength training, sometimes it was a group class or a Peloton spinning, maybe they played tennis. And when we stepped it back and said, okay, let's first prioritize what's important and then identify the amount of effort you actually need to put in that minimum amount of effort to get all the results you really need and then save the rest for other stuff. So we're kind of applying two principles. Today we're applying the Pareto rule to 80, 20, where 20% of your effort gets 80% of the results. But we're also coupling that with the law of diminishing returns, like when you do more than that 20%, now you're only eking out a little bit more percentage. Right, they go hand in hand. So if you put in 25 or 30% of the effort now, you might get 90% of the results. Now you put in 40, 50, 60% of the effort, now you get 95%. And then you'd have to put in, you know, 100% of the effort to get the 100%. That's what we mean.

Philip Pape: 10:09

Same thing goes for cardio. We shouldn't be doing cardio to burn calories. We should be doing cardio for cardiovascular health, for our overall longevity, biomarkers, things like that. And for most people there's a certain minimum that's gonna get them a huge step change from not healthy at all, very sedentary, sitting around all day, high mortality rate, high disease rate, up to you're just fine. And that is not five hours a week of cardio, that might be an hour or two right Now. If you look at some of the recommendations, you might hear things like 120 or 150 minutes a week of cardio. That might be an hour or two right Now. If you look at some of the recommendations, you might hear things like 120 or 150 minutes a week, which again is only two, two and a half hours. And, frankly, if you're lifting heavy two or three days a week, there's a lot of that quote unquote cardio built into that. If you're walking a lot, you're also getting cardio.

Philip Pape: 10:56

So you see, where I'm going is we're trying to balance all these things or, more accurately, integrate them into your life, and you can't go all out on everything. You can go all out all out on perhaps one thing If you are super passionate about it, like we talked to Ben Lewis on the podcast and he gets in 60 miles of running a week, plus he lifts weights, but he is super passionate about endurance training and competition and he loves it, just like I'm super passionate about nutrition science. But I don't expect all of you listening to this podcast to just be spending hours and hours and hours learning about it. Hopefully you just have to listen to a few podcasts, including this one, and I'm hoping that it's number one on your Spotify playlist or that you gave it a five-star review on Apple, but either way, you might be just doing too much and need to scale it down. So, whether that's cardio or training or exercise variety or your meal planning strategy, are you overdoing it somewhere? And I'm going to tell you how to apply this principle to your life so that it's not just theory. All right, so how do we apply the 20% of your effort to get 80% of the result and not going past that and getting diminishing returns and just wasting time?

Philip Pape: 12:09

I suggest you make a list. Get out a piece of paper or do this in your, you know, like a Google doc or whatever. Make a list of the five things that are most important to you for your health and fitness. Really, the sky's the limit, but I'm going to give you some ideas, all right, that are probably going to be on the list Strength training, tracking your nutrition or your macros. Right, eating enough protein could be its own category. Eating enough fiber, getting enough steps you know enough walking in, getting enough sleep or high quality sleep, or both managing your stress you can definitely.

Philip Pape: 12:47

There may be other specific things on the list for you. For you, it might be emotional eating. Specifically, Write down five things that are the most important for you right now. And then I want you to, next to that, write down how much effort you're putting into it every week. Imagine that zero is zero and a hundred percent is. You're obsessed about it, you can't stop thinking about it, it's all you put, it's all you spend time on, right, most of you are not going to be at. You might be at zero, I don't know, but you're probably not going to be at a hundred percent. But you might be at, let's say, 50% or 75%. If, let's say, you strength train five days a week or you go to the gym six days a week, I would put that at like 75% effort right, it's most of the week. And then look at the one that has the highest number and circle it. That is the thing where you could potentially reduce the amount that you're doing down to the 20% mark, still get amazing results. And now you've freed up that resource, which is probably time for something else. So again, it's very simple.

Philip Pape: 13:53

Let's recap. Number one identify the areas that are important to you. Number two identify the area where you're doing too much. And then, number three reallocate the time and energy from that to another area. Right, the goal is not to do more of everything, it's to do the right amount of the things that matter most. And if you could rebalance your efforts, because we talk about balance, but balance doesn't mean doing everything all out in equal parts. It means integrating it into your life in a natural way that's enjoyable. They still get you the result. So if you can rebalance your effort, based on the 80-20 rule, the Pareto principle, you don't just change how you approach this, you're actually changing your mindset to allow yourself the freedom and the time to do other things and still get the result All right.

Philip Pape: 14:38

So I said it would be a little bit unscripted and it was. If you enjoyed the episode, let me know if you didn't or think I can improve Again. This is the first one. I'm going to continue improving on these. You know this is. This is step one. This is like when you go to the gym the very first time and you try a squat you've never done it before time. And you try a squat you've never done it before. You're clumsy, you're imbalanced all over the place. That's like this episode for me.

Philip Pape: 14:59

Granted, I have some other foundations, having done, you know, 300 episodes at this point, but I want these to be very helpful going forward If you want help engineering your strategy using this principle. I've got something new going on, so I used to do these 30 minute calls. I'm now doing something that's shorter and more fast paced and it's a 15 minute rapid nutrition assessment. It's not a sales call. I've said this before. I'm not going to sell you anything, trust me. I'm not going to mention my coaching at all.

Philip Pape: 15:27

What I like to do is meet people and help you identify where you might be overdoing it and how to rebalance your efforts. We're going to come away with the one thing that's really holding you back that you can change and a quick three-step action plan to get you results quickly. That's really all it is. So to book your free 15-minute rapid nutrition assessment, click the link in the show notes or go to witsandweightscom and click free call at the top. Actually, there's a link now at the top of the website, on the top right, a big button that says uh, rapid nutrition assessment. So again, click the link in the show notes or go to my website, witsandweightscom, click the big button at the top right and we'll have that discussion. We can say hello, we can meet and come up with that quick action plan for you. Until next time, keep using your wits, keep lifting those weights and remember, in fitness as in engineering, it's not about doing more, it's about doing right. I'll talk to you next time here on the Wits and Weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

From 280 Pounds to Well-Muscled Boston Qualifier at Age 55 with Hybrid/Concurrent Training | Ep 188

Have you ever dreamed of running a marathon but felt it was impossible due to your weight or fitness level? Or that lots of cardio will kill your muscle and gains? Discover how Ben went from 280 pounds to qualifying for the Boston Marathon at 55 without losing muscle mass. In this episode, Philip interviews Ben Lewis, who began his fitness journey at 52, weighing over 280 pounds. Now, at 55, Ben has transformed his life, shedding over 100 pounds and improving his cardiovascular health while building muscle. Ben's remarkable story includes qualifying for the Boston Marathon, showcasing the potential of combining weight loss with muscle gain.

Have you ever dreamed of running a marathon but felt it was impossible due to your weight or fitness level? Or that lots of cardio will kill your muscle and gains? Discover how Ben went from 280 pounds to qualifying for the Boston Marathon at 55 without losing muscle mass.

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) interviews Ben Lewis, who began his fitness journey at 52, weighing over 280 pounds. Now, at 55, Ben has transformed his life, shedding over 100 pounds and improving his cardiovascular health while building muscle. Ben's remarkable story includes qualifying for the Boston Marathon, showcasing the potential of combining weight loss with muscle gain.

Philip and Ben dive deep into the strategies that enabled Ben's incredible transformation. They discuss the importance of balancing nutrition, training, and physique goals, all while doing what you love. Ben shares insights on sustainable fat loss, hybrid training approaches, and the significance of setting realistic goals. He also emphasizes the role of mindset and consistency in achieving long-term success.

Tune in to learn from Ben's journey and discover practical tips for reclaiming your health and fitness. Whether you're just starting or looking to refine your approach, this episode offers valuable lessons on balancing various aspects of fitness while maintaining a fulfilling lifestyle.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

1:35 What goes through Ben's mind during his workout
4:49 Training for the Boston Marathon
6:31 His fitness journey and weight fluctuations
12:51 His fitness journey starting at age 52
16:20 Lessons and motivations from his initial 2021 weight loss
21:21 Tracking progress and managing the scale
26:46 Maintaining a calorie deficit and recomposition
30:51 Using the Physique Tracker (a WWPU tool)
40:10 Hybrid training: balancing lifting and running
53:05 Prioritizing performance vs. health
57:31 What question Ben wished Philip had asked
1:00:08 Advice for others on a similar journey
1:03:48 How to connect with Ben
1:04:40 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Maintaining muscle mass and cardiovascular health as we age can be a challenging endeavor. In a recent podcast episode, Ben Lewis, at 55, shares his transformative journey of losing over 100 pounds and qualifying for the Boston Marathon. This episode offers a treasure trove of insights on balancing intense workouts, strategic nutrition, and the importance of a positive mindset.

The episode kicks off with an inspiring overview of Ben Lewis's fitness journey. At 55, Ben has managed to redefine his health by shedding a significant amount of weight and qualifying for one of the most prestigious marathons in the world. His story is not just about losing weight but about finding a sustainable way to integrate both lifting and running into his daily regimen. He emphasizes the importance of strategic nutrition, which plays a pivotal role in fueling his intense workouts. Ben's mindset strategies, such as planning intense workouts with the knowledge of an easier session later, are crucial in keeping him motivated and focused.

One of the key discussions in the episode revolves around the complexities of weight loss sustainability. Ben shares his personal journey, which began with a community weight loss challenge. Initially, rapid weight loss was achieved through intense dieting and exercise. However, this approach was not sustainable in the long run. The episode delves into the emotional and psychological aspects of weight loss, highlighting why internal motivators often triumph over external validation. Lifestyle disruptions can significantly impact long-term health goals, making it essential to embrace sustainable practices.

Personalized nutrition is another critical topic covered in the episode. Ben talks about how tracking food intake can lead to better dietary choices. The use of modern fitness tools, such as the Zozo suit, is discussed in detail. This technology provides accurate body measurements, helping individuals track muscle gain and fat loss effectively. The episode emphasizes the importance of avoiding extremes in training and creating a strategic, flexible plan that aligns with both health and performance goals.

The episode also explores the power of seizing moments of opportunity for weight loss success. Ben reflects on his experience and the turning point that led him to take actionable steps towards his health. Creating moments of opportunity, even during busy schedules, can be crucial for overcoming insecurities and making lasting changes. The early progress in weight loss can build momentum, making it easier to stay committed to the journey.

Another significant aspect discussed is the importance of sustainable nutrition. Ben shares his approach to crafting a personalized meal plan that works for individual needs. The flexibility of making informed dietary choices without adhering to rigid diet rules is emphasized. Tools like the Ninja Creami can revolutionize the enjoyment of healthy foods, such as creating high-protein, low-calorie ice cream. Incorporating whole, unprocessed foods into the diet is crucial for long-term success.

Modern technology's role in fitness progress is highlighted through the use of the Zozo suit for body measurements. This tool, along with a physique tracker, provides accurate insights into body composition changes. By tracking muscle gain and fat loss, individuals can make informed dietary adjustments, even while maintaining a calorie deficit. The episode also touches on the significance of easy, zone two running in increasing mileage without compromising muscle mass.

The journey of balancing fitness and health goals, especially as we age, is a recurring theme in the episode. At 52, Ben recognized the importance of preventing muscle loss and improving cardiovascular fitness. He shares his experience of integrating weightlifting and running, adopting a balanced approach that prioritizes current goals. Seasonal periodization is discussed as a strategy to balance health, fitness, and performance goals effectively.

The importance of strategic planning for sustainable fitness is another crucial topic. The episode highlights the value of creating a 12-month plan by reverse engineering from significant dates and events. Setting realistic and flexible goals is essential for long-term success. The discussion emphasizes the need for grace and adaptability when life events interfere with plans. A high-energy, well-fed state is beneficial for effective body recomposition and slow, sustainable weight loss.

The episode concludes with a multifaceted approach to health and fitness. Finding joy in different modalities of movement, such as running and lifting, is emphasized. The potential pitfalls of extreme behaviors in these activities are also addressed. The psychological relationship with the scale is discussed, highlighting how tracking weight daily can shift it from a source of stress to just another data point.


📲 Send me a text message!

🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Book a FREE 15-Minute Rapid Nutrition Assessment

👥 Join our Facebook community for live Q&As & support

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

Imagine starting a fitness journey at 52, weighing over 280 pounds, and now at 55 Feeling better than ever after losing over 100 pounds, improving cardiovascular health and building muscle, maybe you've taken up running and you want to maintain muscle while shedding fat. Maybe you're eager to reclaim your health at the same time. In today's episode, we're talking to someone who did just that. He used our physique development approach to massively improve his health and body composition. While qualifying for the Boston Marathon, you're going to learn from him how to balance it all how to balance nutrition, training and physique goals while doing what you love.

 

Philip Pape  00:40

Today have been Louis on the show, then use our physique tracker to help him track measure and achieve a truly remarkable transformation, shedding over 100 pounds and qualifying for Boston at 55. Like we said in the intro, while building and maintaining muscle mass at the same time, yes, you can prioritize what you love to do, and what kind of athlete you want to be and still achieve your physique and health goals. We'll explore his transformation, the strategies he used for sustainable fat loss and how he makes it all work. Plus, later on, Ben is going to share his number one tip if you're trying to prioritize performance and health at the same time, Ben, welcome to the show.

 

Ben Lewis  01:17

Thank you. Appreciate it. Good to be here.

 

Philip Pape  01:20

So we met in our Facebook group, and then it's on its Facebook group. And we're like, Let's get together because you have an incredible story. I mean, you know, we love posting photos and looking at the before and after and all that. But really, it's it's what's deep down inside and kind of the process you went through to get there and why this thing works and what didn't work. So just to start off, I want to put the audience in your shoes, you know, okay, you're about to start one of your training sessions right now, maybe it's one of your hybrid training sessions, you're training for the marathon, whatever it is, maybe you're lifting and running, you know, I don't know, you're gonna tell us what it looks like? Yeah, well, I want you to take us there right into the gym or your favorite trail, or wherever it is, what is going through your mind as you prepare to tackle the disciplines involved?

 

Ben Lewis  02:02

Oh, wow, what's going through my mind. So typically, I either run or lift first thing in the morning. So I'm getting up out of bed, getting some nutrition and depending on which one I'm doing first on a particular day. And I'm really just thinking about the workout just thinking about what I need to do what I need to accomplish, what's the purpose of this particular workout today. So say, for example, I'll just I'll talk about today, because so today that I did a I did leg day, first in the gym. So you know, I was knowing that today is we're recording this on a Thursday and Saturday is my long run day. So I knew I had to I've got two days before my long run. So I knew I could really push it on the legs. So I'm really thinking about you know, how I'm gonna lean into the bulk area, I was doing Bulgarian split squats, Romanian deadlift, some cable step ups. And so I'm just I'm really going in thinking about getting now hard knowing that I had an easy run after that. And so yeah, I go, I go in, hit that workout, get some more food, get some, get a couple of magical days, get some carbs. And I actually eat a little bit of protein before I left when I do a lift and run back to back. So I had a had a protein shake, and some banana and prunes before I went then have Medjool dates afterward. And I took off for a seven mile super easy run. I know that for those who kinda like your listeners probably have more strength training focus. So seven miles does not sound easy. But in terms of in terms of the taxing this Oh, my cardiovascular system, I knew this because I'm gonna be super easy on this one thing, how to actually start it and I recorded one today, I will force myself to be able to sing a song that while I'm running. So yeah, real low heart rate. You know, I know zone trainings, real popular these days, we'll we'll run was actually about 60%. Zone one and 50% zone two. So it's, it's going to be that easy. And I'm just kind of pushing that run. And yeah, cool. That was fun. And it was faster than I would have anticipated to zone one. Zone two. Right. So that was nice, too. So awesome.

 

Philip Pape  04:01

Yeah, I meant that sounds like a lot of fun. And definitely more than a lot of listeners probably do in a typical training session. Because yeah, you're right, we're focused on lifting. And I remember years ago, attempting to train up to a half marathon and once I was at four miles or above, I'm like, this is a lot. And, you know, I've done five K's and I'm like, that even just like wins me. But a couple things you mentioned was you know, hitting it hard knowing you had an easy run after that, that strikes me as like a really good kind of mindset approach or trick where you know, you're contrasting things and saying like, you know, it's not going to be bad that bad. So I should go after it now. And then you mentioned you know, you got very specific on your protein, carbs and I love people are always asking what should I eat before workout? And you talked about some fruit, some dried fruit prunes day. I love that you got specific there. And then with the zones and all that. Yeah, man. So like, what are you training for right now?

 

Ben Lewis  04:51

So theoretically, I'm going to do another marathon in December. I qualified for Boston. This past December. However, Have you listeners may not be aware for the Boston Marathon, it's the number one, you have to hit a standard time for your aid. So I made that standard by about a minute and a half. However, based on the number of people who have put in applications, sometimes they have to cut off that time even further than the standard. So my standard was three hours and 35 minutes. I did 333. And some change. My strong suspicion is that I will qualify, I got the t shirt, but I won't get in the race.

 

Philip Pape  05:29

That's not fair. Yeah. Yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  05:31

there was a lot of consternation about it last this year for the 20, the one that just passed a couple months ago in April, it was like a five and a half minute buffer you had to have. And, frankly, I did well, and I qualified for Boston. But I felt like even then I felt like I could have done better. There was some mitigating circumstances that day. So I really, I want to crush the marathon. I want to conquer the marathon in December, run Boston in 2026. And then frankly, be done with marathons moved on to the half distance to shorter distance. Yeah. We could talk more about that later. But yeah, yeah, I want the server to be my third marathon in Boston to be my last marathon.

 

Philip Pape  06:07

Okay. And again, you your attitude, I love it, man. It's infectious. Like I want one of people to hear that. Because you're like, well, it's worth celebrating that you qualified. And yet, it doesn't have to be enough. Like you want more. And that's fine, right? Like, I totally get that of, there's a healthy frustration that drives you. And that's cool, right? Like, there's a point where it can get too much. And there's a there's a point where there's maybe not enough where you're just not pushing enough. Let's go back in time, because I want the listener to kind of go through your history here, and start about 10 years ago, right? 2013, you got down to about 175 pounds from what what were you at your max,

 

Ben Lewis  06:44

the max when I stepped on a scale was 277. Okay, I don't you know, when you're when you're when you're overweight, like that, at least me. So I grew up, I grew up as an athlete, and you know, playing basketball in high school and all that stuff. And you know, that I represent a lot of guys that, I think, you know, we could eat whatever we wanted to because we were so active when we were younger, you know, I was playing I was playing ball for five days a week for two or three hours. Literally, I had a bowl of I pull a butter pecan ice cream every night before I went to bed. And I weighed 155 pounds when I graduated high school and 510. So anyway, so yeah, I had some not good eating habits, and those slowly over time ballooned into I was about to 78 when I was 4344 years old, however old that was in 2013. And actually, a guy from my church started a Facebook group, I'd never heard of it. He's, he's it was he started a Facebook group at the beginning of 2013. And he invited, he was overweight. And he invited basically kind of all the overweight dudes that were heavily involved in the church to a Facebook group, and he called it let's lose it, fellas, I wouldn't looked it up again today, because let's lose it fellas. It was it was using the lose it app, which I didn't even Yeah, I didn't know there were weight loss. This was 2013 I don't even know there were weight loss apps at the time. And so it was just kind of a lark. And I was like, I really, yeah, I need to do this. And it's in the back of my head. You know, I'm, I'm 40. At that point, I guess I'm 43 My wife is pregnant with our second child. And I know I'm going to be 62 when she graduates from high school. And, um, you know, class to obese. And, you know, I'm worried about health, I want to be around for my daughters. And you know, we have an older daughter than her as well. So it was kind of always in the back of my mind, this is something I need to to I need to deal with this. I need to take care of this. I need to get back to a healthy weight.

 

Philip Pape  08:33

Yeah, health was a driver, but but the values were really like living for your family and being there and yeah, not being and like you said, you're representing a lot of other people. I mean, men and women who hear this who life has made things very different than in their 20s. And they're getting older, and they haven't kept up with things. So you had you did lose a bunch of weight back then, but maybe not in the right way. We want to understand what that looked like so that we can contrast it to what you did later.

 

Ben Lewis  08:59

So you know, I went in the app and the app gives you the option. How much weight do you want to lose per week and it maximizes the two pounds, so I chose two pounds. I was able to do it as fast possible. I really, I can't tell you other than I just want to do this why I chose the fastest weight loss. It didn't make any there's no logical reason for it. Like it wasn't, oh, I want to get 10 for this event. I didn't have anything coming up. No, no, nothing like that. It was just not want to lose as fast as possible. I didn't know any better. I didn't know any better either. So and you know, they had forums, lose it have forums back then. And people were saying, well don't eat back your exercise calories either. And you know, I started exercising. And so, you know, I was 510 270 some pounds, eating 2300 down to I think 1800 calories a day. And by the end, you know, I started running and I was lifting a little bit I was running a little too. I was doing probably more cardio than I should have for body composition stuff. But anyway, I was running, lifting and doing all the things and basically the weight loss I I looked at the journey looked at the the journal that I have of that it was like two and a half, three pounds, virtually every week for the past seven months.

 

Philip Pape  10:09

So good solid 1% or more of your weight every week. Yeah, gotta be,

 

Ben Lewis  10:13

it was more than when I was still losing three pounds a week, two and a half to three pounds a week when I was 210 to 100. I mean, and so it was getting harder and harder. So I'd have these big, you know, you get starving, you have a big band that goes up, then you then you can grit your teeth for two weeks. And then you then you just can't take it and you grit your teeth. And it was just it was I did it. But it was not sustainable. And long story short, it kind of all fell apart. When I started running. I got pretty fast he I was getting some attention for that. And so I was on Strava, which is a running app that you know, folks, you share your runs, and everybody's getting all these likes, and blah, blah, blah. And then we ended up we moved, we lived in Charleston, South Carolina at the time we moved to Greensboro, North Carolina. And you know, the time right before the move, when you got all your stuff packed up, and you're eating carrot takeout, like every single night. And then three or four weeks after you're eating takeout every single night, because you're still unpacking and I put on weight, didn't have time to exercise. And my times were a lot slower. And again, it was so outwardly focused on people seeing how good I was doing how well I was doing. And I wasn't doing as well. And I just kind of went I really I went into a cocoon and basically gained it all back over the course of you know, it was a slow, kind of slow game back to I ended up heavier than I started even. And so I won't go into all that detail. But I guess you want to take that to the beginning of 20, or the end of 2021. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  11:51

let's hit on some of this, right? Because I'm sure people are listening thinking like, oh, man, I can identify with so much of that. First of all the external validation that you are seeking, right? It's like, you put that in the bucket of of motivators that are outside of you that maybe aren't sustainable as motivators, right, or even unhealthy motivators, the fast food while moving. So we built our house in 2018. Now, that was a couple years before I got into this stuff as well, myself. And then I became really good friends with the McDonald's manager. Because it's like a, it's like a block away from me. And I was like, just exhausted and distracted. And it's like, easy, it's convenient. And you don't have a routine, you don't have this discipline that you probably have now. And then you gain it all back. Like you said, you probably didn't gain it back at three pounds a week, like you've lost it. And people need to understand that, right? Because we're why people think, Oh, I just got fat all of a sudden, or I just gained a buck. But if you really are honest with yourself, it probably took a long time. Yes. You know, and which is means it's, you can easily reverse it, you know, with the right approach. So, all right, fast forward to just about three years ago, 2021, you were 52? And then your backup to 280 or 277. Max, but whatever. No, no, it

 

Ben Lewis  13:01

was more than that. It was out. Yeah, this

 

Philip Pape  13:02

one was more than that. Okay, got it.

 

Ben Lewis  13:04

I have to tell you the before picture I posted in the group. Technically it was from 2020. It was December 2020. My birthday was my 52nd birthday. And I was gonna start, you know, right at the New Year, because my birthday is in late December. And I was gonna start right the new year. And that, and I didn't. And I didn't the funny thing, I can't really tell you what happened, because I don't really remember the detail. But in March of 2021. So I really started in terms of like tracking my food, paying attention to what I was doing. March 15 2021. Somebody asked me what what clicked and I said, honestly, it was probably a non busy weekend where I had time to plan and get get a couple of meals together and cook a couple of things ahead of time. That probably was what it was to be honest, it was just because, you know, again, it's in my head for all this time that I've got to do this, I've got to take care of this. I've got to take care of this. And so you know, I think about like these online trolls that love the body shaming people I'm going there's probably two categories of people that are obese. There's people like me who are, it's constantly in your head. It's not not not a little it is constantly in my head every time. Every night when I could walk upstairs and I'm winded after a walk upstairs, I've got to take care of this. Every time there's, you know, I go I see people out in public, I've got to take care of this. You know, every time there's an event back in my hometown and I want to go to and I'm thinking I don't want anybody to see me like this. I gotta take care of it. It's just it is a constant battle. So it's not like I didn't you know, it's not like I was never thinking about it. I was always thinking about it, but something Something hit that second week, third weekend of March and 2021 before

 

Philip Pape  14:45

because I want to hear what the second type of person is. But when you were would you verbalize that often as well or was it mostly in your head? Oh, it was here. It was it was it was it wasn't like to everybody like I gotta get gotta get back in shape. I gotta do my wife your life. Yeah, okay, okay. to

 

Ben Lewis  15:00

my wife, but no, not not out in public or anything. I would just say the second type of person, they probably they're not concerned about it either. And, you know, why are you concerned about it? They're so concerned about ambient leave people alone. That's my point. There's no matter where they're at, just leave them alone.

 

Philip Pape  15:14

Okay. It's your it's your personal journey. Absolute. You have to be ready for it. You can. Yeah.

 

Ben Lewis  15:18

So anyway, yeah, it's not helpful when I know. And I think most people are probably where I was the vast majority of where I was of, oh, my gosh, I need to take care of this. I don't need somebody else beat me up. I'm beating myself up enough. Thank you. Okay. Yeah. And

 

Philip Pape  15:31

that, and that applies? I mean, honestly, that applies to so many insecurities we have about ourselves. Yeah, just be true. It may be a little overweight, and maybe just your physique in general, and maybe you know, something related to work or your relationship or whatever. It's like, yeah, you're constantly telling yourself, I've got to do this. So what prevents people from doing it? I love what you said, though, when you talked about taking non busy weekend and planning, like that actually struck me because I know, I'm a really busy guy, right? You can imagine, okay, I've seen the podcast in the work and everything else. Sometimes surprisingly, I just have this like two hour block of nothing, just very surprisingly, and rarely. And when that happens, if I could just sit down, like do something that's just been totally neglected. It can take your mind off, you know, the stress of it, but also gives you this insight and clarity to go forward and take action. So is the lesson from that, that we have to like, create those moments? Have you thought about that too much?

 

Ben Lewis  16:25

That's a great question. I haven't thought a ton about it. But I think you know, ultimately, yeah, it's it's creating. I mean, if I had created that space at another time, I mean, my goodness, it was dependent. You know, this, we're talking coming to the tail, the pandemic. It's not that I didn't have non busy weekends in 2020. I mean, come on. We all busy weekends. And 2020 Beginning of the pandemic, I did lose a little bit got destroyed. I don't remember why I got distracted, but I did. So but creating that space, and really just seizing that moment. Yeah, I think that's not waiting till Monday, not waiting till the New Year, I just seizing the moment when it comes.

 

Philip Pape  17:01

But there's magic in that man and I think, gonna necessarily sit on this topic. But there's a lot of people probably listening who are like getting motivated by this podcast and not taking action. I hope most people are. But if they're not like where you were, what is it that they can do to seize that moment, besides just do it? And I know, sometimes it is just do it. But seriously, people want to know, like, what's the secret? Ben? What are your thoughts? I know, you're not a guru. And we're just asking honest opinions here?

 

Ben Lewis  17:28

It's a great question. Yeah, I would say this progress definitely gives you momentum. And early on, I think momentum is is critical and crucial. So, you know, progress could be a number on the scale, it could be yet last week, I was able to jog for 30 seconds. And this week, I can jog for 35 seconds, it's you know, it's seeing something where there's some sort of tangible evidence of okay, this is working, I am getting better. Now, that's dangerous. Because sometimes, you know, we know the scale can be a fickle master. And you know, it may be that you're more tired and you're, you're a little bit slower than you were last week, your heart rate goes a little higher, whatever metric you might be using. Good that can be dangerous, but you know, save and trusting the process, at some point of this stuff works, it really does. And I can say that and we may get into that more,

 

Philip Pape  18:21

I'll go into this no one

 

Ben Lewis  18:23

really does work. It is. It is math and science in the final analysis, but there's definitely a mental mindset piece of it. But there's a lot of math and science involved too.

 

Philip Pape  18:34

I can totally empathize with that you know that I'm a geek at heart and nerd I like to do. And like you're right, sometimes you just have to say it, almost like forget what you're thinking and your emotion about it. And just say you've got a process, you've got some numbers planted out, start doing it, see what happens, you know, like test it out. But this is really important because the insight here for people listening is okay, you've got to see some sort of moment, you got to have the space to do that. You've got to seize it, and then do something that gives you quick progress quick wins to get motivation. What were those for you in the first like month or two back in 2021?

 

Ben Lewis  19:06

Well, I started tracking my calories, I got a calorie count, it was higher than what I was doing back in 2013. But still not probably not high enough ultimately. And that that change over time, you didn't see the scale move, actually the first couple of two or three days it went up and then it started going down. I had a bicycle and I started riding in the neighborhood. And you know one thing when you are really really out of shape that I found this to be in 2020 13 as well as in 2020. Why? When you're really really out of shape you make progress pretty toggle

 

Philip Pape  19:40

is so low your baseline so low, so the relative to

 

Ben Lewis  19:44

remember the numbers but you know, I probably did a 10 minute bike ride on this street at seven miles per hour the first week and it's probably eight or nine miles per hour the second week just oh, okay, I'm getting better. It was probably that big of a difference almost quit you know had to do it every other day. And I would recommend, you know, whatever cardio whatever strength training you're doing, don't try to do it every day. Take a you know, every other day, take a rest, the walk or jog walk, we're gonna start over, that's what I would do. I would jog for 30 seconds and walk for three minutes and jog for 30 seconds and walk for three minutes, probably how I would structure it. And if you can't jog for 30 seconds, jog for 15 seconds if you can't jog at all, walk for 30 minutes, just track. So I did see I saw my bike ride. I did not start I didn't start in 2013 was running it all I was afraid of my weight and my knees. Make

 

Philip Pape  20:33

sense? Yeah. So again, another powerful quote, you said when you're out of shape, you make faster progress. I mean, like, that's a great thing to latch on to, because that's a positive reframing of being out of shape. It's like, it's funny because I I'll have like these discovery calls with somebody who's like 300 something pounds, we just had a new client set up who's you know, on the heavier side, and I smile, I like have this big smile, like, I'm so jealous of you right now. Because you have so much opportunity to change from where you are, it actually doesn't have to be that hard, because you've got some benefits of being out of shape. And it's like, it's a weird way to think about it. But like, if you have excess fat, that's energy that your body will start using early on. That actually makes it easy to lose weight and easy to build muscle versus Rosina. Yep. Right? So that's kind of like reframing of wherever you are, you've got things going for, you've got some strengths to go with. That's pretty cool. Why don't we get into some nuts and bolts? I mean, start with nutrition, since you mentioned tracking macros, you know what, you can either go back then or you can just say like, how it's evolved. And like, what what your general philosophy has been Trisha, you know,

 

Ben Lewis  21:32

I'll tell you one thing, and I am a big fan of tracking protein and calories, not necessarily all not all the macros, and my primary reason I'm not a fan of meal plan at all. And my reason for that is, you know, I want to feel empowered to make these decisions myself. And when I started tracking, you start learning, I learned that walnuts are healthy, but they are luck. I mean, they're just a lot of calories. I learned what was worth it, and what wasn't worth it quote, unquote, you know, what, what indulgences were worth the calories and some some weren't worth it for me and I was it I was empowered to make that decision. It wasn't some named diet telling me you can't eat carbs or you must go less than 3050 grams of fat a day or you must do this. So it was me being able to say okay, you know, in some cases like I like cheddar cheese, but you know what I do reduce fat cheddar cheese now it doesn't pay on it. It just it's not worth it still scratching the

 

Philip Pape  22:29

itch of having cheese in it

 

Ben Lewis  22:31

but it's much it makes it worth it but I still eat walnuts I just eat fewer wow I love all but I not understanding I manage the amount of walnuts I eat so

 

Philip Pape  22:41

for you a healthy amount of walnuts is less walnuts. You know, there's like it's not like a walnut is healthy or not right. It's just for you less right is healthy. Yeah, there you go. Yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  22:50

I mean, it really was, I would want to work from home, I would want it in the kitchen and grab a handful of walnuts once every hour and a half or so. So I probably was eating 1000 calories a day in walnuts. I'm not exaggerating when I say that. It was probably 1000 calories a day in walnut. Oh yeah, love. Yeah, my wife joke like, oh my like, I'll get like, if talking about balance, I'll get like, you know, cheesecake home for dessert on my birthday. Say for example, I'll say You know, I want some walnuts on the side and why for interrupting? You don't understand how many walnuts he was. Just you don't understand he wants more walnuts and you've ever given anyone. So yeah, but so nutrition. So structuring my nutrition. Number one, like I said, I like tracking because it empowered is empowered me to figure out what's worth and what's not worth it, where I can do it and donors where I can decide you know what I don't I want chicken thighs not chicken breast and in order to do chicken thighs and chicken breasts. That means I'm going to do Greek yogurt for breakfast and not eggs. I'll do more egg whites and not not eggs for breakfast you know I can make those trade offs and I can make those decisions and they work for me I'm definitely a fan of vast majority is whole unprocessed foods of what I do in my diet and let fitting in the indulgences we just bought when I say just bought I just yesterday had my first from it the what's it called the creamy ninja creamy the things that oh my gosh, that thing is ridiculous. thing as a whole. I mean it's a game changer. absolute game changer. My 50 year old daughter heard me say that she's the one that got us to buy it and she's standing at my office door now looking very smug.

 

Philip Pape  24:45

Because then you could have ice cream that actually doesn't do the trade off that you have to make with ice cream.

 

Ben Lewis  24:51

I make. Yeah, I made a 350 Calorie pint of ice cream that has 40 grams. Yes, yes, the protein is a slicer but Ello eyes Korean Oh my gosh. Anyway, yeah, so I do a lot of vegetables, a lot of fruit. You know, the Beatles Ella's don't come from me. At this point, you know, because I'm running and lifting, I am in a cut at about 4100 calories a day average meeting men. Like consistently losing dropping body fat and, and gaining a hair muscle based on your calculator. Since mid January, just kind of since 2021, late 2021, I got down to under 190 or so, since late 2021. I haven't been above about 210 or 215 or so. And so you know, that's been between 175 and, and really the 210 to 15. That was a one time thing. So really between 175 and 205 for three years now. Yeah. So so two and a half years. Yeah. Anyway, but somebody nutrition.

 

Philip Pape  26:01

It's all good. These are all tangent. Trust me, I take notes, and we want to go off on these. Because that's when people are asking. I mean, first of all, I mean, sustainability is the the word we're the buzzword we always throw around, but there's a reason for that. And it sounds like you've taken that approach. I like how you said, Okay, you're not a fan of meal plans. Neither am I, I've done episodes about it all, I have one called the perfect meal plan. That's basically a mind shift when you listen to it, because it's like the perfect meal plan is the one that you make for yourself that works for you. Right? That's the spoiler alert. Yeah, 100%. And I just did one recently actually just came out this week how to allocate, you know, 1200 2003 1000 calories. But again, it's it's you got to be flexible and pick it for yourself. So that what you said was it empowers you to know what's worth it and not worth it. And I want people to understand how that that's distinguished from if you weren't tracking or you're trying to eat intuitively. And I understand there's a place where you could live that maintenance and not have to track and all that we know that. But tell us what your thoughts are on that, how it empowers you. Whereas if you weren't tracking, if you just ate mostly Whole Foods, why it might not be successful, you

 

Ben Lewis  27:07

know, this varies from person to person. And so I like to say that I am aware, I listen to a lot of podcasts, by the way. So I have heard you say that I'm sure but I've probably heard other people say it too. So I get they all kind of run together. I run like eight and a half hours a week and so I listen to podcasts. I'll run too fast if I listen to music so I listen to and I listen to a lot. I mean I'll help

 

Philip Pape  27:31

you listen to it. We want x or do you listen to it faster speeds. 1x 1x.

 

Ben Lewis  27:35

Just 1x. Just straight up, calm, easier, most of our runnings easier tracking versus not trying, I am aware from listening a lot of podcasts that people struggle with getting enough protein that is not if left to my own devices, I would eat three 400 grams of protein a day. I'm not kidding you. When I make even even now when I'll make a meal plan the day before, you know, here's what I'm going to eat the bar and it's invariably Okay, now where am I going to cut the protein so I can get enough carbs and fat. I know the time I know the time, okay, I can only eat eight ounces of chicken, I can't eat 10 You know, that kind of thing. So I can testify this I'm not a big I mentioned cheesecake. But other than that, I don't really like sweets, like candy. I don't like chips that don't eat any of that stuff. Even if even when not tracking I eat mostly whole unprocessed foods, you know, but I will eat too much of them. This just quite bluntly, I'll just I'll just eat too much. And I just kind of have to understand, you know, because I am super active. And I can get away with it to some degree now. So I will but I know myself. So I like to do it just to keep those numbers. I think I could do intuitive now if I wanted to. And in fact, I may do it when I hit maintenance. I'm probably what's this. I'm less than two months away from hitting where I want to be most likely probably in mid to late August I will get to right where I want to be body fat wise body composition wise and I will hit I'll go to maintenance for the official marathon training block. So I'm not trying to lose weight while training for a marathon. For me tracking this it keeps it rains me and in terms of here's what you need to do. And here's what you need to pay attention to. Yeah, for me intuitive would be too much protein too much fat. I'm not a carb hound. I get a man because I need to get him as my running and lifting. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  29:23

so again, you're like dropping lots of wisdom bombs today. Seriously, you don't you don't even know it. But like, because the way you're phrasing things, people need to hear this. What Ben was just saying is like, he doesn't even eat all the things that are blamed on obesity and people getting fat right? Like too much sugar sweets. He doesn't eat that stuff. He eats mostly Whole Foods, but he just eats too much. I mean, how many times when we talked about just it really does come down energy balance even though there are 1000 roads to both sides of the energy balance equation that make it harder for people. And like for you it's just you want to eat maybe you don't like food, maybe you just crave it and you've got to track just to get the Add information, but that information empowers you to then make the trade offs to still enjoy what you want and get your results

 

30:07

out to Philippe an awfully for a long time and know how passionate he is about healthy eating and body strength. And that's why choosing to be my coach. I was no stranger to a dieting and body training. But I've always struggled to do it sustainably really helped me prioritize my goals with evidence based recommendations, or not over stressing my body and not feeling like I'm starving. In six months, I lost 45 pounds without drastically changing the foods I enjoy. And now I have a more balanced diet. I weight train consistently for most importantly, I do it sustainably if a scientifically sound healthy diet and a links from body is what you're looking for. fully paid is your guy.

 

Philip Pape  30:51

Speaking of tracking, and spreadsheets since you mentioned it, why don't we talk about the physique tracker, which is what got us here today originally, and kind of the overall method of tracking body composition. Just you tell us your story about using it and what you how it helped you.

 

Ben Lewis  31:04

Yeah, so you dropped that thing. When did I don't remember when you actually posted it? It was March or so

 

Philip Pape  31:09

when we launched Whitson weights physique university because it's one of the tools in there and I gave it Yeah, yeah, you gave

 

Ben Lewis  31:15

it out for free. And I grabbed it. I had, I don't know it's another product. I had just bought these Zozo suit if y'all have heard of that thing, it's uh, it measures your it does your body measurements for you, it's just a lot easier than using a tape measure.

 

Philip Pape  31:28

How much does that cost? Let me ask you, I'm curious. To 100 bucks, I really it's just, it's just a like neoprene or what's the material?

 

Ben Lewis  31:35

I think it isn't. It's just like a body suit. Yeah, they now offer a subscription with your phone, whether your phone would do it. And they say that the Zozo suit is 2.5 centimeters, or mil, point five, and the suit isn't. And then the phone is less accurate kind of thing. But honestly, I've done it with a suit. And I've done it with a tape measure. I think it's accurate enough that I can trust it. So anyway, I had some measurements with it. And then you drop this physique track. And I was like, Oh, let me start plugging these measurements in here and see what my body composition actually is. And what I saw was, okay, and I thought this was the case in this little cut. I've been here since January, but and this affirmed that, but I'm not losing any muscle man. Yep. I mean, and according to the tracker, I've gained one pound of muscle mass since January and dropped about 20 pounds of body fat, which is consistent with what I see in the mirror, because, but what it did for me is it allowed it, you know, it allowed me to trust the process even more and go, Okay, I can bump up and I was feeling like I was feeling at a hungry and I'm tempted to just grab all the things on these days and macro factor is telling me you can eat another 150 calories a day. And that now this tracker is saying, you know you are losing fat and gaining muscle. Alright, I'm gonna say yes to that extra 150 calories a day. And that was something that I was not, you know, eating the minimum number of calories now gotten more into the mindset of, okay, I'm gonna, I'm gonna do this thing, I'm gonna, I'm gonna increase things now. And even though you're on a cut, even though I'm on a cut, I'm gonna be willing to increase when, when it's and I have been increasing my running, I was intentionally trying to increase my running base. So it, it makes logical sense that I would be burning more calories, I am running 655 to 60 miles a week. I've never run more than I hit 60 Watts during my last marathon bill, but I've never consistently run at this level, this number of miles a week. So it makes all the logical sense in the world. But I'll be honest, without the physique tracker, I would have said, I don't think I'm gonna just stay where I am. I don't trust I'm not going to take these extra calories.

 

Philip Pape  33:42

That's awesome. I love that use case, man, because it shows you the value of having the different types of measurements. A lot of people will use the physique tracker in a very limited scope, just kind of before and after, you know, get the numbers and understand what happened. You use it to take action or at least to comfort your mind about what other data was telling you like that. triangulating you know like double checking. Yes. And that's why I love you know, not just scale weight, but trendway and body composition and measurements and biofeedback and all that. So that's pretty cool. Now you gained a pound. So here's what's interesting for people listening. I might as well offer the physique trackers like a freebie for this episode. So you know, I'll put a link to that. But it's just to be technical. It's it's lean body mass, which is organ weight plus muscle plus fluid. But since you're losing weight, it is mainly muscle you're looking at because you've you've effectively lost. So here's what usually happens when people will see a certain amount of loss of muscle and they'll get freaked out because it's a little more than they thought. And in reality, I'm like, hold on, when you go back to maintenance, some of that's going to come right back because it's not muscle. It's just fluid. Right? Right. But you actually saw go up. So in essence, if you apply the same logic, you actually might have gained even more than that and muscle. Did you think of Got that? No, no, I did.

 

Ben Lewis  35:02

You're right. That is a possibility. Yeah, cuz you pull in some fluid with the muscle. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  35:06

yeah, yeah. Or you've lost fluid by being in a deficit and being in hydrated state. So if it's showing a net gain, you've actually gained more than what it's saying a tiny bit. And yeah, yeah. And you've demonstrated like you can potty recomp even when you're in a deficit,

 

Ben Lewis  35:21

even when you're deficit, and even when you're running 60 miles a week.

 

Philip Pape  35:24

So let me ask you about that. Would you recommend all the listeners that they should run 60 miles a week to increase their expenditure? Okay, all right. No, no, because people, people are like, Oh, that's how you eat 4000 calories. That's

 

Ben Lewis  35:37

why unless you have a marathon goal. And if there are some of y'all out there that do want to improve your running, there's some great podcasts that will help you with that running explains a great way. Scott, Alyssa lenok does the messy middle and she talks about, he talks a lot about hybrid training, too. But the number one thing is and I know that this is a buzzword now in the fitness world, but that zone two running that easier running. So my increase in mileage was I you know, running coaches will tell you do 80% of your runs easy 20% 80% of your mileage, easy, 20% hard, I was doing 90%, easy, 95% Easy during those weeks when I was increasing so that I could recover so that I could still lift and lift well, so that I wouldn't get injured in my running. So make sure that if you are if you do want to increase your writing, that you're increasing it slowly sustainably, that you can recover from and that's really where that zone two really shines. It's the most you can do and still recover easily. Because you don't have that built up a lactate, we won't get into all the technical. No,

 

Philip Pape  36:42

I got it. Same thing with lifting, right, it's like five to 10 Hard sets will start to get you toward the upper end of like the perfect amount where you still get a lot of recovery. Whereas if you get to like 15 to 20 sets, it's optimal to like build as much as possible, but now you're impeding recovery. So with running save, I've heard that too, from runners like Uber evolved their thinking over the time, especially as they get older, right? Because that's when you start to really feel it that no, come on, let's take a step back. And you'll actually get more results over the long term. Really good with your eating habits. Besides macros and calories, which I've been thinking of doing an episode that's like, cannot just be enough. In other words, sometimes we criticize, If It Fits Your Macros for being too simplistic. And we need to consider health factors and saturated fat and fiber and everything. Yeah, which I agreed with to an extent. But I also know when I started my journey, I just thought of macros, and it made a massive improvement for me. So what are your thoughts on?

 

Ben Lewis  37:37

Okay, there's the 80 to 90%. And there's the 10 to 20%. And so it kind of depends on where you are. So when I was 280 pounds, you know what, just dropping the body weight has huge improvement to all cause mortality, even if you do lose some muscle mass. And so I don't I don't recommend

 

Philip Pape  37:57

the case for the Olympic and all those drugs today. Yeah, but a lot of

 

Ben Lewis  38:01

there's a case for that. So, so it kind of how far away from healthy, whatever that means. Are you so you know? Yeah. Now I'm sitting here. I'm right at 180 right now, and I'm about somewhere 15 1617 18% body fat somewhere in there. So this is where some of those 10 to 20% things do start to matter a little bit more. Yeah. So my thought is, you know, major on the majors first getting your calories, getting your protein getting your strength training, getting some cardio. Yeah, you know, the things that Phillip did you talk about on your podcast. So those are the things that are going to drive, you know, whatever percentage it is, but a large percentage of those things a large percentage of those improvements, then, yeah, you may need to hit some dial in some other levels, when you start to get closer to ideal and you start to need, you know, in order to make progress, you need to get some of these other things. It's

 

Philip Pape  38:58

really important that you said that, right? Because yeah, 8020 9010 Whatever. It's counterintuitive, I think maybe for people who are a bit on the closer to obese weight side, and again, I've seen this I've had clients, mostly males who are upper two hundreds or low, three hundreds. And it's tough sometimes for them to want to eat more, I'm telling me more in some sense, and they're like, well, that doesn't jive with like, I've gained weight to all these years. But they're lifting and they're eating protein. And I'm like, I don't even care about your fiber and your saturated fat to be honest, like I really don't care because you know how much change is gonna happen just from what you're doing here. And then once your slimmed up bit, you're down to 225 to 50. And you're lifting you've got muscle, you're gonna be like, What do I do next? And you're naturally going to get there. So that's a good point.

 

Ben Lewis  39:41

I'm paying attention to saturated fat. Honestly, I don't back fiber because I eat so much fruit and vegetables. I was tracking it and then I started looking I was like over 70 grams every day. I'm like, why? I don't even look. Why am I even looking at this anymore? Because I'm hitting it. I just the way I eat. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  39:58

and that's a good point. You may not for some People certain things are easy, and you just don't have to track or even care about it, because it just happens. And that's where you can take the stress off and not track everything, but track the things that you need to change. Yeah. So we talked about nutrition and some of the Sustainable fat loss stuff. I do want to talk about your training a little bit, because I talked a little bit about the running, you have a hybrid training approach. But what does that mean? You know, concurrent training, whatever, all the buzzwords are laid on us. Yeah, because this is not our, our strength as a podcast is not that. But I want people to understand what it's like.

 

Ben Lewis  40:28

So I want to just say how I started, I started thinking, Oh, my gosh, I'm 55 years old, or 5252. At the time, I'm 52 years old. This is when you start to lose muscle mass sarcopenia, I'm getting older that I don't want to lose muscle fat. So I need to not drop muscle mass as I dropped this weight. And also, I get winded every time I walk up the stairs, and I can't, you know do things that I want to do I have a large yard, I get really tired doing basic yard work, I need to improve my cardiovascular health, as well as just the daily activities of living. So I didn't come at this I didn't I've never heard of concurrent or hybrid or any of that stuff. It was just, these are two things that I know are good for my health. So I'm gonna do these two things. And eventually, somewhere along the line, I started podcasts and fitness Instagram. And, and this hybrid concurrent thing. It was what I was already doing. You know, but by the time I learned that term, I was probably lifting three to four days a week and running four to five days a week, you know, the 25, that's fine, the 30 ish mile run, you're doing a, I think I'll do an upper lower upper lower split. So the time maybe I'd switch to push both. I prefer push pull a six day push, pull leg, push, pull leg, but because I live close to my jam, I can get there easily. So point being Yeah, it was I came at it with a health mindset of these are things that are going to be good for my health and healthspan and lifespan. And so I just kind of attack both of them. And then at some point, you know, they started to, okay, how do I do both of these and have time for them? And you know, you have to just you have to figure out, you know, what season are you in right now, right now, I'm training for a marathon. And you know, if I listen to you, and I've heard you say this, you know, I listen to you. And you'll say well always do your lifting before you run it. You listen to runcoach. And they will say always do your running before you care about what you care about most you do first. And so I'm like, Oh, I've kind of adopted that from my own sort of, what am I focused on right now right now I'm building a vase, I'm running mostly easy running, I can really get lifting. So I am lifting first these days, I'm hitting, I'm working harder on my strength. I'm got a huge cardiovascular base. I mean, again, I'm running 60 miles a week. But I'm running easy. And I can do that with very little finally, even after a hard lifting session, I can run 3045 minutes later, and I really feel not seeing any substantive difference in like my performance, you know, my heart rate is this and my speed is that and that's probably right at what it would have been if I hadn't lifted beforehand. So I'm seeing that anyway. But anyway, yeah, you just, but there's gonna be seasons. You know, I can look at my log from last fall when I was getting ready for the marathon were qualified in Boston, I dropped my lifting two days a week. Yep. And you know, there's a lot less so you know, I may drop it and, or two to three days and drop just due to two upper body, one lower body and, and so it just, you know, you just have to kind of focus on whatever it is that right now, in this particular time is important to you. I've actually already drawn up a 2025 Yeah, Jewel, I'm presuming I'm going to mega qualify in December. And most of the 2025 I can just do true hybrid where I'm going to do as much as I can of both but not overdo it. But just really, I'm going to allow me to do a balance, do a real balance thing for much of 2025 is my plan. Okay,

 

Philip Pape  43:56

man, some really cool things in there. First of all, you touched on periodization and seasons, you use the term seasons very early when I got my nutrition coaching cert, that was definitely the language used in the context of like, if you think of an athletic season, you have a preseason where your prep season where you go after it you know, offseason when you recover. And then did I miss one but you know what I mean? What in between? Oh, yeah, the offseason is actually where you develop your skill, right? Like you might go after? Yeah, but you talked about planning into 2025 Just this morning, somebody posts in our community. This is our paid program. One of our courses asked you to put together a 12 month plan there like I want you to think ahead of an entire year think about the holidays. Think about what you want to do think about how you want to move the seasons how hot and cold like all that stuff and put together Oh, yeah, it just like you're doing you're you're backing it up. You're reverse engineering from you know, events dates. Yeah, maybe you have a wedding, maybe you want to look great on the beach, it doesn't matter whatever is driving you plan it in because we're good. Humans are really good at using like special milestones and moments and holidays to drive things. And so we take advantage of that. So I'm just putting it out for the listener like that's a great tip Ben just said, like plan out the next 12 months. Do you have any advice specifically on how people can start doing that? Like, because they may, they may think it's just kind of overwhelming. What even do I do over the next 12 months? You know, well,

 

Ben Lewis  45:13

you know, Excel is your friend, you can

 

Philip Pape  45:17

get your you're going right to the tool. All right, you're like me, man.

 

Ben Lewis  45:20

For me, that was my friend. Okay, here's, there's, here's the weeks. And literally, I started with just here's the weeks and what, and then looking at you, you've used a great term that reverse engineering, so I'm going to reverse engineering. Okay. Yeah. All right, the pool opens and Memorial Day weekend, and I'm not saying this was necessarily me. But yeah, the full Memorial Day weekend, I want to be coming right out of a cut down. Yeah. But a lot of people are probably gonna think you know, so think about that. All right. So then I set up, okay, this is when I'm going to, I'm going to straight train. And you know, I'm going to do my, whatever, 12 weeks or 16 weeks, whatever that number might be, and you work backwards from there. And then, you know, for me as a runner, it's like, I want to do a half marathon in 2025. And there's one near me, it's actually in Mount Airy, North Carolina, Andy Griffith hometown, where the show was kind of the show was kind of based on Mount Airy, and you get to take a picture with Barney, Barney Fife. Qmobile. Yeah, so that, that's, that's always like the second week of November. So I'm kind of Alright, so we're gonna remember, half marathon training is going to take me 12 weeks, I'm going to work back from the second week of November and then think about Alright, so that's when I'll start scaling back lifting. So then whatever that 12 We I don't have that spreadsheet in front of me right now. But whatever the 12 weeks, sometimes it was sometime it says some week in September. So up to that time in September, I'm really going to go hard on my lifting, you know, perfect man. So that that kind of things, it's really those events, those things that what you where you want to be at certain times in the year,

 

Philip Pape  46:51

as I'm thinking of that, what how do you is it a completely perfection oriented plan? Or do you put in some wiggle room and some like buffer in there? For me,

 

Ben Lewis  47:01

I put I start with best case scenario, just but just understanding it, you know, I need to have grace with myself and life can happen. And you know, just be okay with that. I'll really be okay. When, when life happens, and I hate I get sick a lot less now that I'm eating healthy, whole unprocessed foods all the time, or most of the time that I get sick a lot less and I'm healthy. I'm a healthier person, but I do get sick. You know, okay, maybe gotta take a week, two weeks off, just to let your body heal. And that's okay. Yeah, for sure

 

Philip Pape  47:37

we see it. I mean, again, as you get older, you got the surgeries and the injuries in life and kids in COVID. And now all these other things that happened, right? This theory came up with my mind now that I wanted to pick your brain on Okay, so you okay, you're eating like 4000 calories in a deficit, right? Yeah. Like your expenditures is 4800.

 

Ben Lewis  47:56

Macro. fattener has my expenditure around 46 4700. Okay. All

 

Philip Pape  48:00

right. So you're eating a lot of food, like you're just eating a lot in terms of volume and calories and energy. Yes, you're running a lot, but you're adapted to it. You're lifting as well. We've seen this kind of unusual outlier version of body recomp. I'm just going to call it that. Because it's not like results are not typical kind of thing. Yeah. Do you think that there's an element here, kind of a formula that you're applying here that is putting you into a high energy? well fed state that is akin to not dieting, but because the energy balance is still dieting, that you're losing weight? You don't say? Yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  48:38

I should have said that. Okay, I did not specify that. So I am losing intentionally my I am losing way slower than I ever have. Even slower than macro factor. I think I set it for point. Oh, 5%. Body fat. So that's my intention. Point. Oh,

 

Philip Pape  48:58

5% a week. Okay. point or point? 5.5. Okay. Well, that's, that's reasonable. That's, you know, it's moderate. Yeah. But yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  49:06

most people want to get close to that one. So, yeah, most people want to but I'm doing point 5%. And, yeah, so. So part of it I'm losing you referenced is when you're still obesity. Body fat is energy. And excess body fat is energy. And so yeah, I suspect that my body has been using some of that fat for muscle building. Yeah, yeah,

 

Philip Pape  49:28

but not really. Yeah. So wait, let's I don't want to leave it. I'm gonna challenge you on that a little not challenge but you're at a much higher level than the average person in terms of your absolute calories. You just are being Sub Sub 200 male, right? Yeah. Typically, I see people's expenditure being on the upper end 4000 On the far upper end, like, you know, a bigger guy and everything, but usually it's around 3000 to 3500 At most, and then when they're dieting they're down to like 2500 or 2000 calories. They are getting to the point Weigh Down where their body feels, you know, even if it's moderate, you are eating a ton of calories. And so my like, my theory goes is the energy coming in even though a lot of it gets burned? It's kind of circling through. I wonder if that puts you in a better health state or metabolic state, even while you're losing such that your body doesn't feel like it's dieting as much you know what to say? Right?

 

Ben Lewis  50:21

This is just so much more sustainable. Yes. In terms of my hunger cues. Yeah. So even though I'm burning it all and losing fat, I do not feel hungry. Yeah. Because I mean, you know, you don't have time. You know, I eat a, I typically eat 1000 calories by the, by the time I pre workout, Intro workout and parry workout. I've eaten 1000 calories in the morning, and I'm eating 1000 basically 1000 Calorie breakfast 1000 Calorie lunch 1000 Calorie dinner and 1000 calories in the morning before breakfast is basically how it tends to play out. And yeah, I'm not hungry. I I program in snacks and fruit and stuff. And sometimes I forget to get up and then I forget to go get an orange or some blueberries or whatever I put in for a snack for the day. Yes, that absolutely happened.

 

Philip Pape  51:11

So now you're also running a lot. And so people are gonna think, because here's the thing, I always have to caution people, especially when they start work with me, like we're probably going to do less in the short term, because you're probably doing too much and you're stressing your body, especially women doing too much cardio, but now we're talking to a guy here you Ben that's doing a ton of cardio, like a ton of cardio. And so what makes it actually work for you. You talked about balance, but still it's a lot. It's a lot of volume. Is it sleep? Are you getting nine hours of sleep? What is it that's keeping the stress load down? Do you think

 

Ben Lewis  51:42

you said that earlier? Now that I think about it? I do think it's the quality, the quality and the amount of nutrition really have to be it? I'm not a great sleeper. It's funny. My wife asked me fairly recently, a week or two ago, she's like, Have you stopped drinking for good or asset? I don't know. I've literally I've never met like, I've literally never been drunk in my life or even tipsy in my life. But I would have a glass of wine here and there. I haven't had any in. I think it was around 2022 I'm not even sure. So it wasn't like a conscious, I'm not gonna drink it. This day. I just kind of stopped at some point. And I'm not saying you know, so. So the point that I don't consume alcohol, which is you know, it's a recovery in heaven because it hurts your recovery. So I really focus on recovery, and getting walks in and you know, active recovery on the days that I'm not running or not lifting, doing a little bit of active recovery, doing, you know, real life stuff on those days. You know, I'm not a great sleeper. I know it's important. I try to sometimes I just wake up. Yeah. I'm getting in bed. I am typically in bed before 8pm every night. Okay, but I don't sleep eight hours, almost never. Okay,

 

Philip Pape  52:54

no, it's good to understand what what is your sub count come out to be when you include all your running? What is it roughly a day?

 

Ben Lewis  53:02

Don't check it much anymore. It's like 20 to 20,000?

 

Philip Pape  53:05

Well, no, just so now I want to get to that pivotal. Like we teased early on, you know, a lot of people will hear all this the concurrent training, the hybrid training, and the fact that you went after two goals, right, that sometimes seem contradictory with performance, and health. So what's like the number one piece of advice that you would have for people who are like, I do want to prioritize both of those with my, my approach in my training? Yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  53:30

so performance and health is similar to the whole thing I was saying about running and lifting, you've got to periodized and decide what right now is the thing I want to focus on. I'll give you my personal example. That said earlier, I really want to focus on just nailing a marathon this fall. Okay, that is not an optimal health goal. It is a performance goal. And quite frankly, you know, I would say, as a runner, I feel like I've gotten on a bit of a bunny trail doing marathons, like, as I start, you know, I started at health, I'm working on this health, and now I'm chasing this rabbit over here of the marathon and really kind of nail that. I would probably say, even as somebody who's, you know, who's who's running nine hours a week ish, and you know, do a 1618 mile or every week, probably 90 minutes is the cap for any run that he would ever want to do. So point being I know that I am not optimized for necessarily health right now, quote, unquote, I am getting close to optimize performance. But as I said earlier, I'm going to change that. I'm going to do this and I plan to get out of Marathon. I plan to get out of the marathon business, if you will. Yeah. You know, it's a nice goal. It's a fun goal. And I'm not saying if you're a runner, you could keep running marathons. That's your thing, but I don't think it's optimal for my health pursuits. Yeah, quite frankly.

 

Philip Pape  54:47

Yeah. So makes it you gotta go off to one or the other. What are your thoughts on lifting because kind of the extreme version of that would be bodybuilding where again, that's not healthy. But is there this interesting space where lifting weights as a performance goal to an extent actually can overlap more with health. I wonder, right? Yeah. So, for

 

Ben Lewis  55:08

me lifting is at pros lifting and running really differently, like lifting. I want to progress, like, oh, I want to see is getting a little bit stronger. And my six to eight rep range like I, people ask me, you know, how much can you bench? I have no idea. I have never one rep max. I don't, I can't come up with a reason I Why would want to try to

 

Philip Pape  55:29

we should, we should try.

 

Ben Lewis  55:32

No, but you know, I've built muscle, I feel like I'm strong. You know, for a guy my size in particular, I feel like I've got a lot of strength. But I really approach that with a muscle building strength, you know, mobility, plyometrics sort of it is health. It's an aspect of health, as you're saying, I'm able to approach lifting much more with a pure health thing. I need to build and maintain muscle mass. And that is my focus. I'm not tempted to go do a bodybuilding show. I'm not tempted to take some anabolic stuff. And I'm not tempted to be enhanced. I mean, that's not even it's not on my radar. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  56:14

And similarly, you alluded to the fact that keeping running under a certain level can also be aligned with health so that again, there's a spectrum and there's extremes, you can go off to the extremes, knowing that they're going to be contradictory with the health goal, but not necessarily. It's not going to just trash it in. So you know, long term, it might even support it long term when you get out of it potentially because you're periodized. And then mentally I imagine it's like you want it like you want it you want to win this thing, right? You want to crush your marathon.

 

Ben Lewis  56:43

I think the lesson is also kind of what what drives you what's fun, and drives you and what keeps you in the game. Really what keeps you know, what is it that keeps me going back to the gym? Every morning? What keeps me running every day, you know, I enjoy it. So awesome. You got to find modalities of movement that you you personally enjoy. I mentioned that started with biking, I realized.

 

Philip Pape  57:07

Yeah, like many of us don't like running.

 

Ben Lewis  57:10

I just like it. And so I have I mean, I have right behind me an indoor bike that I bought that I use. I do use it for recovery. Right? Sure. Warm enough recovery. Yeah, I use it once a week. But it's never grabbed me like running and lifting has Oh, I don't do it as often. Alright,

 

Philip Pape  57:31

we touched on so much today, man. You know, this question is coming because you listened to the show, right? But what one question Did you wish I'd asked what is your answer?

 

Ben Lewis  57:40

Oh, gosh, no, I'd written down something that I forgot what it was. That we never talked about the scale.

 

Philip Pape  57:47

Yeah, it was. It was I had a lot of notes, man. Yeah, that would have been one this. Let's jump into it. Okay, talk about your relationship with the scale. Yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  57:54

yeah. So, um, and I was in 2013. Man, it was, it drove everything. It was awful. Yeah, it was terrible. It was, you know, I gotta get up and hope to sit and TMI. Like, I gotta poop before I get on the scale. Because I don't want that extra few ounces or whatever, you know, oh,

 

Philip Pape  58:11

man. I've been I know what you mean. No, but yeah,

 

Ben Lewis  58:14

I mean, and, you know, it was it was ridiculous. And now it has evolved to, honestly, it's done it by weighing every day, ironically, just kind of facing that giant eye wave practically every single day, when I don't wait, because like I'm traveling or, you know, I have to whatever reason rush out the door really fast. But now, it's just another data point. And partly, you know, that's probably because I am tracking and I know my diet is dialed in. And I know it worked. Because I know this stuff works. I trust the process. I keep playing that. And I know, you know, I've had you know, there's you know, there's some variability and ability. What's the word I'm looking for? There's some, it's not 100% accurate when you track it. Yeah, that's what I was trying to say. I know, there's something but you know, I know that today I've had 44,050 calories. And I know that that's a deficit from what I burn. And if I'm up a half a pound, tomorrow, whatever. And if I'm down, if I'm down to half a pound tomorrow, whatever, that's just how it works. And I've seen I posted in your Facebook group, I mean, my skill track for the last four, whatever since January, five months. It's just been. It's going down. But it's not. It's not this. It's not. It's a lot. Oh, yeah, for those for those listeners a lot of humps. But I know I know where it's headed. And you know, even I was able to say up, I've surprised myself and when I said it, I was like oh my gosh, that's so weird that I can just say that out loud with confidence that in two months, I'm gonna be at 12 to 15% I'm just kind of know that I trust the process that much because I've started tracking it every day and just seeing kind of how it works when you're hitting it. And that also relates to not being hungry. I don't. I just I'm way more confident. I'm not going to have these crazy binges because I'm eating enough

 

Philip Pape  59:59

so you're seeing it released. Trouble, the scale has improved because you're tracking it every day you have the knowledge, awareness power to know, this is going to fluctuate. Yeah. Yeah. What do you say to someone who, because I've seen a spectrum with Clint working with clients, where 90% of the time that is true, there's 10% of the time where somebody does track daily, because all my clients check daily, where it's still a mental roadblock for them. And I have different techniques that I worked through with them, because there's usually something else going on, and some reframing and things. But how would you like talk to a friend who's trying to lose their weight for the first time, and they're, like, I've been weighing myself every day, but just jumped jumped three pounds today, I'm freaking out, you know, what would you say to them?

 

Ben Lewis  1:00:39

You know, I would leave with compassion. I mean, our culture has trained us so poorly in this area. You know, we say, it's been interesting, as I've gotten in the podcast world to hear you and others use the fame, fat loss, you know, which is more what's what risk is really what you want to do, and not just weight loss that, that we're, you know, we're gonna do, we're working to remove or reduce body fat. And so I would lead with compassion and just be like, you know, I understand why this is such a, it was a problematic area for me. You know, I'd be I can speak to you, as someone who have been there, man, or lady, or lady, I've been there. I totally get it. Here's what did work for me eventually. But I'm not gonna say I had a great relationship with the scale. I mean, I've been down again, I've been down, under, I've been at a healthy to semi healthy body weight for almost three years now. But I'm not gonna say my relationship with scale has been good for three years, I'm gonna say my relationship, the scale has been outstanding since probably February or March ish, when, when I really decided I'm gonna lose, I'm gonna lose slowly. I'm gonna cut slowly is the first time in my life. I've cut slowly every time I go up as I want to get rid of that fast. But no. So definitely, I guess not I think about it. I think I would go there. But you know, let's talk about what a slow cut looks like. And that is what has taught me to trust it is doing it's actually doing the slow cut. And I know that I want to track so your your little rapid two week fat loss protocol thing? I've heard that No, once, once I get into maintenance, I might play with that song. I do think there's a place for that slow loss that really helps you feel confident and better that relationship where it's like, you know what I'm not, I'm not trying to lose two and a half, three pounds a week. I don't want to get down to x weight by the beach, or by Memorial Day or by, you know, the class reunion or the wedding or whatever it may be. Okay,

 

Philip Pape  1:02:37

yeah, no, that's well said, I mean, focus on the process, don't go so fast. So you have realistic expectations, and then use the scale as a tool, you know, rather than an indictment on you know, your soul.

 

Ben Lewis  1:02:51

I would say practically speaking, you know, using using something like macro factor, I also just use a good old seven day average in Excel. You know, I put it in excel every day, and I just a good old is my seven day average. So that helps. That helps. It was just a data point in the seven day average, not the be all end all today. I'll probably talk to folks about that, too. There's also an app, I know you're an app guy, this is a this is a freebie happy scale. It also doesn't It doesn't it doesn't moving average, if and if you have any smart skills sync to it automatically. And it can give you a moving average, just might be an alternative for those that don't want to pay for macro. doesn't want to pay for the macro factor.

 

Philip Pape  1:03:29

And actually, if you want to do a Ben's do with the spreadsheet, and I don't know if Ben you want to upgrade your spreadsheet, macro factor uses a 20 day exponential moving average. So yeah, yeah. But then it requires data points. Yeah. I didn't mean to be the No at all, man, I tend to run it get into that mode sometimes. So just sharing knowledge. Awesome. This has been really cool. Where do you want people to find you and reach out to

 

Ben Lewis  1:03:51

you? Oh, yeah, so I am and I can use the help I should have said this earlier. I'm gonna make a quick statement here. We were talking about folks that you know, have a lot of weight to lose, I found a random person on Instagram that is just really we're talking about making those little progress gains and like, I'm watching her run, get from a 16 minute mile to a 15 minute mile and the joy that she is having just hitting that hitting that that little bit faster mile pace. So Anyway, point being those of us that are in these journeys on Instagram, and I've just started following her and just cheering her on. Those of us that are in these journeys that we don't have these large social media followings and whatnot, we can we would love your support and it's called it's Vinny Lu fitness, I'm sure you'll put the link in your show notes but it's at Vinny Lu Vinny Lu ve n e l o u underscore fitness and Instagram that's where I would love your support. Having that bit of external validation is helpful and joyful and I think it does help so definitely

 

Philip Pape  1:04:49

for sure if you're listening go right now follow Have you have used IG Instagram yet Benny Lupin is b e ne Liu underscore fitness and I'll include that in the show notes and give Been a follow up please do if you you know, joined the show and you want to follow him and just say hello, I'm sure he'll say hello back. And then man, it's been a pleasure. I didn't you know, I didn't know exactly what we'd get into here, but it's like, it's all the good things people need to know about how to tackle this mentally, physically and otherwise. So thank you so much for coming on.

 

Ben Lewis  1:05:16

Thanks for having me. I appreciate it.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

This Over 50 Family Man Lost His Power Belly (36 Pounds) But NOT His Muscle or Strength! | Ep 187

Are you over 40, juggling a demanding career, family responsibilities, and struggling to stay fit? Meet Jerry Bonanno, a 50-something family man who shed 36 pounds of fat and 5 inches off his waist without losing his hard-earned muscle or strength. Philip talks with Jerry about being over 40 and struggling to balance a demanding job, family commitments, and staying fit. Maybe you've been hitting the gym for years but still have difficulty nailing your nutrition, or the daily grind has taken a toll on your physical health. You're eager to reclaim your health, lose fat, and feel strong again, but the challenges seem overwhelming. Jerry reveals how he transformed his physique and reclaimed his health despite a hectic lifestyle. Tune in to hear his inspiring journey and practical tips that YOU can use to do the same.

Are you over 40, juggling a demanding career, family responsibilities, and struggling to stay fit? Meet Jerry Bonanno, a 50-something family man who shed 36 pounds of fat and 5 inches off his waist without losing his hard-earned muscle or strength.

Philip (@witsandweights) talks with Jerry about being over 40 and struggling to balance a demanding job, family commitments, and staying fit. Maybe you've been hitting the gym for years but still have difficulty nailing your nutrition, or the daily grind has taken a toll on your physical health. You're eager to reclaim your health, lose fat, and feel strong again, but the challenges seem overwhelming.

Jerry reveals how he transformed his physique and reclaimed his health despite a hectic lifestyle. Tune in to hear his inspiring journey and practical tips that YOU can use to do the same.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

1:16 Jerry's discipline and training routine
6:52 Managing aches and pains during training
10:34 Jerry's motivation and health goals and why he worked with Philip
14:32 Dietary experiments and sustainability
18:12 Prioritizing his physicality to maintain a fulfilling life experience
26:06 Reduce friction: Work hard and smart to achieve goals effectively
29:14 The importance of tracking calories and protein intake
34:54 Why Jerry came back for a second time
39:53 Focusing on the process over the outcome
46:05 Shifting to the carnivore diet
49:21 Understanding personal data and adjusting nutrition
51:52 Intuitive eating with tracking for a balanced approach
54:31 High-frequency, low-volume weight training program without cardio
57:17 Maintaining health and physique goals
58:56 The question Jerry wished Philip had asked
1:01:25 How to connect with Jerry
1:02:02 Outro

Episode resources:

Related Episode:


Episode summary:

In today's episode, we delve into the remarkable fitness journey of Jerry Bonanno, a testament to defying age and achieving health and strength in your 50s. Jerry’s story is one of perseverance, discipline, and smart choices, offering a blueprint for anyone looking to transform their health at any age. He managed to lose 36 pounds of body fat and five inches off his waist while maintaining his muscle mass. His success was not just about weight loss but about rekindling a love for lifting and prioritizing muscle-centric health over mere numbers on a scale.

Jerry's journey began with the challenge of fitting fitness into a busy lifestyle. Despite early morning wake-ups at 4:30 am, he made strategic nutrition and consistent training a priority. His basement gym, equipped with a power rack, specialty bars, and a Titan shoulder press machine, became the epicenter of his transformation. Jerry emphasizes that the key to his success was sticking to the basics and maintaining consistency.

One of the significant hurdles Jerry faced was the pitfalls of restrictive diets. Initial attempts at nutrition and fitness were marked by struggles and temporary successes. It was seeking professional guidance that helped him navigate these challenges. Jerry's story highlights the importance of finding a balanced and sustainable approach to nutrition that fits into real-world situations, leading to better long-term health and well-being.

Physical health plays a crucial role in enhancing overall life experience. Jerry's transformation journey reflects this connection. Inspired by personal influences like Arnold Schwarzenegger, Jerry rediscovered his passion for lifting weights. He emphasizes the necessity of being "unreasonable" with oneself to make fitness a priority, even amidst long commutes and family obligations. True change, according to Jerry, requires personal responsibility and the courage to push through excuses.

Transitioning to early morning workouts, Jerry discovered increased productivity and a sense of accomplishment. His personal experience of shifting his workout schedule after his first daughter was born and building a home gym to reduce friction highlights the importance of adaptability. Working hard and smart simultaneously, Jerry drew inspiration from philosophical insights and practical advice from peers in the fitness community.

Nutrition tracking played a pivotal role in Jerry's success. Combining effort with intelligent strategies, Jerry transitioned from a casual approach to a more structured and tracked method of eating. He learned the critical impact of nutrition on strength training and overall fitness. By accurately tracking his nutrition, Jerry could manage his health and fitness goals more effectively.

Understanding and managing the relationship between nutrition and overall well-being is vital. By focusing on key performance indicators like caloric intake, protein consumption, and daily steps, Jerry could better manage his health and fitness goals. Tracking progress and understanding the role of consistent, process-oriented actions were essential components of his journey.

Practical strategies for increasing physical activity and making dietary adjustments were crucial in Jerry's transformation. From walking a dog to using a treadmill and habit stacking, Jerry explored various methods to boost daily steps. Transitioning from a carnivore diet to incorporating more carbs, Jerry addressed concerns about type 2 diabetes and processed foods. Monitoring biofeedback elements like hunger, digestion, sleep, and stress helped him understand the impact of dietary choices on overall well-being.

As Jerry transitioned from powerlifting to bodybuilding-style training, he emphasized the importance of high-frequency, low-volume workouts. Shorter, more frequent gym sessions helped maintain motivation and avoid burnout. Auto-regulated training, rather than chasing all-time personal records, allowed Jerry to adapt his training to his unique needs and goals.

Connecting with a supportive coaching relationship was a significant factor in Jerry's success. Finding a coach who understands the unique needs of hobbyists balancing fitness with other life commitments can make a significant difference. Jerry's journey underscores the importance of personalized coaching and a supportive fitness community.

Jerry Bonanno's inspiring fitness journey is a treasure trove of actionable advice and personal stories. From the importance of consistency and sticking to the basics to the benefits of early morning workouts and mastering nutrition tracking, Jerry's story offers valuable insights for anyone looking to achieve their fitness goals.


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

If you're over 40, juggling a demanding job, family commitments and trying to stay fit, this episode is for you. Maybe you've been lifting for years but struggled to get your nutrition Right. Or perhaps you've lost touch with your physicality with all of life's responsibilities. You're eager to reclaim your health to lose fat feel strong again, but the challenges seem overwhelming. In today's episode, we are talking to someone just like you who managed to lose 36 pounds of body fat and five inches off his waist despite a busy lifestyle and without losing his hard earned muscle or strength.

 

Philip Pape  00:42

Today I have longtime client Jerry Banano on the show. Like I mentioned in the intro, Jerry used the Whitson weights approach of working smarter and more efficiently to shed 36 pounds of fat and five inches off his waist in his 50s. Without losing his muscle size or strength. We'll explore how he balanced the demanding job, family commitments and community responsibilities while making significant strides in his physical health. In this episode, we'll discuss how he did it and what you can do to replicate his results. Jerry, I'm super excited to have you on the show. Great to be here. Thanks.

 

Jerry Bonanno  01:14

Appreciate it.

 

Philip Pape  01:15

So let's set the scene here. Right you train your your handle on Instagrams at the basement ape, right basement ape. Yeah, and you're about to start your next training session, I want you to take us there into that dark, dank basement gym of yours. What is running through your mind as you prepare to lift? What emotions are bubbling up, walk us through the sights and sounds of training as Jerry, from that electric anticipation before you grab the bar to the raw intensity of each rep, paint us a picture of Jerry's world?

 

Jerry Bonanno  01:45

Well, I wish I could not. I wish I could fill that in. But here's Well, I train like a lot of people who are trying to juggle a lot of different things, I train pretty much first thing in the morning. So I'll take you from the point where my alarm goes off, which is usually around 4:30am. And the first thought that comes to mind is not any of that it's go back to sleep. Good one. Yeah. So typically, literally, that's the first thought that goes through my head, like everybody kind of struggled to get enough sleep. So I'm usually working on six, six and a half hours asleep, and I catch up sometimes on the weekends. But typically then just convinced myself to get out of bed, usually I'd only takes a few minutes, which is good. And then honestly, these days, I'm not really commuting every day, I'm working from home most days, which is great because I can eat before I train. So usually go down and get something to eat and pretty much the same thing every day, and combination of some carbs and about 40 grams of protein. And usually then can let that settle for about 20 minutes. So I have that luxury. And then I'll go down into the basement. And you know, right now, I mean I'm, I'm training on a six day a week kind of body parts split when Andy Baker's bodybuilding templates. So usually there's one big lift involved, there are heavier kind of barbell oriented lifts or something that I'm really pushing hard to progress on. And then after that, there'll be some more kind of like by building movements that are usually higher rep things that I can move a little bit faster on. So typically when I first start, as far as warming up, I use the movement that I'm going to do to warm up I don't do any really special warm up. Usually something hurts whether it's you know, to a mild to moderate degree, I'd say about a third of the time, it's my mid back through the time, it's my left shoulder and a third of the time, I'm pretty much paying for it. So that's the reality of it, you know, when you get up to the ripe old age of 50, I guess so. With that I'll usually like I said, I'll start with warm ups in on that they move it and then move through that that usually takes the longest and then I can really get the session going from there and usually get done in about an hour, maybe some 45 minutes to 75 minutes if I'm really kind of moving a little bit slow that day or there's a lot of stuff to move around in the basement. I can do most things down there. I mean, I have a power rack barbell couple specialty bars, machine

 

Philip Pape  04:10

press. You got a machine press yeah

 

Jerry Bonanno  04:14

that was my my one of my favorite recent pickups. Yeah, that tighten shoulder press and you know, lateral raise machine that I got pretty used but it was pretty much right out of the box and I look for stuff with a small footprint. I don't have a tremendous amount of space. So I let tower and a shoulder press machine like you mentioned and I have a bench rack it's the tighten, rip off of the west side bench rack, which works just fine for me and you know, that's probably frivolous. I could probably bench in my squat rack but I like having that set up and you know I can just jump on it when I'm done and have an adjustable bench and a couple of heavy dumbbells for rowing and stuff like that. And that's about it. I think I have a 40 to 45 degree back raise too so not a lot of crazy hold you up. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  05:00

yeah. And so So it's funny because I gave you this really dramatic setup. And then the answer is, you know what, I'm a discipline guy, I have a routine, I have the same kind of temptation and friction as everyone else. First person, when you get up in the morning, I just want to hit that snooze. But it's like, you just do this and actually love that answer. Because people listening, you know, they're always looking for some big secret or some big motivation. And, and it really, it isn't that it's like the bread and butter basics of just you got to get into this routine and do it right.

 

Jerry Bonanno  05:28

I think it's funny, because, like, especially after I lost the weight with you lost the body fat with you really changed the way I live is always big and stronger, or whatever. But now, shutting that body fat really has kind of, I think, improve the way I look. So now especially people like well, what do you do? You know, what do you do, and it's like, I did the same thing I did 15 years ago, essentially, outside of nutrition, which is just get up. And it's like, it's always the first step. And it's always the same first step, you know, and then you just keep going from there. So, you know, there's, there's no secret, but I will say, you know, once you develop that discipline, and you start seeing results, you know, the motivation does build, you start stepping into identity a little bit instead of chasing it. So you're, you know, it gets better as you go along, especially when you taste a little bit of success. So you

 

Philip Pape  06:20

step into the identity, rather than chase it, that's gold man like that really is like, because we do talk about having this feature identity. And people are like, Well, yeah, that's great. But you know, I have this huge gut, or I'm not very strong or whatever. And it's like, you just have to start take those steps. And it doesn't have to be hard. You know, we're going to talk about some of the steps in here where even Jerry after all those years of, you know, lifting and knowing how to do that the nutrition, there were still some, some gaps, maybe some knowledge gaps and process gaps that had to be filled, in which no shame in that, right, we all get to learn some of that somewhere, and then apply it. You mentioned when you work out, you warm up, you know, with your lift, you have a big lift some accessories, and usually something hurts I think that's the most important thing to talk about for a second. For us, older guys, women and men. And you've said left shoulder, it's the same shoulder for me, because that's how I have my surgery. But mid back, you know, a little back fatigue, mid back fatigue shoulder, sometimes your pain free, does it stop you in any way? Or how do you work with that?

 

Jerry Bonanno  07:15

No, I mean, pain is kind of one of those things, that's, you know, you have to kind of, it's a little bit individual. I mean, I know I'm not injured, you know, I know myself by now, right? So you have to be careful. I mean, you shouldn't be in agonizing pain, do with anything, you know, you need to kind of stop and reevaluate if that's the case. But, you know, for me, it's like my back hurts, mostly because I've slept on my stomach, you know, since I was eight or nine years old, and I'm trying to break myself that habit, but it's pretty hard. So I don't think that's been great for my back. And then a couple years ago, I had a hernia repaired really electively, it wasn't a problem. And I came back a little too fast from that and actually tweaked my back for the first time ever and never had back issues. And so that lingers a little bit. But you know that and I think shoulders is just trying to push by bench up over 400 pounds a couple years ago and bench to leak and a lot of flat benching did kind of tight my shoulders up a little bit. So got some of that mobility back by changing my training up a little bit. And think things like that. So the I think aches and pains are not necessarily injuries, right. So I think you got to you learn how to figure yourself out as you go. But I think you should anticipate at least a little bit of this kind of hurts this thing that we do sometimes.

 

Philip Pape  08:34

So it's uncomfortable. Yeah, yeah, you

 

Jerry Bonanno  08:37

shouldn't like like, you know, I guess there's a distinction, you shouldn't really be a joint really hurts or something is amiss, you should definitely honor that. But you're gonna feel it from time to time. And sometimes you just need to take it slow and train through it. And hopefully, it's nothing. And usually by the, you know, after the warm ups, the pain is pretty much gone. You know? So, yeah,

 

Philip Pape  08:58

yeah, I think that's important. It's something I think about a lot too. And I recently posted something about pain and bad form. And somebody chimed in and said, Well, it's not really the bad form. It's just something that you're unprepared for, you know, you're not you haven't trained for whatever it is. And that's why you don't want to just jump into things and not warm up. But also, if you know yourself, like this morning, I did shoulder press, dumbbell shoulder presses the second week in a row after several months of not doing them because of my shoulder. And it's painful when I start warming up, but it's a pain that I know will warm into it, go away, and then I'll be able to respond and guess what will happen the next day actually feel a lot better. And you kind of have to learn that about your body. Right? That it's, you balance it and don't use it as an excuse, but you also got to be smart about it. Yeah,

 

Jerry Bonanno  09:43

you should definitely pay attention to it. Don't Don't ignore it, you know, note that it's there. And then, you know, like I said, just take it slow warm up. You mentioned the shoulder press machine that that machine has been great for me. I think it's really made a difference in my shoulder training. But you know, every time I sit down on it The first to warm up sets, it's like, Man, my shoulders are kind of feeling it by the time I get to the third or fourth set the pains gone. And I'm pretty good to go. So sometimes, like you said, it's just warming up. It just getting through that initial kind of body's just saying, Okay, this is what you want me to do. And you're kind of limbering up and not being so tired. I think sometimes there's a reflex when you get into a position that's a little stretched, and you tighten up, and it causes a little bit of discomfort or pain. So yeah, pain is tricky. But I think there's going to be some level of discomfort if you're going to list especially over the long term. So yeah,

 

Philip Pape  10:34

cool, man. So what I want to do now is kind of like they do in the movies, or in a good TV show that we'll talk a little bit about the recent before, after, or the recent before we started working together. And then we're gonna do like the flashback like 10 years ago, or 20 or 30 years ago, and kind of work back because I want to tie these concepts together. So kind of the status quo here of where were you before we started working together? Like around that moment? You know, why you reached out your physical, your mental state? And you're like, Okay, I gotta do something different. Okay, yeah,

 

Jerry Bonanno  11:06

so we started working together, it was almost just just a little over a year ago, I think, July 1, last year, we started our first, you know, three month cut. And I think where it was then is, I was pretty big and strong, but I was too heavy. I mean, I had known that for a while I was hovering around like 250, and I'm only five, nine. So it's a lot of weight to be hauled around, I didn't have a lot of like, you know, subcutaneous kind of jiggly fat, but I had a pretty good power belly going. And I just, you know, when I hit, when I was approaching 50, I always told myself, like, I was pushing my strength was from my strength had competed for a little while, you know, and local powerlifting meets and things like that. So, but I always told myself, you're really too heavy, you know, to be heading into your 50s, there's no reason for you to be this heavy. And as that birthday approached, that was in December, I had tried a few times on my own had, you know, had some temporary success, but really never got my arms around nutrition the way I did when I started working with you. And then you know, we're both in the same kind of lifting club so so you in there knew that you lifted knew you, you know, you're not, you're not quite as old as me, but you have some gray hair. So I said, Well, this guy's you know, he seems to be have a relatively kind of demanding and normal life. And he's lifting and doing this stuff. And so I said, Well, I think he'd be a good person to work with and some other folks in the group had worked with you. So I really mentally, I was in a position where I don't like when I know I have to do something, and I can't, I can't get it done, it bothers me. So this is something that I just I knew for a while, like, you need to get your arms around this and get it under control. Because frankly, you know, my bloodwork at that time, I was kind of, you know, if there's the four or five indicators for metabolic syndrome, I had been told a couple of times, like, I wouldn't quite diagnose you with metabolic syndrome. But, and that's only because you're you have so much muscle going on. But if that starts to tank, like you're gonna be in that space real quick. So I have kids that are relatively young, we want in high school want to go into middle school. So I thought, and that's a more life to do here. And I'd like to do it in a way that doesn't have me, you know, in a really unhealthy place. So that's where it was before we started. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  13:26

and there's a lot of that, like, personal values in there, which are important. We talk about people's you know, why and why they do things. And that's, that's super deep for you. So it kind of makes it I'll see easy to make that decision in a way. First of all, thanks for telling me that my gray hair actually served me well. It's kind of funny, because once it started Gray, and I'm like, actually look older I because I used to be up till the age of like 3035 Like, look like a 20 year old. So, you know, I keep the six o'clock shadow. But um, yeah, you said you had had some temporary success in the past. I do want to talk about that. But your bloodwork was maybe getting a little worse. However, you had a lot of muscle I use guys like you and you in particular as a good case study for folks as to why muscle centric health is important. And we shouldn't just focus on weight loss because the effort you put in all those years to build muscle is really helping you as a buffer as a massive buffer. I mean, huge buffer against the health issues where you could carry a lot of excess weight according to BMI standards, and still be in that normal range. So but not where you want to be ultimately. So that makes sense. Okay, you were doing carnivore before we met, right? Or it's one of the things you've done. I

 

Jerry Bonanno  14:36

did a stint on carnivore. That was probably the last thing I really tried before we we got together. And yeah, I just you know, I have a history of type two diabetes in my family. And so, you know, I thought, well, I'm probably not great on all these cards and the processed food that I'm eating, and so I was looking around for something that was pretty straightforward, even though it was very restricted. I mean, that's kind of the two sides of, of something like carnivore, it's, it's very restrictive, but it's not that complicated to implement, because you can only eat a couple things, you know, so that, you know, I'll give it its do it, I lost 13, or 14 pounds on it and then leveled out because I really wasn't tracking my calories or anything like that it was just, like, cut out a bunch of stuff. So but you know, it was very hard to sustain, you know, finding steak and eggs, you know, and other stuff constantly to eat while you're trying to work, or you're at a meeting or you're here or you're there, you're traveling can get challenging. And so, you know, I just stopped doing it, because I couldn't sustain it. And then you know, that a little time passed. And then after that I came to you, but you know, those I know, you know, for people that have specific, maybe conditions that works, but for me, it worked. I couldn't tell why it worked. Because there was so many variables that were adjusted at the same time, you know, but it wasn't a long term solution. And frankly, I feel just as good now eating a good balance of macros, then, as I did, then, probably better. So yeah,

 

Philip Pape  16:09

yeah, more carbs. And like you said, yeah, when you're traveling or just anywhere, you have to rely on someone else for food man, just trying to find protein alone. Yeah, let alone just a pure like carnivore style diet is going to be, you know, it's expensive food, it's usually has to be cooked, like, you know, so. So instead, they put out the sandwiches, and they put out the croissants and all that good stuff. Right? Right. So it was simple, but restrictive, which we hear constantly when it comes to these diets, you know, and I've been there myself with keto and Atkins back in the day and everything. But it's like, yeah, simple list of foods, just eat this. Don't eat that. And you're like, in the real world? No, it doesn't work. Right. What? So that's one of the obstacles, it wasn't sustainable. Is there anything else that comes to mind before we worked that, you know, later on you, you gain some insight into?

 

Jerry Bonanno  16:53

Um, I mean, me personally, it did. I think the other thing it did that, you know, that helped was I wasn't eating anything processed. Right. And so that that was another helpful, you know, attribute of that, I think, mostly, it was just that it wasn't something I was going to be able to do for the long term. And, you know, it wasn't, I mean, there's other foods you want to eat, you know, that that are just that you're eliminating? I mean, I'm not super, I always joke that I grew up with some really good cooks. And so I'm kind of over it. I'll never get food that could again, you know, as like my grandmother, or my uncle's cooked, or my mom and dad. Yeah. So, but my wife had great affection. I should take that back. She has she cooks really well. But But yeah, it's it's just that I'm not super attached to specific foods. But I mean, there's really not a lot of variety there. So it just wasn't something I was going to be able to do, you know, for the rest of my life and realization after four or five months,

 

Philip Pape  17:49

you know, yeah. Now, there's a concept. There's a concept that you've talked about physicality. And I want to get into that, because I want to tie that into why besides health, right, why you want to lose fat and how it connects to your training, because you're a lifter, we want people to lift, we want people to get strong, and a lot of people may not have the history you do of doing it all those years. But regardless, it's an important thing. If you permit me, I'm going to read something that you wrote to me. Sure. And I'm going to try to do it in like a dramatic documentary voice. If that works, and then we'll see if we can throw some music behind it. So just came up with this. Let me let me give it a shot. All right. Yeah. Like a lot of men of his vintage Jerry binotto started training for sports in high school. Growing up on a steady stream of Arnold action movies in the 80s. Jerry played football and wrestling training hard from age 13 to 23. But then he lost touch with his physicality, focusing on work graduate school law school, starting a family and getting his career off the ground. He found himself in his early 30s, having accomplished a lot in those areas, but in a less optimal place physically. Despite being extremely busy, he started taking steps in earnest to get back in touch with his physicality. He rekindled his love of lifting and has been training consistently and hard for the past 15 years. Jerry is a big believer in men being unreasonable about prioritizing their physicality, as they hit middle age and continuing to train hard into their 40s 50s and beyond. Sometimes you just need to be in Jerry's own words, too stupid to quit. All right, so maybe it wasn't as dramatic with the music. It might be. We'll see. I have to ask how stupid adequate Are you? And how unreasonably Do you now prioritize your physicality? What does that mean?

 

Jerry Bonanno  19:38

Okay, well, yeah, so, as far as the physicality thing goes, I mean, I think that I'll get a little metaphysical here. But look, no matter what your face system is, or what you believe, or don't believe, like our experience here on Earth, is we live it in our physical bodies. There's no escaping that right. So, you know, this is what you have while you're here. and all of your experiences are going to be filtered through this kind of physical, you know, show that you inhabit. So, you know, to me, if you don't pay attention to that your experience here is not going to be what it should be. And so, you know, that's kind of on the deepest level. But I mean, you know, everybody wants their clothes to fit and to look the way they want to look. And I did grow up on a steady stream of Arnold movies. And, you know, Carl Weathers and you know, Lou Ferrigno, and semester Stallone and all that stuff. So, you know, as a little kid, you're looking at that and said, Whoa, you know, that's pretty awesome. Like, I could do that. I could handle that. And what's your favorite of those movies are like Commando, but okay, you know, you know, I promise I kill you last and all that stuff. I like that whole thing. But anyways, um, so yeah, so that is kind of the physicality part. And a lot of times, you know, we're, when you're running around trying to get from point A to point B, especially over a period of years, which would happen to me from my mid 20s, to like my mid 30s, you know, you lose track of that. And I had started when I was young. And with that, it was really important, in kind of my formation, a lot of these really physical kind of experiences, like you mentioned, with sports and things, and then that all went away, and covered a lot of ground and other areas, but like you said, just had lost kind of that piece. So I think, struggled to get back into it. I mean, I went in a few different directions, and then came back to lifting for the reason that I think it attracted me first, which, which is that it was really one of those things is there where it's like, you think there's something wrong with you, or you're not where you think you should be. And you can actually fix it almost exclusively on your own, you don't have to show up at a class at a certain time, you don't have to deal with an instructor, you don't have to, you have to do any of that. If you don't want to, you could do this, it's basically up to you. And being kind of a naturally, you know, introverted, shy or type person. That was awesome. It's like, okay, so there's something not right about me, and I can actually fix it, you know, I can do that. And so that was encouraging. Some people get discouraged by that, if they're the solution, and maybe part of the problem, I find that super encouraging, it's harder to change other people than it is to change yourself. So but in order to do that, as the demands kind of pile up, you have to be what I say is like, you have to be unreasonable about it. And I can give you a kind of an example with me when you know, pre COVID I was, I had a very long commute in and out of work, pretty demanding job, like young family, all that kind of stuff. And it was a lot of commuting, I mean, no, no BS, it was close to four hours a day community. So it's like, okay, I want to build lifting back into my life. So how am I going to do that. So basically had to get up at 415 every day for about 11 years, and just went to the gym, then. And then, or all my stuff got ready and went to work. And, you know, tried to do that four days a week, or three days during the week, and then list on the weekend, a day on the weekend. And at various points in there, of course, you're gonna, you're gonna start thinking, what am I doing, I'm getting a can't get enough sleep, I'm getting up, I'm getting home, and I have to, like, pack up for the next day, and I'm trying to eat and, you know, talk to my wife and spend some time with my kids. And then I got to throw my clothes together and get in bed and get back up. So that's what I mean, with being unreasonable. You have to, there's plenty of reasons not to do it. I mean, today, even you know, you wake up and you don't want to get out of bed, you know, you're tired or, and, you know, and so you have to be reasonable with yourself and get yourself to do it. Don't give yourself you know, and out. Yeah, there's, there's, I think you just have to always, you have to always understand there's always three good reasons not to do what you should do. What you know, you should be doing. But you have to do it anyway. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  23:47

you have to do it anyway. I mean, it sounds like it's so connected to your purpose and who you are. And it would be awesome. If everybody listening could could find that. And everybody can I'm not saying they can't. And it's even if somebody's listening, like but I like group classes, or I want to do whatever you just said like you're gonna give yourself reasons not to do and I've heard that too, with new clients who I'm trying to get them like training with barbells or whatnot. And like, but I really love the group group class and the question I have to ask yourself is what do you really want out of all this? And is that gonna get you there? You can definitely do things in your life that you enjoy that maybe don't serve that purpose. But you have to make the space and prioritize is what you're talking about is prioritizing, but like not even giving yourself the reasons they may exist but so what you do it I mean, that's cool, man.

 

Jerry Bonanno  24:29

And that's that's just to add to that that's why the early morning thing because you know, I'm just like yeah, you get stuff pops up that you didn't know was gonna be there and no matter how carefully you plan you're gonna get your time gets sucked up by other things. So it does first thing like nobody else is even awake. So nobody can get in the way you know, so but you have that's it's it's not the most reasonable thing all the time but you have to go there sometimes to get it done. So I

 

Philip Pape  24:58

hear you man, I used to I used to say I'm not a morning In person, and I know a lot of people listening probably nod your head like, Yeah, I'm not a morning person, I can't do that. But again, that's the, I want you to keep this be unreasonable in your head, just say, Well, what if I did do it? What if I did it for like three weeks or four weeks, you know, three or four days a week, I just did it and experiment with it and see how it makes you feel, I guarantee you're gonna get the day started. You're gonna be pumped, you're gonna have the energy, you're gonna like, I accomplished something huge already. And the most important thing for me right now for my physicality, and so the rest of the day is like, you know, easy.

 

Jerry Bonanno  25:28

Yep, yep. And it's, and it's gonna just be frank, it sucks. I mean, it's gonna suck your heart when I first transitioned to doing that, because I was lifting after work before my first daughter was born. It was horrible. I mean, I was like, This is the worst. Like, I can't, I can't do what I was doing after work. I can't, you know, I'm really not awake yet. All these excuses, right? And they're not. They're real. I mean, but it's like, okay, you're gonna acclimate to it. And now I can't train it at night. I'm weaker. At night, you know? So, if you'll get used to it, you know, and it's if it's that or nothing, then do it in the morning. Exactly.

 

Philip Pape  26:06

Do it. How did did you at some point, make a decision elsewhere to make a trade off so that it wasn't so hard? Or like you didn't have that long commute? Or did it just naturally your job changed?

 

Jerry Bonanno  26:17

That happened through COVID? Yeah, okay. You know, we started all teleworking and it kind of stuck. So, you know, for me, that's, that really changed my life, frankly, quite a bit, it helped me to really be able to get a little more rest, and I think help with my consistency. But I stuck to the mornings. And I kind of built out the home gym as my, my kids came into the picture. So I did go to a very, I had the luxury of training at a really good powerlifting gym that was just outside of DC where I work. And you know, some great people there, Mac Gary and Suzy Gary, who were from Maryland, awesome in the powerlifting world, and they taught me how to live. So I had to look, I got lucky, I had them there. But even when I was doing that, I would stop there on the way out of DC and then come home and I wouldn't get home until 830 or nine o'clock at night. And so once once my kids came into the picture, I figured I think my wife had been really good about it. But at that point, it's like, Okay, I gotta be around after after work. So switch to the Lord.

 

Philip Pape  27:17

Yeah, so you just Okay, so you switched, you are deliberate things that you did, right? Like you switched in the morning, you built your home gym, you did things to reduce friction, even when there was reasons to have a lot of friction, you kind of moved it around. And that's the important message. It's like, you can't always eliminate everything that's still right there. Yeah. I

 

Jerry Bonanno  27:35

mean, it's kind of like, you know, I mean, this thing, like, be unreasonable, it's good. It's a good Maxim like, but don't grind yourself into a note for no reason. I mean, be smart to like, if there's things you can do to reduce the friction, do it. And the other thing is that I just want to mention with that sounds inconsistent, but like, you have to give yourself some grace one. So, you know, if you're on a four day program, and you only hit three days, that week, or a five day and you only hit whatever, you know, don't quit, Don't drive yourself into the ground with that just keep going and move past it's gonna happen, you happen, it's

 

Philip Pape  28:06

gonna happen. So a couple of times already, you've mentioned, you know, working hard and smart at the same time. So shout out to our friend, Tony Perry, who's in the Andy Baker's barbell club with us. And he was on the show before. And he and I chat all the time, very philosophical guy. And he gives me some business advice as well. And I was talking about this podcast and updating the description, which I did. So for those watching, read the new description, it says something about working smarter and more efficiently. But my original draft was working smarter, not harder. And you know, that's kind of a cliche, trite thing that people say, and he's like, What are you talking about? Man? He's like, No, you still want to work hard. You just do it. You combine it with smart. And that's how you get everything. That's how you work efficiently. And so you're hitting on those themes of like, there's effort, and it's hard. And anybody listen to the show that wants it to be easy, or fast or quick in any way, not going to happen. Not going to happen. You're going to have to go after it. But you could do it in a smart way. And what I won't don't want you doing is working hard and not getting the result because that's that's the discouraging thing. When you're not an intelligent and you're working hard. And you're like, Well, I'm working hard, but it's not working. Okay, we're trying to teach you that here on this show. And Jared, Jerry has been there. Yeah. What about the food side along this whole? Like, again, now we're going back in time, you say physicality is was super important. Was nutrition or food, like on par with your training? In terms of the focus?

 

Jerry Bonanno  29:26

No, okay. Okay, that's the thing that I've kind of come full circle. I'm now being where I am. It wasn't and and although I probably looking back, I mean, I was lifting, I understood that I needed to eat relatively well. I needed to get enough protein, this that and the other thing, and I thought I was kind of doing that, you know before but I'll say a couple of things and kind of reflecting what I started working with you. So what I was doing is just kind of eating free grazing but trying to pick up enough protein so I thought be useful. But looking back back, I really wasn't keeping track anything. So I had no idea really how much of anything I was eating, right. And so, again, it's pretty simple stuff. But when I started working with you, I mean, I would say looking back a few things, if you're not tracking what you're eating, you have no idea how many calories you're eating, I don't care. If you think you do or not, you're eating more calories than you think you are. That's super hard to judge, even if you're kind of paying attention. And you have no idea how little protein you're eating, if you're not tracking, because it's not easy to get a gram per pound of body weight of protein, right? Or point eight, or whatever you're trying to do. And like me, personally, when we started working together, I thought I was eating a lot of protein, because, you know, I'm lifting and I'm, I'm doing all the things, but I was probably lucky if I was eating 140 grams of protein a day, and I was 250 pounds. So that's not even close, like now, you know, I'm getting a gram per pound pretty much every day, just because of the way I eat, not even really going out of my way, the way today. So those were really the two things. So I was kind of like aware of nutrition and what I should be doing. But when I compare it to what I was doing with lifting and training, like I would never go lift and not write down when I did like, yeah,

 

Philip Pape  31:11

yeah. Or it's like your budget, your training all these other things you try? Yeah. And why don't food? Yeah. But for

 

Jerry Bonanno  31:17

some reason with nutrition, I was like, Yeah, I'm kind of doing it. Yeah. My

 

31:22

name is Tony, I'm a strength lifter in my 40s. Thank you to Phil and his Whitson weights community for helping me learn more about nutrition, and how to implement better ideas into my strength training, Phil has a very, very good understanding of macros, and chemical compounds and hormones and all that. And he's continuously learning. And that's what I like about Phil, he's got a great sense of humor, he's very relaxed, very easy to talk to. One of the greatest things about Phil, in my view is that he practices what he preaches, he also works out with barbells, he trains heavy, not as heavy as me, but he trains heavy. So if you talk with him about getting in better shape, eating better, he's probably going to give you some good advice. And I would strongly recommend you talk with him, and they'll help you out.

 

Philip Pape  32:05

That's a good segue into the things that you did change in your approach. And kind of strategically, tactically, I mean, that was a huge one. That's step one, you know, when I work with a client, in our physique University, it's like the onboarding, the second module is tracking. And if you're like, oh, I don't want to track I mean, track. So have you had an experience of tracking food ever in the past? Where at all? And then if you did, was it ever unpleasant? Or was this the first time you really started tracking, I

 

Jerry Bonanno  32:31

had tried to track a couple of times in the past. And then going way back, I think, in my mid 30s, I had some success with it. But I was just tracking what I was eating, I didn't really have a plan, or even with macros, I wasn't really paying attention on school just focused on calories, you know, and so I had done it in the past, but I think having like, Okay, I'm going to get into a calorie deficit, I'm going to keep my protein high enough to maintain or keep trying to maintain what the muscle I have during this cut. And I'm going to do it for a period of time. You know, it's not like, I'm just in the deficit forever, like, we're going to run this deficit for the way we set it up, I think, and this was more like, you know, just how I think it's like, I'm going to run this deficit for a specific period of time. And there's a rate that I should be losing at, but I'm just gonna focus on like, the leading indicators, like doing the things, and where I end up is where I end up at the end of three months. And it's gonna be dictated by how, you know, closely I can stick to the plan, and probably a million other things that happened in your body when you're trying to do this, but it was, I think those were the things that really changed with was having a plan, having an end date, and like saying, Okay, let's do this, and let's get, let's stay on track. And I think the tools that you have, and you're really good at data analysis, you know, and so, you know, I'm, I would show up for a coaching call, say, I think this is happening, and, you know, you say, Well, you have the data like I have it right here, let's look and it's like, yeah, that's happening or not quiet, or here's why it's happening or whatever. So I think all of that is really what changed. And interestingly, like that stuff, you know, I think we did I think two, you know, we did two, three month cuts together. And, you know, that's all stuff I've, I've gotten on a scale pretty much every day, we can talk about that too. I know that's another bugaboo for some people, but I'm a big believer in weighing yourself every day. And then, you know, tracking food and tracking macros. Now, if that's all you want to do, I think you can probably get most of the way where you want to be just doing that stuff. But

 

Philip Pape  34:38

yeah, that's a great message, right, like, so. We talked about on the show all the time. And I'm like, if you just listen to all the episodes and apply it, you'll be successful. Knowing that however, there are specifics to to you that you may not quite understand even when you have that which is probably, which is why I want to ask the next question, but they don't want to dig back into what some of the details is. Why did you come back to me a second time If it happens, it happens more than people would think, where it's like, you know, I want you to fire me when we're done. But then there's always things you can learn and help that you can get to make the process easier. So I'm just curious about that. I think

 

Jerry Bonanno  35:11

for me, it's it was, we had a lot of success, the first run. And there might I mean, this is not the only reason I think the service was really good. All of that stuff. I mean, it worked. We clicked, you know, it was fun working with you, you know, there was nothing forced, it was like, how do you want this to go? How much help do you need? Where do you need to help? You know, so it was very much customized to me, which was great. But also, there was a little tinge of fear or anxiety that like, I don't want to just have done that, and then try this on my own. And for No, I wanted to make sure like I had it. And, and it's really interesting, because virtually the same thing happened in the second cut, this happened. And first, we got a little over 15 pounds of scale weight off, or we turned off our retract it. And you know, overall, over both cuts, I mean, my my waist Trump five inches. So I was kid you and you kind of owe me a new wardrobe. That's good. But But know that that's why I really wanted to do a second run with you and just make sure I had everything down and could replicate those results. Yes,

 

Philip Pape  36:18

it's interesting, because I find that the most successful people that do this are the ones who are also willing, they're curious, first of all, like you asked a lot of great questions as we work together and took advantage of whatever we could and even got, you know, challenge me on a number of occasions to really do my research and know my stuff. But the most successful people will have that curiosity and will seek help. And we'll look for every tool available to like accelerate that process as much as possible. So that yeah, eventually, you can just do it on your own with complete confidence. Whereas the people that aren't as successful, it's like, I could do it on my own, they kind of refuse to reach out for help. And I'm not saying you have to pay for a coach or I get it. Not everyone can afford that. But like, just rely on other people for like, I found that time and again, with every aspect of life, even if you are training by yourself in your dank basement gym, you learn from a lot of greats that came before you. And I'm sure you learn from a lot of people who are your peers? So Oh, yeah. Tell us about like, as we work together, you are asking great questions and trying to learn, I feel like you're trying to get in your own education in nutrition above and beyond just tell me what steps to take. Right. Right. Yeah,

 

Jerry Bonanno  37:27

yes, yeah. So I mean, for me, it's just the way I'm wired. Like, I need to understand at least at a more than an inch deep level, why I'm doing what I'm doing. Because, for me, it helps with a lot of the stuff we talked about earlier, which is like, there's going to be resistance, there's going to be internal resistance from yourself, there's going to be things that push in on you from the outside, your results may vary a little bit. So if if you don't understand what's happening, you know, that tends to spite your anxiety. And for me, your fear your and you get wrapped around the axle, you know, and it's kind of one of those things where I thought, this is another reason for the second run, it's like, you know, let's get a few another inch deep on this and see and make sure you understand what's going on. And I have more interest than I have bandwidth. So I think this stuff is really interesting. But I needed to basically nail down what are the I always thought about this, and my kids are probably sick of hearing, it's like, what are the big rocks that I need to get into the container? And if I have time, and like I said bandwidth or interest, I'll worry about the little rocks in the sand getting in there. But I need to know, what are the big ones that I need to move the needle? And I wanted to make sure I had my arms around that stuff. And, you know, that's kind of my motivation for, for doing it. I mean, it's it's, you know, education has been huge in my life changed the course of my life, really, to be honest. And but you know, it's one of those things that's kind of addictive, because the more you learn, the more you find out, you don't know. And so it's kind of a cycle. Yes, you can get addicted to it. And some people don't like that, because it's it's a little bit. You know, sometimes it's painful learning stuff, because you figure out what you don't know or what you had wrong. So you have to be able to, like deal with that. But yeah, anyway, that's why I kind of came back. And that's why I tried to dig a little bit deeper on certain things, you know, to make sure I understood, yeah,

 

Philip Pape  39:19

for sure. And, and it's like a filter, right? Like you said, What did you just say you said I have I have a lot of interests, but not all the bandwidth. It's like, it's like, if somebody just wanted to learn everything in the world, you'll never be able to read all the books that exist ever, like there's more being produced than every day than you could possibly ever keep up with. So how do you get to that, especially if it's not your area of expertise, and I mean, that's why I hear coaches all over the place business and podcasting and training, and it's a guy I understand there's an investment of money, but there's money time trade off, and usually you get way more results from it as a result. So tell us about the you talked about leading indicators. I like that so it makes me think of KPIs of profit. This oriented like in the now things you can measure ahead of time, so that on the back end, you get the result. It's like in a company, right? You don't measure toward profit, like you don't act toward profit, you act toward all the little actions day to day customer satisfaction and delivery and things like that, that get you the profit. And the profit is just you know, gonna happen. Same thing with weight loss, fat loss, whatever, you don't lose 20 pounds, you track your macros you eat your carbs, you try. Right, so tell us some of the most important indicators other than tracking food that you've already mentioned, that you found in the process with

 

Jerry Bonanno  40:34

nutrition. I mean, well, first, I learned this, like super young. So I was lucky. And I learned it through sports, one of the sports teams I was involved in was super successful, I was kind of mediocre, but the program was exceptional. And the thing that stuck with me about that program was they never talked about winning, all we did was win, but they never talked about winning, they talked about performance. And I remember, you know, walking off the mat, winning, getting chewed out, walking off the mat, after having my butt kick butt fighting, and having people hugging me and, you know, telling me what a great job I did. So it was like, oh, you know, this is this is how you get good. You know, you just focus on the process and what you're supposed to be doing and how you're performing. And so just like fast forwarding into nutrition, it's like, well, you know, this is why like, working with you, and getting the plan together was so important. It's like, okay, here's the rate of loss, here's where you should end up by the mass at the end of the three months. But here are the things you need to do this week to get there. And it's like, okay, total calories, like protein intake. Really, for me, I mean, I tried to focus on the few big things, it was, you know, controlling my total caloric intake and making sure I got enough protein, at the highest level that was really were my kind of leading indicators every day, and every week. And, you know, I would get on the scale every day. And And those were now my daily skill weight was not, you know, you talk about this a lot, it's like, that's gonna fluctuate, but when you get on a scale every day, and you put it into whatever app you're using, and if the app is good, you know, it's gonna give you a weight trend. So you're gonna be able to see where you're going, you know, but getting on recording it and then hitting your targets every every day, every week, or in for food intake. And whether you need to drink more water, we did a thing where we my steps. Remember, in the beginning, I sit here all day, you know, with smoke coming out of my ears thinking really hard, but I don't move a ton other than lifting weights, right? That's why that was a big change. When we got that up to 8000 steps. And then 10,000 steps a day, my heart rate dropped from like high 70s to like high 60s, like almost overnight, you know, so it's like, I want to reduce my heart rate. What am I going to do like my focus on that? Like, no, you have to get up and walk around. There wasn't even like training. It was like, just go walk, you know, get

 

Philip Pape  42:52

Yeah, and actually you you don't even focus on steps. So So you're saying is one of the results is the heart rate, an intermediate result is higher step count. But even that is not the KPI. The KPI is the activity that gets you the stripes.

 

Jerry Bonanno  43:03

It's like, I tried to, like shrink it down to like, what do I need to do today? Because I find, like, yeah, about this week, or so to your point, it's like, you need to get up every so many get up every so many minutes and walk or go out for a walk or, you know, whatever. And those are like the most immediate things that you need to do, I think, because I think what happens if you don't do that is like, okay, so we do that math at the beginning of the cycle, and I should lose 17 pounds at the end of this three months, right? But I only lose 14. So then it's like, oh, well, I failed, I missed by three pounds. It's like you're 14 pounds lighter than you were when you started You dummy. And you're and you're less fat, and you're healthier. And that's a win a

 

Philip Pape  43:44

huge one. Yeah, you weren't fixated on the number, you're you're fixated on the process, and you gotta get your mind,

 

Jerry Bonanno  43:48

right. So it's like, that's why I think that's so I mean, everybody wants to win, whatever the win is, but you're not going to get there if you don't do the things that you need to do every day to get there. And I think you're way better off focusing on that stuff. And see where the where you end up and obsessively focusing on that outcome. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  44:06

and correct me if I'm wrong, but half the time when you ask the question, like, what do I do for x? The answer is either, what do you think we should do? Like, what? What will work for you? Or why don't we look at the data and figure out what it's telling us? Because, again, I think a good coach isn't just gonna say do this. I mean, a coach can do that, right? In certain cases, it's like, no, just do this. But in a lot of cases, it's like, I gotta work with you. You know you better than me, right? I'm not a I'm not your nutritionist, you know, sitting there every day planning out all your meals. It's like, you got to live your life, man. So you tell me these five, five options for hitting this KPI and let's make it happen.

 

Jerry Bonanno  44:44

That's exactly right. I'm glad you brought that up. Because it's like, that's not what this service is that you provide. It's not like here's your breakfast. Here's your snack. Here's your lunch. You know, it's what kind of foods do you like to eat? You kind of get a feel for the for that part. Listen and say, Okay, this one's good. It's rich in protein, it's very protein dense for the calories, right? This one not so much. Maybe you pick that up when we come out of the cut, you know, and then, you know, you kind of let the person put their own kind of micro package together. But you're, you're kind of guiding guiding people through how to do that. And that's right. I mean, whether it's getting more steps, it's like, Well, do you have a dog? What do you have the what? How can you get more steps in you know, and it's like, oh, yeah, I have a dog, you know, I can walk the dog. Or I can do you have a treadmill? It's like, yeah, if you if you absolutely have to, at the end of the day, if you want to get another 1500 steps in or teeth out, you could walk on the treadmill, you know, it's like, oh, yeah, I have a, you know, have a TV next to the treadmill, I could listen to a podcast or do something while I'm walking on track habits. So it's like, you know, if you I think that's really that's, that's right. It's a difference between a coach and like a nutritionist or something like that. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  45:55

yeah, even the approach you take isn't always set in stone, because life changes or situations change. Sometimes my answer is just try it out. Try it, try it out for two weeks. And if you don't like it, we'll try something else, like, you know, okay, so one of those things, despite all that, I will look at your data, right. And there were times where I'd look at things and see insights or opportunities. And I'm like, Hey, Jerry, you know, this, this can you can do better here, right? Like, we can move up, you can eat more carbs, whatever it is, and, and kind of identify that, but then it's still up to us together to figure out how to do that. Yeah, let's just talk about carbs. Because you went from carnivore, which is all animal products, no carbs. I mean, it's like, even lower than keto in a way, right? It's like practically no carbs at all. Because you're just not eating anything with carbs. What was that shift? Like, for the carbs? Were you like, yeah, Heck, yeah, no problem, or there's some difficulty.

 

Jerry Bonanno  46:42

I don't think I was like that, I think, you know, you were always my carbs are always a little bit low. You know, and at least in the beginning, I think I got better at it. And I think it was just not eat, you know, it was the carnivore experience was kind of a manifestation of this, but I think I had really internalized this, like, we're on carbs. Like, I think Mark Bell used to call it that, you know, it's kind of funny, but it's like, I think I had kind of internalized that and said, Well, I can't eat any carbs. Because like I said, doctors history of type two diabetes, and this and that the other thing, and it was like, you don't want to overheat carbs and processed foods. And really, sugar, I think is the is the big thing. But it's like, okay, you know, you can have some rice, or you can have fruit, like, I like fruit. And, you know, depending on what you're eating, you know, there could be a fair amount of carbs and those so it's like, okay, you can eat that stuff, like, you know, you're just, you're just going to eat it and try to make it conform to the goals that we've set out with your macros. So that was a big one. I think the carbs and we did find a kind of an interesting little anomaly with cuz my wife does kind of keto. And so I think we're trying to figure out like, I was hitting my calories, but the way that the, you know, the standards work, calories per gram, I guess, of carbs and fat I was, I found this like, keto bread, and it's full of fiber, and it's not that many calories. So it's like, how are you like doing this? Why are your carbs not higher? You know, what are you actually eating? And we figured out Oh, it's, it's this stuff. And there's like a ton of fiber in it. So it's like

 

Philip Pape  48:13

20 grams

 

Jerry Bonanno  48:14

and slices. Like, it tastes kind of like bread. So,

 

Philip Pape  48:19

I mean, it's great for a fat loss phase. It's one of those like, little hacks that's

 

Jerry Bonanno  48:22

good for fat loss. Yeah, I think that was one of the things and also, I think, even the movement was a challenge, you know, because if your job doesn't require you to get up, and actually mine requires me to folk to sit down and focus, it's like, you know, you're, you're kind of battling that. So if you're not really conscious about it, you can really, you can take on your movement, and doesn't help when you're in a car if you if you're not moving. So those kinds of things, I think we had a really kind of check in adjusts every once in a while. And I need to be reminded, you know, once a while,

 

Philip Pape  48:54

we all do, man. I mean, I'm in a fat loss phase right now. And I'm seeing it slow down. And I know exactly why it's because my steps are like 4000 lower than they normally are. You have the data. Like it's clear, it's clear as right and you know, what's going on. Now, during this these two cuts? What about your biofeedback, like things like hunger, digestion, sleep stress, like, were any of those problematic at any point or challenging in any way? Um,

 

Jerry Bonanno  49:18

you know, well, beginning there was, you know, I didn't I wasn't once I adjusted what I was eating, you know, and started eating less kind of processed stuff that's very calorie dense, but not very satiating, you know, and not and kind of nutrient deficient. To be honest, you know, that kind of went away there was hunger initially, but once we figured out okay, you know, you need to eat more chicken and a cut, you're not going to be eating steak. You're going to be eating more more chicken more fish. Regular was like, you know, my, my found source of protein that was really satisfying. And so the hunger was one thing, but that eased off pretty quick. And once I kind of slowed down and just ate and then stopped, you know, and kind of realize your full, like, you're not hopefully anymore, like you can move on to something else. Or, and also the other thing, I think that I realized that I had to adjust to was I wasn't really drinking enough. That's another thing I've I've struggled with fluid, you know, water. And so sometimes you're thirsty, but for some reason you think you're hungry and you're eating so the hunger was one thing digestion. The other thing that I didn't mention, before we started working together, I started to really experience for really the first time, some acute kind of digestive stuff like reflux, I got really bad heartburn for the first time in my life, like, before we started working together, kind of like mild reflux, after you eat, having to clear your throat just just kind of stuff where it's like, what is going on here, you know, let that let off, kind of right away, when we started to cut and has stayed gone, as long as I'm not drinking too much alcohol or doing getting off track too much. I can feel it when I go when I when I do go to a social event and maybe have some few extra drinks, or I'll eat out or something. And it's like, yeah, I can definitely feel it in in the digestion area. But, and I also the other thing that we did with that was got on a probiotic. And and that helped a lot too. So yeah, it was the digestive symptoms. And the hunger were kind of two things that while the digestive symptoms led off, and the hunger did ramp up a little bit. But once I adjusted and started eating better foods, better quality food, it wasn't really a huge issue for me. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  51:37

yeah. And we and you know, hunger is different for everyone. And it depends on how fast you're going and how much weight you start with like being a bigger guy, I always noticed that bigger individuals will have maybe a little less hungry just because they have like the fat stores to draw from. It's kind of a weird phenomenon. But this whole idea of, there's always this debate about Intuitive Eating versus tracking. And we talk about doing both together. And the fact that you have all the data and you're tracking, it all develops that intuition. And what you're saying is now you know that if you go have some drinks, or do this, you feel it at a lot of people aren't even in tune with that they just kind of are living in a certain way. They always feel that way, potentially, and they don't notice the contrast. Right? And you mentioned like hydration. I know. And this may not be for everyone. When I'm in fat loss, if I start to feel like my stomach is empty, like, almost like not just hunger, but it's like there's a void in there. I know, it's probably because I haven't drunk enough. It's not that I haven't eaten, it's going to happen. And I go get a glass of water and like an hour later, it starts to subside. Yep. So it's just kind of being in tune with those things is super important. Yeah, probiotics. That's that's a whole thing that gut health, it's fun to get into. All right, just a couple more things before we we sign up. Were there any other I guess, aha moments that we didn't cover? From your whole journey? Whether it was mindset, sustainability, you know, specific tools or tactics? No, I

 

Jerry Bonanno  52:55

mean, I think what you just mentioned was one it was I had always heard this debate between intuitive eating and more tracking, I think they kind of are complimentary. Like, for me, intuitive eating didn't mean anything, what I didn't know how to eat was like, Well, I'm just gonna eat whatever, it doesn't eat me first. And try not to eat too much of it, you know, but it's like, but now I can do that. Because, again, it's getting on the scale every day. You know, that's, that's another big one and learning to eat the right way. It's like, now I know what right is for me. And what is going to keep me out of body weight that I think is better or healthier for me. And so I know what 40 grams of oatmeal looks like now, because I stare at it every morning on the scale. I know what it looks like, I know what eight ounces state looks like, I know what six ounces of chicken looks like. It's probably off but not I'm not eating 18 ounces of chicken. I'm eating maybe eight if I think it's six. So I think that that was one of the big aha was was oh, all this tracking now allows me to be a little more intuitive posed to you, you need that data and you need to learn first what's right and what it looks like. And then you can identify it out there without all the support.

 

Philip Pape  54:05

Yeah, it constantly comes up because the premise people have is when do I not track and it's like, Well, that may not even be a question like, you don't have to not track you could just track at different levels or pause tracking the whole spectrum nobody's telling you to do any of this stuff. But if you want it data that's how you get it is track and measure stuff. And I think it's kind of obvious, but I know I get people have emotional attachments to these things that have to be shifted up training. I know I wanted to ask you about your training. So like people want to know, did you all of a sudden go into a fat burning training program with high reps and lots of cardio?

 

Jerry Bonanno  54:39

No, no, I didn't do any any cardio during either of the cuts. I mean, I I tried to you know for general health like you said

 

Philip Pape  54:47

would say that again say that again. So people hear zero cardio zero cardio

 

Jerry Bonanno  54:51

other than walking other than just trying to be healthy and moving a little bit. Yeah, I didn't need it and I don't think it would help and I just did my my like from a weight training perspective, I mean, I came from more when I learned how to lift again, in my early 30s, I started in a powerlifting kind of setting. So I learned the three big lifts, learn how to progress on them was great, you know, as a base, I think I've gradually moved more now, as I've gotten older into more of a bodybuilding type, training split. You know, there's, I love all these debates about, you know, whole body and body parts splits, and people are like, at each other's throats and stuff, it's like, it's all moving away. And, you know, there's, there's big things that you need to have in place in your program for it to work. And then there's a lot of variability in there a lot of elbow room. So I didn't train, I didn't change too much I did go to what I did, though, the biggest change was I went to a higher frequency, kind of lower volume per session type of training program. So I went from like a four day, maybe upper lower split, to a six day body part split, where the sessions are much lower volume per session, still training hard, pushing really hard on work sets, like close to, you know, technical failure, the reps really need to slow down on those work sets, if you're not going to do as many of them. But I found that that was beneficial for me it I felt better, I think I was, you know, technically probably generating, you know, more muscle protein synthesis maybe more often. And it worked for me, it was motivating. I could get in and out of the gym, I didn't dread, you know, a 90 minute session in the morning. And so, but that was it, I would say that was like a tweak of the dial rather than a, you know, a major shift. But that's it really, it's

 

Philip Pape  56:38

important to understand. So people understand, right? There's the principles that never change. But there are some things that can benefit you in fat loss. And I know, from your program, I'm going to say two off the top that from what you just said, one is, because you have for higher frequency and shorter sessions, there's some sort of balance across the week, knowing that you have a lower energy available to you that that could work for people and feeling more recovered. Even though you're working more, you know, you go into the gym more often. But if they're shorter, another another thing is more auto regulated type program. It's not a powerlifting. Like you're always hitting one RMS or prs. You're hitting that day's PR, perhaps but not necessarily in all time, PR every time right. So what's next for you, man? What are you doing now? What's next?

 

Jerry Bonanno  57:19

IFBB pro card man now, I think you

 

Philip Pape  57:24

got to talk to Eric Helms. Oh, that's natural, though.

 

Jerry Bonanno  57:26

Yeah, I think I'm gonna, you know, I really am comfortable with the way I am now I'm hovering around, you know, 25 to 26 to 27. Depending on, you know, how much if I have any alcohol or eat out, yeah, wait can jump three pounds in a day easy. And you taught me you did not gain three pounds fat overnight. Don't freak out, give it a couple of days, it'll come back down. But I think I want to, I'm going to hang there until maybe later this summer. And I think I am going to do another cut in the fall, try to get down to my goals, the two teens, you know, and maybe live around 220 For the time being and maybe see if I can stay there. And for a while. And you know, just keep going. And I could see myself doing this mini cuts or cuts every so often for the next decade, keep my weight where I want it and just keep my blood work where I want it and and look the way I want. So that's really it, man. Nice man.

 

Philip Pape  58:20

Yeah, I'd say it's kind of like maintenance. I mean, you've gotten to the point where small tweaks will get you there. And that's, you know, we started you just wanted to shift toward that equilibrium or you want to be now maybe if you want to maximize your leverages, you get down closer to a five to 10. I don't know No, I'm joking. Because the height times three formula in our in our forum,

 

Jerry Bonanno  58:38

I have Cody kind of every once in a while will send me a message and say, why don't you just do a bench only competition? You know, like you're fishing, right? You know, like, well, if I if I get old enough, and I'm the only one left? Like I probably wouldn't say There you go. But no, I've toyed with that too of trying to get back into maybe compete once a while. But I'd like to do that at lower body. All

 

Philip Pape  58:56

right. So you know, what question is coming? Is there a question that you wish I had asked? And what is your answer?

 

Jerry Bonanno  59:02

Had it had it? And I think I answered it already. I think we covered a lot unwittingly in my urge to fill the time and say interesting things. But my question was going to be Why did you you know, for you to ask me why I hired you, you know, in the first place you specifically not a coach. And I think yeah,

 

Philip Pape  59:19

and you kind of answered that. But I for my ego if you want to add to that, not just I think

 

Jerry Bonanno  59:25

I can add to it a little bit. I think one of the things for people like me who would like a hobbyist man, this isn't my, my main thing or even my second or third thing is super important to me. But really, for me, it was looking for somebody that kind of understood that population. And you have a really unique skill set for working with general population. I think you could probably work with whoever you want it to. But people who are really juggling a lot of stuff who do this because they like it and they want to take it to the next level without having to consume their entire Are life presuming that, hey, I can, you know, I'm gonna, I'm going to be able to devote massive amounts of time to this. So your unique skill, I think Phillip and I mentioned this to you before is you can operate at any level of depth that a client would walk. And that's, that's really, I think, a unique skill because there's some people that are really deep, but they can't pull back. And like some weeks, it's like, Man, I just didn't know what to do. I'm really busy. Like, everybody's stressing me out, I got 10 million things, other weeks that lets off and it's like, well, why this why that why the other thing and you're not, like, frustrated by that or anything. So I think that's really I think what I wanted to make sure I covered is that if you're looking for help like that, I don't I don't know of anybody better to get it from so

 

Philip Pape  1:00:45

appreciate that man. No, I appreciate that. And I mean, the general thought here is you know, finding a coach that can communicate with you and work with who you are and where you are in life and yeah, it's not like any coach can work with anybody. You got to find the right for you. And you know, you've got to gotta be able to be friends with them in a sense, right? Because as we're working together, if the personalities bash too hard, that's going to be tough as well. So yeah, I consider you a friend and you've been awesome to work with so far and I know we're going to be continued to be in touch we're in the lifting club and everything and I hope everybody listening here got just tons of even just practical advice, let alone motivation and philosophical inspiration from you with with everything you've done so well done and thanks so much for for coming on. I do want to give people a chance to reach out to her if you wanted to tell tell them how Yeah, I

 

Jerry Bonanno  1:01:32

mean like folks that have Instagram account it's basically like a zoo cam in my basement just me going down there and training there's no talking or anything like that. So if you want to get in touch with me, I think the handles that the basement eight and credit the Tony Perry for calling me that and the list that didn't know lifting club and kind of stuff. So you can you know, reach out to me their request to follow me or whatever the thing you do on Instagram is okay, and you know, if you want to send me a message, I'm happy to respond or share whatever I can help you out. So I'm

 

Philip Pape  1:02:03

not far ahead of you with Instagram. Being we're not we're not that far apart in age, but like I didn't grow up with it. So I'm just still struggling through but we'll throw the handle in there at the basement ape. It's been a lot of fun. Talk with you today. God, thanks for coming on doing this. Have the courage to you know, share what you've been through and thank you. Awesome. Thank you

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

My 3 New Dieting Methods for Smarter, Easier Fat Loss in 2024 | Ep 186

In this episode, Philip throws out the traditional calorie counting approach and dives into nonlinear dieting for fat loss. He argues that the stress of daily calorie restriction backfires, slowing your metabolism and making it challenging to stick with your diet. Nonlinear dieting offers a more flexible approach, allowing you to vary your calorie intake throughout the week or month. This can keep things interesting, prevent metabolic slowdown, and make fat loss more sustainable. Philip also discusses the benefits of nonlinear dieting. He shares three specific strategies you can use and emphasizes that these are just starting points. The key is to find a nonlinear dieting approach that works for you. So ditch the calculator and get ready to experiment with a more enjoyable path to your fat loss goals.

Are you sick of counting calories but still want to shed fat? Is your metabolism stuck in slow motion? Do you want to lose fat but feel overwhelmed by complex diet plans?

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) throws out the traditional calorie counting approach and dives into nonlinear dieting for fat loss. He argues that the stress of daily calorie restriction backfires, slowing your metabolism and making it challenging to stick with your diet. Nonlinear dieting offers a more flexible approach, allowing you to vary your calorie intake throughout the week or month. This can keep things interesting, prevent metabolic slowdown, and make fat loss more sustainable.

Philip also discusses the benefits of nonlinear dieting. He shares three specific strategies you can use and emphasizes that these are just starting points. The key is to find a nonlinear dieting approach that works for you. So ditch the calculator and get ready to experiment with a more enjoyable path to your fat loss goals.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:19 The problem with the traditional approach to flexible dieting
6:12 The power of nonlinear dieting
15:54 The 3 new creative dieting methods
27:02 The mindset shift with nonlinear dieting
29:19 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Embarking on a fat loss journey often feels like navigating a minefield of conflicting advice and restrictive diets. But what if there were a smarter, more flexible approach that made the process enjoyable and sustainable? This episode of Wits & Weights delves into innovative strategies for achieving fat loss through flexible dieting and calorie cycling, offering a fresh perspective on how to balance dieting with real life.

Traditional dieting methods often involve sticking to rigid daily calorie targets, which can lead to mental fatigue, metabolic adaptation, and social life challenges. By contrast, flexible dieting and calorie cycling introduce variability and personalization into the diet, making it easier to adhere to in the long run. This approach acknowledges that our bodies and minds are adaptive systems that respond better to varied stimuli than to monotonous routines.

One of the main issues with traditional flexible dieting is the constant mental strain of adhering to the same calorie targets every day. This can lead to feelings of restriction and deprivation, which are counterproductive to long-term adherence. Flexible dieting, on the other hand, allows for psychological flexibility by incorporating planned breaks and higher calorie periods. These breaks help mitigate hormonal imbalances and provide temporary metabolic recovery, making the dieting process less taxing on both the body and mind.

Calorie cycling is a creative nonlinear dieting method that keeps the diet engaging and effective. For example, the "wavelength diet" cycles through three different calorie levels over a three-week period: an aggressive deficit in week one, a moderate deficit in week two, and maintenance calories in week three. This approach helps maintain mental engagement and sustainability by varying the intensity of calorie restriction. Another method, the "3-2-2 split," involves three days of aggressive calorie deficit, two days of moderate deficit, and two days at maintenance, offering a weekly variation that aligns with different levels of physical activity and social commitments.

Personalization is key to making any diet plan effective and sustainable. By tailoring the diet to fit individual lifestyles and needs, one can make fat loss a seamless part of their routine rather than a temporary fix. This episode emphasizes the importance of aligning dieting strategies with personal schedules, preferences, and even menstrual cycles for women. For instance, a strategy that alternates between calorie deficits and maintenance periods can be particularly beneficial for women by syncing with their menstrual cycles, thus making the diet more manageable and less stressful.

Incorporating flexible dieting and calorie cycling into your routine offers several benefits, including psychological flexibility, metabolic recovery, and improved social life balance. By strategically varying calorie intake, you can work with your body's natural rhythms and lifestyle, making the dieting process more enjoyable and sustainable. This approach not only helps in achieving fat loss but also fosters a healthier relationship with food and body image.

One of the biggest reasons diets fail is the mental strain of constant restriction. Even if you're flexible with your food choices, hitting the same calorie target every day can feel oppressive. Nonlinear dieting strategies, like calorie cycling, provide planned breaks from low-calorie periods, giving you something to look forward to and making the process feel less restrictive. This psychological flexibility is crucial for long-term adherence and success.

Metabolic adaptation is another challenge that comes with traditional dieting. When you consistently eat less, your body adapts by slowing down your metabolism. While you can't completely stop metabolic adaptation, nonlinear dieting allows for temporary metabolic recovery periods, which can enhance overall performance and reduce stress. These recovery periods can lead to better outcomes by providing more energy, better sleep, and improved hormonal balance.

Balancing social life with dieting goals is a common struggle. Nonlinear dieting strategies allow for more flexibility around social events, making it easier to enjoy meals out without derailing your progress. By thinking ahead and incorporating higher calorie days into your diet, you can maintain a balance between enjoying social occasions and sticking to your fat loss goals.

Hormonal benefits are another advantage of flexible dieting and calorie cycling. Prolonged dieting can suppress hormones like thyroid function and increase stress and hunger levels. Periods of higher calorie intake can temporarily relieve some of this hormonal pressure, making the dieting process more manageable. This approach works with your body's natural processes rather than against it.


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:01

Let's say you started tracking your macros and hitting your daily calorie goals consistently, fat loss is happening, but something doesn't feel quite right. Despite the freedom to choose your foods, the relentless grind of meeting the same targets day after day is starting to wear you down. Your energy fluctuates, your mood isn't great, and your social life and eating out well, let's say they've seen better days. So what now? Do you grit your teeth and power through? Or do you throw in the towel risking all the progress you've made? What if there's another way to approach this one that could revolutionize your fat loss journey and all future dieting phases. In this episode, we're diving into a smarter, more efficient approach to dieting that breaks the monotony of daily targets, and might just make the whole process a lot more enjoyable. Get ready to rethink everything you know about flexible dieting.

 

Philip Pape  00:57

Welcome to Whitson weights, the show that helps you work smarter and more efficiently to build a physique you want. I'm your host, Phillippe. And today we're diving into a topic that could completely transform your approach to fat loss. Picture this, it's Friday night, you're out with friends eyeing that delicious pasta dish on the menu. You've been diligently hitting your calorie target every day this week. But you're torn? Do you stick to your usual macro budget and order something less appetizing? Or do you indulge and feel guilty about ruining your diet? We've all been there. That constant mental math the feeling of being trapped by your daily calorie goal, even when you're following a flexible dieting approach. But what if I told you there's a way to lose fat without feeling like you're constantly fighting against this fixed budget is fixed daily number, a method that allows for more flexibility, enjoyment, and even strategically planned higher calorie days. And that's exactly what we're exploring in today's episode. Now before we dive in, if you're enjoying the show, if you want more content on building muscle and losing fat efficiently, like today's dieting methods episode that you will not find anywhere else, hit that follow button right now or whatever it's called in your app, hit follow, hit subscribe, whatever it's called, so that you get notified of future episodes, and it helps people find the show and ensure that you never miss an episode. So let's just dive into today's topic. First, we're going to talk about the main and the glaring problem with traditional approaches to died. Second, we'll introduce the smarter, more creative approach that I've been teasing you about that solves this problem. And finally, I'm going to give you three specific instances specific methods that accomplish this just three, and you can come up with many others yourself to give some inspiration on how to apply this to your situation. So let's talk about the problem with traditional approaches. When most people think about flexible dieting, and by the way, if you're not familiar with that concept with that term, today's podcast is a little bit more advanced, because it assumes you know what I'm talking about. But really what it is, is setting calorie and macro targets using an app like macro factor and hitting those targets and then you can eat whatever you want to hit those targets. Okay? There's a lot of other nuance, okay, how do you hit your macros, your saturated fat, your fiber, all that good stuff, meal, timing, supplementation, all of that, of course, but the gist of it is hitting those macros. And when you think about flexible dieting, most people think about a consistent daily calorie target. You know, like, every day, I'm gonna hit 2200 calories. You know, you know the drill, if you've been there, right? You hit your macros, you stay in your deficit, if you're in a fat loss phase, you rinse and repeat day after day. And just be consistent. And you'll get there. And while that's true, you will maintain your deficit if you hit the targets, and the targets are aligned to your metabolism. The problem is that our bodies and our minds are not machines, we're not robots, as much as I've told coaching clients, Hey, you, you know you executed like a robot this week. It's not necessarily a compliment. It's just an acknowledgement that you've been altra consistent, but we can't always be that way because of life. Right? Our bodies, our minds are complex. They are adaptive systems. And I like to say body and mind because they they work together but they also independently create, you know, the challenges that we face during something like a fat loss phase. So they adapt and they respond to the change that's going on. They respond to variety. They respond to whatever is happening in your life, the stimuli and the traditional approach of just having your macros and calories and then tracking them can definitely work. It works for a lot of people, but it can lead to some issues. The first and maybe biggest one being mental fatigue, because you are you are constantly restricting yourself to an extent as much as I talk about not using restrictive dieting, I'm referring to not restricting the foods. You do have to restrict something like the calories the amount of energy coming into your body to maintain that day. deficit. Now, you may be doing other things like increasing your activity, reducing your stress that increase the amount of calories you burn, thus not having to restrict as much with the calories. But there is some level of restriction. And so even if you have this flexibility of your food choices, the calorie level, that is what can be exhausting for people, especially when it's day after day, the same thing. Then we have metabolic adaptation, which is your body just being smart and trying to do its thing and get you back to homeostasis, it starts to slow down your metabolism to match the lower calories coming in to match your reduction in weight to match your reduced you know, your hormones. Well, your hormones downregulating are the expression of that metabolic adaptation. Okay, and so there's that right, and so calories will continue to drop as you go through the fat loss phase. And then there's the whole social and life aspect of this, right? How many times have you turned down an invitation to go out to dinner, where he felt guilty about enjoying a meal, or you, you know, had, quote, unquote, had to say no to that cake, you know, at the party, because it didn't fit your calorie budget, which you might find is rigid in those situations, but like no ifs, ands, or buts about it, okay. And this is where something called nonlinear dieting comes in. And this is going to bring us to our second segment. So we talked about traditional dieting, traditional flexible dieting, I should say, we have calories and macros that are fixed every day. Now we're going to talk about the power of nonlinear strategies for addressing everything I just mentioned. So nonlinear dieting, sounds like what it is, it's not linear, you're not hitting the same number every day. All right. Instead, strategically varying your calorie intake, to work with your body's natural rhythms, and your lifestyle and your by your body. I also mean your mind, your minds natural rhythms. It's a smarter, it's a more efficient approach. That's what we're all about being creative, and finding things that work for you for fat loss. And this often leads to then better results. And, more crucially, an enjoyable, sustainable process, right. And even though fat loss is a restrictive process, by definition, you can make it more tolerable, more enjoyable, more sustainable, and quite a bit so. And so we're going to break down why nonlinear approaches can be very powerful. And there are six key benefits that I want to highlight today for you. The first one, as I've alluded to, is really the psychological flexibility. Alright, one of if not, the biggest reasons that diets fail is the mental strain of the constant restriction, especially if you're going too hard, too fast. Like that is a definite, but even if you're going at a moderate rate, it can still become mentally taxing right fatiguing, mentally fatiguing, especially have a lot of weight to lose. And even though you're flexible in the food choices, you're like, Okay, I gotta hit the same calorie every day, it can feel oppressive. And I've had clients and we have clients in our coaching program, who will say, you know, my goal this week is to hit my macros. And I'll say, Well, what do you mean by hit your macros? And they'll say, Well, I want to get it within plus or minus five. And I'll say, Well, why don't we expand that a bit, and be a little more flexible, knowing that on a given day, you Something may come up, and you can't hit it that rigidly right. And already, we're talking about more flexibility than just hitting the same number. But nonlinear dieting, dieting strategies are intentional, they build in planned breaks from something that feels too low, in terms of calories, and then it gives you something to look forward to. And it makes the process feel less restrictive a lot of is just perception. And the overall average for your fat loss phase is the same, but you make it feel less restrictive. And therefore you're, it's like you're releasing this pressure valve, right for your mind. So that's the big one is the psychological flexibility. The second benefit of nonlinear dieting, is metabolic adaptation. Right? This is where again, your body is an intelligent system. When you consistently eat less, it adapts by slowing down your metabolism. And when you use a nonlinear approach, you're not going to stop metabolic adaptation, let me be totally clear on that you can't stop it, okay. But you can go through phases of recovery from that adaptation temporarily. And then back into the adaptation, rather than just kind of hanging out in that fully adapted state all the time. So there again, more of it. It's more about perception than anything. But it definitely can have some physical and physiological benefits when you have periods of not dieting within your dieting phase. That gives us a little bit more performance. It gives you a little bit lower stress, more sleep, things like that, and that actually can accumulate into better outcomes. All right, the third benefit of of nonlinear dieting is the social life balance. Right? How many times have you struggled to fit social events into a dieting phase? It's a very big thing that comes up all the time. And one of the first resistance Chances are points of friction I get with people is like the, you know, men and women in the 40s 50s busy lives and professionals, you know, they don't want to change everything right? When they hear like, about my coaching program that like, do I have to change everything right? And they're kind of thinking do I have to do I have to live like a bodybuilder? No, absolutely not. Things like nonlinear dieting, right, which I use more often than not these days with clients, allow for more flexibility around social occasions, so that the diet fits your life, not the other way around setup, making life fit around your diet in this artificial way. You're just making your diet fit your life, you're thinking ahead and saying, This is what my life looks like, I've got periods of boring routine, and I have exciting moments where I want to go out to eat more food, right? That's life. And you can actually enjoy the dinner out with friends, and not derail your progress, which is really what we're trying to get to when we talk about sustainability. The fourth, I think it's the fourth, the fourth out of six here is the hormonal benefits. Now this is a little bit questionable. I'm gonna explain why. But when the metabolic adaptation we talked about earlier, you know, suppresses your hormones to an extent. And part of the hormonal changes are higher stress, higher hunger to reduce thyroid function, right. And all of these happen during prolonged dieting. But if you can have periods of higher calorie intake, you can just relieve some of the pressure on those hormones at least temporarily, which then creates a massive perceived benefit as well. Right. So again, we're we're working with our body's natural process, not against it. But again, you cannot permanently shift or undo metabolic adaptation, it's going to happen, you're just kind of moving around where it happens, so that it aligns better with your your rhythms. And then our next point, when it comes to nonlinear dieting, is just sustainability in general, long term, right? By having flexibility, you get better long term adherence to the diet, right. So it's not just a short term thing, it's okay, I need to I'm gonna die it for four or five or six months, because I have a decent amount of weight to lose, I have 20 3040 pounds of fat to lose. And that sounds like a grueling slog, right? Or I can go very much slower, but it's gonna take a lot longer. I don't want to do that either. But if I go too aggressively, then it's going to feel like really, really tough to stick to. So what do I do? Well, assuming you have kind of somewhere in the middle, you can make it even more easy to stick to with a nonlinear approach, you're not just going straight, as a straight line, you're mixing it up, right? You're not just white knuckling through, it's an approach that you can maintain for this long period of fat loss, but even shorter periods can benefit from it. And then the last benefit of these approaches is the personal personalization, the customization. Like to me, that's rule number one about all of this stuff, and fitness and training and nutrition is everyone is different, you know, yeah, we're all humans. But we have subtle differences, not only in our bodies and minds, but how we live our lives. And non nonlinear strategies let you tailor it to those to your preferences are there's a concept? What if you like to eat cake? Or you like donuts? You like pizza? Can we still fit those in? Yes, and it's not just fitting them in, you know, randomly, it's fitting them in in a way that doesn't feel like you're sacrificing the rest of your day, or you're like saving a bunch of a bunch of calories. So you have to have this or cheat meals, none of that, right. We're gonna, I'm gonna give you some examples, and you'll see what I mean. But being able to tailor it to those things into how your body responds, and heck, even to your menstrual cycle, if that makes sense. And we're going to give you an example that soon is what it's about. And this can make all the difference. It really can. You're not then forcing yourself in a one size fits all approach. I can't tell you how many clients had an aha moment, when after a few weeks of dieting, they're like this kind of hard. And I'm struggling a little bit to be consistent. We're like, well, we don't have to do it this way. We can have more calories here, less calories here. Oh, we can do that. Yeah, absolutely. At the end of the day, it's just math. It's just math. And now you're moving the math around. I talk about engineering and systems. And that's what I'm talking about coming up with a creative solution that works with your body. Right. So the key takeaway here, in this second segment about approaches or about nonlinear dieting is that you have options beyond the daily grind of hitting the same calories every day. You don't have to be machine you don't have to be a robot, right you can make you can come up with the smart, varied strategies and make the process more intelligent, more efficient, more sustainable. And dare I say more enjoyable? Yes, even though it is fat loss.

 

Philip Pape  14:32

Hey, this is Philip and I hope you're enjoying this episode of Whitson weights. I started with some weights to help ambitious individuals in their 30s 40s and beyond, who want to build muscle, lose fat and finally look like they lift. I've noticed that when people transform their physique, they not only look and feel better, but they also experienced incredible changes in their health, confidence and overall quality of life. If you're listening to this podcast, I assume you want the same thing to build your ultimate physique and unlock your full potential. Whether you're just starting out or looking to take your progress to the next level. That's why I created wit's end weights physique University, a semi private group coaching experience designed to help you achieve your best physique ever, with a personalized done for you nutrition plan, custom designed courses, new workout programs each month, live coaching calls and a supportive community, you'll have access to everything you need to succeed. If you're ready to shatter your plateaus and transform your body and life, head over to Whitson weights.com/physique, or click the link in the show notes to enroll today. Again, that's Whitson weights.com/physique. I can't wait to welcome you to the community and help you become the strongest leanest and healthiest version of yourself. Now back to the show. So okay, we've talked about the problem with traditional approaches, right, hitting those same targets every day. And then we've talked about the power of nonlinear dieting. For a final segment, let's talk about the three new dieting methods that I literally just invented for today's show. But they are inspired by the different ways that I've customized plans for clients in the past and just a caveat, these are just three specific examples of an infinite amount of permutations of possibilities. So don't just run with this and say, well, Philip said, there are three methods, I'm going to use one of those. The whole point is the customization that I just talked about. That's the principle, okay. And if you just apply a little bit of creativity, if you sit for a minute, and think about your life, and your schedule, and what you like to do on the weekends, what time of day you train, and how many days you train, the days that you're hungrier than other days. Ah, well, how many of you, does that resonate with? That? You've probably heard influencers, say, like, you got a carb cycle and eat more carbs on training days? And in reality, it depends, it depends on do you need more on a training day, maybe you're the type that actually has your appetite suppressed when you train, and you're hungrier on recovery days, right. So all of those types of things, those nuances for you, if you think about them, maybe write them down right now, you can arrive at a fresh perspective that aligns with both nutrition science and your personal psychology. So I mentioned calorie cycling, which is often called carb cycling, because you eat more carbs on training days and fewer on rest days. And then protein and fats are relatively constant, right? That is a basic form of nonlinear dieting. You're probably already familiar with that. But I want to dive into three creative strategies that I came up with for this episode. And then I even gave them some nerdy, maybe marketable names. So I'm gonna, I'm gonna give you an informal, you know, trademark on this, I don't even know if they exist out there. I didn't Google it. So hopefully, I'm not violating anyone else's. And for all of these, just so you know, how the how the numbers work, I'm going to be using percent bodyweight per week for the calorie deficit. So I'm not using a percentage calorie deficit. So you might have heard other people talk about like, a 15% deficit a 20%. deficit, I'm using, how fast you're losing the weight. So how much of your body weight per week are you losing? That's, and the best way to do that easily on your own is with macro factor, which is definitely my favorite food logging app, because it also lets you set a fat loss goal and a rate of loss. And then you can tweak the rate of loss. While your goal is still active and implement one of the strategies I talked about today or come up with your own, you could just easily tweak it, right. And that rate of loss will change the amount of calories you're eating. Okay, I'm going to link to a free YouTube video in this show. So under show notes on our episode resources, I have a free video about how to download and set up macro factor for your initial phase for your initial like body recomp phase. So again, go into the shownotes episode resources and click the link for that. But let's start with the first strategy of the three that I'm going to give you today. All right, I'm going to call this one the wavelength diet, or an alternative name, name I just thought of is riding the wave, okay. And this involves cycling between three different calorie levels over a three week period. And I got the idea because in strength training, we often cycle and there's something called 531 or eight, five to where you cycled a number of reps every three weeks, and then you reset, so you can do the same calories. And here's what it looks like Week One. Week one, you start in an aggressive deficit. I always like aggressive first, when you're fresh, you're mentally fresh, you're physically fresh, you've got a decent amount of calories to work with. I always like starting aggressive if you're going to start aggressive and and less aggressive rather than the other way around. So week one, start in an aggressive deficit. And you might aim for up to 1% of your body weight per week, right in Maybe it's a little bit less, it depends on how many calories you have to work. This is where again, working with a coach you can customize to what makes sense for you. So it's not too extreme. So let's say 1% body weight per week, you do that for a week, then in week two, you shift it down to a moderate deficit of, let's

 

Philip Pape  20:15

say, a half a percent. So like he dropped by half a percent a week. So if you started at 1%, now you go to half a percent. Or if you started at point seven, five, now you get to point two, five, right? You don't want to really go below 2.25, because then you're not really losing weight, are you. So that's we to moderate deficit, week three, you bumped the calories up to maintenance. So week one aggressive, we to moderate we three maintenance, then you repeat, aggressive, moderate maintenance, three week cycle, and you just repeat it. And the beauty of this approach is that it builds in regular week long diet breaks, right? It's like, it's like riding a wave, you've got the dips, but you have your picks to look forward to. And you're constantly kind of mixing it up, which is great for mental psychology for a lot of people where you're still consistent for an entire week. But then the next week is something new. And then the next week is new after that, and now you're ready to reset. So just to put it in simple numbers, let's say you weigh 200 pounds, you start at 1% or two pounds a week. And so your deficit is 1000 calories. Now some of you might be like, well, that's a huge deficit depends on your starting calories. That's why I said you don't have to go 1%, it could be a little bit less. So you get 1% or two pounds a week for a week, then the next week, you go down to one pound a week, right? And that's like a 500 calorie deficit. And then finally, you go to maintenance calories, which is no weight loss, right? You're just eating and maintenance. And then when you do the math, what does it average out to it averages out to half a percent body weight loss per week. So you did very aggressive at one moderate had half, very well fed it at zero. And when you average it out, it's still a half percent loss per week. And so you you plan that out to say, okay, assuming an average half percent loss per week, how many weeks I need to go to get to my goal, right? Or given a duration? How much am I going to lose over that duration. So aggressive, moderate maintenance, repeat every three weeks. That's the wavelength diet. Okay. So strategy number two is what I call the three to two split. And this is a weekly approach. So within the week, you're going to break it down like this, you're going to have three days aggressive. So again, let's say 1%, two days moderate, let's say a half percent, and then two days maintenance. So three to two, aggressive, moderate maintenance. Now notice that out of the seven days, three of them are aggressive, two are moderate, and two are maintenance. So this gives you more frequent variation in your intake within a week. And this can be great for those who struggle with, you know, longer periods of restriction. And yeah, even a week for some people can get a little taxing sometimes. And so it allows for even more flexibility in scheduling your, let's say, your higher calorie days can be the weekend, the last two days, the maintenance calorie days could be Saturday, Sunday, or maybe you shifted and it's, you know, Friday, Saturday, around social events, right, or maybe that's around your big workouts where you need to be really well fed for those leg workouts, right, and then kind of in the middle of the week, you're starting to get tired of the diet. So you shift to that moderate before we get to the weekend, kind of kind of glides you up into the weekend. Right? So maybe you choose Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday for aggressive Thursday, Friday for moderate and then maintenance on the weekend. And you can just make it work however you want. Right? So if you do the math, in this example, it still averages out to about point 6% per week, because you got a little bit of that bias with the three days that are aggressive. So you got three days aggressive, two days moderate, it's not like evenly split. Anyway, it doesn't matter. I mean, that's, that gets you in the ballpark, you can shift it however you want, you can shift the numbers. So that's the second strategy, which I call the three to two split. And then the third strategy, the final strategy I want to share is the alternating fortnight right now, for those of you especially in the US who don't use that word frequently, or at all it means 14 days fortnight, right, two weeks, I see it definitely use more with people from the UK and Australia right from the Commonwealth areas. And I thought I would make this a nod to them. So the alternating fortnight not to be confused with the game fortnight operates on a two week on two week off cycle. So again, very simple. The first two weeks is your moderate to aggressive deficit. So you got some flexibility here, maybe it's point five, or maybe it's all the way to 1% It depends depends on what works for you. Okay, two weeks at a moderate to aggressive, then weeks three and four, the next two weeks are slight or even at maintenance. So slight deficit or if you're maintenance, so you've got very aggressive and very not aggressive at all. And then you repeat it every four weeks, right? So two weeks, two weeks, two weeks, two weeks. Now, this is an interesting strategy because it allows for longer periods at each calorie level creates that consistency. It can be beneficial for those who find like all the frequent changes disruptive and don't want to constantly be changing their app or their targets, right where As others really love to do that. And then interestingly, this can be aligned with women's menstrual cycle. And this is actually comes from a few of my clients who had very different hunger profiles in the two different parts of their cycle. And we did something like this. And it worked wonders, because the two weeks of the moderate to aggressive deficit can coincide with the follicular phase, when many women do find it easier. And the two weeks out on your maintenance aligns with the luteal phase when hunger and cravings usually increase, okay, but men can use this as well, again, it doesn't matter, it's just, you know, two weeks on two weeks off kind of gives you that break, the two weeks off, remember, doesn't have to be a maintenance, you can keep yourself in a diet, but just make it very slight. And it's still gonna seem like a lot more food than when you're in the more aggressive deficit. Now, the length and the symptoms and all that vary from person to person, like we were just talking about women with menstrual cycle, some women don't experience the difference, right. So again, you have to personalize this. But it's a great example of how we work with our body's natural rhythms. And we make fat loss more efficient, and less stressful. All right. So that's just three examples, I'm sure you can come up with a lot more. Because you know, the goal here isn't just to lose fat, it's to do so in a way that's sustainable a fit into your life. And as we wrap up this segment, I do want to emphasize that it's it's not about picking the best strategy. It's not about going with one of these three in particular, it's finding the one that aligns with you, your lifestyle, your preferences, your schedule, your goals, and it's fine to test and experiment, try one of these out, try one, if you want to try one of these, go for it. That's why I included them in here. Come up with your own right. The beauty of this, these approaches is by definition, their flexibility, so you can do whatever you want with them. Right? And maybe you can think of another one that would work better for you. And if so, if so, I'd love for you to send me a message on Instagram at Whitson weights, and let me know what you came up with. Or you could just say hello, just just say hello, say, Hey, I'm a listener of the show. Love the episode. Here's why. And if you have questions, send them my way, as well. So Instagram at Woodson weights. Okay, so now that you understand the power behind nonlinear dieting, I want to emphasize it's not about the strategies, it's the mindset shift that these represent. It's getting away from all or nothing thinking, which dominates so much of diet culture, it just does. It's like you got to do this and be on and go after and work hard and be disciplined and get after or else, you know, you're a loser. Right? Or maybe we do that to ourselves, let's be honest. Okay. And instead, it's flexible and sustainable. And that word, those words, like, they can't really be overused, because they mean what they mean. And that is what we want. And if your approach is not those things, if it is not flexible enough is not sustainable. Question it, question it? What can change to make that we don't just throw up your hands and say, Oh, well, it's just not going to work for me, right? Oh, well, maybe I am the unique snowflake. And I'm sorry to use that term, because it can be triggering, but still snowflakes are all unique. So there's a reason we use that. I'm the one that is not going to work for it. No, no, no, no, no,

 

Philip Pape  28:04

let's get creative, right? Because you're not just changing how you eat. It's not just a diet. Even though I use the word diet a million times today, you're changing how you think about food, how you think about your body, how you think about the process of transformation, which really is just personal and physical and mental growth. You're setting yourself up for long term success, not the quick fix. So next time, you're faced with a choice between this one size fits all restrictive dieting, even if it is flexible dieting with macros and calories and you're like this doesn't feel right. Maybe I should just eat intuitively before you do that, and give up. There's a smarter way, a way that works with your body, not against it. All right. And that's the power of nonlinear dieting. That's the power of channeling your effort and thinking about these things. Because yes, it can be hard. But it can be smart as well at the same time and that way you get something for your heart. That's what we want out of this game, isn't it, we want to get the result. And other people aren't thinking about this stuff. Right? I rarely hear about nonlinear dieting strategies or if I do they're like always the same ones. You've got a blank slate tabula rasa on this thing. And also, using your mental muscle will lead you to find other things in your fitness and health that you might be able to personalize. So there's that benefit. All right. If you are intrigued by these strategies, if you want to explore how they could work for your specific situation, if that's something that might interest you. In my Whitson weights physique university program, we do dive deep into customized approaches like this all the time. We tailor the nutrition plans, we tailor the strategies, we give you real time feedback, as these issues come up to your individual needs and your lifestyle. Right? We help you implement these smarter these more flexible methods for fat loss, right? Most of our clients are aiming to lose between 20 and 50 pounds of fat and we help them get there. Or maybe you're trying to build muscle many of our clients do both. All while giving you on Going support and adjustments and feedback. Yes, there's a community. Yes, there's courses, all that fun stuff. But at the end of the day, what you're looking for is how do I implement this for me. And if you want to learn more about how we could help you do that, how we can apply these concepts from today to your journey, click the link in my show notes to learn more about the physique University, or head over to Whitson weights.com/physique Because getting personalized guidance is exactly how you take your results to the next level and you stop spinning your wheels. Again, click the link in the show notes or go to Whitson weights.com/physique. Until next time, keep using those wits. Keep lifting weights and taking it one day at a time. I'll talk to you next time here on the wits and weights podcast.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

The 7 Most Powerful Mindset Techniques to Lose Fat and Build Muscle with Adam Poehlmann | Ep 185

Phi ipwelcomes Adam Poehlmann, host of The Poehlmann Fitness Show and a dedicated health, fitness, and nutrition coach at Poehlmann Fitness, to discuss how your inner voice can unlock physical achievements. This episode tackles the often-overlooked aspect of fitness: your mindset. Adam dives deep into the internal locus of control concept, empowering you to take ownership of your health journey. He also gets personal, sharing his fitness struggles and triumphs, from overcoming the temptation of alcohol to setting a positive example.

Are you feeling stuck in a fitness rut? Are you confused by conflicting fitness advice? Struggling to stay motivated when everyone on social media seems to have a perfect body?

Today, Philip (@witsandweights) welcomes Adam Poehlmann, host of The Poehlmann Fitness Show and a dedicated health, fitness, and nutrition coach at Poehlmann Fitness, to discuss how your inner voice can unlock physical achievements. This episode tackles the often-overlooked aspect of fitness: your mindset. Adam dives deep into the internal locus of control concept, empowering you to take ownership of your health journey. He also gets personal, sharing his fitness struggles and triumphs, from overcoming the temptation of alcohol to setting a positive example.

Philip and Adam explore the power of a growth mindset, where setbacks become growth opportunities. They also talk about navigating social media effectively, avoiding comparison traps, and harnessing its potential for inspiration and learning. Packed with actionable tips and real-life experiences, this episode equips you with the mental tools to finally conquer your fitness goals. 

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:21 What's the first mental shift Adam recommends
9:16 (1) Developing an inner locus of control
15:31 (2) Mental contrasting visualization
18:04 (3) Implementation intentions ("if-then" planning)
20:48  Choosing fitness over alcohol
23:25 (4) Community and accountability
26:32 When Adam hit a wall in his fitness journey
33:30 (5) Self-awareness and reframing negative thoughts
41:35 Mindset on nutrition and exercise progression
43:45 (6) Building resilience and self-compassion
53:52 (7) Managing information "diet" and social media influences
59:22 Navigating social media and fitness trends
1:06:11 Where to find Adam
1:06:55 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

Achieving Fitness Mastery: Harnessing Mindset and Mental Power

We are joined by Adam Poehlmann from the Poehlmann Fitness Show to explore the profound impact of mindset on fitness. Adam, a dedicated health, fitness, and nutrition coach, delves into the intricacies of how our mental attitudes shape our physical outcomes. By embracing a growth mindset and maintaining an internal locus of control, we can overcome the mental barriers that often hinder our fitness journeys. This episode is packed with practical strategies and insights to help you transform your mental roadblocks into productive behaviors for true transformation.

The Role of Mindset in Fitness

The episode begins with a focus on the critical role of mindset in achieving physical self-mastery. Adam emphasizes the importance of accepting personal responsibility for one's health and actions amidst the contradictory noise in the fitness industry. He shares strategies for transforming mental roadblocks into productive behaviors, emphasizing that true transformation begins with mastering the mind. By embracing a growth mindset and maintaining an internal locus of control, individuals can overcome mental barriers and achieve their fitness goals.

Practical Tips for Strengthening Self-Mastery

Adam discusses the concepts of radical acceptance, personal responsibility, and self-efficacy, as popularized by Carol Dweck's influential book "Mindset." He emphasizes the importance of self-awareness and suggests seeking feedback from trusted individuals, such as a spouse or close friends, to identify areas where we might harbor a fixed mindset. Adam also touches on the impact of social media and credential fallacies on our self-perception, encouraging listeners to embrace vulnerability and continuously seek personal growth by being obsessed with learning and improvement.

Anticipating and Overcoming Roadblocks

The episode explores the concept of mental contrasting and its importance in achieving fitness goals. Adam explains how anticipating roadblocks and creating specific implementation intentions can help individuals navigate obstacles. By deciding in advance how to handle challenges, such as not wanting to go to the gym or dealing with tempting foods at a restaurant, individuals can better navigate obstacles and set themselves up for success.

Navigating Fitness Journey Challenges

Adam shares his personal journey and evolving motivations behind maintaining a healthy lifestyle, from abstaining from alcohol to setting positive examples in personal development. He discusses the importance of breaking from societal norms, such as avoiding alcohol, and how these decisions can inspire others and lead to broader lifestyle changes. Additionally, Adam emphasizes the importance of recording and tracking workout routines, harnessing mental power to stay motivated, and using social media intentionally for personal growth.

Harnessing Mental Power for Motivation

The episode delves into the mental strategies and tools used to stay motivated and consistent with fitness routines, even when enthusiasm wanes. Adam explores techniques like mental contrasting, visualizing workouts, and planning exercises to maintain motivation and avoid feelings of disappointment. He also touches on the challenges and personal growth experienced in maintaining a podcast, the importance of pouring energy into what brings joy, and overcoming self-doubt and limiting beliefs.

Overcoming Limiting Beliefs in Nutrition and Exercise

Adam discusses the psychological and practical strategies for overcoming limiting beliefs, particularly in the context of nutrition and exercise. He explains how shifting from a scarcity mindset to an abundance mindset can significantly impact our relationship with food. By focusing on adding nutrient-dense, low-calorie foods rather than eliminating "bad" foods, individuals can naturally improve their diet without feeling deprived. The importance of understanding the impact of food volume and fiber intake on satiety and overall health is emphasized, with references to modern hunter-gatherer tribes.

Understanding and Embracing Training to Failure

The episode explores the concept of strength-based training, emphasizing the benefits of working in lower rep ranges to build true strength and understand muscular failure. Adam discusses how reducing reps can enhance central nervous system performance and the importance of distinguishing between metabolic fatigue and actual muscular failure. Techniques like filming oneself to objectively assess form and pushing to true failure, even beyond perceived limits, are highlighted as valuable tools.


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Adam Poehlmann  00:00

Just trying and putting yourself out there exposing yourself getting the practice and getting the reps and that will also make you more confident with your ability to challenge yourself and push yourself and so though it won't become physically easier, it will become mentally easier and there won't be an obstacle or a hurdle to overcome next time you need to push yourself.

 

Philip Pape  00:18

Welcome to the wit's end weights podcast. I'm your host, Philip pape, and this twice a week podcast is dedicated to helping you achieve physical self mastery by getting stronger. Optimizing your nutrition and upgrading your body composition will uncover science backed strategies for movement, metabolism, muscle and mindset with a skeptical eye on the fitness industry so you can look and feel your absolute best. Let's dive right in Whitson weights community Welcome to another episode of The wit's end weights Podcast. Today I'm excited to welcome Adam Pullman host of the Pullman fitness show, and a dedicated health fitness and nutrition coach at Pullman fitness. Adams approach is all about what we like here and that is personalized, sustainable Fitness Plans that address the body, mind and spirit. His journey is rooted in his belief that health goes beyond just losing body fat and building muscle. He helps gym goers transform their bodies through practical evidence based coaching without strict dieting, and I invited Adam on the show today to discuss the importance of mindset and maintaining an inner locus of control. Despite the loud, obnoxious and contradictory noise of the fitness industry. We're going to explore having a growth mindset strategies for overcoming mental barriers, and how to manage your mental and informational diet for a practical, productive approach to life. If you're struggling with motivation, if you're hitting mental roadblocks if your head is keeping your body from doing and getting what it wants and needs, Adams gonna help you out today. Adam has been training and coaching for 10 years. He currently serves all of his clients online. And when he's not training or coaching, Adam enjoys pursuing his faith hunting and spending time checking out any new coffee shop he can Adam, his wife and pup reside in Fort Worth, Texas. Adam, welcome to the show.

 

Adam Poehlmann  01:58

Thanks for having me. Thanks for let me really appreciate it. That was a solid intro. not your first rodeo. I

 

Philip Pape  02:03

don't know if you saw the video. I said. There you go. Yeah, no, I was I was joking. Because on our ag chat, just for the listener, I have this silly video I compiled, like a year ago with a bunch of people praising the intros, you know, and I'm like, I send this to people, you know, it's one of those kind of like vanity things, but sure, it's pretty funny. So alright, so you know, you talk a lot about the mindset and about how the key to transforming your body lies in mastering your mind. And it's something we give a lot of, I'll say lip service to, and there's like this woo factor to it for a lot of people. But in reality, a lot of people are absorbing tons of information. And a lot of it maybe is good information, and they're just not applying it, they're not implementing it for some reason. So for people who are stuck, they're frustrated, what's the very first mental shift that you'd encourage them to make? Right now listening to the show?

 

Adam Poehlmann  02:52

Yeah, that's a good question. I think in general, one of the first mental shifts I would encourage people to make is accepting that their health is solely their responsibility. And they are the only ones that are in control of their actions and behaviors. Yes, we can't control outcomes in life. But we can control you know, how we respond, how we behave, what we act on, so on and so forth. So I would say, first and foremost, accept responsibility. And as you alluded to earlier, maintain an internal locus of control, essentially, the idea that I'm in control of what I do or don't do, I happen to my environment, or I respond to my environment versus life happening to me. So that's essentially the first thing that I would say, once you accept that, then it is far easier to move into perhaps the practical, and the tactical of what it looks like to actually apply that belief. But if you go straight into it, without the belief, or the mindset, or the acceptance of that responsibility, it's far easier to go astray, not do what you want to do not do what you say you want to do, so on and so forth. So the radical acceptance, in my opinion, is the first step. Okay.

 

Philip Pape  04:00

Love that. So radical acceptance, personal responsibility, self efficacy, even which I get from that. So how does somebody become aware of that in the first place, in concrete way, and I can think of like statements that we make to ourselves, but just a really simple thing, where somebody's like, oh, that's maybe the reason why I'm not going to the gym, or, you know, is it a statement that they're making? Is it something people can apply right now and say, I'm doing that?

 

Adam Poehlmann  04:22

Yeah, absolutely. So what I think of is, and by no means in my mindset expert, or have a wealth of knowledge on this, but it's just something I've becoming more obsessed with lately. And I think of the book Mindset by Carol Dweck, and she really kind of popularized the fixed mindset versus growth mindset piece. And in that book, she goes through some different things that you can use to identify but essentially, we're not always fixed mindset. We're not always growth mindset. There are certain areas of our lives where we might have a fixed mindset versus a growth mindset. So obviously, recognizing what you say or think about who you What you can do is one of the best things. However, sometimes that self awareness isn't there, or it's just become such a habit that we don't quite recognize it right. And so one of the things that I've found to be the most beneficial for me is going to my wife and asking her like, hey, where do you notice me having maybe a fixed mindset or having a negative attitude or some cynicism towards something? And she will say, you know, she'll bring certain things up, or I noticed this, or I noticed that and most of the time, I'm like, yeah, yeah, for sure. I don't disagree at all. I recognize that. And then sometimes she'll bring one up, and it causes me to pause and think, oh, shoot, you're right. I hadn't realized that, to this point. I was telling myself that I couldn't do something or that something was too hard, or whatever. And so having that perspective, from somebody else, who's not always, in your own mind, is extremely helpful in first understanding where you might have that fixed mindset, and how you can improve that.

 

Philip Pape  05:55

That must be really good for your relationship as well, because that's like that's being vulnerable right there. It's something that as soon as you said it, I realized, oh, even I can do that more often with my wife, I probably ask friends and clients everything more, to give me feedback than my own loved ones who really know me. 100%. And

 

Adam Poehlmann  06:11

the thing is to it's like, it really depends on who you go to, and what the relationship is like that you have, like, I have friends in my life where I won't go to them for those things, because it's that type of friendship where we're vulnerable in some sense, but I know that they're not going to just have a come to Jesus moment with me. They're more so looking out for just my feelings, which has its place. But then there are other friends and my wife as well. People in my life where it's like, I know that they're going to tell me the truth and love, even if it's something that doesn't sound good, or I don't want to hear so yeah. In those scenarios, it's very beneficial to go to those people, you're like, you know, what, they might not say the nicest thing or say it in the way that I want to hear it, but they are going to tell me the truth. And the truth is what I need. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  06:51

And that's the art of asking for feedback. I mean, you know, if you don't ask for it, and you just hope to get it even when someone does give you feedback and might not be what type of feedback you're looking for, like one or two. Yep. Just something you said. You said earlier, kind of jokingly, I'm not an expert. I'm obsessed. I don't know if you just threw that out there if you've said that before. But that's really a profound statement. I want to glom on to that a little bit. Because I feel like people who are obsessed with things in this positive way, they are the experts. Like, I feel like there are too many proclaimed experts and people who are well book read or something like, even me on this podcast, I had imposter syndrome for the longest time, but it's like, I'm obsessed with it. I love it. I want to learn as much as possible. Somebody asked me a question. I don't know the answer, I'm gonna go figure it out. And that does make you an expert. I just want to say that just in case you had any doubts about that you are an expert, but it's because you're obsessed? No, see, that's

 

Adam Poehlmann  07:40

actually that's actually a perfect example of what we were just talking about. That's a great reminder. Because as you were just reflecting on that, I was thinking to myself, Why did I feel the need to say that, and I think if I'm being 100% honest with you, there are in the realm of being vulnerable. I think there are some potential insecurities or things on my mind about a lack of formal education, especially nowadays, you know, we like to praise people who have master's degrees and PhDs, as if they are the people who know everything, all the time, especially, I mean, social media reeks of them. And buttons. Yes, and we have a lot of, you know, credential fallacy where essentially, if they have credentials, it means they know everything. And they always know what's best, which absolutely, they have knowledge and expertise that sometimes goes beyond what I know. But that doesn't mean they know it all anyway. So I feel a lot of that pressure from social media. And maybe right there as an example of an area of my life where I have maybe a little bit more of a fixed mindset. Don't consider myself an expert on something, but rather, a lay person who is just obsessed. So that was a quality example of what we were just talking about. Yeah, it was

 

Philip Pape  08:44

totally planned out. This is 100% scripted to get to that moment. Exactly. No, it's pretty cool. Like, I love doing podcasts just in talking to people like this. Because yeah, we do have those different perspectives. And we're opening up and anybody again, and people are listening to this, like that is the point of this conversation today is finding out how you can really dig deeper into that. And hopefully, we've inspired you that, like us expert coaches here, you know, we have things that we need to unravel about ourselves and a third party that may see you better than yourself in one little area or another even a stranger, right? Yes, yes, absolutely. All right. So go into the inner locus of control, then we talked about responsibility and self efficacy, we want to kind of shift that eventually into practicality, right? practical actions. And I guess it's an that's a matter of how do we strengthen that locus of control, right? Because number one is acknowledging and having awareness, but then number two is okay, how do we really make the most of that? What do we want to jump from there, Adam?

 

Adam Poehlmann  09:38

Yeah, I mean, we can go anywhere, but just straight diving into practical tips. One thing I will say before, I think of a few that have really helped me is I think this is a part of, I don't want to say self mastery, because we're never going to master ourselves. We can't be perfect, but I think this is an element of self growth and self improvement with the internal locus of control, it's really, it's ultimately figuring out again, where those areas you do have that and what areas you don't. So in terms of practical tips, one thing that really, really helps me is understanding that I have done something just as difficult if not more difficult before. So that's a great way to give yourself that self belief and confidence that you can go ahead and do something. Or at the very worst, you can give a crazy amount of effort. Perfect example, is, I did my first Murph on Memorial Day, there are so many years where one of my friends is just texting, you know, all the guys in the group chat. Who's doing their Murph who's doing their Murph. And I hate to say it, but I was that guy. It's like, it doesn't align with the program. I'm running right now. So I didn't interfere with my recovery. Oh, gosh, yeah, seriously. And this year, I just had like an instant conviction where it's like, I am avoiding this, because it brings me outside of my comfort zone. Even though I would say when I train, I train very hard, and I'm uncomfortable, I have a level of discomfort. This is different. It's something I'm not used to. I haven't built that confidence there. And so anyway, I decided to do this Murph, and I'm going at it and I'm laughing at myself, because my gym only has an eight pound vest. I think you're supposed to do it with maybe like a 10 to 25 pound vest. It's my understanding. I didn't look into it until before this year, or before this year. And so I'm dying. I've got this eight pound vest on and I am dying. And I'm like, Okay, do I laugh at myself right now? Or do I like motivate myself? What do I do here? Because I'm three quarters of the way through, and I'm dwindling quick. So I catch myself thinking in that moment, I went back to my college baseball days where we had the most disgusting amount of conditioning I've ever seen any sports team have in my entire life, and but it was just for the pitchers. In that moment, I really wished I was a different position. And we were doing the craziest things. And I thought, You know what? Yes, it's been a few years. Yes, it's been some time since I push myself in that way. But I have the mental capability to get myself into that mode and keep going, doesn't mean it's gonna be easy. That doesn't mean it's going to go faster. But I have the confidence that I don't need to quit, and that I can finish this, because I've done something like that before. So that's one thing that I find very helpful when it comes to maintaining an internal locus of control. And then I would also say another practical one that comes to mind is visualization. Going back to college when I was playing baseball, there are a lot of stories coming up here. But I don't know if you've ever heard of it, or listeners have ever heard of it. But it's this psychological phenomenon, called the yips basically. And we use it a lot in golf. You see it a lot in catchers in baseball. Sometimes you see it in basketball with free throws. But it's basically any you'll see it a lot in sports, or endeavors or aspects of sports

 

Philip Pape  12:48

was that mentioned in one of the gymnast, the US gymnasts? What's her name? Was that the same phenomenon? She had? Was that something else? Yes.

 

Adam Poehlmann  12:53

I think in the gymnastics world, they call it the spinneys or something like

 

Philip Pape  12:57

that. It was a different term. But yeah, I guess, yeah, something that you have

 

Adam Poehlmann  13:01

mastered so well. But for some reason or another, you start to doubt yourself, and you start to psych yourself out. And something that is seemingly, so easy becomes so difficult. So for a catcher throwing the ball back to a pitcher, he'll throw it 20 feet over his head, or 10 feet left or straight into the ground, because he's so you know, in his head. And for me, that happened when I was in college, playing catch from anywhere from 10 to 90 feet was extremely challenging, not physically, but mentally. But once I got to a certain distance, when we were warming up and playing catch, it wasn't a problem. Because, you know, once we're at 120 feet, plus, I had to just rip it, you know, and when you're just letting it rip, you don't have to think about it. So long story short, I ended up working with the sports psychologist, and we go through a lot of visualization techniques. And that was a season in my life where I realized how profound visualization was. And I was able to apply that into my workouts later on when baseball was over. And I got into fitness. And I realized the power that it had an improvement in my performance. Even just thinking about the workout that I had. Going into the gym, I kind of walked myself mentally through like, Alright, what's that first exercise going to feel like? How am I going to think about performing the movement? How am I going to think about, you know, constructing my muscles? Or what am I thinking about during my rest periods, just having a quick visual walkthrough drastically improved, not just the quality of the workout in my performance, but also my enjoyment with it as well. And I guess that kind of brings us into another practical tip before I stop rambling here is having I think having a plan helps so much, especially working out because without a plan, it's really hard to visualize what you're going to do and how you're going to do it and how you're going to feel and and what's going to happen if roadblocks and obstacles come. But if you have a plan, you can walk yourself through that process as opposed to simply winging it. So those are a few practical tips that I would say can be very profound. And

 

Philip Pape  14:50

I think they're all interconnected in a profound way, in fact, so I'm a huge fan of science fiction. I'm reading a story now where they, they talked about the evolution of humans and one of the things that Eat is distinct and also allowed us to have a big brain was our ability to match the future, what you're talking about is like this continuum of, here's what we've done in the past, we've overcome it. Here's what I'm thinking about my performance coming up, and I have a plan to execute. It's all related to that idea of like, let's put ourselves in that identity of, and that time continuum, right, that just gets better and better over time. And I know you said like, we'll never get there with mastery. And I know what you mean is like, we strive for those things. We'll never get there. And that's maybe empowering because the rest of our lives, we can get better and better and better until the day we croak. You had a recent Instagram post, actually, to segue from visualization. You talked about mental contrasting as a technique. And I don't know if you want to share a little bit about that, where it's not just visualization, I think, but there's another piece of that that might even enhance the visualization you want to chat about. I'll have to try to remember exactly what the I have it all written out on my notes if you need if you need a reminder. Give me a little reminder. Give me a little insight. Okay. Yeah, you said visualization is powerful. But what it often lacks is challenges to overcome roadblocks. Yes, there you go. Yeah, no, thank you. Good, cool.

 

Adam Poehlmann  16:00

So what we often tend to do is, we idealize things, right, we idealize our lives, we put our dreams and aspirations and plans up on this pedestal, especially when it comes to fat loss. You know, whenever we're pursuing any fitness goal, not even fat loss, but losing body fat, building muscle building strength, changing your nutrition, we tend to project this unrealistic expectation of what the process will be like. So we only visualize ourselves going through this seamless, easy, perfect process, all the while knowing full well, that that's not how life works. So one thing that can help is as we're going through this visualization, is thinking through, okay, how am I going to respond, act and behave? If a roadblock comes, if a speed bump comes if a major obstacle or life event comes, then what will I do? And I think from there, that really provides a great segue into implementation intentions. And this is I would say, this is the in between of the you know, if you were to have the mindset or mental visualization piece on one end of the spectrum, and then you have the actual action. On the other end, I would say the implementation intention is kind of in the middle. So a very simple, you know, example that we could use there is, it's basically if then, so if something happens, then I will blank. But specifically with the mental contrasting, what we could say is, if I'm on the way home from work, and I don't want to go to the gym, then I will blank, then I will call my friends, so they can hold me accountable, then I will drive to the parking lot in front of the gym and sit there, then I will at the very least walk into the gym doors that I will at the very least, do my first exercise. And if I want to leave that for that, then I leave something like that. That way we have a plan beforehand, for when those obstacles and those challenges come up, the worst things that we can do is just dream about it and then not do anything, and not have a backup plan. Because we don't do well with a lot of decision making, we can develop a lot of decision fatigue. So one of the best things that we can do in our health and fitness is eliminate the need for decisions. You even seen little quirky traits like this in entrepreneurs, CEOs, you know, some of them just wear the same clothes. So it's like, hey, that's one less decision I have to make. And you might not want to be that drastic, but the principle still applies. So you know, if I don't have to make a decision and you know, work on my brain of like, am I going to go to the gym? Am I not? Am I going to do this? Am I not? What am I going to have for lunch, nothing is made, you are going to set yourself up for success. Because you don't have to think about it. You just have a plan, and even a plan to overcome those mental roadblocks. So that's kind of speaking into the mental contrasting little bit, you're just taking the visualization and the dreaming and applying a plan for when things just don't go your way. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  18:49

and you're imagining the roadblocks rather than, like it's taking it one step further than just saying, Well, I know I'm going to a restaurant on Saturday. Therefore that's going to be a roadblock. It's more of like creating out of thin air, the roadblocks that all can occur and then coming up with forks from those knowing they're going to happen like That's life. Life is full of those. Yeah,

 

Adam Poehlmann  19:11

I go to the restaurant. And it's not just that I'm going to the restaurant, but it's I'm going to the Mexican restaurant and they have the saltiest chips and of the best things in the world. And I tend to have two baskets just on my own. They're so good. They're so good, man. They're so good. And my friend Joey is always he's gonna be there. And he's always the one that's pressuring me to have a beer when I just don't want to have one. And then they have today's leches cake, which was one of my favorites. So you kind of have to walk yourself through that beforehand. And someone even listening right now might be thinking, Man, that sounds like a lot of thought. It's like, sure, as I'm, you know, rambling through it in the moment, it does sound like a lot, but imagine how hard it is to make those decisions. When you're in the moment and you have the stimulation of the conversation. It's last minute so you feel extra pressure. You don't have a plan. It'll be 10 times harder than then it will here for 10 to 30 seconds figuring out what you want to do before that event comes? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  20:02

you know, something came came to mind when you said that friend of mine, he has a podcast, he just renamed it. What is the mental muscle up podcast? And he he quoted someone else. And I don't remember who he quoted that where he said, you know, the cost of thinking about something and doing something are usually the same. And it was being used in the positive sense of like, stop thinking and go do but you could flip it around here with what you're saying in that the cost of doing something in the moment, you could just displace that with the cost of thinking about it ahead of time. Meaning it's not like you said, It's no worse for you and it's actually gonna be a lot better because it takes out that fatigue at the worst time. Especially if you got a couple dosa keys and you write 100.

 

Adam Poehlmann  20:42

In the restaurant, yeah. Once you're a little bit of your, your inhibition is there, you're you're screwed.

 

Philip Pape  20:48

Yeah, it's funny. You mentioned that because too, because alcohol has been coming up a lot lately. I don't know. You know how certain things when you just notice them, you just all of a sudden noticed that a lot in the fitness space in the industry, on threads everywhere. I'm seeing alcohol all the time. Are you seeing that right now like that? For some reason? Yeah, I

 

Adam Poehlmann  21:02

think I'm seeing it in fitness. And outside of it. I feel like there is a you know, I don't keep up with like, market trends or anything like that. It's just more so I've noticed dry bars everywhere. Yeah. And movement. Yeah, yeah, I've noticed so many people, maybe not abstaining, but just really understanding that Hmm, this habit of mine has way more cons that drastically affect my life than it does pros. And I'm not too surprised to be honest with you, Phillip, because this is something that I've seen in coaching for 10 years, you know, I will always have a conversation with my clients about like, hey, what kind of food choices are we making? For sure? And do they align with our goals? And if they don't, are we you know, is it sensible? Are we going to enjoy it? Is it worth it? Whatever, yadda yadda. But not once in 10 years have I had a conversation that includes explicitly eliminating or forbidding something, even alcohol. And what I found is that more and more people as they pursue their health, just realize that they don't want it anymore, or at least don't want it that frequently or don't want the second one or want to save it for moments where it's actually worth it, instead of just making it a regular thing, you know, they don't feel the quote unquote, need to wind down with those two extra hefty glasses of wine every single night. Whatever it is, you know, and so I'm not surprised in the slightest, you know, it's, it reminds me of you mentioned the stoicism earlier. And I'm a Christian. So it reminds me of what we kind of see in the Christian faith in the scriptures that, you know, a lot of people say, Okay, once you accept Jesus, how does that work? Like you just accept Jesus, and then you're good to go. And like you can just keep being in a hole and you're set. Like, it's like, no, what happens is like, once you accept Jesus, the Holy Spirit, like starts doing a work inside of you. And you no longer want to do the things that you used to do treat people the way that you used to treat them. And a very similar thing happens with fitness, I would argue, you know, it's not so much about learning to hate something else. But the more you love working out, the more you fall in love with how you feel, the more you enjoy the benefits it gives you when you play with your kids and how you feel in the morning, when you wake up after you had a great meal the night before the last you want to have that extra drink or go to happy hour that third time that week. And I feel like for the people who are getting into fitness in this day and age, that's one of the things that they're noticing the most.

 

Philip Pape  23:15

Yeah, and it's in its own space like alcohol. You can't just lump it in with all food, right? Because it's not this source of nourishment or fuel or in any sense, right? Like it just has negatives. No. So to try to rationalize it by lumping it in there. It's more like a behavior. It's more like a separate little thing that you're doing it either almost like taking a behavior you have in your life not related to fitness that is just not serving you in any way totally rationalizing that I'm doing it because it's a good social experience. You know? Yeah, we tend to do that without I

 

Adam Poehlmann  23:44

think, I think it's taken so long to because it's so normalized. You know, having going to happy hour having a drink after every outing, or every outing is so normal. I even think of people still my age 30 You know, having weekend, you know, benders, and they're like, it's a normal thing for them. And I'm like, What are you doing with your life? But honestly, it's just normal, you know, so

 

Philip Pape  24:05

they brag about it. And it's like, oh, yeah, totally. Yeah, totally.

 

Adam Poehlmann  24:09

But I've noticed even more so that people are now like saying, hey, my family is you know, they look at me weird if I don't want to drink or my friends look at me weird. But then I've also noticed that the more they pursue that the less they noticed that like, oh, yeah, it's a normal thing. Now actually, it inspired so and so to stop having alcohol and people are almost kind of like being enlightened. You know, we're like, yeah, some wires are coming off. And they're like, Huh, I guess you're right. That never really served me that much. I enjoyed the taste of it here and there, no doubt, but like, Why do I spend $15 on a drink every time I go out to eat even though I know I'm not going to sleep well, and then I wake up oh, I guess it is normal for me just to have a water or a Diet Coke and call it good. Yeah. So then when people do it,

 

Philip Pape  24:48

yeah, yeah, no fair point. And then all the other things, you know, why am I getting more belly fat and why? You know, can't I not? Can I not sleep and on and on and on. Right? It goes with that. So and I guess when you talk about are being stigmatized or was stigmatized. But now you can be an inspiration for people. I mean, I think that principle is the same with a lot of what we do. That's good for us. I'll say, I always use the word good and bad. But you know what I mean, it's, it serves us that we're weird. We're outliers. Like, even what we do here, still is the percentage of people like, I don't know if you'd agree with that. But like, even going after mastery, or personal growth just seems to be the smallest minorities, which almost encourages me that I want to be doing that it must be the right thing, and hopefully inspire more people to do that.

 

Adam Poehlmann  25:32

Yeah, no, 100%, there's definitely a ripple effect that people notice there. And I think, not to go too far into the other, you know, I guess, piece of mindset, and people just feeling stuck in their lives. But I think so many people feel that way. Because they don't have an example of what it looks like to not be stuck, you know, not having alcohol might be a small version of that. But maybe there's a broader example of leaving their job and starting a career or being more present with their family, or I think of men in general men, not growing up with an example of what it looks like to be vulnerable, you know, and so we've got a newer couple in our city group at church, and like, he's completely foreign to that, in the last year that he's been with us, you know, he like has been so blessed by seeing other guys just be real about where they're at. And so whoever's listening, whatever that small thing is that right now, or right now might not be the normal, it's probably spinning some wheels for somebody in their head and making them consider living their life differently for the better. So keep doing it. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  26:31

yeah. Good point. So speaking of that, hitting a wall, then, just to learn a little bit more about you, can you tell us about a time where, you know, you hit a wall in your fitness journey, in particular, and had to mentally navigate that? Maybe it's recent, maybe it's a long time ago, but something where you maybe drew some isn't one of these deeper, wise lessons that you're sharing with us today?

 

Adam Poehlmann  26:49

Yeah, I mean, I, I would say honestly, I'm in one right now. You know, I, if I would say I'm in one, if you compare where I'm at now to previous years, you know, when I first got into fitness, I was in the middle of like, I not to be too dramatic, but like an identity crisis type of thing. Like, I wanted to be a professional baseball player my whole life. I spent every waking thought and breath and everything I possibly could on baseball. And then once that was over, I was like, What am I doing here? Like, what's my existence. And so my dad used to be a bodybuilder. And that's how I kind of got into fitness, he brought me to the gym, to distract me, essentially, and keep me from being a total bummer. And I fell in love with that, you know, because it's like, oh, I'm putting this work in, and I see change. And this is really cool. And then I was in college at the time, as well. And so long story short, I saw another trainer and thought, you know, that seems like a pretty cool job. And I can be flexible with hours with college. And I can, you know, make my way through that. And so I did that. And at that time, you know, you have your typical young guy stuff. I'm not dating anybody, I want to get attention, I want to be married at some point, where do I start trying to be hot, right? What's going to help muscles, so you get into that, and then that drives you and drives you and drives you, you start getting bigger, so you get driven even more, and then eventually, you kind of grew up a little bit. And it's not that to be grown up or mature, you don't care about those muscles anymore, but just your priorities start to change over time. And for me right now, like, I'm in more of a wall or a rut, in the sense that I'm just getting my workout in to say that I did it. And to say that or to keep myself from getting fat, essentially, I'm just doing the bare minimum, you know. So what I've been using is anything from extreme cheese, like really cheesy stuff, to stuff that's a little bit more profound. And you know, I don't know right now, if I'm on a trajectory to get to a spot where I feel driven all the time to go to the gym and feel all about it. And so I'm not sure if that exists all the time. But one thing that I do that is It's so cheesy film, but there's this playlist on my gosh, I'm like embarrassed to say it. But there's this playlist on Spotify called Machiavellian motivation. And it basically takes like audio from motivational speakers, Tony Robbins, David Goggins, all that stuff, and puts dramatic, like, score music with it. And if you were to play it in front of your friends at a car, you'd be like, I'm embarrassed for myself. But when you're in the gym, you're gonna move mountains, it's like the best thing in the world. So there's something little like that helps me kind of stir up that mental capability of like, okay, I can do this, this is good for me, I want to do this. And then there's other stuff like, visualizing or maybe even some mental contrasting of like, how am I going to feel if I don't pursue this? How am I going to feel if I give up on the gym? How am I going to feel if I, you know, just call it good with two workouts this week, even though I plan to do four, I'm not going to be proud of myself, I'm not going to feel good. I'm going to feel better if I do it. And that doesn't make me gung ho motivated, want to do it, but it definitely gets me to the gym and I get it done. So those are some things that I've been doing right now. And I you know, do that same thing I talked about earlier. I'll think about what I'm going to do in the gym. What exercise I'm going to start with, kind of run myself through how's my body feeling in this current moment? How will I want to warm up because of that? What are some things I need to watch out for and then I walked my son through that workout, and then I'm better able to go in there and feel as if I have done this before. And that helps so much. So those aren't anything like, they're not profound, but that's what I'm doing right now. I

 

Philip Pape  30:12

mean, some people listening and probably maybe not doing anything, right, and they're sitting on their couch or whatever. And I mean, hopefully everybody listen to this podcast, they're totally jacked, they got it all down, you know, 85% Stick. But I mean, the reality is, everybody, including people who are proclaimed or not proclaimed experts, and even their success of this, and they teach people this thing, we all have struggles. And I don't know, you may have had something coming up in your life that cause another thing to be the priority, or you lost motivation, because whatever drove you before, didn't drive you any more. And you're sharing these tools in the toolbox. Like, there's some external motivation. There's the music, there's the visual contrasting, which is great, because now you're imagining how much it would suck not to do it before you do, you don't do it, as opposed to waiting and then feeling the suck and then being like, letting that motivate you maybe next time. So yeah, man, it's good to hear this. How's the podcast going? Because I say that, because I know, there was a little gap there. I don't know, if that was like intentional, or you're just getting back on the mic. You know, it was intentional break.

 

Adam Poehlmann  31:12

Yeah. So essentially, the gap there was, I was going hard at it with not much intention, other than I'm gonna put out three episodes a week. And that's pretty much it. That's all I'm gonna do, and use it as a way to have long form content, because social media obviously is like the worst place for nuance and context and whatnot. And, you know, hopefully, help with the know, like, and trust factor, you know, my job is getting clients and taking them to their goals and easy way for someone to know like, and trust me is hearing my voice and talk and whatnot. So I just started doing that and was really, really consistent with it. And then there was a period where things got a lot more inconsistent, because I was going through some like mentorship, business coaching. So I was going all in on social media, I was going all in on email I was going all in on I'm serving my clients, even more so than I was in the past, which is like crazy to think it's like, how do you even expand on that, and the podcast just took a backseat. And now I'm kind of in a spot where I'm gaining more of a consistent rhythm. And this is one of the things Believe it or not, I don't love everything that I do. But podcasting is one of the few things that I love. Like I love it. The podcast itself, I'm sure compared to others, it's horrible. If I'm honest with you, I don't even look at the numbers. I have no clue. But I love having conversations, even if it's just with myself. And so for me, it's like, okay, I need to pour into what fills my soul and what gives me joy. And that's the podcast. And so that's the reason that you saw a little bit of a break there. And ideally, it'll maintain consistency again. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  32:37

and I wasn't trying to call you out is more of an observation, you know, like, not wondering, it's, I can relate to so much of that. Yeah, yeah, but about the podcast and wanting to make it yours and make it kind of serve you and the audience, because that's what we got in this because we love it. We had some personal experience with all of this. And that is going to help people the most is really tying into that and not just, you know, being a Wikipedia article of information. I say that because the one one star review I had, the guy called me a Wikipedia article for this. He said, It sounds like I was reading from Wikipedia, you know, and that's when it gets to like, the limiting beliefs and the Yeah, the self doubt. And you're like, Well, you've got all these five star reviews. What about those, you know, and we do this to ourselves, dude, yes. 100%. That's one of the mindset. So like, you know, people listening, this is real, right? Like, this is real stuff. Real life effects everything.

 

Adam Poehlmann  33:25

Can I Yeah, go ahead, please.

 

Philip Pape  33:27

Got some other stuff. Please. Jet? No,

 

Adam Poehlmann  33:29

you're good. One of the things. There was a period at the beginning of this where you asked me a question, and I really stumbled because I was like, what was the beginning of his question? I forgot. I should just stop the mask. But you reminded me as you talked about the negatives, and one of them was the fact that like you said, we just focus on these negatives, you have all these five star reviews, you get that one star, you get that one negative comment that one troll on social media. And you're like, do I actually know what I'm talking about? Right now, on paper, yeah, like, on paper, you're like, This is user 123456. And it's a dog cartoon with sunglasses. That's a profile picture, private profile, you're like, on paper, this should not matter. But Emotionally, it matters so much. The most

 

34:13

value that I got from this was the fact that I had someone that I could talk to about anything, and that there was going to be no judgment, it was just Well, here are your goals, here's the best way that you're going to achieve it. And then let's work together to help you feel inspired and motivated to do that. And a lot of people out there trying to be coaches and not all of them have done the work and also just be a genuine person that is positive and coming from the heart in terms of wanting to help and Phillip really embodied all of those qualities. I would recommend him to just about anyone that's looking to achieve goals in that realm of their nutrition and building new habits.

 

Adam Poehlmann  34:58

So I heard someone say once i wish i To remember where I heard it, but our minds kind of focus on the negatives and they use this illustration where you know if you have this bowl of your favorite what's your favorite ice cream?

 

Philip Pape  35:08

Peanut Butter Cup?

 

Adam Poehlmann  35:09

Go it. Okay. What brand? Oh,

 

Philip Pape  35:12

yeah, anything but like, I'll go to Dairy Queen or something like that, you know, like Reese's Peanut Butter Cups lizard or something you need to Yeah.

 

Adam Poehlmann  35:19

So you have your your your Reese's Peanut Butter Cup ice cream, right? And then you have a cockroach on top. Okay, exactly, exactly. It's like that cockroach just touched the top, you're not even focused on the ice growing. Right. But if you have a bowl of cockroaches, and one dollop of your or, you know, scoop of your favorite ice cream cockroaches, so I think about right, and it just kind of illustrates how easy it is for us to focus on the negative, we have to put so much work in to focus on the positives, we have to go out of our way because our default is to focus on the negative. And tying that back into earlier when I said that I kind of forgot the beginning of your question, when you asked about the practical tips. Before getting into the practical tips. One of the most important things is understanding the power of your mind. So you can believe that the practical tips will work. And there are a few things that come to mind with this. And there are some papers that have illustrated it. But we all probably understand the placebo and nocebo effect, you know, you give someone a sugar pill, they think it's something that physiological effects will come into play. You give them a no SIBO where it's like you just tell them that something's happening. They believe it. So two great examples. One was like, it's I think I don't even know if it's called the milkshake experiment, but that's what it's commonly called, where two groups were given the same milkshake and one group it was told, I use this with my fat loss clients a lot. One group was told it was very calorie dense, you know, satiating, filling milkshake, the other group was told it was a very, quote unquote, sensible low calorie milkshake. Well, the group that was told it was a sensible milkshake had far more hunger, they felt deprived, and they felt like they felt fatigued. Whereas the satiating milkshake group, the ones that were told it was a shame, we're like, I'm great, you know. So even when it comes to calories, how we think we're going to feel is often how we feel there was another one that took two groups of people one at clerk maintenance, one at clerk deficit, and they did the same thing told them, hey, you're in a deficit, hey, you're you're not. And the group in a deficit experienced? Well, this group was told they weren't in a deficit, even though they were experienced less hunger than all that stuff. And then another one that makes me think of the, the effect is, these took these college aged guys, which is like every study, but they took these colleges guys, and then told them that they were taking steroids. And I think they're, I'll have to remember what exercise I want to say it was leg press bench and something else, but increased by 33%. And it was like, it wasn't in a long period of time, like it was quick. And so our minds are far more powerful than we give them credit for. And so before even going into the practical tips, is really just understanding and accepting that, hey, your mind can take you to places that your body thought it could never go. And you need to just train it. And when you accept that's the truth, and then go into the practical, you'll move mountains. It's crazy. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  38:09

it is true, how powerful it is. And sometimes, like when I think of going to the gym, so I'm recovering from shoulder surgery last year, it's like almost a year ago, right? That's a doozy. rotator cuff is tough, because like you recover, you recover, you recover. And then there's like the setbacks because you end up pushing too hard. And bursitis and all that comes up. So yesterday was the first time I did like, just overhead press work in a couple months, like I had gotten to it. And then I had to get off of it to kind of recover it and got back to it. But my mind was telling me like, there's no way right, because, you know, just opening up my arm and trying to press over, there's this little bit of soreness and pain there. Right, but it's manageable. And you just have like you said, you just have to tell yourself, no, this is 100%. Possible. My trainer said I'm good to go. Like just do it. And then you realize you do it right. Yep. And it holds us back as much as it could help us move forward. So I think that's the power of it is like, how much can give us the power to move forward?

 

Adam Poehlmann  39:03

Yeah, yeah, that's, that's what that's why I brought the ice cream thing. So it's like that power is going to be there either way? Are you going to let the default override and think about the cockroaches? Or are you going to use it to your advantage and think about the ice cream or, you know, whatever the positive outcome is that you're wanting?

 

Philip Pape  39:19

So in practical purposes, then this sounds somewhat tied into we talked about limiting beliefs on the negative side, right? Like we're telling ourselves things and then we reinforcing in our mind, shifting from that to maybe releasing those and then embracing new beliefs. What is the practical that's what people want to know, like, how do I make myself think I'm in a surplus when I'm not right? Or is that like when you're in a deficit and you're not at a deficit because either your your weight is going down, or you're tracking your food, you're gonna know so and maybe that's not the example that you'll be able to apply to yourself. But totally, there definitely

 

Adam Poehlmann  39:51

is an element right there of like, for example, those people being studied were lied to right and you can't lie to yourself. But that's the point is like understanding that a lot of how you feel comes from your mind can help you have that positive self talk. And then that will improve over time, even though you know you're doing it. But as far as a practical from a food standpoint, and even taking that calorie deficit standpoint, one of my favorite things to go over with people, and I think it's if I'm being 100% honest with you, a part of the reason, the whole notion that, you know, under a certain amount of calories, like the imaginary 1300, or 1200 calories is inherently bad is all over the place, is because even though it's not scientifically true at all, is because we lack an abundance mindset with food, especially when it comes to a calorie deficit. So when we focus on adding, and not taking away, that's huge. So all that means is like you are just you're adding low calorie, nutrient dense foods to your diet, instead of looking at your diet and saying, Hey, what are all these quote unquote, bad things or hypercaloric things that I need to take away? We say, What am I lacking that I can add, I'm not getting any spinach, and I'm not getting any greens. And let's add some spinach in there. I'm not getting any fruit in on a regular basis, let's add some of that in, I'm not getting any fiber way below the minimum RDA, like I should be getting more, and let's add more of that. And what tends to happen is the stuff that is bad or does not align with your goals. And what you want out of your nutrition will find its way out. But as you're doing it, you're not doing it from like a depravity mindset, you're giving yourself stuff you're adding and adding and adding and adding and adding. So that is going to help you psychologically, so with a nutritional piece, that one is huge. In terms of the workout piece. So hold

 

Philip Pape  41:34

on before before we go there, because there's a few different scenarios, I want to break down on that fat loss versus like, you know, when we're talking about getting more protein or whatever, obviously, you can apply to anything, right, this additive approach. And just something just came to mind, like I'm in a fat loss phase. So you know, getting the hunger, I know that if I add a huge bowl of strawberries, you know, to whatever I'm eating in the afternoon, even if I have a craving for a granola bar or whatever, adding that in is both going to serve what you said, like the nutrients and it's gonna fill up my stomach, and all of a sudden the rest of the days. Yes, hunky dory.

 

Adam Poehlmann  42:05

So you're used to that hyper palatable, highly processed diet. That's just our environment. You know, it's, it's, we're a product of an environment. So it's goes back to the alcohol piece, you know, you just don't know what you don't know. And so once you realize, okay, the way we used to live, and I'm not saying that, you know, we should live like our ancestors it all the time, but like the way we used to live, we had food when we were hungry, and then we had food that was very low and calorie and very satiating, we had a lot of it. I was reading a few studies of a couple of weeks ago, I think that they even in modern hunter gatherer tribes, some of these guys are getting like 80 to 100 grams of fiber a day. It's absurd. But their calories are not crazy at all, because they're just it's plants and fruits, veggies all the time. And so you don't know what you don't know. But once you start realizing, oh, okay, if I just pursue more whole natural nutrient dense foods, especially fiber, and I pursue food volume, strawberries, watermelon, whatever, I can have so much food without having tons of calories. I can actually more food volume than I did before when I was eating more calories.

 

Philip Pape  43:08

Yeah, Justin Caudill was on the show. I don't know if you've talked to him yet. But you'd love to guy. He's an anatomist. Like he did cadaver research. He was head of like the human anatomy lab. So he comes from that perspective. And he's Oh, sweet. You saw the gut health and the hodza tribe, and how they like the children have, they have large bellies, but it's not descended from like malnutrition, it's because of all the gas being produced by the gut bacteria from all the fiber the interesting, right? And because they have such diversity and such a like large microbiome. Anyway, you mentioned that they also eat a lot of honey, right, which is nutrient dense, but it's like a good balance part of their, you know, calories that they get on the side topic.

 

Adam Poehlmann  43:45

No, you're good. And then I was just gonna say with the workout piece, that one's a little harder, right? Because working out is in the moment, hard. It's physically exhausting, it's exerting. And one of this is going to be like someone that seems like will die. But one of the best pieces I can give, one of the best pieces of advice I can give to people is what I tell my clients when it comes to progressing, and adding the next weight is just try and who cares if you don't get the reps that you're supposed to? If you don't give yourself that opportunity to stretch yourself? How are you ever going to know what you are capable of, and what you may not be capable of? You know, so instead of wondering, ooh, shoot, you know, I only got 10 reps in the leg press with 200 pounds. I don't know if I can go to 210. What is someone going to come up and kill you? If you get eight reps with 210? Go for it. Right? So there's an element of creating that self belief to the reps and then there's also an element to of exposing your body to that stimulus because your body will respond. I think that the human body is one of the most profound adaptation machines we've ever seen. And it will respond to whatever it is that you're doing. Do we have physical limitations? Absolutely. We can't turn into the Incredible Hulk we have a ceiling in some regard. But most of us don't have any understanding of what our ceiling is you I think that if we look at most, again, another study that I'm not remembering the title of, but if we look at elite power lifters, right, they supposedly can access upwards of like 96% 97% of their total strength, whereas the average human being can access maybe the 50 to 60%. And so there is an immense amount of untapped potential that your body will let you do, or get to, if you just give it the opportunity, just say, Hey, buddy, I need you here. It'll come through for you. So just trying and putting yourself out there, exposing yourself getting the practice and getting the reps in, that will also make you more confident with your ability to challenge yourself and push yourself. And so though, it will become physically easier, it will become mentally easier, and there won't be an obstacle or a hurdle to overcome next time, you need to push yourself. So

 

Philip Pape  45:47

that's a really good one. And we got to sit on this one for a bit, the just try thing because in my early days of doing strength training, I did a starting training program, right, which is sets across a five reps. And you're kind of forced, when you do sets across like you want to get those reps. So it almost like it kind of pushes you to go past that lizard brain limit. Because you're like, I gotta get five. Like it's not I don't have eight to 12. I'm going for an RPE. But what are your thoughts about newer lifters especially, or even intermediate who just aren't pushing hard enough? They're not getting anywhere close to failure they think they are? And if you said document your RPE? They'll they'll say nine, you're like, that's a six? What are your thoughts on all of that? And maybe a simple approach for newer lifters to just get in the mindset of hitting that rep closer to failure? Besides just try because I love I love just try I do. But is there a mechanistic way we can even like mistake proof that early on? Yeah,

 

Adam Poehlmann  46:42

that's a really good question. You know, I would imagine there's going to be a lot of variance with that. But the first thing I would say Phillip is training in a strength based rep range. So a rep range that focuses on the adaptation of strength. And so that's low to maybe moderate. This is one of the first times in my life that I realized how strong I could be. Because before I was so obsessed, like I said, with building bigger muscles, and so the thought of like, going below eight reps, I was like, what, that's who would do that, that's stupid. And I started getting into deadlifting. And I would do two reps and three reps. And I was like, Whoa, there's a lot here, like my central nervous system can do a lot that I didn't think he could before. So I would say, lowering reps a bit, can definitely help. Because one thing that I think happens when you have higher, maybe more moderate rep ranges is that you start to feel that burn, you start to feel that metabolic stress, you know, that pump, and that's definitely a level of discomfort, but it's not like mechanical or technical failure of the muscle. Whereas with strength and those lower reps, you don't build up a lot of that metabolic damage. So you don't get that sensation before you physically cannot move anymore, like you like literally cannot get it up. And so I think that's an easy way for you to introduce yourself to what it actually looks like to get to failure, then once you start to get into those more moderate rep ranges, then you just have to get to the hurdle of like, okay, am I convincing myself that I'm getting to failure because I'm fatigued. And I'm feeling that stress, and I'm feeling that strain. And so I want to slow down and stop, or is this an actual, I'm giving every last bit of energy that I possibly can, and the machine or barbell or weight literally is not moving. That's the first thing. The second thing, and I would definitely recommend doing this with machines. Not so much with free weights, even if you have a spotter. But intentionally go to failure. Practice it 100%, practice it, not all the time. But like pick a workout or one exercise each workout the last set, take it to absolute failure. And then once you think you've reached failure, pause for like two seconds and try to do another rep, and then do it again and do it again. Because this is where the mindset we can use our mind to kind of trick ourselves and I even catch myself doing this is one of the best ways to look at RPE is the velocity that we have in our reps, like how much our reps are slowing down. Because RPE can be a little subjective, you know, it's that feeling how did I feel like what was a nine, it's like, well, the speed of your rep from the second rep to the 10th rep was the exact same, but you saw the 10. So clearly, you weren't, you know, reaching failure. But if we look at our velocity, and rep is really slowing down, and it is like a grind to even move it another inch, another inch or inch, then you know you're really getting to that failure. But you can easily trick yourself, you know and think Oh man, I'm really tired. And then that year, yes, seventh rep is pretty quick. And then that eighth rep all of a sudden just slows down drastically. Right? And you're like, you're like, Okay, I'm convincing myself that I'm fatigued here. But learning to push through that and actually just go through failure, I think is really one of the best learning experiences you can have just getting those pun intended reps in so you can familiarize yourself with what true failure looks like. So hopefully that's a little bit more helpful. Right. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  50:00

no, that's great. And of course, if you have a coach, if you have someone doing form checks, they'll be able to see the speed as well and kind of know what's going on. Yes.

 

Adam Poehlmann  50:06

And that's another thing, actually, thank you for actually saying that. filming yourself is huge. Because when we, this is someone you know, I've, I did training. In high school for baseball, I did training in college for baseball, I've been working out for a very long time. And it wasn't until I was able to fill myself more in the gym, I would say, in the first few years of me personal training that I was actually able to see how I was pushing myself in ways that were maybe too much because my form got way too sloppy, or not at all right? Because I was stopping because of the burn or whatever or I was psyching myself out, filming yourself really is a great way for you to remove yourself from the first person and look at it from the third person. And it helps at least in my opinion, it helps you look at what you're doing more objectively doesn't matter if you have a coach, you know, to look at it, you, you look at how you're doing that how you're performing that set. And that's really going to give you a lot of insight that I almost guarantee you you did not pick up on when you were in first person mode, going through it yourself.

 

Philip Pape  51:09

100% I think that works for anything visual, even even like public speaking, anything, just videoing yourself. And one last thing with failure, I just realized, you know, let people been talking about lengthen partials a lot. There's this like, movement of lengthen partial finishers. And I was thinking when you were talking about going to failure, like, if you were to think, okay, my set is going to have lengthen partial finishers at the end, you wouldn't want to start those while you still have gas in the tank to finish full wraps. So that might also create an interesting mental position of like, I'm gonna do the lengthens. But no, wait, I could do a full wrap again and kind of bridge that gap.

 

Adam Poehlmann  51:43

100%? No, absolutely. There's so many there are so many things to consider there. And I you know, the lengthen partial thing is, I think just yet another example of missing the forest for the trees, I think could it have its time and its place? Absolutely. I've never programmed that in for a client, I would probably never program that in for myself. Because for me, it's you know, if I can get to a point where I can put more weight on for the last set and do lengthen partials, like you said, does that mean that I left stuff on the table during the second set, and during the first set. And for me, and I think it should be for anybody. If you're progressing your workouts and you're tracking them, you really want to look at how you compare from set one of one exercise to the next day or the next time you did the workout to that set one, you could compare set two to set two and set three to set three if you want to. But you're in a fatigued state. So it's a little harder to assess and judge progress. So for me, you know, if I would rather spend my time and energy trying to figure out how to optimize I should say maximize set one, and then increase that in the next workout rather than thinking, Okay, let's go ahead and just absolutely trash my hamstrings on set 300 set and add more weight. Even though I probably could have done more before that. So if you're already doing that stuff and you want to like you know, just crank it out just to see what happens and you've got everything else dialed in. Go nuts, but I mean, hey, Philip, most people aren't even writing down their basics down. Yeah, they're not, they're not writing down. They're not writing down their their reps, their weight, their exercises. They're even switching workouts every you know, few weeks, which I think can be even too early, sometimes sometimes even doing a new workout every day. And so it's like, how do you know you're progressing? And so, yeah, anyway, that was

 

Philip Pape  53:21

and it's easy to take this stuff for granted, right? Even though you see clients constantly come in that don't even know the basics, and you have to re educate them. But then you're like, doesn't everybody know this stuff? But

 

Adam Poehlmann  53:31

it don't make anybody like listening feel better? Like I kid you not? I'd never seen would ever seen myself programming that in my workout. It's like, Why? Why am I going to spend my mental energy doing that for something that maybe gets less than a percentage of growth? You know, anyway,

 

Philip Pape  53:45

so yeah, I guess the last topic because there were a lot of things we could talk about with mindset. I wanted to talk about like this diet, we have have information, right? Like, I've been thinking about this a lot, because, you know, I have a friend that does a podcast about how you shouldn't binge podcasts, right? You should like, listen, mindfully and take action. And I heard another guy, a podcast podcast, which I listened to those See, I listen to a lot. And he's like, stop listening at one and a half speed. If you're doing that, why are you even listening? Like you're just trying to cram in more information rather than just absorb it. And then there's just the sheer quantity if you're on Instagram and Twitter and threads and Facebook, which a lot of people are on like eight social media platforms. It's just like, bombarding you. How do we deal with all that? Like? That's a big question. It's a big loaded question, but it does affect your mind. And it affects like you take an action sometimes not taking action because you're just like, I don't even know where to go. Yeah.

 

Adam Poehlmann  54:40

Yeah, absolutely. It is. We definitely live in a consumeristic culture and mindset, not even the sense of like materialism but information to all we do is consume. I couldn't think about it at church. Sometimes Sometimes I catch myself being like, Oh, I wish so and so is speaking, you know, because I think I enjoy it more. It's like What am I here to consumer? Am I here to like serve? What's the deal? And so we can easily do that with podcasts with social media with whatever it is. And so one thing that came to mind as you're going through that fill up was like, intention. I felt like, that's the word that came to me. What's the intention? us getting on social media and consuming a certain type of content? What is the intention of turning into a podcast? Am I here to fill space? Or am I here to learn a specific thing? And so I think one thing that is extremely helpful is understanding what you are trying to learn at this current time. One thing, one thing and make it very specific, not hey, how can I improve my nutrition? Like, one specific thing, meal planning, I want to learn everything that I possibly can about meal planning. And these are the questions that I have about meal planning. Right? How do people that are so busy fit it in? How do you time block time to do that? How do you grocery shop for that? I think, actually, at the very worst, thinking through those questions, but at the at least, or the very best writing them down. And then using those platforms, or those long form, yeah, podcasts, whatever, to get those answers. But I think what happens oftentimes, is we just open up the screen with no intention, then we just consume, and consume and consume. And so we're just left with this paralysis by analysis. And we're left with this doubt, and we're left with with so and so said this, and so and said that so and so said that, I mean, heck, that's one of the reasons most of my clients come in, they're like, I just need to clear the noise. And I need someone to tell me what to do. Because all this is too much to, to take in. And I'm constantly doubting myself. So anyway, figuring out what the intention is and what you're trying to learn. And I would do that for a period of time, maybe a week, about one thing, or a month about one thing. When you look at people who do really well in life, they take time to master and focus on one thing really, really well. Right? They're not people who are jumping from this to that, this thing and that thing, and whatever. You know, it would be weird. If you saw a professional baseball player, going through their practice routine, and for 10 minutes, they practice basketball for 10 minutes, they practice football for 10 minutes, they practice hitting for 10 minutes, they practice pitching, like, what are you doing? Right? If you're a pitcher practice pitching. So same thing, we want to get very specific with what it is we're trying to learn, and pursue that intentionally. And then once you're done, you've written down what you want to do, throw it away, and then apply it. And then rinse and repeat. But the problem is we consume, we get it in our mind. And then before we have a chance to process and think we've shoved the next thing in there, and then we shove the next thing in there over and over. And so stuff starts to slip out. So practically speaking, that's what I do. So I will pick, I will get a book that physically, I can't listen to it, you know, one and a half times speed, I can't, you know, like change my reading speed. People say you can't I haven't tried. But it slows me down is the point. I have a pen, I circle I underline, I bookmark things. And then I go back. And I think, what was I originally like reading this book for? And what things that I save helped me with that. And then how can I go apply that into my life. And then for a period of time might be a few days, it might be a week, it might be six months, I apply those things into my life. And then I will go on to the next thing if I feel the need or I will revisit that same thing, if I feel like those answers still aren't there. So I don't know if that helps at all, or clarifies.

 

Philip Pape  58:16

It helps. It helps a lot. I mean, it explains you in a sense from what you're saying, in fact, we're going back to talking about being obsessed about something and obsessed in a positive way, like putting all your energy into one thing, because we're so distracted. And I think back to like, I used to play saxophone a lot. And actually, I want to pick it up more frequently than I do. It's one of those things, you know, like, I gotta be intentional about it. But you know, you've always heard it takes 10,000 hours to master an instrument, and you have to just constantly apply yourself and fitness is the same way but also information. Before we go on to this. You mentioned note taking in the books. Have you heard of the book, The well educated mind. It's by Susan wise Bauer and she's actually in the homeschool community because we homeschool our kids. Oh, and she wrote a book for mothers to use as curriculum that we've been following for years. She wrote a book for adults on how to do what they used to do, which is actually dissect the book, like a classic and go through it multiple times in an organized like hierarchical way. So you might find that interesting as a method or I'm absolutely going to add that so that's what I did mine. Okay, that's a good one. Yeah. Anyway, so when people are doing all this with podcasts, like I say podcasts, but it could be anything else. Instagram, Facebook, whatever. How would you say you apply that to that? Because I see definitely how it applies to books, podcasts, you ask questions, you dig down into a topic, you seek it out, you start to like find the fluff and the nonsense and you jettison that and it converges, right. Like I've been through that myself with fitness I knew all the nonsense five years ago, and now I know a little bit less nonsense, so I'm a little bit more educated. Exactly. Or I can spot it. Let's just put it that way. But like I feel like social media is kind of nefarious, just in itself, by definition in that there's, you know, you're the product and I'm trying to give you ads. And that's the whole point of it. How would you use Instagram? For example, to do this?

 

Adam Poehlmann  1:00:05

Yeah, so this one's tough for sure. Because you you are, you can't change the way it works, right? It is, in and of itself a short form quick, you know, fix dopamine hit. So you can't change the nature of social media, this kind of goes into the internal and external locus of control, can't change the nature of social media, that would be ridiculous. But you can adopt an internal locus of control, and change the way that you use the social media or the way that you respond to it. So one of the things that comes to mind and the first thing I thought of as having utilizing that saved feature, okay, now, you still have to go a step further than that, right? So for me, I have a lot of different folders in there, right? So I have folders on business, I have folders on nutrition, I have folders on coaching and training concepts. I have a hilarious, funny folder, I'll have a Kaylee folder where like, she'll think this is funny, then I'll show her, you know, but those folders don't mean anything, if you don't go through them. And so what I would say is save stuff that is truly important to you. And then set aside some dedicated time to go through that folder and say, okay, is this something that I really like, cared about? Because sometimes in that moment, you're like, well, I'll save this recipe, I'm for sure gonna make that I saved it two years ago. Clearly, you don't think you didn't need it, so you can throw it away. But if there's stuff where it's like, oh, yeah, this was profound, then you can actually figure out how to apply that into your life. I think that's one way you can use social media. Another way, is obviously filtering. You know, if there are people that you follow that you haven't applied a single piece of advice from unfollowed him, like, I don't care how good their advice is on social media, you didn't do anything with it, it would be far better for you to take the mediocre advice that you constantly apply and keep pursuing that than to take the great advice that you never apply. So unfollow people, like I do that all the time. Like, I'll go through and be like, Who have I not seen anything from? Who do I not listen to? Who is just kind of a piece of flash with information, but I haven't utilized any of it unfollow. And so that's what I would recommend there as well. And then in terms of the actual platforms themselves, I would honestly, you know, actually not that I think of it. If you find yourself not using social media for the things that you claim you're using it for, like learning things and getting information, maybe just make social media purely about entertainment, and go to podcast for fitness, go to books for fitness, go to longer YouTube videos for fitness, whatever it is, and maybe just use social media purely for entertainment. That's maybe another solution. Again, not a social media expert. But that's one thing that comes to mind. So I don't know, I don't know if that's helpful. I don't know what you would add to that.

 

Philip Pape  1:02:37

Yeah, yeah, no, I, I'm just I'm giving you the space here. Don't put me on the spot. No, but seriously, for me, I like I do like the idea that platforms have a purpose. And maybe we're trying to shoehorn it into the wrong thing. Because like, I personally, I don't know how much I learned from IG, except occasionally, I'll see some gold come out in a in a video where somebody has really taken the time to give some value, you know, and that's the difference between people are just like cranking out viral stuff versus, you know, they really are trying to help with their message, even though they're also trying to get followers. And like you said, you could save it or you know, learn from it. It's

 

Adam Poehlmann  1:03:12

very Yeah, it's very, it's very rare, I would agree I can, I can think I can think of off top my head, I'm sure if I went through it, I could, but I can't think off the top of my head, the last time that I saw a post or a reel where I was like, holy smokes, this is life changing, you know, like this, I changed everything in my business or everything in my marriage or everything, whatever. Because of this, what actually ends up happening is I'll see something, I like it, go to the profile, go to their other stuff. And then that's where stuff comes in. You know, and I always tell people all the time, they usually say something like this, where it's like, Man, I, there's just all this information out there. And I'm in the same spot. And sometimes I'm like, Do you really think everybody's free information is going to, like help you as much as their coaching or their long form content or whatever. No, like it's not, it's not going to. So yes, utilize it, if it helps for sure. But go into the rabbit hole a little bit. And don't be afraid to do it. Utilize something that is maybe paid it costs you $20 For an ebook, but at least you can go all the way through it and read it and actually take something versus just scrolling on to the next reel. Because that's another thing that's kind of unhelpful with the reels of the post is that we don't have enough time to digest and process what we just consumed. It's on to the next thing. I guarantee you if I were to scroll right now for five minutes, and you were to ask me what I watched, I would probably remember the one funny video that I liked died laughing and saved it and I would not remember anything else no matter how profound I thought it was in that moment. So yeah, anyway,

 

Philip Pape  1:04:34

it's so true. It's so true. Some of my favorite like followers on the short form platforms are the ones who listen to my podcast you know, it's like that's where they know me. Right? Right and you're right you're right so and obviously people are listening to this show too and they can follow your stuff and you've got some maybe they I don't know if their life changing but hey, I referenced one in here about the contrasting which is a you did actionable thing. And just so the listener knows like one of our longtime listeners and former client of mine, you know List follows Allah, Adam and was touched by a few of his posts in terms of actually taking action. And he's an action taker. So that's what you got to be too. Anyway. All right, man. So we've covered a lot here. I'm sure there's a million other things we can get into. But it's, I do like to ask this question of guests. And that is, is there anything you wish I had asked in this whole conversation that I didn't? And if so, what would be your answer?

 

Adam Poehlmann  1:05:22

Man, that is a great question. To answer anything that I wish you asked. Honestly, there's nothing that comes to mind. We got into a lot, we got into the mindset piece, I got to share a little bit about my faith, I got to share some vulnerable things about where I'm at with working out in training, and I've loved it. So there's nothing that comes to mind.

 

Philip Pape  1:05:39

Yeah, likewise, man has a lot of fun, supernatural. Yeah, we're on the same page. And, you know, we all have different perspectives and backgrounds, but it's like, man, we're just trying to get this done. And everybody listening, just change your lives. I mean, it'll if you do something you learn today, do it Adam suggesting like, rewind, go back, find some of those excellent quotes, like the one he just said, which was, keep, you know, if you take action on mediocre advice, it's gonna be better than not taking action on the best advice. Very important statement right there. You know, it doesn't have to be perfect. So all right, where can listeners learn more about you, Adam?

 

Adam Poehlmann  1:06:11

Yeah. So y'all listeners, you can find me on Instagram. That's where I'm the most active and it's just my first name. Last Name. Holman is po EHL. Ma. And, and, and the German relatives really gave me a hard time with that one. And it's a little tricky. Yeah. But yeah, that's okay. And then obviously, the fitness show on Spotify and Apple podcasts. And then you can find me on threads to same Adam Pullman. That's by far where I am the most active. And if you're someone who is a gym goer and wants to drop 10 plus pounds without strict dieting, and you want some more in depth stuff, I've got a free Facebook group called the transformation tribe where I put out live workshops and put out some more in depth content that goes a little bit deeper than the surface level stuff you might see on social media. So that's where y'all can find me if you want to.

 

Philip Pape  1:06:55

And Adams, a great master at using these platforms, the way they're intended, like so on threads threads is great, just for the quick tips, you know, and here's how you do it act take action, it kind of cuts out all the distractions in the video and images, all that and in the Facebook group. Yeah, I think Facebook groups like that can be awesome for just getting in that community and that relatedness and finding other people who can motivate you and help you get there. So check all that out. I'll throw it in the show notes been an awesome conversation. Adam, thank you so much for taking the time.

 

Adam Poehlmann  1:07:21

Absolutely, Philip. Thanks for having me on.

 

Philip Pape  1:07:25

Thank you for tuning in to another episode of wit's end weights. If you found value in today's episode, and know someone else who's looking to level up their weights or weights. Please take a moment to share this episode with them. And make sure to hit the Follow button in your podcast platform right now to catch the next episode. Until then, stay strong.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

Q&A - Rapid Fat Loss, Body Recomp, Building Muscle Over 40, Tracking Veggies w/Jeff Hoehn | Ep 184

Is rapid weight loss worth the risk? Can you really build muscle while losing fat? How important is nutrition tracking for your fitness journey? Philip welcomes back Jeff Hoehn for another co-hosted Q&A episode. This time, they discuss aggressive fat loss strategies, the benefits of higher protein intake, and overcoming menopause-related hurdles. They dive into the controversial topic of rapid weight loss, the importance of structured diet breaks, and the real deal about slow metabolism. Philip and Jeff also compare powerlifting and bodybuilding during fat loss phases, emphasizing the role of heavy compound lifts and hypertrophy training. They also talk about nutrition tracking, low-calorie, nutrient-dense foods, and fiber intake.

Is rapid weight loss worth the risk? Can you really build muscle while losing fat? How important is nutrition tracking for your fitness journey?

Today, Philip (@witsandweights) welcomes back Jeff Hoehn for another co-hosted Q&A episode. This time, they discuss aggressive fat loss strategies, the benefits of higher protein intake, and overcoming menopause-related hurdles. They dive into the controversial topic of rapid weight loss, the importance of structured diet breaks, and the real deal about slow metabolism. Philip and Jeff also compare powerlifting and bodybuilding during fat loss phases, emphasizing the role of heavy compound lifts and hypertrophy training. They also talk about nutrition tracking, low-calorie, nutrient-dense foods, and fiber intake.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

3:24 What are your views on rapid fat loss and the frequency of aggressive cuts? Also, how do you feel about protein-sparing modified fasting in a 5:2 diet for general weight loss?
12:10 Does consuming more protein than recommended have any benefits?
19:35 How can I effectively lose fat and reveal muscle definition despite increasing my calorie intake, exercising regularly, and maintaining a high-protein diet?
32:38 How feasible is it to build muscle in a deficit?
44:15 Heavier weight or more reps for an older guy looking to build a base for longevity?
54:09 In fat loss, does counting veggies affect the macros? Should I log them?
59:10 Outro

Episode resources:

Related episodes:


Episode summary:

In this episode, we delve deep into the multifaceted world of fitness and nutrition with Jeff Hoehn from the Mind Muscle Connection podcast. This episode is packed with science-backed strategies and practical tips to help you achieve your fitness goals, whether you're looking to build muscle, lose fat, or navigate menopause-related challenges. Join us as we uncover the truths about aggressive fat loss, high protein diets, and the importance of personalized fitness plans.

One of the central themes we discuss is the possibility of building muscle while losing fat. This concept, often met with skepticism, is explored through the lens of individual body composition and training history. For those with higher body fat percentages, muscle gain in a calorie deficit is achievable, provided that other conditions such as proper sleep, stress management, and a specific training regimen are met. We emphasize that while muscle can be built in a deficit, it is generally less efficient than building muscle at maintenance or in a caloric surplus. This nuanced understanding helps set realistic expectations and guides listeners on how to tailor their fitness plans.

Aggressive fat loss strategies are another hot topic. We break down the pros and cons of rapid weight loss, particularly the protein-sparing modified fast within a 5-2 diet framework. Jeff shares his own experience with a rapid fat loss protocol inspired by Dr. Bill Campbell, highlighting the importance of maintaining high protein intake and rigorous training during short, aggressive deficits. The discussion underscores the need for adequate recovery between cycles and the potential mental hurdles of adhering to such a regimen. We advocate for personalized approaches that ensure long-term adherence and success, rather than extreme methods that may lead to unsustainable habits.

High protein diets are essential for both muscle building and fat loss. We explore the benefits and potential downsides of consuming higher-than-recommended amounts of protein. While the optimal range for muscle building is typically between 0.8 to 1 gram per pound of body weight, higher protein intake can aid in satiety and thermic effect, which are beneficial for fat loss. However, we also address potential drawbacks, such as reduced carbohydrate and fat intake, digestive challenges, and dietary monotony. The importance of individual preferences and dietary goals in determining the appropriate level of protein consumption is emphasized, ensuring that listeners can make informed choices that align with their fitness objectives.

For those facing menopause-related fitness challenges, we provide tailored advice on how to navigate this life stage. We discuss the impact of age and hormonal changes on body composition and stress the importance of tracking progress accurately. Practical tips are offered on setting realistic goals, emphasizing other metrics such as strength and measurements over scale weight, and ensuring a balanced approach to nutrition and training. The episode highlights the significance of patience, consistency, and aligning fitness goals with personal values for long-term success.

Powerlifting versus bodybuilding styles during fat loss phases is another area of focus. We clarify the differences between these approaches and emphasize the importance of incorporating hypertrophy-focused training to maximize muscle retention and growth. The concept of auto-regulated training is introduced, where adjusting volume rather than just intensity can stimulate muscle growth even in a calorie deficit. This section aims to debunk misconceptions around the necessity of a caloric surplus for muscle gain, particularly for individuals with higher body fat percentages, and highlights the potential for body recomposition.

Strength training for longevity and functionality is crucial, especially for older adults. We discuss the benefits of combining heavy compound lifts with muscle-building exercises to enhance daily activities and prevent falls. Joint health and recovery are addressed, with recommendations on easing into routines and allowing adequate recovery time. Personal preference and consistency are highlighted as key factors in sustaining an exercise regimen, reinforcing the idea that the best exercise is one that an individual enjoys and can maintain over time.

Practical tips on tracking nutrition are provided, focusing on the practicality of logging meals and the importance of accuracy with calorie-dense foods. The discussion emphasizes that if positive results are being seen, meticulous tracking of low-calorie, nutrient-dense foods like vegetables may not be necessary. However, tracking might be beneficial if a plateau is reached or if micronutrient intake is being monitored. The importance of fiber intake for better health outcomes is also underscored.


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:00

How often can you safely repeat an aggressive cut for rapid fat loss? Can consuming more protein than the recommended amount really benefit you? What's the best strategy for postmenopausal women struggling with fat loss? Is it truly possible to build muscle in a calorie deficit? Today I'm again conspiring with Jeff Hain of the mind muscle connection podcast for a special co hosted q&a, where we tackle these burning questions and more, leaving nothing on the table. Welcome to the wit's end waits podcast. I'm your host, Philip pape, and this twice a week podcast is dedicated to helping you achieve physical self mastery by getting stronger. Optimizing your nutrition and upgrading your body composition will uncover science backed strategies for movement, metabolism, muscle and mindset with a skeptical eye on the fitness industry so you can look and feel your absolute best. Let's dive right in.

 

Jeff Hoehn  00:53

Hey guys, welcome back to our second q&a cohosted episode so we have the mind muscle connection in the woods and week's podcast. Philip Pape is the host of the Whitson weights podcast and myself Jeff hain, the host of the mind muscle connection podcast. So yeah, this is the second one we did in the first one did great. So we want to tap back on here and get some q&a going. So excited to have you guys for this episode. If you aren't familiar with Philip, he is the host of the Whitson weights podcast. He has a wide range of coaches on and a few that you know if you listen to the mind muscle connection that you're familiar with Brandon Cruz, Brian Borstein, Jordan lips, among others. And and obviously I'm seeing guests that Phillip has on and having them on mine as well, too. He has multiple episodes per week going over all things nutrition, lifting, muscle metabolism and fat loss. So make sure you give his podcast a follow or subscribe. And again, I think Phil does a great job of breaking things down makes it very applicable for the everyday person, which I think is great. And not enough people do that. And sounds great. Everything looks awesome as well, too. So Phillip looking forward to doing this with you again, man. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  01:51

Jeff, I'm really excited, man. I mean, last time, you know, we covered a lot of fun topics. And I think we'll do the same thing today. You mentioned the practical side of things. There's so much noise out there. There's also a lot of people that love to get into the science and we do that, but there's a certain limit to where you got to stop geeking out and start telling you what this means for me. And you probably see this with clients, sometimes they can overthink it, right? It's like, well, should it be 0.75 grams of fat per pound of protein right? And we try to distill it and make it simple. So for those of you listening to me now and Whitson weights Jeff ease the man I love his show, I follow up myself, the mind muscle connection, definitely follow it. If not, you are missing out. You know, he's a coach. He's got a ton of personal experience. He's not afraid to question the conventional wisdom. Like I was talking about to find what works. He's got solo episodes, got guest interviews, a lot of great names out there. And so after you're done with this episode, head over to mind muscle connection. Wherever you listen to podcasts, give it a follow. And I think we're ready to get into it, man.

 

Jeff Hoehn  02:47

Yep, absolutely. I think the last one, we I think it was right around an hour. I think we tackled them all in pretty good amount of time. But yeah, the last one was super fun. So that's why I was like, Hey, let's frickin do this again. And I think a lot of people found it super useful. I know. Like, I think you got good feedback from your audience. I got great feedback from my audience. And you know, everyone was kind of able to check out your podcast, hopefully, and everything like that. So yeah, let's, let's frickin get into it. Usually, when, when I do these with like Brandon and Jeremiah, you start asking Brandon questions. And the next thing you know, it's it's, we're like 45 minutes. And we haven't even answered a question. So yeah, the answer, right. Yeah. That's cool. Yeah. And I'm sure some stuff will come up about us a potential year with this. So cool. First question is what are your thoughts on rapid fat loss? And how can you repeat a very aggressive cut related to this? What do you think of protein sparing modified fasting in a five to diet fashion for the general population trying to lose weight? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  03:38

so there's like three questions there. I think one is my thoughts on rapid fat loss. Another is how often can you do it. And then protein sparing modified fast, specifically as a five two, which is a little bit different than the original? Original one? So speaking of like, learning about what's going on with ourselves, right? I don't know if you are aware of this. But last year, I did a rapid fat loss protocol myself, and I recruited a bunch of people from my community to experiment with me, but two crazies who are like, Yeah, that sounds easy. And we did something inspired by Dr. Bill Campbell, who's a well known researcher, obviously, with aggressive dieting down at University of South Florida. And it was, it's pretty simple. It's four days in a very aggressive deficit, something like 40 45%, a low maintenance, and then a one day refeed, where you bring the carbs back up to maintenance, and then you repeat it once or twice. So if you do it twice, it ends up being about two weeks. And for a guy like me, 181 90, I might, I might lose like four pounds of fat doing it that way. The idea being that you keep the protein really high, at least one gram per pound, if not 1.2, or even a little bit higher. You keep training hard, and you're good to go. My thoughts on it are like any dieting approach, the more aggressive you go, the shorter the duration, right? Otherwise, you risk losing muscle. Also, I would put a bunch of caveats on this one, because people are like, you know, I'll have somebody reach me and say, I've got 20 pounds of weight to lose. I've never done any of this stuff. Should I do your Rapid Fat Loss Program? I'm like, no, no. Hey, let's get everything dialed in like you would before a fat loss phase anyway, but even more dialed in terms of your training, you're tracking your protein, like, keep it keeping the stress down all that good stuff in a good place, quiet time of the year, and then go after it really hard, and be consistent with that protein and making happen. And then yeah, you can lop off a couple pounds. If you have a lot of weight to lose, it's probably not the best approach from an adherence perspective anyway, because it's short. And now you're like, Well, what do I do after that? Do I just taper it down to a less aggressive cut? Maybe, but now you've already experienced like, all this adaptation and psychological pressure early on, you're not going to feel great? Or do you just punctuate building phases with this, or if you've already lost a bunch of weight, and you're fairly lean, use this occasionally. That's my thought on doing it in general. And then as far as repeating it, I wouldn't do it more than I wouldn't do it until you've come back to maintenance and fully recovered, and then do it again. But again, you shouldn't be doing them back to back the five to protein sparing modified fast from what I understand. And you may have a different kind of history on this, Jeff is the original diet was eat whatever you want for five days, and then have like, I don't know, 600 calories of protein for two days. And it's just another form of fasting, it's just another form of restriction that technically doesn't require you to track but at the end of the day, you could you could easily not lose weight, if you're just overeating on those five days, right? Like any other fast, it sounds miserable to me, but I get why you would want to do it, especially if you combine it with tracking. And now you're at maintenance for those five days. And then you go into the fast for two days. I know Brandon is doing something like that. So for the general population trying to lose weight, which was the question, I would say, do what works for you, and try traditional tracking and traditional, like, even if you want to cycle the calories, that's fine, but don't try to do anything too extreme? Because that could be what got you in trouble in the first place? I don't know. And I'll let you fill in the gaps. Because I know there's a lot of nuance to this one.

 

Jeff Hoehn  06:56

Yeah, I mean, this was something that I had seen the five two diet there with that. And after talking to Brandon, you know, I do think that there is some potential benefits of it. I was kind of thinking like, you know, from a lean body mass perspective, I could see how this could be beneficial. Because if you're doing those five days, which ideally, I'm assuming, we would ideally want you to be at probably close to maintenance, right? Like you said, you don't want to obviously overdo it. But the issue becomes like, Are you tracking during that? And if you don't track then do you end up kind of getting into a large surplus, right. But you know, if you're tracking and you're closer to your estimate of maintenance during that period of time, I really think that it could be great from a lean body mass perspective, just because you are going to be having so much time where you're giving your body plenty of energy, right. And then almost days that you're not, you're getting enough protein and and like you said, it's important that you lift weights in that process. So I could see how that could be beneficial from a lean body mass perspective. But I think you hit on this on both of these, it kind of comes down to the to me the challenge is the mental side of things, right? Like, is that something that you can stick to? And like you said, Does it just lead you to kind of this kind of yo yo approach, right? That would be something that I want to look out for, like, look out for the hunger on those really lower days, see how you respond to that, because some people, they can do those, like really low days, and they're good to go. But some people do those low days, and they're just like, ravenously hungry. And then like you said, it just leads to them over consuming, right. So I would really say like, that would be one that I would if I was working with a client, you know, this would have to be someone that's like I they've died in the past. And I know that they don't like that's not going to be a potential issue there. Because I do think that like having those lower calorie days, like if you're a busy person, like having those lower calorie days, a couple days a week could be super helpful as well to you know, from that standpoint, that's just like, I mean, shoot, like, if you had a day job where you just do like a bunch of podcasts or like client check ins and stuff, man, it would be nice to not have to worry about like eating sometimes right on like, and you could lighten up with those days. But again, you run into those potential issues there with that. So like you said, I think it is really individual. And I would probably lean towards, like from a general pop standpoint, probably not doing that at least for your first couple fat loss phases. And then, you know, kind of seeing how you respond to maybe some lower calorie days and then potentially bring that in there with that. So that's kind of my thought on the five to what I would say on the rapid fat loss. This was something that, you know, I was before I kind of talked to Bill Campbell about this, I was kind of wondering, like, what can you actually expect from a fat loss perspective in like a short timeframe, right, I was kind of questioning, like, can you really expect anything from it. And so from his studies from from what I took from it is, you know, you can't actually, you know, lose a decent amount in a few days. But obviously, you have to be super rigid with it, right? Like you have to really stay on top of the deficit and like it just runs back to the same issues that we just talked about, from the five to perspective, you know, are you prone to potentially overeating there with that and then like you said, again, the more weight you lose, the less you can do that. Right? The duration needs to be a lot shorter and obviously I think what you can run into is that can kind of be addicting of like seeing it go down super quick and then being like, Oh, I'm just gonna keep doing this right. And so that would be my biggest concern. And like you said, obviously once you really start to push that Are you losing some lean body mass in that process, but I do think that it can be motivating to see kind of those quick results. I haven't read it yet. But there's a new study on reps. And they were talking about, what are some patterns that are going to show that somebody's going to lose weight and like actually stick within one of it was like, one of them, the big ones was like kind of seeing that weight loss right off the bat there with it right it can be it can be motivating to see that. So that would be kind of a pro there of taking a quicker approach. But like you said, again, if you have a lot of weight to lose, that's probably not the way that you want to go there. But I am a huge fan of something I've become a more a bigger fan of is having these approaches where it does have some built in either extended diet breaks or days where you are a little bit higher maintenance, because I do think from a lean body mass perspective, it can be helpful, but but also a mental and flexibility side of things. I think they can also be helpful. So kind of my thoughts are on that. I don't know if there's anything I left out or anything like that.

 

Philip Pape  10:52

No, I mean, you hit on the there's always trade offs between physiology and psychology, right. And in psychology is the big one people underestimate, because they see these beautiful plans written out on paper. And, you know, even we experienced that you go into a new phase, and you're like, here's my plan, you know, it's like, it's gonna happen exactly like that, and it never does. And you have to be prepared for that. I do love like, for a more advanced person, like, like you said, Brandon, with the five, two, if you kind of know how your body responds and what you can tolerate, and also what your level of discipline and adherence is going to be. It's great. Also, if you're coaching somebody, sometimes I almost don't call that person Gen pop, because they have this extra direct support to kind of adapt to it. And then you know, kind of when you're often your own Gen pop is is where that comes in. But um, yeah, no, it's good stuff, man. Yeah,

 

Jeff Hoehn  11:35

no, I that's, that's a good point you bring up like having a coach to help you with it. Like having that like kind of extra set of eyes, man can really be super helpful. And that's a good point you bring up right, like, I would definitely feel more comfortable with that. I guess the last thing on this would be like either one of the things that you do, like, make sure you have some sort of game plan or plan afterwards. And again, this is where having a coach can be super helpful, because I think that's where you can really run into issues. I think, again, people can do these kind of short bursts of fat loss, but it's really comes down to what does that kind of period of time afterwards look like there with app? So

 

Philip Pape  12:06

yeah, man. So yeah, I think we answered the question there. We'll go on to the next one. That's good with you. Yeah. And that is for you, man. It's Do you think consuming more protein than what is recommended? Has any benefits? So

 

Jeff Hoehn  12:17

I'm assuming with this question, he means kind of that one gram ish per pound of body, we kind of like benefit there. Right?

 

Philip Pape  12:24

That's my guess. Beyond the normal our evidence base recommendation? Yeah. Yeah. So I

 

Jeff Hoehn  12:29

actually really liked this question. I had, like, a lot of thoughts that come. So I'm gonna go with some pros of it. And then I want to kind of go over some potential downsides of potentially going over that amount. So I think from a muscle building standpoint, right, so we're talking building muscle, I think once you get to that point eight to one gram per pound of body weight, maybe 1.2. I think if you go over that, you're not gonna see any more return on your investment from a muscle building standpoint, right. And again, this is under the assumption that you're you're training hard and pushing your training, right, because that's obviously the thing that's going to send that signal and then protein kind of completes that process, right. So I think from a muscle building standpoint, I don't think that you're going to get any more benefit from going too far over 1.2. Again, if you're really trying to maximize and trying to build as much muscle as possible, maybe you could, you might want to be on the safer side, and you could potentially go a little bit higher, but from my understanding of the research, you know, you're going to kind of Max us out at point eight to one gram per pound of body weight there. However, I do think there's some other benefits of potentially going higher than this one gram per pound of body weight. And again, that's a number we'll we'll kind of go for here. And I think the first one is satiety protein, in general is more satiating than other sources of you know, again, carbohydrates and fats. But I do think within that it does depend on your protein source, right? If you're eating 150 grams of protein through like protein powder, well, I do think that's going to bump that down a little bit, right. So I think your food selection for protein is super important. But generally speaking, protein is going to be more satiating than carbohydrates or fats, right. So I think that's the big one there. So if you're in a fat loss phase, you know, maybe you go over that one gram, 1.2 grams per pound of body weight to get a little bit more satiety out of it, the second benefit would be higher thermic effect of food. So protein uses the most energy to absorb and digest again, generally speaking here, so you could get a small benefit there from that, I think Jose Antonio had a bunch of studies where they did these like massive amounts of like protein, like I'm thinking we're talking like, three great, I don't know the exact numbers, but it was, it would be more than most people could actually do. And, you know, they found it actually did help with like, it was harder for them to gain body fat, right, because they had these higher protein amounts, but again, we're talking super high levels most I would not recommend that to anyone, I'm there with that. So again, a higher thermic effect of food, you could burn a little bit more calories, but it's just gonna be a small amount. Again, to be on the safe side from the muscle building standpoint, like again, if you really want to maximize it, you're a little worried about it, maybe you go a little bit higher than that. Again, the research kind of shows that it does max out on that around that one gram, and therefore to me you like it, like if you really like protein, and you enjoy those types of foods, by all means, you know, you can go higher than than this number. But with all these pros, there is some downsides I think to going over one gram per pound of body weight. So the first is you know, carbs fat and protein makeup calorie so at some point there has To be this give and take, if you're eating so such high protein, you know, this could take away from carbs and fats, right, your carbs could get super low, now it's going to impact your training, it's going to impact your recovery, right? Fat, same thing, you know those good to low. You know, fats are important from like a hormone standpoint. And we need, you know, a certain amount of essential fatty acids. So again, that can lower those things. If you're eating too high protein, I think to protein can for some people be harder to digest, you know, you may have when you get to these super high levels of protein, you may find that it kind of sits in your stomach, it's just a little bit harder to digest, right. So again, that would be a potential downside. And then, and then lastly, I think once you get over one gram 1.2, it's just tough to do and your diet is probably going to be a little less tasty overall, right? Because that means less carbs, and fats. But again, that could potentially be a good thing here on that. So I think, to kind of wrap this up, I think if you're in a fat loss phase, maybe you go a little above warrant, one gram per pound of body weight, if you're in a building phase, and you like protein, you find that you really don't want to gain, you want to limit fat gain, maybe you go a little bit higher protein, right. But again, from a muscle building standpoint, I think things get kind of maxed out around that point eight to one gram per pound of body weight gives you want to be on the safer side, and maybe go a little bit higher than that.

 

Philip Pape  16:08

Yeah, man might drop, you answered everything about that question. No, I don't want to I don't wanna make it too long, because you've covered like most of the points that I was going to mention, if they didn't come up, as far as the curve of when protein intake kind of maxes out, we know that there's a point of diminishing returns, and like you said, point eight, even point seven, I mean, the more they look at this, the more it's kind of angles down a little bit toward that point seven, where, you know, there's almost no benefits going to be of that, above that from a practical standpoint. So to the person asking the question, my question back to them is, why are you asking the question? Is it because you have a high protein diet that's much higher, in which case, I've had plenty of clients like that. Usually, they're bigger guys consuming Well, north of 3000 calories. And they're like, I love my meat, or I used to do carnivore or something like that. And it all works fine, because they have plenty of calories to work with fats and carbs aren't really being sacrificed, you know, what's the difference between 350 and four and 50 grams of carbs, right? So in that case, just keep eating the way you're eating, if you enjoy, and it works for you. And that's the second piece of this is, is it working for you? And do you want to experiment? Because if you're wondering if you're currently at the point eight, and you're like, what would happen to me if I'm at 1.2 1.3, especially during fat loss, that's where I see some benefit with some of this stuff, like you said satiety body composition, another Bill Campbell research, I think, I know he reviewed it about the impact of protein on body composition, even beyond what we already thought, just do it before and after and see how it works. Other than that, everything Jeff just said makes sense. There's no benefit intentionally of increasing your protein beyond the normal point seven to one gram per pound,

 

Jeff Hoehn  17:40

I think to like on that one thing that they kind of hit and I was kind of struck a chord with a few not struck a chord, this this resonated with few clients was like, people like, are super worried about getting enough protein one, I think, again, make sure your weight training is there, right? Because at the end of the day, like if that's not there, it's like protein, it isn't going to do anything if if you're not sending that signal to build muscle. So that's the first thing. Second is, you know, you're going from point three grams per pound of body weight 2.6 is that's going to have a massive impact on your like, the results you're going to see. But if you're going from like weight 7.8 to one gram, the return on that investment is going to be a little bit smaller. Right? So we need to think of it from from that standpoint, as well to like, where are you going from again, if you're one gram, and you're like, Oh, I really want to maximize to 1.2. It's like, again, the return on that investment is going to be a lot lower than if you were like, super low. And I think sometimes people you know, kind of overlook that, you know, when it comes to nutrition stuff and everything. They're always like, what's the most optimal? And so keep that in mind too. On there with that. Yep,

 

Philip Pape  18:38

totally agree on nothing to add to that.

 

Jeff Hoehn  18:40

So with with the protein, if you kind of like I guess the one thing that kind of changed my mind on it, too, was this kind of recent study where it was, you know, they they I think they had upwards of like, 100 grams, I think after, and they, their NPS, muscle protein synthesis was still elevate it, you know, hours after I kind of changed my mind a little bit on timing. I don't know if that changed it for you or anything that made me like, it's still important to me, but it made it maybe a little bit lower on the on the priority list. I don't know what your thoughts are on that. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  19:07

if anything, it's not symmetrical anymore, meaning I used to recommend kind of a minimum but also make sure you distribute enough now I say like at least try to get the minimum in one meal. But there's not really an upper limit if you want to do it twice or three times in a day. Otherwise, it's a matter of practicality.

 

Jeff Hoehn  19:24

Yep. Right that that again, I feel like a lot of this stuff, man, as I learned more comes down to what's it what's really the practicality of it? So yeah, for sure. Cool. If you're good on on that one. I think we're good man. Awesome. So I'm a postmenopausal woman who has struggled with under eating for years due to a slow metabolism. Despite increasing my calorie intake, exercising regularly and having a high protein diet. I'm not seeing much progress on the scale, although I'm losing inches. How can I effectively lose fat and reveal muscle definition? Considering my unique circumstances and history?

 

Philip Pape  19:54

This is such a loaded question. I'm sure when you saw it, you thought the same thing. And I know you recently did an episode about It's probably not your hormones, right? It was something like that it's probably not your hormones. There's so much in here that I would want to first address before I even answer the question. For the person listening or really any women listening who are thinking these thoughts. The first one is the statement that I've been struggling with underwriting for years due to a slow metabolism. There's an assumption there that your metabolisms, quote unquote, slow. And it could just be, you know, in an adapted state, because you've been under eating. Okay, fair enough. Maybe you haven't been training, maybe you haven't been preserving muscle, whatever, you know, we don't want to assume your metabolism slow it is what it is. And we'd want to do what's necessary to recover and and see where it's the current setpoint is for that. But then she said, despite increasing calories, exercising regularly and having a high protein diet, so Okay, those are good things, right, like getting enough energy, exercising, I'm hoping she means training, we don't know for sure. And then having a high protein diet, I'm not seeing much progress on the scale, but I'm losing inches right there. I'd say that's a win. Like, that's a huge one right there to where, okay, why are we obsessed with the scale? What is it in your history or relationship with scale weight that causes you to think that this is a problem, right? I'm losing inches? And then she said, How can I effectively lose fat and reveal my muscle? Consider my unique circumstances in history? And so again, I would say, I mean, we're all unique, but we're also not unique, right? Like, you know, we all lose muscle mass with age, if we don't train, you know, for women hormones tend to decline or impaired post menopause, but lifestyle changes can massively mitigate those. So I do want to acknowledge the challenges that this person and all women face, we had a similar question like this in our last q&a, and you know, we're under eating for a long time, that definitely slows things down. But we don't want to attribute changes to menopause itself, necessarily, or fat storage or anything like that. The fact that you're losing inches, you're training, you know, you got protein already tells me you're doing a lot of the right things, right. So acknowledge that from a mindset perspective, that that's a huge win. And you're experiencing some sort of body recomp. Right. And again, just begun, body recomp. Here, if the scale staying the same, and your interests are going down, and you're getting stronger, that's all good. So I mean, really, to simplify it here is to keep progressing. It's finding the right, you know, approach for you. In terms of, if you want to have fat loss, let's let's find a moderate rate of loss. Let's make sure we're tracking, let's make sure like in the last question, you're getting at least that reasonable amount of protein, and then be patient and consistent as we work on that. And if the goal at the end of the day is to get a lower scale, wait, I would want to rewind and say what is your true reason here? What is your value based reason for this? It's okay to have short term motivations, physique, motivations, looking good in the mirror. I do that every day with clients and like, but that only take you you know, from here to here, how do we how do we make this a lifestyle for a life that works for you? So yeah, I mean, the basics, Jeff, are going to be what we recommend to everybody. Besides then getting bloodwork and things like that check if we do think there's some sort of hormonal issue. So I'll set it up that way. I'll let you go. And then we'll back and forth on this. Yeah, man. No,

 

Jeff Hoehn  22:56

you definitely nailed that. Right. I actually just did a q&a episode from a question I had somebody asked about fast and slow metabolism. So I dove into that. So definitely would lead people to that episode, I think it should be out like June 10. Ish, maybe something like that. But yeah, people, you know, like you said, we all kind of think we have a slow metabolism. But I think a lot of times, it is kind of the things that we're doing that actually lead to that, right. And again, maybe yours is a little bit slower, and whatnot. But again, I always like to look at like, what are you actually doing? You know, and usually, you know, if you look this over, it's like, okay, well, you can obviously improve this, you can improve that right, you know, before saying you actually have a slow metabolism. So I agree with you there on that. And like you said, we don't want to think that this is any special circumstance or anything like that, like all women go through menopause during that period of time, right? And then like you said, this is why we're coaches, right? Like people have these these issues all the time where they they they don't, they aren't seeing the results that they think they should so kind of like you said, you know, we obviously want to respect that like, hey, you know, every, everyone is unique and has different circumstances. But you know, these are pretty common things. Right. And usually, we think that it's just something with us, and then with that, but I had a few things I wanted to go over. So, you know, like, again, are you are you tracking the right metrics? Because kind of like you said, there, it's like not seeing progress on a scale, but you're losing inches. So it's like, to me, again, what's like you said with the scale? Like, do we really need to just focus on that, like, if you're losing inches, especially in your midsection, that's like you said, you're seeing progress. So is it more like, are you more concerned with weight? Are you more concerned with like, the aesthetic side of things? Because that's obviously going to be, you know, something you'd want to look into? There's that most people they don't, they end up not caring as much about the skills they think, right? But I also like, you know, within tracking the right metrics, are you you know, are you tracking your weight the correct way as well to you know, I'm sure you see this where people say they're not dropping weight, but then you look and you're like, your average weight literally is trending down and week over week, what are you talking about, but they get too caught up and like, one day, it's lower, and then it's a little bit higher, but again, they don't look at the trends. So, you know, make sure you're tracking the right metrics. It's easy to think you're not going in the right direction. I also find that a lot of times in this situation, people aren't tracking as much as they could, right. It's like, well, I'm eating I'm eating healthier. I'm making and better choices and scales not moving. But then again, they're not tracking consistently with the scale, they're not tracking, you know. So get make sure you're doing that. I would imagine if they asked you this question, they probably track their calories and stuff like that. But I also would want to know, like, what's your like? What's the diet dieting history as well, too, you know, like you said, you increase your caloric intake. But how long did you do that? What did you get it to? You know, what happened during that period of time? What, what is your current body weight? Because I think also that goes into expectations. You know, if you're 115 pounds, you know, we kind of need to reframe those expectations, versus if you're, you know, 175, like that weight loss is going to look a little bit different. So what's your current body weight? You know, what is your exercise look like? Because like you said, you know, we hope hopefully, you're, you're lifting weights. But are you consistent with that. So those would be things that I would kind of check there with that, but just some other things like to potentially look out for, like Phillip said, Lift, you know, protein, I think for this, demographics, especially, I think making sure that you don't go too long without protein after your workout. This is a kind of demographic, I think protein timing is maybe a little bit more important. So if you exercise, you make sure you're getting protein. You know, if you especially if you go in fast it you're getting it relatively soon after sleep is going to be another big one for this, Adrienne, because, you know, menopause can sometimes lead to lower quality sleep, you know, people waking up in the middle night, hot flashes, stuff like that. So I think there's a lot of things that people overlook when it comes to sleep. This isn't gonna asleep question, but man, we could probably dive into that as a whole topic in terms of some like low hanging fruit sleep hygiene tips there. But again, making sure you know, sleep is good, right? You're, you're prioritizing it, that's going to be a big one, that's really going to make things a lot tougher, you're doing the right thing here. But make sure you are taking some time away from fat loss dieting, to fuel your body, we're not just increasing calories for the sake of increasing the goal is to feel your body, you know, make sure you give it the nutrients and calories you need. And again, make sure you're doing that for a good amount of time, right? You're doing it for two weeks, and then you know, kind of just winging it, that's not going to be enough. Like you really do want to kind of stick that a little bit longer. I also wondered, I think you kind of mentioned this to like, could you have some maybe better fat loss methods? Like, are you trying to lose super quick? Like, can you could you improve that aspect of it like making sure you get enough protein, you're using more at a moderate rate versus feeling like you need to get off two pounds per week, right? With that. And then yeah, those those would be kind of the main ones that I would look at, in this specific example here with that, actually, sorry, there was one more thing I wanted to go over here on this, I want to go over some like potential supplements that I see that this kind of demographic misses out on get we know supplements are lower on the priority list, these things here are going to be your most important but a few that I see that are important for this demographic is vitamin D, make sure you're at least taking a nice maintenance dosage, you know, you can look at your bloodwork to see where that's at fish oils, another big one, I like legions, fish oil has the right amount of EPA and DHA there with that magnesium glycinate could be a good one, especially if you're waking up with hot flashes, Glycine can be helpful. So magnesium glycinate, and then creatine, and this is the demographic that kind of shiz away from creatine because it's kind of known as like a kind of like steroids. Oh, they're gonna make me super bulky. But for this demographic, I think creatine is super important, maybe more so than, you know, say, your 25 year old male who's trying to build muscle. So just some things there for you to focus on potentially, yeah,

 

Philip Pape  28:05

no, I mean, it's really the, you know, fat loss one on one episode, like, we just need to give that to most most women, regardless of the hormone state, and that'll get you most of the way there. But I didn't want to let the cat out of the bag on this, I eventually message back with this person. And one thing you mentioned was, is she actually potentially losing weight and look like she was very, very slowly trending downward in reality. And also, she wasn't really tracking in an effective way that linked her intake to her metabolism. So she's doing that now. I just want to I didn't want to bias the discussion. But you know, it's those kinds of things that are the basics. And then yeah, I love I love the idea of supplements and nutrients. I'm really getting a lot more into micronutrients these days, yes, especially for women with like thyroid issues and whatnot, you know, just even from a food perspective of trying to hunt, hunt around and figure out which foods give you these nutrients, because you may just be neglecting an entire nutrient like Selenium. Right? or what have you. The sleeping stress, I totally didn't even mention that. But like you said, that could actually be the deal breaker for a lot of women at that age with the life stress, the obligations, the kids and all of that. But yeah, I mean, it's checking all the boxes, and then going into a reasonable rate of loss, not overdoing it. If your metabolism is kind of lower. Now, because you haven't built a lot of muscle mass yet, you're not gonna be able to go in this huge deficit, because you're gonna be eating just like 800 calories. So you're gonna have to be patient and kind of go down a little bit and then continue to build that muscle which this person said she's already getting body recomp. So like, I think it's a great start.

 

Jeff Hoehn  29:26

There's two things that you said there that I want to point out. The first is the micronutrients. So with that, you know, and this is where like being low calorie can catch up to you is you know, you're you're more likely to have holes in that right so this is where again, this is why I said like, time away from fat loss time to fuel your body and this is exactly why because the higher you're not like you need to eat 4000 calories and gain a ton of weight. But you know, the more calories you have, the more you can, you know, kind of fill those holes there with with that, and then on the slow sort of weight loss side of things. I know we just talked about rapid fat loss, but again, we kind of talked how that's like a certain demographic that will really work well with you know, with kind To my content, like I've tried to reframe this lower weight, especially for this demographic, this soul weight loss is almost a pro because if anything, you're, and this is probably gonna go into our next question here, but you're kind of putting yourself in a decent, really good position to maintain it even potentially build some muscle in this process. And, again, that's the, for this demographic specifically, that's going to be super helpful for your long term health. Right. Um, because, again, I feel like a lot of people in this demographic, they really just focus on the weight loss side of things. And that leads to them doing things that lead to lean body mass loss. And we already talked about the importance of that and not to mention bone health and everything like that. So I think if anything, kind of reframing that, for this specific example, where you said she actually was trending down, even though it was slower, I would say that honestly, is perfect. And that is kind of what I would that's kind of what I would be wanting to go for anyways here because I think you're gonna put yourself in the best position long term with that. So yeah,

 

Philip Pape  30:49

as with it is within that like cone of body recap, like we think about a recomp it's just maintenance. But can you talk about this all the time, you can recomp at different levels of surplus or deficit, and even considered over the long term. So, yeah, good. Keep it up. Whoever sent in the question, you know, like a lot of good things going for you and let us know, you know, one or two things that you decide to change based on this conversation. Just understand

 

Jeff Hoehn  31:09

that, hey, we know this is a challenging time to like, it's not to just like brush out under the rug and be like, Oh, it's super easy. You just got to do everything. You know, we understand, hey, this is a challenging time. And, you know, there things are a little bit different now. So you do need to work with your body. So you definitely don't want to underestimate the impact of that. So,

 

Philip Pape  31:25

yeah, we're a blend of tough love and real love going on here. Like we get it. You know, we're not the we're not the 20 year old even though Jeff's 10 years younger than me. He's not a 20 year old guy with a lot of experience.

 

Jeff Hoehn  31:38

Okay, just work harder. Come on. I don't care if you have three kids, and you're in menopause just frickin work harder. Exactly.

 

Philip Pape  31:43

Yeah, seven days a week. All right.

 

31:46

Hi, my name is Alan. And I just want to give a shout out to Philip Pape of wits and weights for being a huge part of the foundation for my continued health and well being. Philip exemplifies a nutrition coach who demonstrates how much he cares. Phillip works tirelessly, and with dedication to provide coaching support and major content for us to use. He creates a practical approach from research. And Phillip empowers all of us to use food as quality for our health. He is skilled in how to assess and direct nutrition. Phillip creates a community full of wisdom, support and camaraderie. In summary, Philip Pape is the real deal. He knows how to assess and direct nutrition. And he continues to steer me in the right direction. Thank you, Phil.

 

Philip Pape  32:38

All right. I'll ask you the next question. We're ready to move on. Yep. All right. So classic question, How feasible is it to build muscle in a deficit?

 

Jeff Hoehn  32:46

This is right up my alley African love this one. So my big thing with this is, I'll still get kind of like messages. And like when I'll talk about this to people being like, oh, you know, it's typically the same kind of type of person, right? Usually somebody who has a lot of muscle and they are like, kind of bodybuilder, right? It's like, No, there's no way you can build muscle in a deficit, you know, if anything, you're lucky to maintain anything and whatnot. And so I hear that, and it's like, okay, yes, you are right. And but in certain situations, right, we need to we need to go a layer deeper than this. And it's really depends on the individual context. Yes, in that specific person. example, let's say you're a bodybuilder. You're, you're super shredded. You have a lot of muscle. Yeah, for you, you know, you're not gonna be able to build muscle in the deficit. But what you know, Phillip, I don't know about you. But yeah, maybe for us, it seems like that's a little bit bigger for the population. But in general, how big of the population? Is that? Honestly, like, if you were to take the entire

 

Philip Pape  33:34

world? Like, yeah, like 5%, right? or less?

 

Jeff Hoehn  33:38

I would say even less like out of the entire population, I would say it's 99.9% of people are not that person, right? If we take the entire population, now we get into, like, people who work out, okay, it starts to Oh, I

 

Philip Pape  33:47

see what you're saying. Yeah. Because if you take just the percentage of people even do anything we talked about here, you're already down to like 5%. So fair point.

 

Jeff Hoehn  33:53

So if you see one of the people that that we're probably talking to, okay, it's probably closer, like you said, 5% or so. But anyway, so 5% and 5%. Exit, right? You know, I think that we need to be careful with saying that because it leads to people thinking that it's them, and we need to dive in a little bit more to it. Right. So again, it is very individual. So I would kind of want to go over specific scenarios here, right? And things that are going to matter here. So can you build muscle in a deficit? So this is going to depend on your current body composition, okay? If you're somebody who has a ton of muscle, really low levels of body fat, you're not going to be able to build muscle in a deficit, right? Like, but in saying that it also is dependent on the size of the deficit. Okay, so the size of the deficit is going to matter. So people kind of think of a calorie deficit, as you know, oh, it's just a calorie deficit. Well, you know, there's a size to this deficit, right, the larger the deficit is, so the quicker you lose weight, the less likely this is to happen, right? You're not putting your body in the best position to build muscle. So you take somebody who's super shredded, has a lot of muscle and you put them in a large deficit will, you know for them, they're going to have to really do everything to maintain their muscle, they may even lose muscle in that process. But even that person they just talked about during the smaller calorie deficit, they're still probably not going to be able to build muscle but now Do you take somebody who is over, let's say, for men over 15% body fat, decent amount of muscle, women, let's say 25% body fat, decent amount of muscle for them, they're going to be able to build some muscle in the deficit, so long as all the things we talked about are in check. And that deficit is not too large, because even within that particular person, the larger that deficit gets, the less likely this is to happen, right. So again, we need to look at like training history, but that's gonna go into how much muscle you have other factors outside of the gym. So obviously, the less these are dialed in, the worse sleep is, the higher your stress is, the worse your diet quality is, the lower the likelihood of this is going to happen in a deficit, right? So we need to look at that, again, what your training looks like, if your training isn't super specific to building muscle. Again, this is going to be tougher, right? If you're somebody who does like a ton of group classes, maybe your training is geared more towards, like powerlifting style, I think you're going to have a tougher time building muscle and a deficit, right. But you know, somebody who's had a long layoff and coming back from an injury like you, the likelihood of this happening is going to be a little bit higher than so that's kind of my like, how feasible that is. Now, what I want to talk about here is, again, people hear this and they think, Okay, well, so I can build muscle and deficit now being in a deficit, no matter what is still going to be less, there's going to be inferior to being at maintenance for building muscle. Okay, no, wait, no way you put it right. Even if you're this perfect person that I talked about, like you're perfect for recon, you can build muscle and deficit, it's still you're gonna probably see a little less muscle in a deficit compared to maintenance. But even from there, you go to maintenance, right, you can still build a decent amount of muscle maintenance. But even then, like, if you're at a surplus is still going to be even a little bit better for building muscle. Right. So it's kind of on the stepladder here. So you really just need to decide like, if you're someone who's going to try to maximize muscle as much as possible, well, at some point, you're probably going to have to be in a calorie surplus, I don't think you need to go into that right away. But at some point, you're going to need to be in a in a calorie surplus there if that. So I kind of like to look at these as levels to and understand that again, you know, if you're someone who can build muscle and deficit, the longer you do that, the likelihood of it the the amount of muscle you're gonna see is going to trend down over time there. So I think I kind of hit on everything I wanted to there. I don't know if there was any follow ups or things you wanted to add? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  37:08

no, that's a great foundation. I agree with all of that. I think the research has looked at various deficits. And I think 500 calories has been that limit of being a calorie deficit, where we start to see muscle loss in most populations, regardless, even even untrained. And I know they've done studies with trained lifters who have like three, four or five years of experience, on short durations, you know, these studies usually like six or eight weeks long, with a calorie deficit, and they still see muscle gain. So we know it can happen. And like you said, you're not the special snowflake, I shouldn't use that term that can be triggering, but like, super advanced train, like, yeah, they're not that many people in that that realm. There are a couple other demographics. I don't know if you mentioned them, one, one is of somebody who has excessive weight to lose. So I've had clients who are usually male clients are like 262 75, nine, and they want to get down to close to that 200 mark, and their body has so much fat storage, that that is like putting them in a surplus while they're in a deficit. Yep. And so they build a ton of muscle has their recopying. And everything's actually kind of smooth. If you've got it set it up, right, for a lot of a lot of people, especially especially males that I've worked with. The other situation is if you're D trained, right, again, I've seen that as well, some guy that did what I didn't do when I was a teenager in my 20s and actually worked out and hit the weights because I didn't do I didn't know this stuff until my late 30s. And they you know, they showed me pictures of how they were jacked when they were 22. And now they're the dad bod and you know, overweight and they're like I ride my bike. That's all I do. Okay, let's get you back lifting weights and then all of a sudden, their bodies like it just like sucks up the protein and just pack some muscle back on. And and there's a biological reason for that having to do with like satellite cells and neurons and stuff having already been built or developed and grown when you're earlier and they're always there waiting to get bigger again. So that population can probably hack their way to you know, somebody recomp and then i The one thing I want to ask you about Jeff is you said powerlifting style, I'm assuming you meaning during fat loss if you use in powerlifting style, because there's not very much volume or stimulus compared to like a bodybuilding style. And I wonder if you could explain that a little bit because my understanding is pretty much any auto regulated form of training where you can train hard close to failure, with sufficient volume is gonna give you what you need. Is the premise here that you're doing like squats once a week for one RMS and no back offs and no other volume, no accessory work that kind of stuff. Yeah,

 

Jeff Hoehn  39:27

pretty much yeah, like you're just doing like the main lifts you're literally just working in like the like one to three rep range, right? Again, is that gonna like again, I don't people will say this is the same thing as like the maintenance like building muscle and maintenance. It's like okay, that doesn't mean you're not going to build any muscle but like say you're in a deficit and like you know, you're trying to build muscle lose body fat the same time, you're just going to be it's not going to be as specific to building muscle is I would like it to be but again, if you're okay with that trade off, like understanding Hey, I'm probably gonna leave a little bit of muscle growth on the table for this. Okay, you know, it is what it is right? It just comes down to trade offs. So yes, it's just It comes down to the specificity of of the training, right that like you said, it's just not enough, it's gonna end up not being enough volume, you know that one to three rep range isn't necessarily the greatest for building muscle. It's a, you know, in in whatnot. So that's really what it comes down to. This is what I this is kind of something that I've changed my mind on, because I've always kind of talked about like, well, you need to have your training specific hypertrophy. And what I tell people is you probably want to have like, if you're really trying to maximize body recomp, and again, trying to build some muscle in the deficit, if you're under the circumstance, situation, or situations is, I would say you want at least 50% of your training to be geared towards hypertrophy. Right? So if you want to do with a thing, where it's like a power building style, again, is that going to be the most effective? From a muscle building standpoint? No, but it's still going to be good enough to build muscle, right, so long as 50% of its hypertrophy, you like to do group classes, again, maybe 50% of its group classes, but I want at least 50% at training to be geared towards, you know, building muscle there with that,

 

Philip Pape  40:55

I can attest, I can attest to that. I totally agree. That's why I wanted to clarify for the listeners, so they knew what you meant, because at least a lot of people I know who do the power building style, or they do West Side style or whatever. They do their main lifts, and they might be auto regulating like back offs and stuff like that. But then they're also adding all this. What did they call it? In West Side? The extra accessory work, man, I'm losing the losing the phrase what it's called? Not the accommodating resistance, but when you just repetition work, I don't know. But there's that. And then also, what was the other thing I was gonna say I'm losing my mind. Oh, yeah. Like, I've also seen like basic barbell type training work during fat loss, if if it's like set progression. So for example, we talked about increasing weights or reps at for progressive overload. And we rarely talk about adding sets. But there are some, you know, modulating programs where you start like, three sets, then four, then five, and six, and you actually end up being able to push that volume during fat loss while you're not really able to get stronger. But as a result, you're getting the stimulus. And if you're in this, like sweet spot deficit for recomp, you might get it under those scenarios, as well. Yeah,

 

Jeff Hoehn  41:59

yep. No, 100%. Man, no, that's, and like you said, the population you talked about, like, that's the perfect scenario where it's like, they're like, Well, you know, do I need to gain muscle? You know, I don't want to gain weight right now. Because I want to lose, but it's like, you're literally the higher your body fat is, like you said, the higher the likelihood is of a recap, because that's like stored energy. And on the flip side, real quick, I want to hit on this too. On the on the flip side, I think the other where I see this also kind of get where there's kind of thought process of like, Oh, hey, you have to be in a surplus, or hey, you have to be in a, you know, these kinds of things. And that kind of diving layer deeper. When it comes to a surplus where I see this kind of misapplied is somebody that you said there that, you know, maybe is like, say 15 20%, or higher and body fat for women 25 30% or higher, and they they feel like they can't build muscle, like they have to, like, Well, I'm not gonna go into building phase or I got to do fat loss until I drop all this weight is, you know, then they are they go into it, and they try to get in a surplus, they think that they need to start plus, well, now they start to gain a little bit more body fat than they need. And then it's like, well, these these phases don't work. Right. I just I didn't see any of that. But it's because you went into a surplus when you probably had some wiggle room here to be at maintenance or like in a small deficit or in deficit before going into that. So it's kind of like the flip side of that on there with apps? Oh, yeah, yeah, no,

 

Philip Pape  43:14

I think we covered it, it's possible, it's possible for a lot of people, and you just have to make the trade offs that you want to make, if you want all out muscle, probably don't want to be, you know, dicking around in these, like subtle phases just go after one direction or another. And that's my opinion. At some point. Yeah, no, but but then there's the lifestyle and the psychology, you know, it all comes into play. And it's like, if it's a woman who's 45, she's not happy with her body. And I'm like, I'm not going to tell her to sit around and like, continue to add weight or gain fat, let's just, you know, make that little bit of a trade off. So we get you some quick wins, like we talked about before, but then long term, I'll get you more convinced into like building. I

 

Jeff Hoehn  43:49

like your that's a that's actually a great way to put it. dicking around. That's honestly, I need to start using that a little bit more.

 

Philip Pape  43:55

Is that like an old guy term? I don't know.

 

Jeff Hoehn  43:58

I just never, I just never thought about saying it that way before where like, if you're, you know, trying to lose body fat build muscle the same time for too long. That's basically what you're doing. You're just kind of dicking around at that point. So I love that I need to start using that more.

 

Philip Pape  44:11

All right. All right. So speaking of old guys, actually, I think you're asking me this. I'll pull up the caption here.

 

Jeff Hoehn  44:16

Yep. heavier weight or more reps for an older guy looking to build a base for longevity.

 

Philip Pape  44:20

For longevity? Yeah, what are the longevity experts here right now? Yep. The answer is yes. No. Yes, train and you're good. So interestingly, I just recorded an episode for over 50 Guys, and it was in response to a follower who said, Hey, you should cover this stuff. And I had just recently listened to an episode of RP Right with Dr. Dre telling he was talking about old guys as well. And my thoughts on this are like, if you're asking the question, maybe you already have a little bit of experience training and you're just trying to kind of optimize your programming. I think the power building style like you mentioned before, something like where you have the big lifts, you have something That's focus on function and strength, like specifically strength, which is tends to be down in the heavier rep range is super, super helpful for older folks. And sometimes people people are, it's counterintuitive, like older folks say, Well, no, my connective tissue, my joints, my knees, blah, blah, blah, it's too heavy. It's bad for recovery. I disagree. Like, I think compound lifts are what you want as when you're older. I've seen older folks who never lifted before in their 50s 60s 70s have tremendous improvement in their health and function. And guess what we need for longevity, we need to be able to, like get off the toilet, but also be able to move our body around, avoid, you know, breaking bones, when we we fall, falling is like the leading cause of death besides heart disease, you know, at that age, the all the things associate with metabolic disease are also tied to muscle and strength. So like, yes, in other words, like, I think you should have a little both, I think you should lift heavy. And I think you should also have fun with it and work on building muscle where it makes sense. And then principle of it for older individuals is the recovery aspect, right? Like, you probably need to ease into it a little bit, when you get started, you probably need more recovery time, you may need to stretch some parts of your body that are like, you know, those are the wonky parts like guys, our shoulders, you know, our low back. And then don't be stupid, because you only have so much time like not till you die, but you only have so much time your body takes longer to recover. So like you don't want to get injured and then now spend months and months trying to come back from it always be behind. So I feel really strongly about it. Because I have parents and I have in laws and people that are that are older. And we got to stop making excuses. And I want to see this this generation, my generation become like the first generation that ages well, like ages into their 80s and 90s. That don't look like old people. We don't think of old people as like frail bent over weak, right? We are strong, we're independent, we're able to help other people. We're not like, you know, mooching off of health care, right, all that stuff. And I think that's the way to do it. So I know, I became very philosophical, Jeff, because I'm, like passionate about it. But the answer is yes. Both.

 

Jeff Hoehn  47:00

Yeah. No, I'm glad you took it for I'm glad you took it from that standpoint, because I'm going to take it from a little bit different. But I think you you make up you bring up great points, right, the recovery aspect of it a little bit slower at that point. And no, I think you, I like that you came at it from that angle? Because and I think this is the cool thing about us doing this is we kind of both come at it from from different. So like, basically my answer to you, though, or what your answer is? My short answer is yeah, I mean, like, why do we why would you need to choose one or the other? You know, I mean, like, that's kind of my thought. But I want again, as with most questions, I always kind of want to go a layer deeper. So I think it does, I did say depends on your goal. He said longevity? So but I would want it like what is that kind of look like? You know, again, is it straight? You know, like? So again, I think both is is there's that but but also, this is where I think people maybe miss out on from this is what's your preference? Like? What do you enjoy doing? You know, because at the end of the day, like we could sit you and I could sit here and we can talk about Well, hey, if you do this perfect combination of higher lower, you know, that's gonna be great. But also like, you just doing something is going to be better as you age as well to write to like, what is your preference to? And, you know, again, a lot of people I don't think are, I don't think they aren't as up to date on the research as we are with us. And we know that there can be a nice little range here that you can work with. So I think really, preference is a big one, right? Like, what's going to keep you staying consistent. And I think when it comes to strength hypertrophy, I feel like people ask these really nerdy questions, which I think are great, and it's fun to dive into it. But really what is going to keep you doing these things over extended periods of time. And if you buy us a little bit more towards heavier weight, and that feels good your current cover, you're seeing the results you want. Maybe you bias a little bit more to that if you are somebody you like more reps that feels better for you, you can recover from it, you're seeing the results you want to see, well, then maybe you buy us a little bit more of that on their fat. But from there, I also, again, I think this question needs to come at, like we need to look at a few more things. So exercise selection, what does that look like for you, you know what I mean? Like, you know, if you're doing some lateral raises or bicep curls will for you, I'm probably going to say hey, you probably want to go maybe a little bit higher reps. If you're doing back squats, you know, maybe you're gonna go a little bit lower reps versus doing you know, 15 reps on there if that so I think exercise selection is is key to what exercises are We are We specifically looking at here, I

 

Philip Pape  49:06

want to ask you about that. What about including exercises at all? Like what if this is the kind of person because I've seen them where it's like, they just want to do the isolation stuff. You know, what are your thoughts on that? Like? Yeah, should you have compound lifts? Or is this like what are your thoughts? Yeah, I'm, I'm pigeonholing you, man,

 

Jeff Hoehn  49:22

you're good. No, you're good. I love this. I mean I think preference again it's going to come down to preference right because I think you still do and more isolation stuff is gonna be better than you feel like you have to like you said kind of pigeonhole or put yourself into a box with it. So but I also feel like this comes down again to like, what do you consider compound right? Are we saying you do need to do like barbell stuff is are you counting leg presses a compound? You

 

Philip Pape  49:45

know what I mean? Like, sure, multi joint movements. Yeah, right. Yeah.

 

Jeff Hoehn  49:48

Yeah. You know, what does that kind of look like? Because I think sometimes that can get lumped into that more more isolation. You know, I would like to have if it was up to me, again, I would like to have somebody incorporate some, you know, things like Press squats, you know, those bigger lifts? Like I think that's a good base. But again, if it doesn't feel good for somebody, and they're more likely to want to stick to more isolation type stuff, leg extension leg curl, like, what would be a good isolated, I guess a laundry? I don't know. And they like doing that that's going to keep them going with it, then then that's the route, you know, we're going to go but I'd like to have a nice little Blend If it was ultimately up to me, you know, there with that. Did that answer your question there on that? Oh, yeah.

 

Philip Pape  50:25

No, I just put it out there. Because it depends on the context. Always Right. Like you said, if the alternative is not doing anything, and maybe for someone who's an older population today, that is the default right? Then then obviously, we want to take them from there to there to there. The other way we could approach the question is like, oh, this person already trains now they want the best out of it for longevity? What would that be? You know?

 

Jeff Hoehn  50:47

Yep, yep. And I think a good blend, for sure. But this also comes down to like, for example, I think it goes too far on the other end, where people try to, like you said pigeonhole them into like doing like, say, back squats or something, right, where they think they need to do these these, like compound barbell type lifts. And it's like, you know, we have some flexibility there. Right? So, you know, again, I think we could we could go too far on the other end. But another big thing here with this, too, is your execution and technique. I mean, what does that look like? You know, and I think that's going to be big, like, we need to make sure that's in a good spot before being like, what rep range do I need to work in? Or what's better for me, like, I think your execution and technique is, is super important in that process, as well. So I think, really, we need to come at it from like, stop looking at it from an either or I think both can work. What's your preference? What's your exercise selection? What do you like? What's your execution and technique? And then from there, what are your results? And are you happy with them? Are you not? And then and then from there, we evaluate and see, you know, can we make some some changes to that? But yeah, kind of my thoughts on that.

 

Philip Pape  51:46

Yeah. And I guess the other approach for longevity, because he also didn't, you know, longevity, could be I want to live a long life. But it could also be you can keep lifting for a long time, right? That's exactly that sort of the recovery. And I know from personal experience, and guys all the time, who just my shoulders a little sore, but I kept pushing and kept pushing, and bam, you know, the rotator cuff surgery or whatever. And now you're knocked out for six months to a year. So always keep those in mind of overall health overall function. And even when you're doing isolation work, you can, you can overdo it, if you're like constantly trained to absolute failure, and your volume is just tremendously high. And then you don't sleep like all of these compound plus diet, we didn't have to get it into nutrition, because he didn't ask about it. But of course, it supports all of this well. And

 

Jeff Hoehn  52:28

then and then in that specific example, this is where again, your execution and technique comes into, right. If you're you know, the more you do that with poor technique, the more that's going to, you know, so again, that's why I think it's important. And I don't know about you, but generally, I feel like when we go to these heavier, heavier weights, that's where you will start to see, especially for men, right, you start to see the ego take over a little bit. And that's where you do see execution and technique suffer a little bit. So you do want to be careful there with that that would be one kind of final thing with that. So

 

Philip Pape  52:57

And one final final thing, because we all have to get the last word going. Yep. Because you mentioned men, and I'm thinking women, a lot of women I've been I've gotten as clients, right, they, they tend to be doing the higher rep stuff anyway. And then they've explained it, they've said that they don't like going to the gym, or it's too much work or whatever. There's kind of a psychology to reps where everybody has a different sweet spot, right? And you could be working 20, RetinA 20 rep range for everything. And that could just be torture, like psychological torture for somebody. And all of a sudden, you know, you get somebody squatting, or RDL, or whatever, down in the five rep range or six rep range. And it's way lower than ever gotten like, This is amazing. I only have to, you know, each set is shorter, and I can always rest time. There's a big psychological aspect to it as well, that factors into sustainability and longevity to

 

Jeff Hoehn  53:44

this brings up one more thing.

 

Philip Pape  53:45

Yeah, let's

 

Jeff Hoehn  53:46

do what you have been doing, I think also should play a role in this right? I didn't even think of that. Right? Like if you are if you have found yourself to maybe bias one or the like one or the other. Maybe you need to get a little bit more of the other one in there. Right. So sorry, I just had I had to get the final word. Do you have the final final final word?

 

Philip Pape  54:05

No, that's yeah, I'm gonna go to the next question. I think we answered it. This is a fun little one about tracking in fat loss. So fat loss specifically, although it doesn't, I don't think it matters. Does counting veggies affect the macros and should I log them?

 

Jeff Hoehn  54:19

Yep. So 100% I mean, it's it's calories, right? veggies are gonna be calorie. So it will impact the macros, right? But I want to kind of, there's a lot of things that we can kind of uncover here with the width. So my thoughts on this, like, I'll have a lot of clients that you know, whether it maybe they're newer or again, maybe they're in a different phase where the on their checkout form, they'll be like, Well, hey, I'm having some, you know, my nutrition adherence was a three, I'm having a lot of like, either either meals out or hey, I had some like bites and licks and stuff like that. Well, my thought on this always is like, Well, where are your results at if things are trending in the right direction, and you know, I look at your food log and you're eating relatively well and maybe you're having some bites and licks or some tasty stuff from time to time and things are trending down in the right direction. It's like Let's keep going, like you're seeing the results you want. So why change it? So my thought on this is like, you know, if you're somebody that hasn't been tracking them, you're seeing things head in the right direction, you don't necessarily have to do it, right. Like, if you're really looking into your Mac micronutrients and stuff like that, like, you know, maybe like, obviously, veggies are going to be high on that. So maybe you do want to look at that, right. So that's kind of my thoughts on that. But then also, within that, you know, I feel like, it depends too on, you know, looking at it from the standpoint where like, veggies are going to, they're very nutrient dense, they don't have a lot of calories. So it's like, they're going to, they're going to count, but it's really hard to get a lot of calories in from veggies, right. So if you're like at a fat loss, but so and you're relatively early in the process, it's probably not because of your veggies, right, there's probably other things going on there. With that, where's like something like, let's just take peanut butter, I'm not in any calorie dense food, right chips, let's take chips, it's like, yeah, you're off by a serving size, or you're skipping out on those, like, that's going to start to add up more, because it's a lot more calorie dense. And that's a lot of calories that you could potentially be like, overlooking in that process. So just understand that, like, I guess my point there was, again, if things are heading in the right direction, and you feel good, you don't necessarily have to count them, if you are starting to maybe get plateaued, you know, definitely look at like your other tracking, you know, make sure you're tracking all your calorie dense stuff. But you know, adding in your veggies can be, again, they're going to count towards your macros. So again, if you aren't seeing the weight loss that you want to see, you know, you might want to look at a logging them and going from there. So kind of my Yeah, my answer there on that, and kind of how I would go about that with clients. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  56:34

I mean, there's a big practicality aspect to this, like you said, like, even if people are not tracking everything, but they're getting the result, maybe what's their, what they're doing is working for them. I know, when I eat every night, and I track my food, it's like the veggie ends up being the last thing and it hardly makes a dent in the calories and macros. So you're like, I like to track it because of the micros as well. So if you'd happen to be tracking your micronutrients, it's nice to have those in there. And then also depends on how we're defining vegetables or including like potatoes and corn and like actually high energy, starchy type vegetables, then yeah, you should probably log those. And then for everything else, like greens, you know, non starchy stuff. My approach is like, let's say you're having a salad, and it has 20 ingredients, pick the three or four that are calorie containing log those and you're good. You know, now if you don't log them at all, and it's kind of inconsistent, the accuracy goes up and down, it tends to be kind of in the wash at the end of the day anyway, because all you care about is like, what's the change relative to my intake? It's kind of like supplements, like, I don't track my fish oil, even though it has, what 40 calories? Because I take it every day, you know? So yeah, practicality versus accuracy and precision. If you find that you can't track it all, because you're obsessing over getting the Swiss shard logged, just maybe don't log.

 

Jeff Hoehn  57:49

That's it? Well, people will be like, well, you know, maybe my serving sizes off with them. And it's like, it's gonna be really hard to get your your veggie macros off right from logging simply because it really is hard to get a ton of calories. And what you do need to be making sure your serving sizes are right on the more calorie dense but like you said, again, I think it comes back to the practicality of it, right? I would hate for somebody to stress out about tracking their macros and not do it. Because they're like, they don't want to count every veggie because then it's like, alright, we probably can can get away. The only thing I'll say on this is, if you do have a coach, though, because this is something I see is, it might not be a bad idea to put them in because like I'll do this where I'll be like going through food blogs, and I'm like, hey, you need to get some more veggies in and they're like, Well, I, you know, that would be that would be

 

Philip Pape  58:30

like fiber fiber actually, yeah, yeah. Fiber. No,

 

Jeff Hoehn  58:33

that's good point you bring up right, it will, you may show lower fiber. So, you know, again, I think it still comes back to what we said where it's like, if you're, you know, what you're doing is working and why why make it more complicated. There. And again, maybe at some point, you will have to do that. But you know, just kind of depends on your on your results. So I

 

Philip Pape  58:49

had a client who was showing like seven grams of fiber a day, like we gotta get that up, and they said, Well, I'm taking 20 Something grams of psyllium husk I'm like, Okay, so that's why I don't see it in there. But also maybe that's not how we want to get your fiber. Not the only way. Not the only way right. So yeah, all good practical stuff, man. I think we covered you know, training, nutrition, fat loss, all this fun stuff. Any last words? I think we had a good one. Yep.

 

Jeff Hoehn  59:12

No other additions to the to what we were talking about. I know. I mean, it was great to know like you said a nice kind of blend of training and nutrition questions and I think kind of all over the again, like demographic as well, too. Right? menopause and everything in between. So yeah, I guess you know, as far as what else, definitely make sure if you are a subscriber of my podcast, make sure you go follow with some weights. I think you're doing what are you doing? Like three episodes or a week now spot is five. Wow. Okay. And then you have like a couple like shorter ones to built in there. And

 

Philip Pape  59:46

bonus one and then an interview in a solo? Yeah,

 

Jeff Hoehn  59:50

yeah. So again, make sure you check out the Whitson weights podcast from my understanding you're on every major podcast platform that you'd be listening on. And make sure you like and subscribe. ascribe to his podcast as well to their arm again, filled man always fun doing these, you know, there's a couple questions that we had where, you know, you kind of had an interesting kind of thought process behind it. And it kind of made me rethink that. And I think definitely, you know, having you to go over these with it definitely synergizes it right, we get a lot more out of it. And like, for example, you asked me to clarify the powerlifting thing, right? Whereas like, in my podcast, I would have just not even thought to, you know, would have thought about that. So I think it's super helpful. And, yeah, definitely give your your podcast a listen. It sounds great. Always super professional as well, too. So make sure you go give Philips podcast a listen.

 

Philip Pape  1:00:33

Yeah, man. And likewise, I mean, people like these shows, I think it's partly because of us, I hope, like having our different opinions. And sometimes we're strong about those opinions. But we come to it from a point of like wanting to help as many people as possible. And also understand that we've had a lot of both clients and listeners who, like they've listened to a lot of stuff, and they've consumed a lot of information. And it's not always the information that they need. It's like, how do you apply that? How do you implement that? And we always say, it depends. We always say like experiment and this and that. But keep asking the questions because at the end of the day, like that's how you learn and that curiosity is at least I thrive on that and I'm sure you do as well. So check out the mind muscle connection podcast if you listen to Whitson weights right now. If you're not following Jeff show, follow it right now. You've got three a week, right? Three

 

Jeff Hoehn  1:01:17

Yep. q&a guests and solo. Yeah, exactly. So

 

Philip Pape  1:01:21

check those out. And look if you don't like an episode of either of ours, you just have to delete it, but follow it so you get each one and some of them are gonna be a huge hit. You never know. You know, my latest episode it says do this in the bedroom dot that dot see curiosity you're like, what is that one about? And I'm sure

 

Jeff Hoehn  1:01:38

that's a really cool right now to download that episode right now.

 

Philip Pape  1:01:41

He's like, Yeah, I'm not gonna say what it's about. But anyway, go go follow the mind muscle connection. And stay tuned a reach out to both of us on our various IG. We'll throw those in the show notes so that you can ask questions we ask q&a In our stories as well all the time so that you might see it on the podcast.

 

Jeff Hoehn  1:01:58

Yep. And I would say to if we you know, if you do have any, like clarifying questions on what we talked about today, I think, you know, for me, Instagram is the best place like if you want to ask any follow up to that I'm sure same thing with you follow up probably the best place to like reach you for like specific questions. And then I plan on doing this again, in the next couple months with you. So be on the lookout for questions and our question boxes so we can answer these on here. So

 

Philip Pape  1:02:19

that Jeff Hain underscore, yes, sir. At Woodson, waits, and waits and waits. Cool. Awesome. All right, so stay strong, everybody. Thanks for tuning in.

 

Jeff Hoehn  1:02:26

Talk to you guys soon.

 

Philip Pape  1:02:29

Thank you for tuning in to another episode of wit's end weights. If you found value in today's episode, and know someone else who's looking to level up their wits or weights. Please take a moment to share this episode with them. And make sure to hit the Follow button in your podcast platform right now to catch the next episode. Until then, stay strong.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

The Dark Side of GLP-1 Weight Loss Drugs (Ozempic, Mounjaro, Zepbound) with Amy Wilson| Ep 183

Diet myths got you stuck? Struggling to lose weight NO MATTER WHAT you try? GLP-1 drugs: Magic bullet or risky business? Today, Philip brings on Amy Wilson, a Board Certified Geriatric Pharmacist, a certified fitness professional, and a certified nutrition coach, for an engaging conversion on GLP-1 weight loss drugs. They explore the root causes of obesity and weight gain, as well as the origins and current use of GLP-1 drugs like Ozempic, Wegovy, Mounjaro, and others for diabetes and weight loss. Learn about the pros and cons of these drugs and discover practical lifestyle perspectives for managing these conditions.

Diet myths got you stuck? Struggling to lose weight NO MATTER WHAT you try? GLP-1 drugs: Magic bullet or risky business?

Today, Philip (@witsandweights) brings on Amy Wilson, a Board Certified Geriatric Pharmacist, a certified fitness professional, and a certified nutrition coach, for an engaging conversion on GLP-1 weight loss drugs. Amy's mission is to empower her clients to take control of their bodies and minds without feeling tied down by the scale. In this episode, they explore the root causes of obesity and weight gain, as well as the origins and current use of GLP-1 drugs like Ozempic, Wegovy, Mounjaro, and others for diabetes and weight loss. Tune in to learn about the pros and cons of these drugs and discover practical lifestyle perspectives for managing these conditions. They also share the secret sauce to achieving your health goals, providing you with actionable steps to take control of your health.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

2:19 Amy's journey from pharmacist to fitness and nutrition coach
5:53 The rising obesity, its root causes, and weight gain
10:05 Debunking dieting myths and the concept of body fat set points
12:56 Reversing the effects of dieting at any age
14:04  Introduction to GLP-1 drugs: a new approach to weight management
20:25 Long-term impact of GLP-1 drugs and the importance of maintaining muscle mass
22:11 A safe way to use GLP-1 drugs for weight management
28:01 Discussion on the impact of lifting weights and proper nutrition on weight loss
32:16 Effective dosage and the varying responses to weight loss drugs
36:19 Initial steps for starting a health journey
42:33 How to be metabolic flexible or a fat burner
44:54 Walk after meals to manage your blood sugar
47:02 What questions did Amy wish Philip had asked
49:10 Where to find Amy
50:07 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

In the latest episode of Wits & Weights, host Philip Pape sits down with Amy Wilson, a board-certified geriatric pharmacist and certified fitness professional, to discuss the transformative power of prioritizing health and strength over chasing unrealistic body standards. We delve into the root causes of obesity, the role of GLP-1 drugs, and the importance of holistic health strategies.

Amy Wilson opens the episode by challenging the conventional wisdom that places a premium on achieving a certain body size. Instead, she advocates for training with the goal of future health and strength. According to Amy, being slightly above what society deems an "ideal size" but maintaining strength and functionality can have profound benefits for long-term health. She emphasizes that being able to perform everyday tasks, like getting out of a chair or carrying groceries, is far more important than fitting into a smaller size.

One of the key discussions in the episode revolves around the role of GLP-1 drugs like semaglutide and terzepatide, commonly known by their brand names Ozempic and Wegovy. Originally developed for diabetes management, these drugs have gained popularity for their weight loss effects. Amy explains that while these medications can be effective, they are not without risks. Potential side effects include nausea, irreversible gastroparesis, and muscle loss. She stresses that a holistic approach, which combines medication with proper nutrition and lifestyle changes, is essential for sustainable health outcomes.

The conversation takes a deep dive into the complexities of using GLP-1 drugs for weight loss. Amy shares a compelling real-life case of a client who experienced significant appetite suppression while on Ozempic, making it challenging to maintain a moderate calorie deficit and proper nutrition. This led to muscle degradation, highlighting the misconception that exercise and high protein intake can completely offset the negative effects of these drugs. Amy underscores the importance of a strategic, temporary use of these medications, if at all, and the need for physicians to guide patients through a holistic health plan.

Amy also tackles the pressing issue of polypharmacy, where individuals end up taking multiple medications to counteract the side effects of their primary treatment. She points out that the muscle loss associated with Ozempic use often leads to the prescription of additional medications, creating a cycle of dependency. Amy advocates for lifestyle changes, such as learning proper nutrition and incorporating resistance training, to avoid long-term health consequences like frailty and medication dependency.

The episode doesn't shy away from addressing the societal pressures and misconceptions surrounding body image. Amy calls out the unrealistic standards set by the media and celebrities, who often claim to have tried everything without achieving desired results. She argues that many of these individuals have not fully committed to a holistic approach that includes weightlifting and real food. By focusing on sustainable habits and long-term health, Amy aims to inspire listeners to break free from the diet culture and prioritize their well-being.

Amy provides actionable steps for starting a healthy lifestyle, especially for older adults. She emphasizes the importance of reducing chronic inflammation and managing cravings through better nutrition. Amy advises incorporating whole, real foods into daily meals and avoiding ultra-processed foods. She also highlights the significance of seeking help and staying away from quick-fix solutions, which often do more harm than good.

The episode wraps up with a discussion on the critical role of insulin in our bodies. Amy explains that insulin is not the enemy, as commonly portrayed. Instead, it plays a vital role in managing blood sugar levels. She emphasizes the importance of whole food nutrition, balanced meals, and regular physical activity, particularly weightlifting, to enhance insulin sensitivity. Simple movements, like walking after meals, can have a significant impact on both physical and mental health.

In conclusion, this episode of Wits and Weights with Amy Wilson is a treasure trove of insights and practical advice for anyone looking to take control of their health. Amy's expertise and passion for preventing lifestyle diseases through nutrition and fitness shine through, offering listeners a roadmap to achieve both mental and physical strength. By prioritizing long-term health and well-being over unrealistic body standards, Amy and Philip aim to inspire a shift in how we approach fitness and health. Tune in to this enlightening episode and take the first step towards a healthier, stronger you.


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Amy Wilson  00:00

being just a little bit more on a fluffy side or a little bit bigger than what you think you should be. But that strong, guess what you get out of a chair? That's huge. Can you bring all your groceries in and one trip? That's huge. What we need to be doing is training for our future self and quit worrying about that size 246 Whatever we're trying to get into in those jeans, and think about okay, you know what, I have the button legs and that's okay.

 

Philip Pape  00:28

Welcome to the wit's end weights podcast. I'm your host, Philip pape, and this twice a week podcast is dedicated to helping you achieve physical self mastery by getting stronger. Optimizing your nutrition and upgrading your body composition will uncover science backed strategies for movement, metabolism, muscle and mindset with a skeptical eye on the fitness industry so you can look and feel your absolute best. Let's dive right in Whitson weights community Welcome to another episode of the weights and weights Podcast. Today. It's pleasure to welcome Amy Wilson to the show. Amy is a board certified geriatric pharmacist, a certified fitness professional and a certified nutrition coach who's shaking up the fitness industry and helping her clients take control of their health. We'd love to hear that on this show. With over 30 years of experience, Amy specializes in creating personalized health plans that address her client's unique barriers so they can be successful. She is very passionate about preventing and reversing diseases like pre diabetes, diabetes, high cholesterol, using lifestyle using nutrition and fitness. Amy's mission is to empower her clients to feel in control of their bodies and minds without feeling tied down by the scale. So in our conversation, today, you are going to learn the root causes of obesity and weight gain, the origins and current use of GLP one drugs like the sun, magnetite, and tears appetite and some of the newer ones that I can't even pronounce drugs like ozempic, Manjaro, and others for diabetes. And now weight loss. There are pros there are cons, long term effects and what most people can do instead from a lifestyle perspective. Amy, it is a pleasure to have you on the show. Hey,

 

Amy Wilson  02:06

Philip, I am so excited to be here my favorite conversation to have awesome,

 

Philip Pape  02:09

yes. So you had this long career as a pharmacist and nutrition coach, and I know you talk about the trifecta kind of unique combination of your background and skills. And now you're kind of helping people, I'll say disrupt the diet industry because sometimes that's what we need to do when we talk about these topics. How did your background and pharmacy influence the approach that you have today with nutrition and weight management, for example,

 

Amy Wilson  02:32

it was kind of like my own journey, really, because I became a fitness instructor at 17. I was one of the people who always tried to out train a bad diet. Let's just be honest. That's what that's what I did. That's and that's what a lot of us still try to do. We try to outwork out the things that we're eating, like, oh, you see all the T shirts, I run for tacos, or whatever it is. And it wasn't really until I became a geriatric pharmacist and working in the nursing homes, that I really started seeing more lifestyle diseases, because here's what's happening is that it used to be in what you're probably thinking of a nursing home is that it's people in the later stages of life, their 90s are hundreds, that they can't live by themselves. They're frail. The problem is that is not what's going on today. Now it's 40s 50s 60 year olds, who are in nursing homes, a good majority have been because of maybe lifestyle, maybe there's a stroke, an early age, heart attacks, diabetes, which causes issues with your kidneys or renal disease could be because they lost a limb due to diabetes. So I started looking at this with my journey going through perimenopause, menopause, gaining weight. And it was one of those aha moments. I'm like, okay, yeah, I'm still trying to outrun a bad diet. But it goes deeper than that. It goes deeper than chasing skinny, which a lot of us have been doing forever. It's now that hey, I'm in midlife. And I don't feel like I'm in my 50s. I still feel like I'm in my 20s and 30s. And I want to make sure that in my 80s and 90s, I'm feeling like I'm in my 50s and 60s. So it's now stopped at Chase skinny is now starting to focus on health and strength, which is nutrition and weightlifting, to change the course to changes our course. And what I started seeing was that, hey, with my clients that came to me, it's like, they'll go the doctor, the doctor says, You're pre diabetic, or maybe you're diabetic, or you have a heart condition that your high blood pressure or high cholesterol. And it kind of means like, Hey, I don't want to be on medication. Well, I'm a pharmacist who prefers that you're not on medication, medication is a great thing. It's it should be the last resort shouldn't be the first thing you can reverse. So that's where I started seeing pictures like you know what, we can prevent you from being in one of my nursing homes. That's really my ultimate mission is let's stop that. Let's start working on prevention. Then, which is what we should be doing for health care, instead of going for the medication. And thinking that, Oh, there's a pill to fix that, how about we start using food and fitness, fix it, you're

 

Philip Pape  05:10

speaking my language and that of those who listen to the show 100%, especially when you talk weightlifting, because I agree as well. And I think until you get into this space, and start to apply these, whether it's to yourself or with clients or others, and you see a life changing, just small differences in your habit in a very short period, I mean, like, you know, I didn't start really getting in shape tells almost 40, and I've seen my peers degrade. And again, I'm only in my 40s. And yet I see people who look 1020 years older. And, you know, it often does come right down to muscle, muscle mass and just having that lifestyle. And doctors give the typically the same advice, diet and exercise, do your cardio, you know, cut out this cut out that right, I was surprised for you to say that nursing homes are now filled with much younger people, like I just wasn't aware of that statistic. And I think it's another wake up call, perhaps for what we need to do here. So I guess let's dissect a little bit, the obesity and the muscle mass kind of both sides of that equation and the root causes of all of this, because I think that's going to lead to when we talk about these medications, and people who are on them, and maybe things that they're not doing that they could be doing and maybe don't have to be on them. That's where people want to be. So let's talk about the rise in obesity. And what they're linked to beyond the obvious is the way I'll put it. So

 

Amy Wilson  06:27

let's take a trip down memory lane, if you know and all of us who are maybe Gen X. And even if you're a millennial, you'll kind of get this in the 70s. If you look back at pictures, people were skinny, you're like, wow, what happened? Well, the unfortunate part of the 70s is that people were having heart attacks. And it was a lot. And so we had all these groups saying, oh my gosh, we gotta do something about all these heart attacks, it must be fat. It must be all the saturated fat that's causing it. So instead of kind of looking at other things are like it's FAT, FAT, FAT, FAT, FAT. That's that's the problem. Guess what happened in the 80s? We replaced fat we went low fat. We went fat free snack. Well, snapper. Exactly. That's the class is established. Yeah. And the thing is, what we have a lot of belief systems and a lot of our belief system is multimedia, or things that we read over and over and over again, that just kind of grains us. So we had this where fat was bad. The problem is, is when you go with fat, free low fat, you're now going with additives, chemicals, preservatives and sugar. So we replace something we replace being relatively thin, and having some heart disease, with now being overweight, and diabetes, and being insulin resistance, because our bodies are just this huge chemical reaction, huge chemical reaction. They require vitamins, minerals, proteins, fats, carbohydrates, they don't require preservatives, chemicals, artificial stuff. And in fact, they don't have no idea what to do with that causes us to be hungry. When you think about going to something Chinese will say just because you're just having a lot of carbohydrates, it spikes your blood sugar, you're usually hungry a couple hours later. Same thing when you're eating a bunch of diet food. When people when we are on a diet and you're eating the link cuisines, the healthy choice, the diet bars, the diet shakes, you're starving all the times because you're not giving your body the nutrition that it needs. So we're in this diet culture, and we're bigger than ever, which is just crazy. So we've created this culture, we've also created the convenience culture that, Hey, Mom, you're too busy to cook, come to the drive thru, let us help you let us make your life easier. And a lot of these conveniences have also caused us to have a very poor relationship with food not and get the best food in our system. And then we're also addicted to this food, which causes our problem now as we have obesity, and now we're thinking that oh, I can't do anything about it. I don't have time to cook. I don't have time to do this. I don't understand what food is correct. What food should I eat? How much do I need? What do I need? Why are diets bad? It's there's so much misinformation in there. And all we're doing is making it easier, unfortunately, to gain weight and to be out of shape and to not be healthy. Yeah. So

 

Philip Pape  09:31

I mean, I've heard this termed as the obesogenic environment. And like you said, there's a huge not only miss information, but now Miss alignment between probably what our bodies will thrive from and be nourished by and what is out there and what we're seeking, through, you know, a lifetime from childhood of having these in our food environment. And we see this with other cultures around the world who are untouched by Western culture and then they significantly decline in that you know, once they get access to it, even the hodza tribe now that you Hear they've got some westernization going on. And they're starting to get you know, poor outcomes. Let before we move on from this, there's always the debate about Is it food? Is it behavior? Is it emotional eating? There's even the theories about like body fat setpoint. And I don't know if you know Stephen guy net? Is that how you pronounce his name? The brain? What's it called, he wrote a book about the brain hungry brain, I think it was called about like the programming of our brain and also how our body fat setpoint tends to worsen as we yo yo diet over time. I mean, kind of touch on some of those so that we can maybe simplify it for the listener to say, No, it is really this, but also we can do something about it. And we're not going to like throw you under the bus and say it's your fault. But we also know we can take power over it. So

 

Amy Wilson  10:45

especially for females, since we've been dieting since probably age 1516. Every time we dieted, we slowed our metabolism down. So don't hate me ladies, and then do this that happens to every time you starve yourself, your body is going to need fuel for something, your body needs to run, our bodies are programmed to try to survive. You need amino acids is coming from your muscle, you need vitamins minerals is coming from your bones. You don't give it what it needs is going to figure out a way to survive. The problem is every single time that you did this, because go back and think about oh my god, that that one diet that one diet works. So well. I got my skinny jeans or I gotten the dress that I wanted. And it was great. And then I get a lot of clients like this. They're like, but why are things taken so slow? Now I said, didn't really work. You're here. Now, it didn't work. If something can't work for the long term, if you can't sustain it, that means it didn't work. So every time that you did one of these diets, every time that you lost weight, you pretty much lost muscle, you might have lost a little body fat, a little bit of water, but you lost muscle muscles or metabolism muscles or fountain of youth. When you lose that you slow your metabolism down every single time and then then all of a sudden 4050 Your hormones switch and they start changing. And you can't understand why you're gaining weight so fast. Yes. Does it happened with perimenopause, menopause? It absolutely does it happen with men as they get older, especially they have body fat because now they have estrogen because they have body fat. So when you start doing that, the weight keeps coming on because we kind of set ourselves up for this. But the good news is, is that yes, you can reverse Yes, you can get that muscle back, you can decrease your body fat, you can change your body composition. But you can't do it starving, and you can't do it with doing hours of cardio. Couldn't have

 

Philip Pape  12:36

said it better. That was a good summary of the whole idea that yeah, if you're constantly, like you said, starving yourself, you're you're accelerating this process. You're losing muscle with age from that from the fact that you're not using it probably. And then hormones accelerate that process even further period post menopause, but also with men and lower testosterone, everything else. But you can reverse it at any point tell us how how old can you be before none of this works?

 

Amy Wilson  13:00

Oh, I have clients in their 70s and 80s. So I would say you know exactly what I tell anybody. If you want to change, if you are ready, it doesn't matter how old you are. I mean, we see it all the time, you'll see stories and People Magazine or GM A Good Morning America, have somebody in who you can make consider old elderly, who totally changed who they were. And maybe they got rid of a disease state or they listened to disease state, because they finally said it's enough. I'm done, I am going to get healthy. And this is going to be who I am now. And I think that is what you have to decide is that I always had people was like, oh, but can they want to pick and choose that I want to do this. But I don't want to do this, I want to do this or I want to do this, you have to realize is that there are a bunch of puzzle pieces. You have to put them all together? Does it have to be difficult? No. And that's what it was like, let me get my soapbox is out my feet. It does not have to be difficult. But you do have to do some changing. And you do have to be changing your beliefs and some myths that you've been believing for maybe years.

 

Philip Pape  14:04

Yeah, that's a good way to put it. We're gonna tease now. So some of these lifestyle things we're talking about. We're gonna tease that for later in the episode because what I want to do now is segue into the origin of some of these weight loss drugs. And then kind of the journey of you know, people's usage of them how we think of them, and then eventually tie that into what can we do instead? Like, what's the more optimal approach that gives you control over your your situation, that GLP one drugs and you can get as technical as you want. I love geeking out on this stuff and a lot of the listeners do so don't worry about that. They're super popular we have there's a lot of confusion over naming, but I know there's the compound names like semaglutide. And by the way the The Wall Street Journal had in their podcast recently, like a background on these drugs from the 90s. And they talked to the guy who invented the original one and he said it's pronounced a magnetite. I don't know if you agree with that a lot. A lot of people say semaglutide So anyway, he said that's where Oh like Yeah, so it's a magnetite or is Episode and others that had then have brand names, very well known like ozempic will go V Manjaro. And then you pointed out on zip bound as well. So now these drugs were originally designed for diabetes, and how do they What's the origin that you know of? And how do they work in the body control to change things? Like I know they control hormones, or maybe blood sugar? How do they work? Exactly. So

 

Amy Wilson  15:23

it is a huge discovery. So GLP one is a hormone that's in the gut. Let me say, like I said before, is that medication is sometimes needed. Absolutely. But we have to realize this medication sometimes in a lot of ways is a treatment not a cure, especially for lifestyle diseases. What we want to do is tried to cure it with fitness and nutrition. Now, if you're type one, but type one diabetics won't be on GLP ones. But yes, we've had GLP ones for years, and I'll get that people out. But it's been safe. Okay. GOP ones have been pills that you take on a daily basis for diabetes. With those there's been a small amount of weight loss, not a lot, maybe 5%. When someone's diabetic type two, that is that is good. We want them to lose some weight. The problem or I'll say the problem is, is that what happened with GOP ones is that they were a daily pill, right? Then they start looking at a once a week injection, and that's where everything changed. So what is it GLP One gop one is a glucagon like peptide that is secreted in your gut. It helps with insulin secretion, it decreases or inhibits glucose, glucagon secretion, and then it also slows down gastric motility in the injection form, it's like GLP, one times 100. So it's more powerful. We didn't realize that there's also GLP ones in your brain. That's just recent, which I think is just let me get out. Holy freaking cool, right? Totally cool. It's like, okay, so why didn't the pill work? Well, what happens when you eat because guess what, you could stimulate GLP one naturally, guess because it works naturally, we have it in our system naturally. When you have fiber, when you have protein, when you have high water content, vegetables, when you have healthy fats, that will stimulate your GLP one naturally, the thing about GLP one, it has what's called a very short half life, it gets released, it does its job, it tells you not to eat anymore, it slows down motility, and then it goes bye bye. Perfect is doing what your body wants. Now, the injections have a very long half life. And so they last in the body a long time. That's where we're getting some of the issues with possibly crossing the blood brain barrier, because now we're seeing that there are GLP one receptors in the brain, why it may be helping with people with addiction issues, that that might be part of an addiction, which is kind of cool. But what it also does is it turns on, so maybe nausea receptors, it can really slow down your gut motility to the point where it causes something called gastroparesis, which is the total shutdown of your gut. That's not a good thing. And it's unfortunately not reversible. And the other issues is that it makes you nauseated, it makes you not hungry. And I know every female is going Yes, finally, I won't be hungry. But guess what, that's not a good thing. That really isn't a good thing. I know we crave food lessons, we crave food because of not feeding our bodies properly. Because we are what are called Sugar burners. You're constantly feeding your body carbohydrates and sugar and not getting also your fats and proteins and your good complex carbohydrates. And so you're balancing your blood sugar so you're not always reaching for those candy bars. So not being hungry and not eating. Remember, I told you what happens when our when we're younger and we stop eating we do we lose muscle and we start going from our bones. Well hello, midlife women, the thing that we don't need to do is lose muscle and lose things from our bones. You know, and then I see osteoporosis and men now don't need to be doing that either. So the problem with GOP ones is that yes, can they cause you to lose weight and be skinny? Yeah. But what we're going to start seeing in 456 years down the road with these people who have been on it for a long period of time. And I look first of all, if you're on it, I am not condemning you, because if you're on it, please be working with somebody to make sure that you're getting enough fuel and making sure that you're keeping your muscle if you are on it, and you're not doing that. What could possibly happen if you don't start taking care of your body and your fuel and your muscle and working on eating enough is that you're gonna lose muscle. Your bones are become brittle. And what we're gonna start seeing is frailty. And that's a geriatric term, meaning if you see somebody who is sure shuffling, who looks old, who looks like they just blow over if you just, you know, blow on them and they're gonna blow over those or do any bone will break any seconds. That's we're going to start seeing, we're gonna start seeing hip fractures, we're start seeing people in the nursing homes who are young due to a GOP one, because we're not, we're using this as a lifestyle drug without taking the responsibility to make sure that we're using it correctly.

 

Philip Pape  20:26

Good. Yeah, you touched Okay, two excellent topics we should get into one is going to be the muscle loss, I want to start there. And the other will be the what do we do in conjunction even if you are taking it to actually at least get the best result out of it? So first of all, muscle loss. All right, so we all we thought I shouldn't say we all know, but people will listen to this show have heard me say many times, if you're not strength training, and you lose weight, which is what most people are doing throughout their life, when they diet, they lose muscle mass, and then they gain fat back and they constantly get more skinny fat, or they just get overall closer to that obese level of body fatness. Does treatment with these GLP ones, increase muscle loss above and beyond what you would be if you were just in a crash diet on your own mimicking the same deficit as being on these drugs? Or is there something above and beyond that it's causing MSA,

 

Amy Wilson  21:11

it's above and beyond. And the reason is, most time a crash diet the most that you can be on it by yourself is five to 10 days, because by then you're like binge, right? Because that's what happens. Your body's like, feed me feed Asia. Yeah. Right. And the problem with the GOP once it turns that off, so you're never hungry. So it's kind of like your crash dieting for a very long period of time. body needs amino acids. It is going to get it from muscle. And then somebody's be like, Oh, but you know what, I'm going to work out too. And I'm going to lift weights so that I can keep my muscle, no wrong answer. Because if you're not giving your body what it needs, if you're not feeling your body, if you're not giving it protein, fats and carbohydrates, it's going to use it for just trying to make it's anything I'm trying to maintain. That's the point you're not even given enough to maintain, you're given enough maybe to function and that's it. And so there will be no muscleman maintain, there'll be no muscle building, and actually working out could be even been worse, unfortunately. Okay,

 

Philip Pape  22:12

no. So that's good. Yeah, you make a fair point that you could artificially be on a diet that would normally be completely unsustainable for a very long time, because you're on this drug, which a lot of people is the purported benefit of it for people until you explain to them all these dark sides. So I had a client, I probably had multiple other clients that were on this that I didn't know. But early on, I had a client who was diabetic who was on the original ozempic. For that, like this was right around the time, then the weight turned into a weight loss drug. And it was amazing that she could go weeks or months at a time in a calorie deficit. And always it was a 10 out of 10 on hunger, like no hunger, right? Yeah, to the point where I was, you know, I was worried, but I knew the symptoms of the drug. And we were trying to do all the right things, right. She was lifting weights, she was eating a lot of protein, she was balancing her meals, but you kind of have to force it right not forced to be you have to deliberately do those things. And we kept the weight loss moderate. So it was interesting, because She almost had trouble eating enough because of her appetite being so suppressed, eating enough to stay in a moderate deficit. It was like the drug was wanting to get her way down into this ridiculous rate of loss. Yeah. So then, given all that, is there any good way to use this, you mentioned treatment versus cure is there like, you get a boost initially to get into an unhealthy regime, and then you get off of it, or, you know, you take it for a while, get all your lifestyle and gear, and then you get off of it. You know, I just want to throw that out there. If there's a possibility of it.

 

Amy Wilson  23:38

There are physicians who are starting to do that and making sure that they are in conjunction with a healthy diet, making sure that they're getting everything they're coming in, and they're actually doing their body composition to show that if they start losing muscle, but the problem is there's very few who are doing that. And that I mean, that's right. And I hate to say it is a cash cow. It's a moneymaker, the Big Pharma has seen that you know what the biggest issue with ozempic Bulgogi is people losing muscle. So guess what? They're coming out with another medication. They're looking at another medication that's using for muscle preservation. Oh, I must say, perfect. That is amazing for someone with multiple sclerosis, that it's amazing for other other issues. So that's what it takes to get that kind of medication great. But you're looking at someone who has those epic, let's say they're having bowel issues. So they're on something for that they're having nausea, they're having on something for that. They are having muscle wasting. So they're on something for that. And it's like now you have this big polypharmacy to be skinny. You know, I totally get people are like I'm, I'm obese, I need something. This is what's working. Okay, well, then we need to start looking at the ramp to get off and that is slow and working with somebody because you're going to have to start learning how to eat what you need to eat. And you're gonna start having to learn how to lift and work out. And the biggest proponent, I was like, but I don't have time, I don't want to think about it. I don't want to have to think about to eat I don't want to think about working out is, as traders always say, choose your heart. What's your heart? Is your heart going to be in a nursing home in 10 years because of this? Or is your hard to learn how to change your lifestyle? For me is it's a no brainer. I work in the nursing home industry, I see what it's like, excuse my language. Hell, no. That's not what I want. And I think most people don't want that either. What we want to do is try to prevent that now. So yes, it's hard, but you can do it. And the thing is, we can make it doable with baby steps and you do not have to work out for hours. 30 minutes a day, do something called NEET, which is non exercise Activity Thermogenesis, which just means moving your body, and you are perfect. You are perfect. But we have to get out of our head, females. Skinny does not equal healthy. And being a certain size is maybe not what's right for you. And maybe it's being just a little bit more on a fluffy side or a little bit bigger than what you think you should be. But that strong. Guess what? Can you get out of a chair? That's huge. Can you bring all your groceries in and one trip? That's huge. What we need to be doing is training for our future self and quit worrying about that size. 246 Whatever we're trying to get into in those jeans, and think about okay, you know what, I have the button legs, and that's okay. Absolutely.

 

Philip Pape  26:36

We need to get this message out because I've met with cardiologists this week, and a trainer this week, and it seems to be coming up more and more and more this concept of there's body images, body fatness, they're skinny fat. And there's all of this gets conflated together. And at the end of the day, like you said, you want to be in your 70s or 80s, not able to get off the toilet, or in a nursing home or on 20 medications. And I see it in my family. And I'm sure everyone listening who has an older parent or grandparent has seen what frailty does. And it's not inevitable, like that's the message it's definitely not inevitable, even though it is 95% of the population probably would you said

 

27:13

before I started working with Philip, I had been trying to lose weight and was really struggling with consistency. But from the very beginning, Philip took the time to listen to me and understand my goals. He taught me the importance of fueling my body with the right foods to optimize my training in the gym, and I lost 20 pounds. More importantly, I gained self confidence. What sets Phillip apart is the personal connection. He supported and encouraged me every step of the way. So if you're looking for a coach who cares about your journey as much as you do, I highly recommend Philip Pape.

 

Philip Pape  27:55

Okay, before we get to more digging into lifestyle, then just back on the GOP one drugs here. I've heard the advertisements and I've heard the stories that come on in the media, where people will say, you know, I just couldn't lose weight, right? Weight loss resistance. And there was no way I was gonna lose weight. And now I'm on this and it changed my life. And it's always that message of, oh, I wish I could look at their lifestyle. I wish I could do like an intake with them and see the simple things they could change. I know they're not lifting weights. I hate to say it, I just know it. Because if you are all this stuff tends to go away. Even eat more food and lose weight. I mean, it's crazy. What are your thoughts on that? Kind of the more touchy side of it there?

 

Amy Wilson  28:31

I mean, okay, so let's talk about the celebrities who are on it. So I've tried everything. I tried everything and not Yeah, I would love to see okay, were you really lifting weights? What were you eating? Were you eating everything from the you know, the the craft cart that's coming in, that they're catering? Are you focusing on real food? Are you focusing on the diet, the quick fixes? Because let's face it in Hollywood, what they do is they do quick fixes, quick fixes, quick fixes, and guess what it catches up with you? So could some of them be insulin resistance? And maybe they do need this? Absolutely. There's a possibility, but you have to use it with nutrition and lifting weights. There's not Oh, let me just do as them pick and not forget about this part. No. Let's do this part. And if you have to have ozempic, okay, we'll work with you on that say, well, we'll figure this out. And maybe it'd be the lowest effective dose period. But let's try this first. And see what's gonna happen. Here's the problem. That slow, it's not sexy. It doesn't come off fast. It's frustrating. And what I I love James clear atomic habits. I want to read that book all the time for sure. My favorite analogy is his is with the ice cube. And this is why I tell my clients over and over and over again when they're like it's not coming. It's not coming. I'm like okay, first of all, this didn't happen overnight. We are retraining and healing your body from the inside out and you have to you don't see the inside You'll see what's going on, you don't see the chemical reactions, they're now going boom, you don't see the muscle being built. So I want you to think yourself as an ice cube. But an ice cube doesn't melt until it hits 32 degrees. But guess what happens at 2021 2223. All of a sudden, these atoms are moving faster and faster, all the molecules are moving faster and faster and faster and faster. But you don't see it. You still see this ice cube as a solid state 2930 31 It is still a frickin solid state. It's not moving. It's not budging. My body's not doing anything. And then all of a sudden at 32 We got a puddle 33 puddle puddle without any ice in it whatsoever. Holy crap, how the heck did that happen? It's the same thing with our bodies. So it may not be five days, it may not be a month, it might be like, for me, it was month six, that all of a sudden I lost seven inches from my hips. It was like, Excuse me, that wasn't because of that month. That was five months prior of everything working and building and getting to the point where it needed to be so that my body could start saying, Okay, we're doing muscle, and we're gonna start burning fat. Yeah, it takes time. And that's what people don't want. And unfortunately, we're in the, give it to me now society, Instagram, don't like it, flick up to the next real. Let me go look on it on Amazon so I can get it in one day. All those kinds of things, we have to realize that our body is not on that timetable. Our body's on whatever timetable it wants to be. And mine is different than yours. And different than whoever's listening to this right now is different. But the one thing I can tell you is that we don't get side effects from food and weightlifting, yeah, no,

 

Philip Pape  31:45

nothing but good side effects. Yeah, so the power of compound habits is so true. It's like this flatline, that starts to accelerate, eventually, someone else put it to me this way, at least in fitness. After three weeks, you start to feel it after three months, you start to see it. And after three years, you start to be it, it was like this idea of, you know, it's a really long term process. And even at even after a year or two, you're still figuring things out and developing the skills, but it's so much fun and actual process can be so much fun. If you you know, kind of do it the right way for you. You mentioned. Okay, so a couple other things that came up. One is, you mentioned the effective dose. I was wondering about that when it came to these drugs. It sounds like there are different dosage levels you can have. It's not just one pin that everybody gets, okay. Yeah, is it typically started at the lowest or started

 

Amy Wilson  32:32

at the lowest, and then they'll keep increasing and just know that there are people who are resistant to this drugs, too. There are people that it does not work with. So and then there's some people, you know, they'll get the side effects right away, then they refuse to do it, because they're getting the nausea, the vomiting, that they stop right away. If once again, everybody's different, we all have a different DNA profile. And that's what people have to realize is that, you know, and that's the beauty thing about the Earth, the world is that we are all different,

 

Philip Pape  32:57

right? And the new is of the new drugs you mentioned, Zep bound or something. What's different between that and the older ones? Oh,

 

Amy Wilson  33:03

well, I haven't seen the studies per se. I've just seen kind of like the blurbs that it's supposed to be even more potent, which scares me. But in America, what do we want? We want? We want it we want the max, we want the extraordinary and yeah, that's it's kind of scary.

 

Philip Pape  33:21

Well, especially since they are expensive. And I know of course people complain about it, and why isn't insurance covering it? Medicare doesn't cover weight loss, drugs, all this other stuff. And, you know, you've got the compounding pharmacy debate going on, because the FDA put it on their shortage list. And so you got calm, right, all of that. Like if you just don't take it, you don't have to worry about any of that. Yeah, yeah. What about somebody who has excessive weight to lose? Let's say they're up in the 300 plus range. I've heard these stories where the excuse the reason, whatever you want to call it is, you know, just to hurt too much to move and do any of the lifestyle things is, is there some point where you're like, yeah, maybe this actually is the last resort for someone? Or what are your thoughts?

 

Amy Wilson  34:00

You know, I can I understand that I do. But you if you're going to use it get with a trainer, what I have seen in my facilities is that those who are who are larger, doesn't seem to work very well. And which I don't know why. And it could be because they don't move. It could be because their BMR is so low, that just nothing's going to work. And yeah, they don't lose, they don't eat. They're not losing the body fat. And that could be that the resistance? I don't know. But okay, so if you start it starts coming off, and you're not hungry. Okay, but let's start working on your muscle mass. Let's start working because I hate saying at the end day, but I'm gonna say at the end of the day, if you don't have muscle I went to a symposium long time ago and it was a functional person. He said, our biggest issue growing old is gutlessness is not having glutes. Okay, yeah, for sure. I can I can totally see that because if you don't have glutes you're not able to walk you show Whoa, you're not able to stand? You're not sure what's his posture? You fall go in the bathroom. So yeah, you're gonna lose the weight. Great is may help your heart rate may decrease some of your diabetes great, but are you able to live? Are you able to lift? Are you able to walk? Are you able to do things?

 

Philip Pape  35:18

Yeah, we had Sue bush on the show recently talking about glute training. And yeah, that was the premise was the functionality of it not not to mention just having a shapely, but it's the function. So when people hurt, like when, again, when I hear these stories of larger individuals, and I've had a few clients that were on the bigger side, not necessarily like clinically obese, but like in the mid to upper two hundreds, let's say for a 510 male, you know, that's getting up there. Even if things hurt almost invariably, one of the solutions is just find a movement pattern that mimics something that eventually becomes a full range lifting pattern and start doing it and it will start to feel better. My own mom, she doesn't mind me talking about it like same thing. You know, painful knees, painful hips, we got to coming off the couch, getting that down the squats, all the pain went away. Now she goes to the gym. I mean, I love stuff like that, you know, when you're in your 60s and 70s. And then

 

Amy Wilson  36:06

you start eating right, and you reduce it and you start reducing the chronic inflammation that is also triggering pain. Yes, it's a win win. So virtuous cycle. Yes, it really is, you can't do one without the other, you really need both. So

 

Philip Pape  36:19

then let's talk about lifestyle, let's get a little bit more specific. If there's something you would recommend for those listening, who maybe are have been struggling with the whole cascade of things that we hear, it could be both, they've had trouble losing weight, due to whatever reason, they maybe have some cravings, emotional eating, quote, unquote, addicted to sugar and things like that. Although, you know, I like to say you wouldn't go and eat from a bag of sugar, you're really addicted to other things that happen to have sugar. And all those things. It's just somebody comes in, and they're just a mess. Okay? Where do you where do you start? Let's just go there.

 

Amy Wilson  36:54

The first thing is what I do and when I train, I have virtual clients. I'm all over the world. Let me tell you, it's not just the United States, it has this issue. I have clients in Europe and in in Australia, and it's the same thing. So don't worry, we're not alone.

 

Philip Pape  37:08

In Australia, I also have a lot of clients there. I don't speak English. But

 

Amy Wilson  37:13

with Australia, I think a two is that very similar to United States is that it's what they call takeaways, a lot of fast food, a lot of this kind of same issues that we have in America. The first thing to do is just okay, you have to look at everything. Look, so you made the decision to start, which is I think the biggest thing in the world is that you first of all said okay, I'm gonna start, think the worst thing that you can do is what the biggest loser does, and they're like, here you go, you're gonna work out for hours, we're going to give you all sorts of clean food, and we're not going to tell you how to do it. And then they leave you on your own. After all, we go back to home and you have to go to work. You have kids and stress so you didn't learn how to incorporate in your life. So let's take baby steps. First week. How about we start eating some real food? How about we start looking at we look at what you're eating everyday. How many times you're going through the drive thru? What are you putting in your coffee every morning? What are you having with your coffee? Are you grabbing the donut the bagel? The simple carbohydrates? Okay, can we replace that with some eggs? Can we replace that with steel cut oatmeal? can replace that with chicken? Yes, you can do steak, you can do fish, how about we do some real food. And maybe just do it's one meal every day. And then the next time is the next meal and next meal. The other thing too is don't be afraid to ask for help. There is no shame in the game. The what I want people to understand is that what I coach is all about nutrition and fitness. Stay away from the quick fixes stay away from the shakes, stay away from the things that promise yo a huge weight loss, you need to start looking at health and wellness and strength. And that's where I think a lot of us make mistakes, it's not that we're making mistakes is that we just don't know where to start. So if you can start getting rid of the processed food, the ultra processed food because frozen vegetables are processed and they're amazing. Fruit frozen fruits amazing too. So we start getting rid of the ultra processed foods is stuff that has lots of chemicals like additives, preservatives, colors, and going back to really the basics of what we should be eating, then you are going to feel better and it's going to start being you're gonna see the cascade effect, you're gonna see that, that this builds upon this that builds upon this and let me tell you, when you start eating real food, the amount that you have to eat is a lot is a lot. It is a lot of volume and you're like wait a minute, I should never be eating this much. I'm gonna gain weight. No, you won't because you're eating real food. If you think about Ultra processed food, it's already really disgusting but it's already processed for you and just digested for you and gets absorbed. Real food. It has to be digested. Not all the nutrients get absorbed. That's the difference. So you might be in taking the same amount of calories and I hate calories. We I could do macronutrients, we might be injustice in my calories, but you're getting so much more bang for your buck. And you're gonna start seeing differences in your body.

 

Philip Pape  40:14

Yeah, how many? How many women at least have I met that said, I don't know if I can eat this much protein. And I'm worried about gaining weight, adding all this protein and the opposite happens. You're like, I can't keep the weight on, I need actually more carbs and stuff now to make up

 

Amy Wilson  40:26

for it. Right. And what I tell people is that if it was working, you wouldn't be here. Right? Right. Yeah. So

 

Philip Pape  40:31

these are great. So first, I mean, you mentioned the decision to start. And actually, we don't want to take that for granted. Like there's a huge amount of gratitude, someone should have anyone listening to this show right now, in our millions of listeners are saying, You know what, you're right. The first thing I need to do is to decide and do that right now. Like, do that right now even pause the podcast and like, write down some of the stuff and do it. And then take baby steps, get that awareness do that audit. I love Amy's approach of, I call it additive nutrition. Somebody else I stole that term from somebody, but adding in the things that are, you know, real foods, we're not thinking of, I can't eat this, or I can't eat that. It's like just add these things in, it's going to crowd out some of the ultra processed foods. At the end of the day, Amy, you're not telling people to not eat anything processed at all are, you

 

Amy Wilson  41:16

know, this colonies or chocolate chip cookies I'm filming right now. But yeah, here's the thing is, is that I still eat burgers. In fact, I'm having one tonight. But it's, you know, I get real burgers, I'm making it, I'm grilling it. You know, I still do pizza and make it at home. We just forget that we can do things and it tastes so much better than going out and getting it for sure. And that's what we we kind of forget that I think what we need to remember is meaning we talked about just when we just just start writing things down, don't write down about being skinny, and why skinny is going to make you happy because it's not happiness starts now happiness starts on the inside, I want you to think about your future self. She's looking back at you. He's looking back at you. And he's saying thank you for doing XYZ, because I'm now on the beach, I'm now living my best life. So what is XYZ? What are you doing to make sure that yourself in 2030 years is living their best life? And then work backwards and start doing that and ask

 

Philip Pape  42:12

for help. You said no ask there's no shame ask for help right away. And that can come in many forms. So absolutely love that. I did want to one one side tangent we didn't get into any detail on but I think it's important. We talked about health beyond the muscle mass and everything else, blood sugar, and kind of insulin sensitivity and all of that, that people are often concerned about, you know, before we even get to pre diabetic or worse than that, what should people be aware of, and what kind of misinformation is there because I feel like there's a lot of it. So

 

Amy Wilson  42:41

and then as you get older, there is a possibility of of having a higher agency agency as a snapshot of what your blood sugar has been doing the past three months. So when we only eat processed foods, or called or processed foods, we're only going for sugar and you're hungry every two hours. That means what you called a sugar burner. Well, we want you to be as what's called metabolic flexible that you are also a fat burner. And to do that we do it sales called blood sugar stabilization. And when you eat a protein, fat and carbohydrate each time that's going to help slow down digestion is going to help slow the the release of sugar into your bloodstream which will cause insulin to be released. And by the way, insulin is not a bad thing. A get is like insulin is the devil No, it's not our once again our buys a chemical reaction, we eat our blood sugar gets raise. Insulin does its job. It says hey, muscles, liver open up, I'm bringing you energy. The problem is, is when we keep eating a lot of crap. And we keep flooding our blood with sugar and insulin keeps getting released. And the muscles are like saying the receptors like you know what talk to the hand, I am so tired of you knocking on my receptor door I am not opening up. And then that's why we get increase in blood sugar. We are seeing it more because of the ultra processed food because of the fact that we don't move because we don't lift weights. So stop the increase, stop the changes in your blood sugar now to the negative effect. And start working on whole food nutrition start getting that lifting in. The more muscle you have, the more insulin receptors you have, the less your blood sugar is going to be

 

Philip Pape  44:29

for sure that's an empowering message because these are simple changes like the balancing of your macros. There are a lot of benefits to doing that period. It one of them is just practically if you're like well I'm trying to hit certain amount of protein fats and carbs if I just eat balanced meals I'm gonna get there and it's not this like race of oh, now I got to do carbs and protein. Yeah, and so that's really important and you mentioned insulin and I don't know if you said glucagon but I know we can get into pancreas and all that. But lifting weights muscle mass also increase your insulin sensitivity quite a bit, don't they? Yes,

 

Amy Wilson  45:00

I do. And the only thing you can do is just go for a walk after you eat after Yes, yeah. And it doesn't have to be long. It's just a nice pace. And what that's going to do is that's going to bring your blood sugar down. Because guess what you're using your glutes, your legs, you're using all your muscles, your muscle needs energy is going to take it from the blood glucose.

 

Philip Pape  45:18

Amazing how that works. If you just use your body and the way it's intended, and not sit around either I'm having more on that message lately is lift weights. Move. Don't not move. Like I think there are three distinct buckets. Yeah.

 

Amy Wilson  45:31

Well, we get you know, we get in America in America is that one is good. 10 is better. And we think Okay, move means that we have to leave it all on the floor. Great. Okay. I am an instructor. I understand. I used to always say you got to leave it on the floor. It doesn't count unless your DNA is on the floor. Yes, yes, you do. You need to hit and do your cardiovascular training. Absolutely. But not every single time and not for hours. Just moving everyday. I have standing desks. So I stand during the day, going for a walk so underrated. We think that we can't do something for an hour. It's not worth it. No. Everything adds up.

 

Philip Pape  46:06

And it's great for your mental health too. Yeah, just like a 10 minute walk. Yeah, just feeling a little bit down. If you're feeling like stressed, go for a walk, you'll see how much it improves your mood. If there's one thing you had to say me this, this has been incredible. And the time is flying by if there's one thing, one piece of advice that you would give of either everything we've talked about or even something we haven't today to take control their health, what is it?

 

Amy Wilson  46:30

And I always say this, people always ask me, What's the secret sauce? How is it that you can stay healthy? How is it that some of your clients have been able to to drop the weights or get healthy? And I always tell you, you're the secret sauce, you hold all the keys to be able to get to your next level to get to where you want to go. You just have to decide, but you have the secret sauce.

 

Philip Pape  46:55

You are the secret sauce. I'm going to quote that. You don't have that trademark, do I? All right. So I do ask this of all guests. I don't know if you heard it on a podcast of mine. But it's one question Did you wish I had asked and what is your answer? You

 

Amy Wilson  47:09

know, I think we touched upon everything. It's, I don't I always say it's like, you know, it's what asked me that. It's like what one question. You know, I think that the one question would be, why should you not ever do working out or nutrition? And

 

Philip Pape  47:28

that's an interesting one. Okay. All right. play devil's advocate. Yeah, devil's advocate.

 

Amy Wilson  47:31

And the answer is, there's not a reason. Oh, there is not, there is no reason. And we have just been kind of brainwashed to think that, you know, this is just the way it is. This is where I am. It's my DNA. Yes, we can get in the DNA talk sometime. Now it's not you can change your DNA, you can change the script, you can change anything. You

 

Philip Pape  47:55

know, that is a very profound statement. And I want people to percolate on that a bit. Specifically, the idea that I've ever read, read the paper actually still read the physical paper on Sundays, believe it or not, and they have the little health section and it's always this like, fufu article about like, seven ways to better health. I'm very cynical about these now. But and they rarely mentioned lifting weights. And I think that's a non negotiable, like you said, I know you use the term movement and exercise. But would you agree that like, you have to be lifting weights? Yeah. And it doesn't

 

Amy Wilson  48:24

have to be you know, I get women all the time. But I don't want to be Arnold I don't want to look like a man. Girlfriend. Not gonna happen. Not gonna. Not gonna happen. You are lifting your dog. You're lifting your grandkids, you lift your kids, you lifted the groceries, start training for that. Make it easier. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  48:41

it's important because I do see in some of these articles are like, you know, just move a little bit every day. I'm like, Okay, well, I guess if you're not moving, that's nice. But let's get the message out there to really optimize your, your health,

 

Amy Wilson  48:51

the shape that you want. The shape that women want, doesn't come with dieting doesn't come with hours on the treadmill or the Stairmaster or the elliptical, it comes from lifting weights, that's really the shape that you want.

 

Philip Pape  49:03

That's right. That's how you become Superwoman. Lean, live, fear, strong, whatever resonates with you. And, Amy, this has been a pleasure so much, where can listeners learn more about you and your work?

 

Amy Wilson  49:13

So if they follow the whole time, they could either do two things, they can go to my website,

 

Philip Pape  49:19

wait a minute, don't say that. Everyone's still listening right now. Okay. So

 

Amy Wilson  49:23

essentially, listen, essentially, listen to the whole thing. You could go to my website, www dot AMI K wilson.com has Amy K wilson.com and Ami K wi ll so when and you can send me a message and say Whitson weights and I would love to send you a five day fat loss blueprint or if you are an Instagramer hit that follow button and send me a message that you listen to me on waits and waits and I will send you a five day fat loss blueprint that has lots of different recipes to help you get started and make it not so hard. Awesome.

 

Philip Pape  49:58

So we will throw that in there. MBK wilson.com And your IG handle, which is what

 

Amy Wilson  50:03

again, at is the nutrition coach, pharmacist, nutrition

 

Philip Pape  50:07

coach pharmacist and let her know what's in waits, and then I'll unlock the secret code to the five day fast blueprint and she'll send it along your way. Amy, it's been a pleasure. Thank you so much for sharing all your wisdom and your insight with us today.

 

Amy Wilson  50:19

Thanks for having me.

 

Philip Pape  50:22

Thank you for tuning in to another episode of wit's end weights. If you found value in today's episode, and know someone else who's looking to level up their weights or weights. Please take a moment to share this episode with them. And make sure to hit the Follow button in your podcast platform right now to catch the next episode. Until then, stay strong.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

How to Allocate 1200, 2000, & 3000 Calories in Your Meal Plan (Plus Hit Your Protein!)| Ep 182

Is your meal plan optimized for your fitness goals? Are you struggling to follow your diet plan because it is too restrictive? Are you looking to maximize your muscle growth and boost your energy? Philip provides an evidence-based, comprehensive guide that cuts through conflicting information about meal planning and macro setting. He shares a blueprint that covers the essential aspects of setting up your meal plan for success. By following his recommendations, you will recover faster from your workouts, see changes in the mirror and on the scale, and optimize fat loss, muscle gain, performance, and overall health. Whether you are cutting, bulking, or maintaining, this episode will equip you with the necessary knowledge to structure your nutrition and achieve your fitness goals.

Is your meal plan optimized for your fitness goals? Are you struggling to follow your diet plan because it is too restrictive? Are you looking to maximize your muscle growth and boost your energy?

In this episode, Philip (@witsandweights) provides an evidence-based, comprehensive guide that cuts through conflicting information about meal planning and macro setting. He shares a blueprint that covers the essential aspects of setting up your meal plan for success. By following his recommendations, you will recover faster from your workouts, see changes in the mirror and on the scale, and optimize fat loss, muscle gain, performance, and overall health. Whether you are cutting, bulking, or maintaining, this episode will equip you with the necessary knowledge to structure your nutrition and achieve your fitness goals.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

4:35 Energy balance essentials
7:48 Calculating maintenance calories
11:55 Protein and 1,200 cal meal planning tips
14:55 How much fat and carbs you need in your diet
17:45 Nutrient-dense 1,200 cal breakdown
20:04 Sample 1,200 cal day meal plan
26:21 Macro management on a 1,200-cal diet
28:15 Transitioning to and sustaining a 2,000-cal plan
36:27 3,000 cal plan for muscle building
43:03 Hunger management at higher calories
44:48 Episode takeaways
48:12 Outro

Episode resources:

  • Join my email list and tell me you want my free meal planning guide (with foods by macro, sample meal plans, and foods sorted by protein density)

  • Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. It's the only food-logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!


Episode summary:

Achieving your fitness goals often requires more than just hitting the gym; it's also about mastering your nutrition. In this episode of the Wits and Weights podcast, we delve deep into the intricacies of meal planning for fat loss, muscle gain, and balanced nutrition. We break down meal plans at varying calorie levels—1,200, 2,000, and 3,000 calories—and offer insights on how to allocate your macros for optimal results. From debunking common fitness myths to providing personalized nutrition strategies, this episode aims to make meal planning straightforward and sustainable.

To start, understanding energy balance is crucial. At its core, managing your weight boils down to the first law of thermodynamics: energy in versus energy out. If you consume more calories than you burn, you'll gain weight; consume fewer, and you'll lose weight. This principle is independent of body composition changes, making it essential to grasp before diving into the specifics of macro distribution.

Let's first explore the 1,200-calorie meal plan, often recommended for aggressive fat loss. While this low-calorie count can be challenging, it is crucial to prioritize protein intake to preserve lean muscle mass and stay satiated. Aim for one gram of protein per pound of target body weight, incorporating sources like lean meats, eggs, dairy products, and plant-based options. High-fiber foods such as fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and legumes should also be included to enhance satiety. The episode highlights the importance of nutrient-dense food choices, like Greek yogurt with berries for breakfast and large salads with lean proteins for lunch, to make the most of your calorie budget.

Next, we discuss the 2,000-calorie meal plan, which offers more flexibility and sustainability, particularly for those with higher metabolic rates. This plan allows for a more balanced intake of macros, providing the energy needed for both daily activities and workouts. You can include a wider variety of foods, including starchy carbs like pasta and bread, and still stay within your calorie limits. This flexibility makes it easier to adhere to the plan long-term, especially when you factor in occasional indulgences.

For muscle-building enthusiasts, the 3,000-calorie meal plan is ideal. This higher calorie count allows for significant increases in both fats and carbohydrates while maintaining adequate protein intake. The key is to plan and track your intake to avoid overconsumption. Incorporating frequent meals and calorie-dense foods, such as nuts and avocados, can help you meet your higher calorie demands efficiently. The episode provides practical tips for scaling your meal plan based on individual needs, activity levels, and body types.

Intermittent fasting is another topic covered in the episode. This eating pattern can be beneficial for managing hunger and improving metabolic health. Practical tips include starting with a 12-hour fasting window and gradually increasing it to 16 hours, allowing your body to adapt. Listening to your body's biofeedback and making smart adjustments is essential for maintaining a balanced diet while following intermittent fasting.

In addition to these topics, the episode offers valuable resources for listeners. Sample meal plans and food lists are available for those interested, making it easier to implement the discussed strategies. The importance of tracking your food intake and adjusting based on your body's response is emphasized throughout the episode.

In summary, this episode is a treasure trove of information for anyone looking to optimize their meal planning for various fitness goals. Whether you're aiming for fat loss, muscle gain, or overall health, the practical tips and personalized strategies discussed can help you achieve your objectives. Remember, meal planning is a skill that requires practice and adjustments, but with the right knowledge and tools, you can make it work for you.

If you want to dive deeper into the specifics of meal planning and macro allocation, don't miss this episode. It offers a clear blueprint for structuring your nutrition to support your fitness goals. Plus, you'll gain insights into the science behind different eating patterns and how to make sustainable changes to your diet. Listen to this episode and take the first step towards mastering your meal planning!


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Philip Pape  00:00

What is the optimal way to allocate your calories for fat loss, muscle gain or maintenance? In this episode, you'll learn how to distribute your macros for different calorie levels, the key differences between them and practical tips to make your meal plan both simple and foolproof. Learn how to master your meal planning on today's episode. Welcome to the wit's end weights podcast. I'm your host, Philip pape, and this twice a week podcast is dedicated to helping you achieve physical self mastery by getting stronger. Optimizing your nutrition and upgrading your body composition will uncover science backed strategies for movement, metabolism, muscle and mindset with a skeptical eye on the fitness industry

 

Philip Pape  00:41

so you can look and feel your absolute best. Let's dive right in Whitson weights community Welcome to another solo episode of The Whitson weights podcast in our last episode 181 How not to be skinny fat and week with Adrian McDonald. You learn the real reasons that you might be skinny, fat and weak right now and what to do to get strong to feel energize, nourish your training and your body and build that lean, well muscled physique you're going for. Adrian shared his personal journey with body dysmorphia, so you could come away with strategies for a healthier, more positive self image. Today, for Episode 182, how to allocate 1200 2003 1000 calories in your meal plan plus hit your protein, we're tackling a topic that comes up constantly with my coaching clients and with my listeners, how to allocate calories for optimal results, we get questions all the time about meal planning, you know, how do I set up my macros for fat loss? What's the best way to distribute my calories if I'm trying to build muscle. And the truth is, there's a lot of conflicting information there about meal planning, and setting your macros. And the real big thing here that I want you to get out of this episode is meal planning itself is a skill, it's very personal to you, that's the approach that we take to be given a meal plan is like being given a blank workout template that hasn't been personalized for you. It might work in the short term, but it's not sustainable and probably is not going to match you your preferences, your lifestyle, the things that you enjoy about food, and so on. And then you have the conflicting information where some people say, you have to eat six small meals a day, you know, just okay metabolism. Others claim intermittent fasting is the key to burning fat. And then there's you know, cutting out carbs, and cutting out fat and all those sorts of things. And all of which is I'll call it prescriptive and restrictive. Whereas what we want to do is develop an open ability to put this together for yourself based on your goals and your preferences. And I want to cut through the noise, I want to give you evidence based practical strategies that you can implement today. Because you can follow the most scientifically optimal, you know, program meal plan, take the right supplements. But if your nutrition is off, you're never going to achieve the physique that you want. So this is more than just hey, here are the meal plans you can put together. This is what's behind that. Now, when you do nail down your nutrition, everything else becomes easier, right you have more energy to crush those workouts, you can recover faster, you can start seeing changes that you want to see, because you're in control. So whether you're cutting, you're bulking you're maintaining this episode's gonna give you a clear blueprint for how to set up your meal plan for success. And we're going to do it by allocating calories and macros at three different levels. These are totally random, but I picked them because they cover the spectrum where most people fall 1200 is really on the very low end. 2000 is kind of in the middle. And then 3000 is a little bit on the upper end for most people. And then you can find the approach that works for you based on your goals and lifestyle within those levels. And so by the end of this episode, you're going to know exactly how to structure your meal plan your nutrition to optimize whatever it is fat loss, muscle gain, performance, health, whatever. And before I get into this, I just thought of something. I have a guide that I've created for private clients that has sample meal plans. It has foods by macro, and it has foods by protein density. If you want that just join my email list and then reply and say, Hey, give me your meal plan guide. To join my list. Go to Whitson weights.com/email or click the link in the show notes. Again, go to Whitson weights.com/email You'll get a welcome email and then just reply to Hey, Philip, I heard you on the podcast. Can you give me that meal planning guide and I'll be happy to send it to you. All right, get ready to take notes and let's dive in today's episode how to allocate 1200 2003 1000 calories in your meal plan plus hit your protein. So first, we have to talk about the basics of energy balance as a refresher, because at its core, managing your weight managing your mass that the amount that gravity pulls you into the earth, right that's really all that is, comes down to the first law of thermodynamics energy in vs energy out. If you consume more calories than you burn, you're going to gain weight. You consume fewer calories than you burn. You're going to lose weight If you consume the same, you're gonna maintain your weight. And this is independent of everything else of body composition of fat loss building muscle, right? This is purely the weight on the scale. And as much as we talk about fat loss versus weight loss, fat loss being more important, we still have to understand energy balance and how that affects this whole thing. And so this might seem simplistic, right. And there are certainly other factors that influenced body composition, like the macronutrient, split the amount of protein you have, and then all the things like sleep stress, even your genetics, at the end of the day, calories are king when it comes to weight change. Understanding that it's a lot, you know, it's easy to say that, and then there are practical things that come in place that actually make it challenging for people, especially in the what we call obesogenic environment in the western world with easy access to food, that makes it challenging to actually control those variables. And that's the key distinction here. Now, if we look at studies, right, I like to call on studies, there's a meta analysis from 2017, that looked at 400 Weight Loss studies and found that the only consistent predictor of weight loss was calorie intake. Okay. So again, not a surprise, it wasn't low carbs, it wasn't low fat, it wasn't intermittent fasting, it wasn't exercise, the participants who lost the most weight were the ones who stuck to a deficit, regardless of what they follow. Now, you might say, Okay, that's great. The problem is maintaining the weight. Yeah, that's a whole separate thing. We're not going to get into that in detail here. I just wanted to cover the fact that calories are important for energy balance. Now, before you get caught up in the details of like meal timing of food composition, you have to have a handle on this. And that's why I'm starting here. Because if you don't know, your maintenance calories, your total daily energy expenditure, right, the number of calories that you burn in a day. And that includes your basal metabolic rate, your activity level, the thermic effect of feeding for your food, it includes everything, it's the whole pie, everything you burn in a day, if you don't know that, it's very hard to decide where to go from there. And most people who reach out to me saying, I've struggled, you know, to lose weight, right hit a plateau. The first question I ask is, are you tracking, and usually it's either, well, I'm using my fitness pal and I track my food, but they don't know what their expenditure is, they don't know how many calories are actually burning. Or they'll say, I'm looking at my wearable, my Apple watch, and it says, No, very, very inaccurate, you have to have a way to know pretty precisely what your maintenance calories are on any given day or week, so that you can constantly adjust those calories accordingly. And there's a lot of online calculators and formulas. And the problem is they can be off by like 400 calories in either direction. So it's okay to start with that. But then you're gonna have to track your food and weight over time to see how it changes in response. And then you'll know your true maintenance. And of course, I'm gonna plug macro factor as a great food logging app that does that for you. And if you want to download macro factor, use my code, Whitson weights get an extra three week on the free trial. And it's the only app I know that really does this correctly, it determines your true maintenance calories, doesn't just give you an estimate. And then it will go up and down based on your activity, what you're eating, how your lifestyle changes, whether you're in fat loss or not, right. And then once you do that you can maintain for a few weeks and say, Okay, I'm ready for fat loss, I'm gonna go ahead and set a goal to lose fat at a rate of x, maybe it's half a percent of my body weight a week. And that's going to require a certain deficit. And there you go. And that'll determine what calories and macros you then need. And that determines what you need for your meal plan, right when you put your meal plan together. So when I work with clients, and when we talk about our physique university, you know, sometimes I'll have a new client that isn't too familiar with the podcast or what we do, and they'll come in and they want to lose fat right away. We say, Well, hold on, let's determine your maintenance calories first, and then go after it. And then the other. The other question is, well, do you give me a meal plan? Like no, I don't give you a meal plan. I want you to put together your own meal plan based on what you enjoy, what your timing is, what your preferences are for like level of protein and fat, things like that, within some constraints, right within some boundaries, of course, within some general guidelines of 80%, Whole Foods, 20%, indulgences, things like that. But at the end of the day, you can eat whatever you want, as long as it fits your personal goal for your meal plan which is calories, macros, and micronutrients for the most part Other than that, it's things like timing, and oftentimes a meal plan will have timing in there it'll you'll have like in my pre workout, my post workout, my lunch, my midday mid afternoon snack, my dinner, for example. You don't have to it could just say like, here's four meals in the day, figure out where you want them. But whatever you do for your meal plan, you know, calories are the foundation, then the macros, and then the micros and timing and all that kind of fill in the gaps. And it's just a starting point because whatever your day one meal plan is, you might find that it doesn't work for you in some way and and you're gonna have to swap it out, right, and you know, swap one food for another change around the timing, reallocate the calories and the macros. So let's start with the lowest level of calories, because I know that can be the most challenging of all. And I want to start with the good stuff just right away. Okay, let's say you're in a fat loss phase. And you've determined that 1200 calories is the right target for you. And I will say 1200, the more I've worked with clients, the more that this is generally a very, very low number, almost the rock bottom lowest amount of calories that I would recommend for anybody. And it's usually when you have a slightly low metabolism to begin with, and you're trying to go moderate to aggressive. Other than that, I am generally seeing most people higher than this, you know, more more like 15 to 1800 calories. Okay, and again, it depends on your weight, right depends on your starting point depends on how aggressive you're going, but slightly lower than 1200, you're gonna start to run into some malnutrition. And it's hard to get protein with having much of anything else, you know what I mean? Like just practically, these absolute numbers do have some significance, right? Even if you are 100 pound female, and your metabolism is only, you know, 1400 calories, we still have to understand there are practical limitations to being able to eat enough nutrients and different foods and macros, when you go too low in calories. Alright, so having said that out of the way, I'm starting with 1200, because it's kind of the rock bottom, and it has the most restrictions on you, and we're going to make it work anyway. And then from there, it should get easier, the more calories you have. So again, you might be smaller frames, you know, more petite person, you might have a slower metabolism, you might just be looking to go pretty aggressively from a moderate level of metabolism. Okay, it's probably gonna be a very specific reason for that. And it's important to be strategic then with how you allocate the calories. So we always start with protein, right? Protein is the most important macronutrient when you're in a deficit, because it helps you preserve that lean muscle mass, it helps you stay forward, it helps you stay satisfied, it burns the most calories of all the macros, right. And that means you only have so many calories to work with, you're going to be taken away from fats and carbs, because protein is number one. So keep that in mind. Most people when they're down at this level of calories, it ends up being a fairly low carb diet anyway, not because carbs are bad, but because you don't have room for them once you allocate so many of your calories to protein. So if we're going for something like that magic, you know, one gram per pound of protein of lean body mass or one gram, we're gonna make it simple. One gram of protein per pound of target bodyweight, right. So if you're 150 pounds, and you're trying to lose 20 pounds, go to 130, we're gonna go about 130 grams of protein, right? When you multiply that by that four, multiply that by four, you get, what 520 calories. So actually, you don't have these Aerohive these numbers right now, I'm just doing them in my head. But 520 Out of the 1200 calories, notice how much that is, that's almost 50% of your calories. Right? It might seem like a lot in percentage wise, if you were to use like zone or some other percentage based system. It sounds like a lot of protein, but it's actually a very good balanced level, that will make a difference in holding on to that muscle on your results and how you feel and it's probably going to make it a lot easier to get through the dieting phase, just because of the types of foods now you're going to be eating good protein sources like lean meats, right chicken, turkey, fish, lean beef, eggs that you know the challenge with eggs, of course, his whole eggs are roughly the same amount of protein and fat. So if you eat a bunch of eggs, you're also going to have a lot of fat for the ride. And that's why I like adding an egg whites along with whole eggs to kind of dilute it toward more protein. Things like Greek yogurt, or cottage cheese in the dairy department, right? Tofu Satan, right, all the soy based stuff if you're plant based protein powder, of course, like whey protein, casein protein, plant based proteins, and then all the plant sources of protein like say oats or legumes, knowing that those things also contain. They're not primarily protein sources. They also contain carbs, and some some of them contain fats, right. The rule of thumb here is including a solid serving of protein at every meal, when you set up your 1200 Calorie plan is going to be pretty much required. If you're going to get in all that protein. And one of your snacks might be mostly protein. As much as I love balance, it might not practically work out that way for you. If you were to eat, say four times a day one of those might be a snack that's predominantly protein. But you know, something like Greek yogurt, or cottage cheese does have some carbs in there so it ends up being a little bit balanced. And then you can use this protein supplementation like whey powder to kind of fill it in to get more of a pure protein. So that's where we start with protein and in the 1200 calorie diet that's going to dominate everything. Right then we get to fat, right? Fat is very important. It's essential for hormone production. for vitamin absorption for brain function, and the challenge with low calories with fat is we don't want it to go so low that we're starting to harm our health. And that's where we get to, I usually say about 30% of calories. And for most people, even at 1200 calories, that's going to be enough. In terms of grams, I wouldn't want to go below, say 10 to 15, rock, bottom right 10 to 15, rock bottom, but you probably can be more up like, say, 30, or 40, something like that, maybe in the 20s, right to kind of keep it a little lower fat and give you room for extra carbs. So when you do the math on 1200 calories, that's kind of where you're constrained, because then the rest of it goes to carbs. And when we talk about fat sources, this is where you've got to be a little bit more judicious in your meal planning, right? You know, foods like nuts can definitely be in there, but you're probably not going to have too much peanut butter, for example, because so calorie dense, you're not gonna able to have much of it. Seeds, avocado, olive oil, you know, fatty fish is great, because now you've got your protein and your fat in there that that's where the fat can come from a little bit of saturated fat from things like eggs and beef and things like that, you're not gonna have much of it, most likely during a fat loss phase. And we always want to limit saturated fat to like a third of your fats, or 10% of the total calories roughly. And then the rest is with carbs. Right. And of course, contrary to hopefully, it's not popular belief anymore, but I think it is, you don't have to avoid carbs ever. Carbs don't make you gain fat. It doesn't help you lose fat to cut carbs, right? Carbs fuel your workouts, they replenish your glycogen, they keep your metabolism humming, they spare protein. And the challenge when you're at 1200 calories is you just don't have very much room. For carbs, you might be down to like 80 grams. And that ends up being fairly low carb, I mean, in the Keto world, you're looking well sub 100, generally, but even when we put the low carb label on it that I usually think of as 100 or less. And so when you're at 1200 calories, and you're giving almost half your calories of protein, and then a decent amount of fat just for health, you're left with probably 80 or 100 grams of carbs. And notice I'm not giving you exact numbers, because it's going to depend, you may be the type that wants to go up to 1.2 grams per pound of protein and really crank up that protein and have very little of the other stuff. You know, hitting your fat minimum always but not very much from for carbs. Or you might be a little bit lower, you might be down at the point eight grams per pound, giving yourself some more room for carbs. So it really depends. And whatever you start with, listen to your body, document your biofeedback and see if it wouldn't help to say, Cut some protein and give yourself some more carbs. Right. And this all assumes you're not changing the calories you're at 1200 ish calories. When you choose carbs for your meal plan. Again, in fat loss. This is where the complex nutrient dense sources kill two if not three birds with one stone, the other birds and they kill. Sorry to be so McCobb about death here. But birds is nutrient density, so getting your nutrients in and also fiber. So when you choose carbs for a low calorie meal plan, you want them to kind of satisfy the fiber nutrient density, satiety and carb buckets all at once. And that would be simple things like fruits, veggies, some whole grains, but you're gonna find whole grains also have a decent amount of like calories. So you may be limited there. And maybe even legumes right beans, you know, people forget that. But that's beans are like a carb source with some protein. So if you're going to have beans in your, you know, kind of serves both of those. So, a lots of veggies, you know, green veggies, veggies that have very low calories, but take up a lot of space are really going to be helpful when the calories are low to fill up your stomach to have more volume. That's super key. Right. So this is not the time where we're going to have lots of, you know, pizza and doughnuts, or we're not going to have probably lots of refined grains just because they're not going to make you as full you can have them there's no rule against them. But they don't have as much fiber and they don't have as much volume. And so you're just consuming a lot of very easily pre digested calories that don't fill you up. And that's not going to help as much in fat loss as going with, you know, whole grains, fruits, vegetables, things like that. And then even with fruits, you can kind of be a little judicious and lean more toward things like berries, which will have more volume for the calories. But still things like oranges, apples, bananas are awesome because of all the other nutrients they have as well, electrolytes and things like that. So you've got about 100 grams to work with or less. It's not a ton of room. So you've got to be strategic, having high fiber, high volume foods, lots of protein. That is the strategy here, right? A lot of volume without much calories, leafy greens, berries, sweet potatoes, oatmeal, all the lean proteins that we talked about before. And so real quick hear, you know, even though the title of this episode sounds like I'm just giving you meal plans, the actual meal plans are just kind of a drop in the bucket here as an example for how to construct this and everything I just told you are other principles behind a low level of calories. All right. So here's what a sample 1200 Calorie day might look like breakfast, a cup of Greek yogurt, half a cup of berries, quarter cup of some low sugar granola. So right off the bat, when I say low sugar granola, I'm talking about a processed food you get in the middle of the grocery store that you might like the taste of to kind of add some variety to your yogurt. But you're picking a something that food science has developed. For us that happens to have low sugar, you're not doing it because you're on a low sugar diet, or low carb diet. This is where the creativity comes into play. And using food science to your advantage, and not listening to the influencers that say you can't have any processed food at all. I'm starting to throw in the little examples where it's perfectly fine, and it might work for you. Okay, so yogurt, berries, a little bit of low sugar granola, you can have a snack with some, like a protein shake with protein powder and almond milk. So I love almond milk during fat loss, instead of say 2%, or even whole milk or something that has more calories. But if you're gonna use a milk like a 1% fairlife could work because it's mostly protein. Okay. And again, this is kind of fitting a snack in like maybe it's after your workout, lunch, some sort of lean meat, let's say grilled chicken, that's the classic go to but you can have a lean, you know, pork or beef or fish or whatever, with some mixed greens, tomatoes, avocado, balsamic vinegar that make a big, big ass salad. But like they say, I'm a big fan during fat loss when your calories are really low. I'm having lots and lots and lots of veggies with some protein for lunch. Like that's a great combination. And because you already probably had some carbs earlier in the day, or let's say you worked out earlier, you may not you might work out in the afternoon, in which case you could flip it around. But let's say you did you had you should have most of your carbs during fat loss around your workout. And then maybe reserve a little bit for dinner because that's where people like to have another source of carbs. So that's lunch, it's some sort of protein with a bunch of veggies, add in zucchini, peppers, cucumbers, you know, anything that's just like big crunchy volume, Enos has water in it, and almost no calories. All right, then if you were to have another snack, which again, this is really tough, right 1200 calories, typically you're going to have maybe as little as three meals, but some people don't like to go a long time between eating because of their hunger signals. And so you're either going to have, you know, five or six small meals, or you're going to have three bigger meals. And one more caveat during 1200 calories, if you want to use a little bit of intermittent fasting because it helps you manage your hunger signals and be consistent and stick to those calories go for it. If on the other hand, you're like me, you can't go this long stretch of data, you just don't want to Well, then you're gonna have to spread out the feeding window, and then make the calories work within that window. So if you were to have a snack on this diet, you might have like a hard boiled egg and an apple, you know, very simple like fat, protein, carbs. Now, that may not actually be enough protein. But because we're dealing with low calories, you may not be able to hit some sort of minimum for a particular snack and give you permission to do that. The total protein is what matters. So I'm throwing a bunch of little caveats at you here to show you that there's no such thing as perfection when it comes to this. But you could just get rid of that snack and allocate those calories to the other meals. Hey, this is Philip and I hope you're enjoying this episode of weights and weights. I started with some weights to help ambitious individuals in their 30s 40s and beyond, who want to build muscle lose fat and finally look like they lift. I noticed that when people transform their physique, they not only look and feel better, but they also experienced incredible changes in their health, confidence and overall quality of life. If you're listening to this podcast, I assume you want the same thing to build your ultimate physique and unlock your full potential

 

Philip Pape  23:47

whether you're just starting out or looking to take your progress to the next level. That's why I created wits and weights physique University, a semi private group coaching experience designed to help you achieve your best physique ever, with a personalized done for you nutrition plan, custom designed courses, new workout programs each month, live coaching calls and a supportive community, you'll have access to everything you need to succeed. If you're ready to shatter your plateaus and transform your body and life, head over to Whitson weights.com/physique or click the link in the show notes to enroll today. Again, that's Whitson weights.com/physique. I can't wait to welcome you to the community and help you become the strongest leanest and healthiest version of yourself. Now back to the show.

 

Philip Pape  24:37

All right, dinner again, four ounces of salmon, a big cup of broccoli, a half cup of quinoa, right simple. quinoa, brown rice. I mean, you could do white rice, but again, white rice, brown rice, make the comparison and you'll see you could eat more brown rice with the calories and it fills you up and gives you more fiber. Again just during fat loss. Maybe you go back to white rice during maintenance. It's not a huge sacrifice. It's Still rice, you're not cutting out the rice altogether. Again, rice, quinoa, things like that. And then if you need one more snack before the end of the evening, here's where some cottage cheese cucumber can come together, you know, or you can have like a casein protein pudding that you've made a lot of my clients during, and even myself, if I'm at fairly low calories, I might reserve like 150 of those calories or 200 of them. For the end of the day, just in case I know I'm gonna get a little hungry or want a snack or dessert, and reserve that for this pre bed snack or this post dinner snack. Okay, so I just gave you one of a million permutations for a 1200 Calorie day, but what you noticed is very little processed food, because that's just not going to satisfy you. It doesn't mean that you can't like on a given Saturday, or a given day of the week, say I have to have ice cream, I want to have ice cream. And I'm going to reserve ice cream in there. And it's just going to affect the rest of my day up up ahead. And I'm going to pre plan for that. I'm just going to pre login or pre plan or if I know I'm going out to a restaurant during a fat loss phase, I'm going to pre plan for that, I'm going to switch up my meal plan. So the first, you know, two meals of the day, are mostly protein and veggies. And then I've reserved most of my fats and carbs for dinner. Right? totally your choice. And that's how we do it. That is how we do it. 1200 calories is not a lot of food. And so making it balanced, nutrient dense. Hitting your macros as the day goes on is going to be very important. So if you're using macro factor, for example, you can tap the macros at the top and look at how what percentage of your macros you've hit so far. And if you keep them more or less aligned, right, knowing that you need a lot of protein, every meal is going to have a big percentage of protein, keep them aligned, don't let any one macro fall too far behind. And that'll be a really easy way to get where you need to be at the end of the day. All right. So the key to 1200 calories is really quality over quantity, making every calorie count. Choosing whole minimally processed foods that nourish your body. But planning in indulgence is where you need them. And don't tell yourself, you can't have anything, you can have anything, it's just going to be very strategic. And if 1200 calories, doesn't feel right to you, if it just feels too restrictive, no matter what you do, you've gone through all these changes, you've come up with like the ideal meal plan for you. And it still just doesn't satisfy you, it may be too low calories. And I don't care if that means your fat loss phase slows down. It is what it is now there may be changes on the calorie burn side of the equation that we can deal with. We never want to overdo it there. We never want to say well, okay, I'm just going to add in five hours of cardio a week, it doesn't work, the body will compensate for that. But increasing your step count, maybe adding one or two small cardio sessions and things like that, if you're not moving enough, if you're simply getting 6000 steps a day during a fat loss phase, and you're struggling to hold on and calories. Well, the 6000 steps a day is probably the opportunity, right? Not necessarily the calories or your meal plan. So just throwing that in there. So that's 1200 calories, any lower than that it gets really, really tricky. You're getting closer and closer to more of a protein modified fast, right? If you're down to 800 or 700 calories, you're eating almost entirely protein. And if you're not, you're probably going to lose muscle. Right. So just keep that in mind that as these principles apply, no matter what it's just you have more room to work with, the higher the calories are. So now let's move into the middle level, the 2000 calorie meal plan. And again, I just kind of chose this it was around number, maybe you're at 1800. Maybe you're at 2200. But you've got a little more wiggle room to work with than the 1200. Well, quite a bit more, right? Because when you go from 1200, to even like 1600, that extra 400 calories, you know, that's like a decent sized snack or even a small light dinner. Right? So with 2000 calories, you have a more moderate level that's more sustainable for people. And by sustainable, I simply mean, you can go a longer duration and not feel psychologically drained or taxed at that level. And for some people that's like, you could go years at that level depends on who you are. You know, I'm a bigger guy. My metabolisms around 3000. For me 2000 calories a day is a really aggressive diet. And so for me, it's not something I want to be on for more than I'll say, like at most four months. Now, you might be like, Oh, that's a decent amount of time. But I mean, that's like the upper end. If I were to do it day after day after day, eventually I would just get kind of tired of that. Right. And by the way, I did an episode recently about how fast to lose weight for fat loss. And I talked about diet breaks and refeeds there. Go listen to that episode, if you want to learn about strategies for breaking up the diet along the way to make it even more sustainable for the whole dieting phase to get to your endpoint without feeling like you ever have to give up. Okay, I'm not covering that today, though. So 2000 calories a day. At this level, you have some more flexibility with your macros, you're still going to prioritize protein, you're still going to be up at that, always within that point seven to one gram per pound. All right. And if you're at 2000 calories, maybe you're dieting, maybe you're maintenance, maybe you're gaining depends on where you start, I don't know, okay, we're not the 1200 was focused on fat loss, this one is just focused on hitting the macros properly, and it gets a little bit easier, right? For fat, you get a little bit more room as well. So the fats can come up a little as a percentage of calories, they stay the same, but they come up in grams, you know, maybe they're up around 5060 grams now, right four to 500 calories. And then now you've got your carbs. And this is where at the 2000 calorie level, the carbs might come up to 200 or more, right, so now you've gone from way down at the 100 level, up to the 200 level, now you start getting into that spot where you've got some flexibility you've got, you're able to put a decent amount around your workouts, right, if you've got 200 grams of carbs to work with, you could put like 75 to 100 grams around the workout, if you want, you can have like, you know, say 30 to 40 grams before like 50 or 60 grams after you don't have to, but you might find that that makes you feel great for your training sessions. And you can start to include starchy carbs, you know, like other like white rice, pasta and bread, the higher sugar fruits, you might be able to eat more of those met bananas, mangoes, things like that. And then the indulgence is when we talk about our 8020, the 8020 rule 80% of your diet comes from whole nutrient dense foods. And then 20% from less optimal choices, sources that you just love to eat. You've since you've got more calories to work with the 20% also becomes a few more instances of that right, some extra squares of chocolate or extra slice of pizza, you know, and not that you could you ever have to say that you're limited to those period, it's just that now you have more flexibility to do it. And you can, you know, go out to eat things like that a little bit more frequently. And always however, we want to plan in those indulgences, we want to fit them in to our targets and our goals rather than just winging it and hoping for the best. That's where people often screw up, people come to me and they're like, I hit a plateau. And even if they are a quote unquote, tracking, they might not track everything. And even if they're tracking, they might still go out to eat on the weekends and just far over consume, what they thought was their deficit for the week and offset it. And now they're still at maintenance or gaining weight, right? And they're inconsistent, and all of those things, even if they are tracking, right. But usually when you're tracking when tracking properly, it helps you gain that awareness and start to change your behaviors and give you a sense of what portions look like and how different foods fit into your plan. That's why we do it. We don't do it to count calories, or to restrict ourselves. We do it to give us information and empower us to say okay, 2000 calories actually makes a lot of sense. At that rate, I can you know, gain or lose x pounds a week. That's reasonable for me, and I can eat this way. And I can eat this way. And that's what sustainability is all about. It fits within your lifestyle. So what does 2000 calories look like? Well, let's say we were to have again, four or five, even six feedings a day, right? Depends. I'm going with more because it's harder to do to go from less to more than more or less. Make sense like I'm giving you more frequency. And then you can say well, I'd rather only eat three times a day so now I'm gonna squish those together and just increase the volume of each of those meals fine. But if I only gave you say breakfast lunch dinner, then you'd be like well what do I do to create a snack here or pre or post workout here or pre bed over here. I don't want to make you overthink that so if you were to have breakfast on a 2000 calorie meal this is where you might have your eggs right eggs mixed with egg whites and some arrows spinach and mushrooms and toasts with almond butter for example or peanut butter a little bit right and that's that's a delicious breakfast right there. snacks throughout the day might look like say protein powder with almond milk but now you can add in some banana or make a smoothie with it if you want. Another snack might look like you know the classic like vegetables dipped in hummus if you'd like and then another might be you know cottage cheese, Greek yogurt and things like that with protein you know, again I'm giving you two or three snacks throughout the day if you'd like but smush them together get more protein in any one snack that's how you do it. Lunch. I get a li meat with some vegetable this time you might have not only greens but also something like sweet potato and then for your greens. It could just be any leftover greens you have broccoli, green beans, brussel sprouts, a little bit of olive oil. You know this is where you can have a lot more oil and butter and things because you have more calories to work with dinner you know dinner and lunch you're going to hear from me and are pretty much similar, you know Brown Turkey or you know pork loin with some rice and some zucchini and some sauce of some kind that you like like a tomato sauce or say a low calorie barbecue sauce and they're not on this one but like if you were going to have pork, you can throw some barbecue sauce on there. There's some like nice lower sugar varieties or just have the full up and just planted in. And then in a 2000 calorie diet, you probably can fit in small desserts if you'd like them, like I'm a big dessert eater. It's just how I like to do it. My family likes desserts, you know, we're active, we keep the calories reasonable, we like indulgences here and there. I love ice cream. So fit it in. And I'm telling you, you've got the permission to do that, and you've got the room to do it. If you plan accordingly. That's all it comes down to, if you're not just snacking, and licking, and taking off of your kid's plate, and randomly drinking six beers on the weekend, not tracking anything, if you're not doing those things. Well, now you can put all this delicious, nourishing food, including things like ice cream, if you like it into your plan, right. So you get more food more variety, at this level of calories. And this is tend to be a more realistic and sustainable level for a longer duration. So that's really all I'm gonna say about that. And no matter what you do, you don't want to ever feel restrictive, you'll ever want to feel deprived or burnt out. So that's sort of the diet breaks come in, or increasing your calories. Or using forms of nonlinear dieting, which is going to be a topic I cover in a upcoming episode, I'm going to cover all the ways to use non linear dieting, like you don't just diet on the same calories day after day after day. There's ways to be creative about it. Again, not for today, upcoming topic. So make sure to follow the show always follow the show, click the Follow button in your app. So you get notified of those episodes. All right, finally, let's talk about 3000 calories. And some of you are like I could never eat 3000 calories you ladies out there. I know I've heard it many, many times. Some of you guys are like, well, that's my maintenance, you know. So when I say 3000, just imagine it's just a fairly high level of calories for you. Maybe it is 2500, maybe it's 4000. And it represents being in a building phase. This is a building phase, I'm not talking about 2000 was more in the middle kind of maintenance, maybe cut, maybe build three sounds like you're building, you need a lot of food. And if you're a bigger guy, think of this as like 4000. If you're a more petite female, maybe this is 2800. And that's a lot for you. All right. So this is you know, you're active, you're training you have you're building muscle, you're trying to gain weight, most likely. And maybe you're a hard gainer, and you've experienced the situation where as your metabolism ramps up, you can't keep up with the calories and you start to plateau, and you're not able to gain so kind of covers all those scenarios. And at this calorie level, on the plus side, you have a ton of room to play with your macros and your food. Okay, protein is still important. But believe it or not, it doesn't have to be nearly as high as it would in fat loss in terms of grams per pound, which sounds a little bit ironic, since you have so many more calories to play with. And in reality, you'll probably end up having no problem hitting that protein, if you've been doing it at those lower levels. And so point seven to one gram per pound. Again, I'll target body weight. So let's say you're 160 and you're trying to get to 190. All right, you know you're aiming in the 181 90 range for protein in terms of grams. Alright, so you know, you're talking, I don't know what, what does that come out to be six 700 calories from protein, something like that, which as you as you realize now is only like a fifth of the calories, where it was almost a half of the calories are in fat loss. So the higher your calorie level, the lower the percent of the protein is because you don't really need to change it much. Protein is almost always around the same amount. For me, being that I'm around 180 pounds, I'm usually eating around 180 grams of protein, whether it's very aggressive fat loss, maintenance, or, you know, optimal muscle building gain, I'm still always around 180 grams. So what changes is the fat and carbs, fats scale with the the calories, so they don't go like way up or down. They just kind of scale a bit. So when you're at 3000 calories, now you're up to like 7080 90, even 100 grams of fat kind of in that range. Some people like to eat more fat than others. Some people like to eat fattier cuts of meat. And that's fine. As long as we're cognizant of the saturated fat. As a portion of that, again, reminder, we don't want to really exceed a third of our fats from saturated fat, or put another way, around 10% of our calories. So if you're at 3000 calories, you don't want more than, you know, 300 calories from saturated fat, and that's really on the upper end. So we try to keep that reasonable but overall your fats probably 7080 90 100 grams, and then the rest is carbs. Now you're up to three, four or 500 grams of carbs, right again, depending on where everything else lies. I'll say for most people, you're going to be around three or 400. Okay, and this is where everything just opens up, right? Dried fruit, honey, maple syrup, starchy vegetables, like the amounts of them just get a lot more flexible. And you don't have to be as you know, cognizant of them. You still plan you still track. You still make room. It's still easy to over indulge and over consume just like it isn't any level. And I've seen cases where you are now at such a high calorie level that you almost lose a little bit of that control. Because you have so much flexibility. And you're prone to say, going out to a restaurant and consuming 5000 calories. Because you know, you have all these calories to work with, you know, maybe not 5001 meal, but 5000 for the day, let's say. And before long, you're having a problem by over consuming even when you're trying to get a lot of calories. It's less of a problem. For most people, most people have a problem on new consuming, but just be aware of that, that we always need to be tracking and planning. Alright, so what does the 3000 Calorie day look like? I mean, honestly, it's anything. It's like anything goes. And it's gonna be very easy to hit your minimums no matter what. So I would just do what you do with the other levels and just scale things up and add more indulgences where you want them and give yourself some more flexibility. It's really all it is, you may have to eat more frequently to get all the food in. That's the one of the challenges people say I can't eat enough well, you're maybe you're not eating frequently enough, you may have to eat more calorie dense foods on purpose to consume more it so I mentioned the dried fruit, but this is having more oil, butter in your foods having higher fat meats, having a higher fat dairy, so instead of low fat or no fat Greek yogurt, you'd go with the regular you know full fat Greek yogurt, right instead of the low sugar granola I mentioned just regular old full up granola you know, you still want fruits, vegetables, starches, you know carbs all that in there. But now you might have just whole eggs when you have eggs don't even worry about egg whites, right? So anyway, the meals are gonna look the same just scaled so like breakfast could be eggs with some spinach and mushrooms and oatmeal and protein powder and some peanut butter. Right nice big hearty meal to go maybe that's your post workout. For me that would be like a post workout. A pre workout might be whey protein shake and banana. But I don't know when you're training so I'm just kind of giving it to this way snacks throughout the day. It would be things with Greek yogurt and berries, you know fruits, almond or peanut butter dairy products. I think I mentioned already. Maybe it's an indulgence right that's where you might you might have a pop tart. I don't know like if you really have a hankering for a pop tart or bowl of ice cream you want to fit it in there. That's that might be where you have it right no judgment, no judgment at all. You can do this lunch is going to be you know fish and quinoa or, and brussel sprouts and olive oil same is at 2000 calories but just scaled up dinner steak potato broccoli with some butter, right so you can kind of live it up a little maybe have that ribeye that you've been kind of hankering for, you've been eating a lot of top sirloin now you're gonna have some ribeye a fattier cut of steak, a lot more calories, but you've got the room for it. So it's a lot of food for some people, right. And it can be a challenge to eat this much. Especially if you have a smaller appetite. And that's where like liquid calories can be helpful. Protein shakes, smoothies, milk, just good old whole milk. Alright, don't over think it good old whole milk can really help. If you get fairlife Chocolate milk, love that stuff. It's got a nice balance of macros. Lots of protein tastes great sweet. You can heat it up in the winter. And it's like instant hot cocoa, you can put it in a ninja creamy recipe and make ice cream. There you go. So the key with 3000 calories is, you know, it's like you're listening to your hunger cues, and not really trying to force yourself to eat when you're not hungry, but rather make the meal that what you eat and how you time it work with your hunger. So you don't feel like Oh, I'm just stuffing myself to eat. Because to me that's as mentally unhealthy as forcing yourself to starve at lower calories. Like you don't want to do either of those, it has to be more sustainable, even in the face, even when you are pushing it. And when you're at 3000 calories, it's okay to have a lighter day. And then a heavier day, like if you want to cycle if it makes sense on training days, you feel a lot more hungry,

 

Philip Pape  43:43

maybe more calories go on those days. Right The goal is to hit on a weekly basis is to hit your averages for the week, not every single day, you can't be a robot. Alright, so hit it for the week. And that really applies to everything, right even if you're at 1200 calories, you want to hit the 1200 on average for the week. If one day you're at 1000, another day or 1400. But again, it averages out. You've planned in going to a restaurant on Saturday, but it averages out it's fine. Never make up for something the next day that you didn't plan for don't do that. But think ahead to make it work for the week. Alright, so we covered a lot of ground. We talked about the importance of energy balance, how to determine your calorie needs for each of these levels, when they might be appropriate, you know, fat loss, maintenance, muscle gain, we broke down meal plans at different levels so you can understand the level of inherent kind of flexibility versus strictness you might have. Right 1200 2000 3000 And then how to allocate macros at each level. You notice that things are pretty much the same, they just tend to be scaled, and there room for indulgences and flexibility goes up the more calories you have. So some takeaways that I want you to come out with this episode are number one, calories are still the be all end all when it comes to scale weight when it comes to weight management. And that's what you have to know you maintenance calories by tracking your food against your weight and macro factors, the best tool to do that. So calories are king, they're the beginning of it. Number two is protein is the next thing we prioritize right prioritizing protein, especially in a deficit and deficit, it's even more important to get that upper level toward that one gram per pound of bodyweight. That's number two. Number three, don't fear fat, don't fear carbs. They're both super important in a balanced diet, you know, focus on quality, especially at the lower calorie levels, and then adjust based on the calorie needs and be creative. Plan ahead, you know, use macro factor and plan out an entire day. That looks like a quote unquote, perfect day just to give you inspiration for how to keep these things in balance. Number four, always plan for treats and indulgences. Right, the 8020 rule is a great guideline, if most of your diet is coming from hold nutrient dense foods then gives you lots of flexibility for the treats and indulgences as opposed to the other way around where you might have lived before, which is a lot of foods or just random processed foods, indulgences, going out to eat fast food restaurants, you know, snacks and licks. And just before you know it 80% of your diet is this unplanned processed food, we're just flipping that around 80% Whole Foods, the rest comes from whatever you want. And then number five, track track track, I'm just mentioning this specifically here. At least initially, it's going to give you a lot of awareness. But most of my clients when they start tracking, especially when they use macro factor, because it's so easy to use. They keep going I mean, I've been going for several years just because I love the information. I like to train myself on on the portion sizes on how different foods fit in different phases. And also be able to track my micronutrients and things like fiber, and saturated fat that can also be helpful. So remember, there's no one diet, there's no one meal plan for everyone. Right, the best meal plan is the one that a meet your goals. And that b You can stick to consistently over the time necessary for that level of calories. So take these guidelines and make them work for you. All right now if you need some help personalizing your approach to all of this and keeping yourself accountable because remember, the information we provide in this podcast is information that you can use, but it doesn't help solve the implementation for you, you have to either do that yourself or reach out for help and help as often the best way to accelerate that process. So doors to widths and weights physique University are open. Inside WWE, pu, you're gonna get a customized nutrition plan right off the bat. Now it doesn't have meal plans, because again, I said it earlier, I'm not a hypocrite. I don't give you meal plans. I give you the guidelines, the macros, the meal timing around your workouts, depending on your workout. I adjust it for your preferences, do you like more fat? Do you like more balanced? Are you from a Keto history, we kind of want to make that work so you can ease into it. Also in www you get live weekly coaching calls, custom courses on everything related to physique development. And then of course, a private community of like minded people are all working toward their best physique, and who also have fantastic ideas regarding meal planning and recipes. So just head to Whitson weights.com/physique. To learn more and join today, or click the link in my show notes. Again, that is Whitson weights.com/physique. Alright, in our next episode 183, the dark side of GLP, one weight loss drugs ozempic Manjaro sat down with Amy Wilson, you're going to learn the root causes of obesity and weight gain, the origins and current use of GLP one drugs like the some magnetite and tricep peptide based brand names that we just talked about, and others for diabetes, and now weight loss, their pros and cons. And what most people can do instead from a lifestyle perspective, because that's at the end of the day, what we are all trying to do here. Make sure to hit the Follow button right now in your podcast app to get notified when that comes out. And it supports the show when you subscribe or when you follow to the show. So please go ahead and take a moment to do that. As always stay strong, and I'll talk to you next time here on The Whitson weights podcast. Thank you for tuning in to another episode of wit's end weights. If you found value in today's episode, and know someone else who's looking to level up their wits or weights. Please take a moment to share this episode with them. And make sure to hit the Follow button in your podcast platform right now to catch the next episode. Until then, stay strong.

Read More
Interviews Philip Pape Interviews Philip Pape

How NOT to be Skinny Fat and Weak with Adrian McDonnell | Ep 181

Are you struggling with body image? Are you tired of extreme diets? Wondering how to break free from skinny-fat struggles? Join Philip and fitness expert Adrian McDonnell as they discuss body image, fitness goals, and industry complexities. Adrian shares insights into common challenges like body dysmorphia and extreme dieting, emphasizing the importance of setting performance-based goals and a balanced approach to fitness. He breaks down the real reasons behind body struggles and offers practical advice for achieving a lean, well-muscled physique. Adrian also opens up about his journey with body dysmorphia, providing strategies for a healthier self-image.

Are you struggling with body image? Are you tired of extreme diets? Wondering how to break free from skinny-fat struggles? 

Join Philip (@witsandweights) and fitness expert Adrian McDonnell as they discuss body image, fitness goals, and industry complexities. Adrian shares insights into common challenges like body dysmorphia and extreme dieting, emphasizing the importance of setting performance-based goals and a balanced approach to fitness. He breaks down the real reasons behind body struggles and offers practical advice for achieving a lean, well-muscled physique. Adrian also opens up about his journey with body dysmorphia, providing strategies for a healthier self-image. With his McLifestyle Coaching Method, Adrian helps clients worldwide transform their bodies and improve performance through personalized online coaching.

Today, you’ll learn all about:

3:19 Understanding "skinny fat" and its implications
6:01 Working out vs. training
8:32 Balancing cardio and strength training for optimal results
13:43 Tailoring fitness strategies for different experience levels
17:43 Addressing diverse fitness goals and avoiding extremes
20:41 Strictness vs. flexibility in training and nutrition approaches
21:57 Dieting among women and restoration phases
25:43 Concept of being "overfed but undernourished"
29:59 Adrian’s journey with body dysmorphia
35:44 Encouragement to focus on process over outcome.
38:34 Impact of social media and fitness industry on body dysmorphia
42:19  Importance of growth mindset and fulfillment in accomplishment
44:15 The question Adrian wished Philip had asked him
46:20 Where to find Adrian
46:48 Outro

Episode resources:


Episode summary:

In a world obsessed with aesthetics and quick fixes, the journey to true fitness and mental resilience can often seem daunting. In this episode, guest Adrian McDonnell shares his transformative journey from struggling with body dysmorphia to becoming a global fitness coach. His philosophy is simple yet profound: prioritize performance over mere aesthetics. By doing so, improvements in strength and fitness naturally enhance physique and reduce body fat.

Adrian's story begins with his struggle with body dysmorphia, a mental health condition where a person is excessively concerned about and preoccupied with a perceived defect in their physical appearance. This struggle was the catalyst for his passion for fitness and ultimately led him to become a global fitness coach. Adrian emphasizes that focusing on performance rather than aesthetics can significantly improve one's self-image and help overcome societal pressures, particularly those amplified by social media.

One of the key topics discussed in the episode is the concept of being "skinny fat." This condition, where an individual appears thin but has a higher body fat percentage and lower muscle mass, often results from a lack of proper strength training and an overemphasis on cardio. Adrian explains the importance of structured strength training, which prioritizes compound lifts and muscle building, over random workouts. By adopting a focused strength training regimen and paying attention to diet, significant improvements in body composition can be achieved, even later in life.

Balancing weight training and cardio is another crucial aspect of achieving fitness goals. Adrian explains that both can be effectively integrated into a workout regimen. Muscle building through strength training and fat loss via a caloric deficit work together to create a toned physique. Practical advice is given on structuring workouts, including incorporating enjoyable activities like HIIT or spinning classes as finishers. Strategies for both beginners and more advanced trainees are highlighted, emphasizing the benefits of strength training, a high-protein diet, and maintaining a caloric deficit to optimize body composition.

Nutrition is a fundamental pillar in achieving fitness goals. Adrian discusses the importance of creating tailored fitness and nutrition plans for individuals with different body compositions and goals. Understanding one's unique history and the benefits of both strict and gradual approaches to habit changes are crucial. The conversation also highlights the challenges faced by women who have a history of frequent dieting and the need for a maintenance phase before entering a fat loss phase. The pitfalls of unsustainable rapid fat loss and the importance of proper transitioning to avoid rebound weight gain are also explored.

Adrian's personal story of competing in bodybuilding and battling body dysmorphia sheds light on the mental health challenges faced by many. Shifting focus from aesthetics to performance-based goals, he underscores the importance of mental resilience and adopting a balanced approach to fitness. Performance-based goals can provide a healthier mindset and a more sustainable fitness journey. This approach helps individuals focus on physical capabilities and overall well-being rather than merely achieving a certain look.

The impact of social media and societal pressures on body image and fitness goals is also addressed. Adrian introduces the three WWW questions: what do you want to do, what are you willing to do, and what won't you do, to help individuals set realistic and personal fitness goals. He emphasizes the importance of focusing on personal performance-based goals rather than purely aesthetic ones. This approach can foster a healthier mindset and a more sustainable fitness journey.

Lastly, the episode delves into the concept of happiness and well-being, with a focus on the PERMA model from positive psychology. The PERMA model encompasses five elements: Positive Emotion, Engagement, Relationships, Meaning, and Accomplishment. These components contribute to overall life satisfaction and happiness. Adrian shares insights on his approach to these concepts and how they can be integrated into one's fitness journey to foster overall life satisfaction and happiness.

In conclusion, this episode of the Lifestyle Lifters Show offers a comprehensive guide to transforming both body and mind through strength training. Adrian's journey from body dysmorphia to becoming a global fitness coach serves as an inspiration to many. His philosophy of prioritizing performance over aesthetics, understanding the significance of structured strength training, balancing weight training and cardio, and adopting a balanced approach to fitness and nutrition can significantly enhance one's fitness journey.


🎓 Join Wits & Weights Physique University

👩‍💻 Schedule a FREE nutrition/training audit with Philip

👥 Join our Facebook community for support, live Q&As, & challenges

✉️ Join the FREE email list with insider strategies and bonus content!

📱 Try MacroFactor for free with code WITSANDWEIGHTS. The only food logging app that adjusts to your metabolism!

🩷 Enjoyed this episode? Share it on social and follow/tag @witsandweights

🤩 Love the podcast? Leave a 5-star review

📞 Send a Q&A voicemail


Have you followed the podcast?

Get notified of new episodes. Use your favorite podcast platform or one of the buttons below. Then hit “Subscribe” or “Follow” and you’re good to go!


Transcript

Adrian McDonnell  00:00

As a consequence of pushing yourself and getting stronger often your you know your body fat levels and your physique will actually coincide with that. So it's kind of like a catch 22. I feel that if you just focus more on your performance and now you watch your body can do rather than how it looks, they're not necessarily separate.

 

Philip Pape  00:18

Welcome to the wit's end weights podcast. I'm your host, Philip pape, and this twice a week podcast is dedicated to helping you achieve physical self mastery by getting stronger. Optimizing your nutrition and upgrading your body composition will uncover science backed strategies for movement, metabolism, muscle and mindset with a skeptical eye on the fitness industry so you can look and feel your absolute best. Let's dive right in Whitson weights community Welcome to another episode of The Whitson weights podcast today, I'm stoked to welcome Adrian McDonald to the show. Adrian is a very experienced online transformation coach. He's a former primary school teacher, and he spent over four years in education before following his passion for fitness. He's also the host of the very awesome lifestyle lifters Show podcast, which anyone who listens to Whitson weights is going to love that show. He's got a lot of great guests, some some guests we've had in common as well, like Steve Hall and others. So again, go follow the lifestyle lifters Show podcast. Adrian has transformed his life through training, just like we are all trying to do. And that inspired him to help others to do the same around the world. In fact, he's he's visiting right now from Dubai, he's reaching out from Dubai, but he's taught people and help people in the UK the US UAE where he is now Canada, Australia. He has something called the MC Lifestyle coaching method love that name. Adrian helps clients transform their bodies, improve performance, build confidence, and he does all the one on one online coaching to help clients you know get stronger, get toned, get fitter, improve their performance, all that good stuff. Today, you're gonna learn the real reasons you might be skinny, fat and weak right now. And then what to do to get strong to feel energized to nourish your training and body and build that lean, well muscled physique that we are going for. Adrian will also share his personal journey with body dysmorphia, so you can come away with some strategies for a healthier, more positive self image. Adrienne, welcome to the show, man.

 

Adrian McDonnell  02:12

Philip, thank you so much for the wonderful intro. And I'm so so delighted to be here. Thanks for having me on.

 

Philip Pape  02:18

Yeah, man. I actually forgot how we connected but we connected and we're like, let's let's swap on our podcast because they're very aligned. Yeah. Yeah,

 

Adrian McDonnell  02:26

I think it was two months ago now at this stage. So it's a while in the making. So it's great to refine the up and running for them.

 

Philip Pape  02:31

Exactly what the time zones and everything. And we wanted to do this back to back. Yeah, yeah, absolutely.

 

Adrian McDonnell  02:35

Even with it with the time changes they're trying to navigate because obviously at the end of the time chains in Eastern, I think in the middle of marriage, whereas in Ireland it is the end of marriage. So is like navigating a few things. But anyways, here we are. That's what matters most.

 

Philip Pape  02:49

Yeah, for sure. And you know, it's funny, you mentioned Ireland, totally off topic, but I recently answered a guest q&a listener q&a, and I know you just did your own q&a. And it's been a while since you had done one. And I said, Hey, it's always good to hear from people from across the pond. And he messaged me, he's like, actually, I'm in Nova Scotia. And that's very similar accent. Wow, okay. Yeah, it's pretty cool. So I gotta remember to put on my like, you know, no assumptions hat Next, when I hear and see people, yeah, you can never be too sure. Exactly, man. So let's dive into the topic. And I'm sure people learn all about you. And again, they should just check out your podcasts and they'll learn about you that way as well for that let's talk about skinny fat definitely a term I like to throw around I just had a cardiologist on the show and we were talking about how people can be you know, they can kind of look thin or look skinny have this you know, thin body, but really be unhealthy in many ways and often comes down to you know, the body composition. So sure, what does it mean to be skinny fat? And why do we care so much about this?

 

Adrian McDonnell  03:46

Yeah, fantastic question. Well, skinny fat essentially effed up as you you might be aware of, or maybe your listeners aren't, it's typically when you have a lower than normal amount of muscle mass, and a higher than normal amount of body fat. So this would have been me, you know, back in the day when I would have presented predominantly cardio base activity where no one would ever classify me as overweight. Yes, when I took my top off i that small little silver near body fat, and a lower the normal amount of muscle. So some people refer to it as like a mom, tome, a dad bod, feed and software. I'm in the middle, but I think we all get the idea.

 

Philip Pape  04:18

Yeah, yeah, Dad Bod that that resonates around that term all the time. Because my listeners know, I didn't I didn't even really lift properly until I was almost 40. Right? I'm like 43 now and in just two or three years, you can make massive improvements. Absolutely. Right. What contributes to skinny fat over time? How does it accelerate? And then you know, we'll obviously get into what we can do about it. Yeah,

 

Adrian McDonnell  04:40

fantastic. So I guess the root cause of being skinny fat Phillip comes from having a lack of muscle across your entire body. So often people they might be quote unquote, working out rather than training. And an example of this would be you know, first of all, I just preface by saying something is better than nothing. However, with that being said often might be a case he could go to like a group Been in class and you could do an hour cardio. Or it could be a case that you go to a group quote unquote, hit class. And it's like 45 seconds on 15 seconds off and you're doing mountain climbers, you're doing burpees, you're doing box jumps, you're in all of these fat burning exercises. However, none of these are really contributing to building some lean muscle, which is the root cause of being skinny fat. So what I would suggest for anyone in this category, we can go on to solutions and a wide OB rather than focusing on you know, burning calories through cardio through, you know, quote, unquote, hate classes, shift and put a big, big emphasis, which you're speaking about in your podcast, as well set up I know, uncompounded lifts on strength train, just in general getting stronger, because what you want to do is you want to shift your body composition to favor most of the last more than body fat, you use your diet as a means to you know, drop body fat, get a bit leaner tone up and use your training as a means to build muscle not to burn calories. So that will kind of be the root cause I would say like the wrong type of training and lack of emphasis on strength on strength work. And then we can also go into nutrition as well. But that's like just a brief overview. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  06:01

And there's so many good concepts there. And they're gonna, they're gonna go off into different tangents when we talk about principles. The first one you mentioned, was working out versus training. And we can't emphasize that enough, under percent. Let's expand on that, like, just so people know, even besides the cardio, let's say they do go to the gym, they're like, No, but I've been lifting weights for 10 years, or I've been doing CrossFit or I'm like slinging these barbells. You know, em wraps. What is the difference between that and what you're talking about with training? Yeah,

 

Adrian McDonnell  06:26

I used to I used to work out I used not to train I used to go to the gym, I might start out with doing you know, bicep curls, then we could do some calf raises, then you could go on to the PEC tech, and then you're walking around, you might do but a core work. I know two workouts ever look like the same. But when you think about what's Train, train, and like it is a skill in itself it up. And suppose that you want to learn become fluent in Spanish. And imagine you practice Spanish Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and you do that consistently for we'll say three to four months. Whereas me I do Spanish on a Monday I do French on a Wednesday, I do German on a Friday, by the end of the three months who is going to be more fluent and better at Spanish strain train is exactly the same. So working out effectively is where you're seeing one thing on YouTube and you do that for day one, you see something else and iG you do that for day two, you you know you do a fancy circle, you saw an influencer do on day three, and no two workouts are ever the same. So it doesn't even have to mean that you're doing excess amounts of cardio, but it's more so like you're going in with a structure with a routine without a purpose.

 

Philip Pape  07:26

Yeah, and how many times have you been on a, like a discovery call or something like that? Where and I get with women a lot and they say, Well, do you know such and such workout program on YouTube? They always ask me and I'm like, I can't keep up with them. Because there's so many and I have no idea of the quality of it. Right?

 

Adrian McDonnell  07:43

Yeah. And I could look, I guess the idea is you said though the principle at least people are working out their training. And it's better than nothing. But I guess if it's the case that we want, this is a results business too. And if you do want to optimize that, you know, you don't need to sacrifice one to get the other.

 

Philip Pape  07:58

Yeah, for sure. And you know, results business. And you mentioned skill development. recently. It's been a while since I read atomic habits, James clear, everybody seems to now. But I was I was refreshing through the concepts. And one concept I always love is the compound interest of your habits of like, in one year, if you just improve 1% Every day, you're 30 700%. You know, you'd like 37 times better. Yeah. Yeah. Like I said, yeah, yeah. So like you said, what, even training three days a week doing progressive program? You know, what does that compound to? Yeah, absolutely. So there's a few different aspects of this too, because you mentioned spinning cardio classes, stuff like that. What do people say? Well, you know, I enjoy that stuff, or I enjoy doing cardio, or I can't work out. I can't just lift weights, because, you know, either it's boring, or I don't like to be by myself or whatever other reason, you know, they like the group classes.

 

Adrian McDonnell  08:49

Interesting. Yeah. Fantastic question. So with that, I don't think it needs to be an either or like it's not, it doesn't have to be a case that you do weight or cardio it, there's a lot to be said he can do both, but rather like the first of all gotta just as you say, on your podcast setup, you got to reverse engineer, boss, the ultimate goal there. And often people say they wanted to use words like they want to shape they want to tone they want to get leaner. When you think about it, though, what gives your body that shape. And that tone, it's having muscle in the absence of body fat, you better more so by reps and weight to lose body type or being in a caloric deficit. So you can use your cardio as a means to get you in that caloric deficit. But if you really want to have that shape in that tone, that is where you know, some structured and routine strength work will come into play. So if someone and I think that's important, too, as coaches that I know a lot of, you know, for clients, they always like to finish a workout on the high and they just feel like they've achieved something even if they did a good workout, like almost get that sweat on. So if you do fall into that category, and you know, like you're spinning classes here like your head workouts, what you could do is add a five or 10 minute finisher at the end of your strength workout and that way you're getting the best of both worlds. You're doing some structured work, you're also you know, getting your heart rate elevated which is many benefits to itself on your end. Enjoying the feeling you're enjoying the process. But the big big bonus will be, you know, provide your father in a good program, you're also seeing results.

 

Philip Pape  10:07

Yeah, that's that's a practical kind of your lifestyle way to do this that I love that example because adding something in that you enjoy even if it you know we're not, we always talk about practical versus optimal versus like 100% thing, right? And as long as you're prioritizing the thing that's most important, you've got a lot of room and flexibility to kind of fit other things in without overdoing it without overdoing it. Exactly. Yeah, doing it. Yeah, one of one of the students in my group program, she, she had a similar concern. She said, You know, I love to do these group classes, but I also know the value of training. So she came up with her own idea to, like workout at home, one day a week, go to the gym, do one lifting session a week. And then the other day is the group class. She's like, I'm just gonna do the group classes. And that's great, because now you're lifting twice a week, and were you doing zero before? Absolutely,

 

Adrian McDonnell  10:57

yeah, no, and there's a social element to it as well. Some for members are exactly the same. They might like combine both and unlock at the end of the day, it's getting the best of both worlds. But it's just making sure that you keep the goal, the goal. At the same time, you're not always program hopping, for sure.

 

Philip Pape  11:12

You mentioned building building muscle versus losing fat. So we talked about skinny fat, when you recommend to clients who let's say they're a noob, right, they're just getting started for the first time. That's a certain scenario that's maybe a little distinct from an intermediate to advanced trainer who's been doing it a while. So let's let's do the different scenarios here. For a brand new person. And let's say they, they feel that they have 20 to 30 pounds of weight to lose fat to lose, which is not uncommon, right? Like unless you're in the more obese kind of metabolically unhealthy range or a different population. You often have like men, who are you work with men and women, right? Or just women? Yeah, okay. Yeah. And so you have men who are like 25%, body fat, kind of maybe pushing 30, but they're not like, you know, massively overweight, but they need to lose, they need to lose some weight to get into a healthy state, phase wise, go ahead, like periodization. And phase wise, what would you recommend

 

Adrian McDonnell  12:03

the good news, the good news is like, if you're someone new to the gym, and you don't have a whole lot of experience, you can actually optimize both, like they are the champagne years, you need to take the most that make the most of so what I would do in that situation is you know, if this individual and say This guy is 25%, body fat, first of all, what we're speaking about, get them lift some weights, get them stronger, that's gonna give your body that shape and that tone, and then like a caloric deficit of Rafi below, kind of maybe 20% or so. So let's just say the maintenance calories are 2500. If we reduce those by 500 to 2000 a day, optimize your protein intake, all of a sudden, now you've gone from probably being under fed and over nourished to properly fueled, you're lifting weights, you have a good structure, you have a high protein diet, and that individual is gonna see changes in both muscle mass and reduction in body fat, even though he is in a caloric deficit, the more advanced and you know, experience where the more nuanced you have to be, but I would say that'd be like a good practical application standpoint, for someone without a whole lot of prior experience, get your lifting weights, you know, build your program around the fundamental compound lifts dependent on your experience level, high protein diet, you know, macro, and micro and nutrient dense foods. And then just making sure that you know, your your caloric amount is in alignment with your body weight and with your goals. Sure,

 

Philip Pape  13:16

yeah. And so they do they do all these things super easy right now. I'm just kidding. It's always simple but easy. One at a time. Yeah. Right. Yeah. And then they then they're, they've been training for, let's say, a year or two is when you've seen like, tremendous progress in that first couple of years when you've been doing it. And they got to what they consider lean ish, right? 15%, maybe 10% body fat number doesn't matter as much as like your own, how you feel and how you look and all that perform. What would then over year over year for the next 510 years, right? What would be a good amount of time spending muscle versus losing fat? Let's assume they want to cycle and they don't want to just sit at maintenance most of the time? Oh,

 

Adrian McDonnell  13:54

that's a that's a difficult question. I guess it would depend on the body composition fed up because like, if you're someone who you've more body fat to lose than muscle to gain, oftentimes I find from a confidence perspective, an individual's confidence will go from a five to an eight or nine when they start seeing themselves like they've never seen self before. So all of a sudden, they're you know, seeing more visibility in their abs, they're seeing more definition, I would almost suggest in that situation, get to like, you know, 10 to 12 for 10 to 15%, body fat, body fat for a guy, maybe 20 to 22% for female and then focus on doing what we call a lean bulk or lean gaining phase, where a lot of new research shows with our academies where, you know, the caloric surplus required to gain muscle. There was like two studies and one group is in like an excess of 600 calorie surplus. The other one was like maybe a minimum of five or 10%. I don't know the exact numbers, but both groups they essentially gained more or less the same amount of muscle mass for the group with a higher calorie caloric surplus, a significant increase in fat gain on top of that, so what I would do with that individual be in crease confidence reduce her body body fat, get them to like a live Saturday never what we call and then that way then you can focus on Okay, now we've we've reached goal eight, let's focus on adding some lean muscle. And this is like essentially the lifestyle cycle of a lifter you. You spend time code and body fat together but leaner, you've spent time you know, building some lean muscle, and then when you get your body fat levels high enough and you want to drop down again, you have a better basic go off, you looked at it better. And it's like just rinse and repeat cycle. Something similar to that. But again, it depends on the goals. Some people just want to be healthy, they want to be fit, they want to be able to play with their children, they don't want to be you know, stepping up and sage, a measure and every Marcin and Graham and for those individuals. So it's a case of James clear, like literally dialed in, what are the weekly non negotiables? What are the non negotiables you're gonna accomplish and every single week, and that could be three to four workouts, it could be 10k steps, it could be, you know, 8080 20 am nutrient dense foods, and just being consistent with that. But the more dialed anyway, the more nuanced you have to be, the more you have to like look at the details. So it depends on your your goals as well, because, for instance, I just had a consultation with a guy and he said, like, Look, I just want to be, I don't want to be weighing everything out. I don't want this to be taken over my life. So what do you want to do? What are you willing to do? What won't you do? And for some people, you don't need to be like this diet in that perfect. And the the the results been your probably your results are going to take that bit longer. But for someone who wants to take more seriously, that's going to be looking at like, you know, optimizing your train and your macros your protein and everything. Oh,

 

Philip Pape  16:31

yeah. So I love the what you talked about with having non negotiables. And that's what comes up to me is process process oriented goals, right? Like, we talked about goal setting, we talked about outcomes, right. But then there has to be some sort of values that drive that goal. And that's like your, your, your why, right? Like you can really dig in on that why. And then either have, like you said, metrics you're going after, which are still goals, but they're in the short term, and they're measurable, maybe daily. And then, you know, process oriented outcomes, which happen constantly, you know, you constantly get the win. So for those listening to you like that's a great, even just starting right now, today, listening to this show coming up with that first, non negotiable, and it might be sleep, it might be I'm gonna hit the gym, you know, three days this week. And so what are you going to do about it? Those Listen, like, are you going to schedule that in? Put it number one on the list? Right?

 

Adrian McDonnell  17:22

Yeah, um, it's just focusing on the person you want to become, like, see yourself as the person you want to become. And then every act you take, it's either helping or hindering that progress doesn't mean you have to be perfect. But just as long as you're moving in the right direction, as long as you're making those changes, like that's the ultimate wave of making that lifestyle change.

 

Philip Pape  17:40

For sure. Yeah, we love that. It's no quick fixes here. It's a lifestyle. So you mentioned, I want to address a couple more scenarios. Let's talk about men. First, I have seen the spectrum that you've got the men who want to get super strong, they want to push their PRs, they understand the value of eating and gaining and even just absolute force production from having more mass, even if fat comes along for the ride, knowing they can cut it off later. And they kind of push themselves up into this range of like, let's say guy who's five, nine, you're good to inches, right? So right, yeah, a guy who's five nine, who wants to push up into that well over 200 pound range, and his bodyweight to kind of push his deadlift and his squat. And then at some point is going to have to bring that off. And then you have the guys who just want the six pack. And it's like, you know, I don't know if if there's a if there's an overall blueprint, you generally advise to people I know, it depends on your goals, but like to prevent people from going too far in one direction, or like making it much harder on themselves later on, you know what I'm saying? Yeah,

 

Adrian McDonnell  18:39

it's, I think it's just navigating the conversation. And sometimes like just getting into their psychology and their way of actually what they really want to accomplish. And then from that, like, you have to reverse engineer. Okay, so he said, you wanted to accomplish this, in order for us to do that these are some of our weekly or daily, non negotiables, we need to incorporate so for the individual who's five foot nine and over 200 pounds, he considered lift his way to consider lift heavy, but it's more so optimizing nutrition. So he's in, you know, a slight calorie deficit. Whereas maybe for the other individual who might be a bit skinny, but quote, unquote, as a six pack. It's just a polite way to say we might want to gain some maths while you know, maintaining that six pack, but just be open to the fact you might gain some body fat on top of that, for sure.

 

Philip Pape  19:21

So you said reverse engineer, I love that that hits the engineer button for me, but and I love doing that right? Working from the end and going back and then you've got you're basically starting to constrain yourself in this envelope of reality that says like, okay to get here, this is going to happen. And these are the trade offs and you can't deny that like that is reality. And to do something different means you have to change the choices and the paths along the way you have

 

Adrian McDonnell  19:44

to change and it doesn't mean you have to change them all at once though, like that. I know that's something you preach as well, like it could literally be that you know, you incorporate a new habit every single week. I think it depends. I was well fed up because some individuals they weren't aware of just I don't like the all or nothing approach but For some individuals, they're like, I want to be balanced. But God forbid, they've been out of balance for, you know, 612 months where they actually have been the opposite direction. So to put them on, like maybe a stricter approach at the start might work better. So they see it quick when they start seeing results. And then you can have like periods of micro imbalance to get macro balance. So you could actually go, you know, and really, rather than dipping your toes, you go all in for maybe 90 days, and then slowly transition out as you start seeing results. Whereas for other people that might just want to take that slower approach. But the trade off is, you're not going to get, you know, quick wins as frequently and the results are going to take longer. So no approach isn't necessarily right or wrong. It's just rather like, what's your goal? What's your vision and what's really driving you?

 

Philip Pape  20:41

Yeah, I love that micro balance and macro balance. I like I like that idea. And even the idea of balance is like, it's become a buzzword where nothing's gonna be, you know, this perfect pie that's all sliced up equally. Exactly, you know, but you're right strictness, we sometimes like I use it to, I'll say, well, we don't do too restrictive diets. But there's a level of strictness that can be helpful, especially when you have a coach or somebody kind of looking over your shoulder to support you if you fall a little bit out of that boundary. So that's a really good message. Because fat loss, for example, I have people reaching out all the time about rapid fat loss. And I'm like, well, let's sit on the brakes for a bit and just understand what you're trying to accomplish. And then if they're like, you know, I lift I do this, I do this, I do this, and I haven't been dieting in a long time. And I've been tracking and I know my maintenance calories. And I'll do it for three weeks. And I'll use refeeds. I'm like, alright, you know what you're doing? Like that'll work? You know, that's fine. Yeah, sure. And go way beyond that. 1% and probably still hold on your lean mass. For somebody else who has been yo yo dieting, and they don't have to protein and anything, they're like, I want to do rapid fat loss. I'm like, No, you want a quick fix crash diet, that's not gonna work.

 

Adrian McDonnell  21:45

So the big thing for that individual is they they might know how to do the rapid, but they don't know how to transition out of it. And that's unfortunately, why so many people rebound after an unsustainable fat loss phase. Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  21:57

there you go. For sure. And so speaking of women, I know we weren't speaking of women, but women tend to have the history of more frequent dieting, we just know that for a fact. And oftentimes, you know, women tend to want more fat loss, men tend to want more muscle gain. What is your general advice to most women who come in who have that history of dieting, they still are not happy with their body image and their size. And you know, they're like, I've just got to lose the weight, right? And they're open to strength training open using barbells, or open to die, protein and all that good stuff. Where would you start? Let's say after the initial maintenance phase, let's assume we go through like a maintenance phase. But exactly, I don't want to go

 

Adrian McDonnell  22:37

ahead. Yeah. No, that that was literally it. Like, just get to know their history. First of all, like, what's your current nutrition looking like? And for some people, it might be a case, you just put them straight into, like, are you actually ready to go into a dieting phase, and you have to be like, mentally, sometimes it can be, there's got to be an element of hunger, so mentally after we prepared for that, so I would just, you know, go through the conversation, what's there, Wigan, and assuming that, you know, they haven't been following these restrictive crazy diets for a while, then you might like go through a restoration phase before going into a fat loss phase. But for some women, it's almost the opposite. And it might sound counterintuitive, where like, I had one client, Becky, and she's, she was a vegan, and you know, even very, very cleanly training six days a week, a lot of cardio, a lot of activity and 1100 1200 calories, she wasn't losing weight. Now, when someone says that, to me, I'm like, Okay, you might think you're you might assume you're consuming 11 or 1200 calories, not losing weight. But I genuinely love sharing my fitness pal that got her to upload photos, everything was dialed in. So over a 12 week period, we increase her from I think, maybe 1100 to 18 honors, and her weight went from like maybe 76, down to 69. So like that was just like a restoration phase more so because she just been dialed in at, you know, redundancy, low calories and over exercising for two years. So I really do think it does depend on the individual, whereas someone else might be a case that they're eating quote, unquote, healthy, but they're not losing weight. And they might actually be eating healthy when you look at their food or it could be something like part it could be some fruit in the morning. It might be some, you know, brown bread at lunchtime at some soup. But it's like typically like a low protein diet with like lots of high calorie dense food like knots like dark chocolate and so on. And if you just literally changed the caloric and the type of food that they're eating to favor more higher protein, higher fiber, those individuals they can actually drop that body fat and they're probably it's more so like their nutrition they need to diet it on. So I do think that a bit depends on the individual Long story short, they're on like just what their history is, what their goals are and what they genuinely would have tried in the bus.

 

24:38

Hi, my name is Lisa and I'd like to give a big shout out to my nutrition coach development with his coaching I have lost 17 pounds he helped me identify the reason that I wanted to lose weight and it's very simple longevity. I want to be healthy, active and independent until the day I die. He introduced me to this wonderful Apple macro factor I got that part of my nutrition figured out along with that is The movement part of nutrition, there's a plan to it and really helped me with that. The other thing he helped me with was knowing that I need to get a lot of steps in. So the more steps you have, the higher your expenditure is, and the easier it is to lose weight when it's presented to you like he presents it, it makes even more sense. And the other thing that he had was a hunger guide. And that really helped me so thank you. But

 

Philip Pape  25:22

it always depends on the individual for sure. And these examples, you talk about where someone has been, quote unquote dieting and quote unquote 1100 calories, is are rampant, like these stories are super, super common. And you're right, the first question is, are you really consuming that? And it's not that we're trying to gaslight people, we're trying to recognize that there's a gap in information. And there's some extra knowledge we can contain that we can gather about ourselves in our bodies. And that's very empowering for men and women to know, oh, you know what, I've actually been consuming 2000 calories. Now Adrienne has me consuming 1800 but unknown 1800. And that's why I'm kind of losing maybe right or whatever. Sure. Yeah. And doing it in a nourishing way. So let's let's talk about nourishment. You talked about overfed but undernourished before so we're trying to flip that around to properly fed but nourished, right?

 

Adrian McDonnell  26:10

Yeah, absolutely. So like, really, it comes down to some of our printables or microwaves are fed. And so first of all, a plant and a protein and every single meal. So of all the meals, men and women, we often find that breakfast tends to be the most challenging one, that an individual gets their protein. And because it's often like just they're on the go, they might have some oatmeal or some porridge. It could be like Syria themself. And I get have to really be specific and dialed in with your protein and breakfast. But for any individual, well, I would recommend assuming that you're, you know, you're not overweight, take your body weight and multiply that by two. And that'd be a good, good target for you in terms of your daily protein intake. So if you're an 80 kilogram individual may, that'd be roughly 160 grams. If you're 60 kilogram female, that'd be roughly 120 grams. And once you know that number, just ask yourself, how many meals a day are you typically having, if you're having for me today, divide that number by four and that's roughly the amount of protein you want to have permeate. So for me at 160 grams a day divided by for me is very, very simple. 40 grams of protein. Now all of a sudden, how do I get 40 grams of protein? Well, that could be you know, 300 grams of Greek yogurt. It could be two scoops of protein and Kobe, two eggs and five egg whites, it could be 150 grams of chicken 150 grams, the sake it's actually not that hard once, as you say, further up, you reverse engineer. So that'd be the first principle plant or protein in every meal. The next one being a plant. So plant either fruit or vegetables. So what's your breakfast, it could be some fruit, blueberries with the porridge for lunch or Kobe, you know, some spinach, some salad, some veggies, etc. But they're the reason these things are important is because protein and fiber, so protein and plant, they will help keep you fuller, for longer. The ultimate goal of dropping body fat is you should aim to eat as much food as possible by staying within your caloric image. And a good way to do that is high protein, high fiber and also drink lots of water.

 

Philip Pape  27:59

Yeah, awesome. Yeah, I mean, we preach exactly the same thing. And just to convert the numbers for Imperial, right. You mentioned two grams per kilogram. That's like one gram or one. Yeah, exactly. Yeah, exactly. Yeah. No worries. There was a study, I think in the latest body by science. I don't know if you subscribe to that. Dr. Bill Campbell. Oh, yeah. Very good. Yeah. No, I was in that I was in that an issue in May I just to toot my own horn, I was in there, talking about ABS and something on carbs. But anyway, the recent issue, he reviewed a study on protein that showed that two populations consuming the same calories, one that had low protein, one had high protein, their body composition improved, even in the lack of strength training, which is incredible. It just shows the value of having that high protein in your diet. Yeah, crazy. Yeah. I can I can look it up for you see what the study is? Because we're a big fan of using evidence. And like you mentioned earlier about gaining muscle and not getting too much fat. I think you're talking about the helms

 

Adrian McDonnell  28:56

absolute headache disorder. Yeah, exactly. Yeah. Yeah.

 

Philip Pape  28:59

I mean, we can if I can remember, I can throw those throw those in here. Yeah, yeah. So I don't know what else there is with skinny fat other than, you know, get started today, like training and building muscle, right? Yeah, for

 

Adrian McDonnell  29:10

sure. Like, literally, if there is a three step process, I would say, you know, lift weights, focus on the components, which is your watch yourself, watch, you're always speaking about not saying to cut out or, you know, to remove the cardio, but rather, I'd say, spend double the amount of time lifting weights you do doing cardio. So if you do two hours or one hour of cardio a week, try to two hours away two weeks, and then just finally, nourish your body property by adding the high protein, high fiber, nutrient dense foods and just making sure you're consuming the right amount for you and for your specific goals. Beautiful

 

Philip Pape  29:41

and I'm sure you found that that that comes up almost every podcast episode you've ever done to some extent, and we have to revisit it over and over because I think it's good to be able to know

 

Adrian McDonnell  29:49

what record repetition is the mother thing as sometimes that we need to be reminded more than we need to be taught.

 

Philip Pape  29:55

I know we remind ourselves as well. Absolutely. So let's Would you know, a little more psychology and get into the Body Dysmorphia topic? I think that's a really important one. Because when we talk about skinny fat, are we even use labels for shapes of bodies? Are we talking about body composition? Everything else? Yeah, there are a lot of benefits beyond physique, right? We can talk about all the benefits of having muscle mass to the date, you want to be lifting to, like, I always say, I want to die doing a deadlift when I'm like 99, or whatever. But you've had a history with, you know, body image challenges. So tell us about your experience. I'll just leave it open, tell us your story, and then how it shaped your approach to where you got to today?

 

Adrian McDonnell  30:32

Yeah, for sure. I'm not sure really sure when it started. So I guess when when you initially started lifting weights, and you see yourself look like you've never seen yourself before, I would have almost tied a lot of my identity to my body fat percentage. So when I was looking leaner, I'd almost like I'd obviously be happier then. But then if I gained a small bit of body fat or you had a bit of fun every now and then you went for you know takeout with your family or you just had some drinks at the weekend, and then you woke up the following morning, you're feeling somewhat bloated. It's almost like your own worst enemy is living between your two ears. Like you're feeling guilty, you're feeling ashamed, like, what are you doing, and I fell into this road where I would nearly have to like exercise to undo quote unquote, undo the damage of you know, the the naira which involve an avocado or maybe the odd takeaway. And I would say then, Dhaka to its height nearly last year, not necessarily the Avocode site, but definitely the body dysmorphia site. Because I competed for the first time in bodybuilding. And it probably wasn't something that I was fully prepared for, like I just, I didn't even intend on competing last year, but I just did a mini course and then that transition to well, you know, bought it. And then all of a sudden, my year, there's a natural body bodybuilding competition on maybe seven or eight weeks from now, when I was already in decent shape after a photoshoot. And I got my body fat levels to you know, single digits and you know, basically peel to the bone. But the aftermath, then, when you see yourself looking like that, and you like tie a lot of your identity to who you are the type of person you are to having that low body fat percentage. When I started, like gaining a small bit of body fat, I did find it hard to accept. And this I came also, which again, I don't think I'll compete again, but I just an obsession with food, like every year a day is literally thinking about your next meal. And that was a something I found quite difficult. So thankfully, last year, I was working with a mentor, business mentor, but he also competed themselves. And I just spoke to him about that. And he said, you know, that was some of the challenges that he himself also went through. And one thing that surprised me that he told me was shift your focus away from how you look. And rather than setting physique based goals, like I want to be x weight, or X body fat percentage, yes, that's all good. But why not folks to like a performance based code. So actually, just last week, I hit one of my big performance based goals that I would have set this year, but had in mind last year, we're gonna sub 20 minute five kilometer run. And just when you shift your focus away from how you looked, how you perform, you're getting out of your own head, you're focused on getting stronger in the gym. And that does require that you're fueling your body properly, rather than like just restricting yourself. And to be honest, man, ever since I've done that, and just had that mindset, particularly the last couple of months, like mentally I'm feeling much better physically, sure, have a bit more body fat, but like, I just I feel like I'm able to perform better, I feel much stronger, and just in a better headspace overall. So what I would say to any man, I love that, yeah, the visual and that's Danny, anyone with these, there's more to you than your image, there's more to you than your body weight, there's more to you than your body fat. And like just focus on what you're what you can, you can actually do with the right approach with the right mindset. And like Food is fuel at the end of the day. It's actually needed to survive. And, you know, yes, it is nice to have a lean and an aesthetic look with your body. But don't get to a point where it's almost like it's over consumed in your life and you're actually not able to, you know, get some element of enjoyment fromage.

 

Philip Pape  33:55

Yeah, man, thanks. Thanks for sharing that. And it sounds like you know, it was recent. And even though you know, your, your highly accomplished, established coach, you know, we're not perfect. We're human beings ready. We all struggle with things. For sure. Yeah,

 

Adrian McDonnell  34:07

last year is at its peak. Like I'm not saying it's ever gone, because, you know, some some days it still does come back. But assess yourself talk. It's your mindset. And and I'm definitely like, in a better, much, much better position, even now to speak about it than there would have been, like last year after the body. But it wasn't always a lack of energy. It was a lack of drive a lack of motivation. Like, it's hard because you're almost living in this bubble where every day is like, you can nearly predict how the day's gonna go before it even starts to train. When it's your steps. It's your cardio, it's your routine and stay in it stay out. And I just found it hard. And when you're in this problem, you're just like so dialed in, to suddenly transition out of the year at all of athletes who they get some element of depression or a year and a lot of CEOs or business owners, they sell their multi million or billion dollar business, but then they just they tie so much their identity into that thing that they don't even think about the aftermath. And while I'm not the same In the sense of the bodybuilder, but it was more so the routine and something that I was married to that when I to get out of that. And then all of a sudden you see yourself gaining some weight, it can be sometimes hard to take it on prepare yourself mentally for it. But with that being said, I'm so grateful to have gone through because now like I've become a much, much better coach. And I can relate to some of my clients who have some of the seminary challenges, I had a conversation with a guy recently, something similar, or even like just anywhere in a fat loss phase like you, okay, you're feeling hungry, you're in a calorie deficit comment, that's a good thing. It's a sign your metabolism is adapting, you're dropping weight, you're dropping body fat. And it's a sign that it's working. But look, it was an experience, man. And and it was it's been great to go through them. And it's also great that, you know, I'm least on on the other side of us are moving in the right direction, to say the least.

 

Philip Pape  35:43

Yeah, I mean that there are a lot of lessons there. For folks who including the idea that Think twice before you go after an extreme goal of any kind, whether it's athletic or otherwise, like you said, even in business where that actually when we talked about balance before, that is something that can shift your balance to where you're, you know, consumed or completely focused on this. And it doesn't happen. Like, like you said, there are some positives, I'm sure you learned a lot through that process. I remember talking to Steve Hall, and I know you talked to him as well, like he's a big fan of, of making yourself more resilient and kind of gritty, through these kinds of things, but not letting them become your life forever.

 

Adrian McDonnell  36:21

You know, for sure. Yeah. And just not wrapping all of your identity into one thing identity.

 

Philip Pape  36:26

Yeah, sure. Yeah, physique based goals instead of performance based goals. It's funny, you mentioned all that about body fat, I just did a training like yesterday in my community about body fat, because people are always asking like, about body fat percentage, and how to measure and everything. The overall theme was like, it's just a little number. It's not very accurate. But we can use it to tell trend. But let's not use that as our goal. Let's not use body fat as our goal. Let's let's do the more deeper goals. Yeah, you're emphasizing that.

 

Adrian McDonnell  36:51

But the ironic thing is, that often when you focus on the performance based goals, as a consequence of pushing yourself and getting stronger, often your you know, your body fat levels and your physique will actually coincide with that. So it's kind of like a catch 22, I feel that if you just focus more on your performance, and how you watch your body can do rather than how it looks. They're not necessarily, they're not necessarily separate. For sure.

 

Philip Pape  37:15

I think that can be very helpful for folks who want to build muscle and are afraid of gaining weight at all, like on purpose, because I remember the first time I did that, and I gain weight on purpose. It was like it was liberating at the same time, but very scary, right? Because I'm here I am drinking whole milk or pounding down all these calories. And I'm like, I'm actually gaining weight on purpose, but doing it in a controlled way along with the training, which I had never done before. So we you know, when you say focus on everything, but the scale weight other than a tool to kind of measure retro actively that you've got the right calories and things, it can be very liberating, because then you're like, Oh, my, my lifts are going up. My energy is going up. I'm getting more sleep. My hormone markers are better, like all those things can. Yeah, especially especially when you're gaining right? Because then everything is kind of empty. Yeah,

 

Adrian McDonnell  38:01

for sure. For sure. Yeah. No, it's It's, it's the lifesaver, the lifecycle of an F show. We're saying at the start for the

 

Philip Pape  38:08

improvement, the improvement season, you wouldn't be living more in the improvement season than the cutting season, I would hope.

 

Adrian McDonnell  38:13

Absolutely. Yeah. Over the long term. And that's something you see a lot of elite athletes over here in Dubai, and a lot of them are saying, like the ratio of time they spend in a fat loss versus a you know, an improvement phase is what you're saying it's like, minimum for some people that's like six to one in terms of years. And for others, people might be like a three to one. But really, there's a lot to be said of just building a good solid foundation and base by packet on muscle. And then once you have that base, you know, that's when you can focus on like trimming it down while we're speaking on at the start.

 

Philip Pape  38:43

Yeah, what about let's let's talk. Let's go back to women. Because I tend to see, I tend to see Body Dysmorphia more common in women, but obviously with men who've gone through something like you did, and I think there's a big influence because of social media. So let's get into that thought of those thorny waters of the fitness industry, social media, how they contribute to this, how we should maybe put our critical thinking hats on even like men and women listening to this and looking at their content in their feed. Like, is there an approach they might take? That's a healthier approach to help them out?

 

Adrian McDonnell  39:13

Yeah, well, like social media. First of all, it's a highlight reel, and like, so all you you have to ask yourself, like, what did that individual do? Or what does he or she have to do in order to maintain that body fat level? Like for me last year, this was you know, relentless fat loss phase of God 15 weeks plus, but it was like everything was dialed in to a tee like 15k steps, cardio strength training and like every single day, so the amount of hours you're putting in a week for that, like, I love the three www questions. What do you want to do, what he went into What won't you do? And if you have that, you know, body dysmorphia, and you're looking at that individual, but then if you were told that okay, if you want to get there Susan, are you with To train seven days a week, are you willing to walk 15k steps, so you're in to do you know, 610 sessions and five cardio sessions per week. And if that's something you're willing to do you know what you might get there down the line. But for a lot of people, when you actually understand the trade off, not to mention your energy that was being on the floor, like, often, it's actually you probably don't want to get to that place. So that's what I would say there. It's like, just really social media can be at higher rate. And also you have to understand like, the way the way lightness go now and like, you see people, literally, it's like the lightning in a hotel jam, or they optimize everything, like, you can look very, very good and deceptively good, just for like, one fold, or you don't always look like that. So they're just some ways that I would say like, what's that individual have to do to maintain that shape? And that physique? Yeah,

 

Philip Pape  40:49

and it is, it is. Incredibly, I guess it's scary how the algorithms are designed so well, to push you down a rabbit hole, more and more in that direction. You know, as soon as you even tap on an image and Instagram, and look at it for so many seconds, the algorithm has said okay, engagement is high. I'm going to show you more like that. And even more extreme versions of that is just keep you hooked on the thing. So just people are this is like the extreme of the extreme. It's not reality.

 

Adrian McDonnell  41:18

Yeah, yeah, for sure. For sure. And that's not to say there's anything wrong with like, you know, striving to become the best version of yourself, but you run your own race, run your own race, don't compare your chapter one to someone else's chapter five, because also, of course, be there like that individuals been training for 10 years longer than you. And sometimes, you know, for someone listen to this, you're like, God, am I seeing results, sometimes they would fall into this bracket, but you just have to, you might be doing anything wrong, you just need to expand the timeframe. Give yourself a bit more of a runway. And like over time, you can you know, optimize your performance, your physique and how you look but you know, you can you just focus on yourself. That's what I find works best. And also one other thing with this, and this is huge, and Dubai, Phillip, and we got to agree, they're like TRT testosterone steroids. In the gym that I trained in, I would say nearly 90% of people are using some form of, you know, some form of optimization there. So it's not even a level playing field anymore. And you don't know what anyone is doing on social media. So again, no need to compare, you just focus on yourself and running your own race.

 

Philip Pape  42:19

Awesome. So speaking and focusing on yourself. Do you have any advice for people who are not focusing on themselves at the moment and are concerned with whether it's their body image skinny, fat, even even to the level of dysmorphia, maybe they've had a history of that, like, what what's one piece of advice you'd give them today, maybe it's a, maybe it's a little bit of psychology or mindset, maybe it's a specific tip that to get started,

 

Adrian McDonnell  42:42

just what I was saying focus on your performance rather than your focus on how your body can perform rather than how you can look and set a performance based goal that it's going to stretch you. And it could just be a case you do 10 bodyweight chin ups, it could be a case that you do deadlift, double your body weight, but just focus on those kinds of goals. And that way, you're going to start loving the process of just working out more. And that's the ultimate goal with this, like fitness. It's not a finite game, there's not a winner or loser. It's an infinite game, the goal should be to keep on playing every single day. And I think a good way of doing that is like just setting yourself goals that's going to get you up in the morning to get you excited about your workouts. And something you've worked you can work towards. And if that is a challenge yours, you know, speak to coaches like Philip and he can ensure, you know, guide you in the right direction in terms of like, what to follow what to focus on. And sometimes you just need a second opinion to get out of your own head. And also understand these thoughts are normal, like I myself fully gone through them. I know a lot of other coaches as well, who would have had some other similar challenges. So don't feel you're alone in this situation. And sometimes it might just be a case of reaching out and speaking to an individual. And, you know, maybe get them to outsource some of your programs, some of your training for you. So you're not only stuck in your own head,

 

Philip Pape  43:50

I love that these these thoughts are definitely normal. You're not alone, seek help. There's help that comes in so many ways. Don't you know, don't think you have to hire a one on one coach. There are many, many ways to do it from the podcast, to group communities, to group programs to one on one to all sorts of ways to get help. And you're not alone. Pick something that can stretch, you focus on the process, and then you're going to start to love the process. And that's how the results come very exciting. Man. I want to ask you this. I do ask it of all guests. What did you wish I had asked that we didn't cover? And what is your answer?

 

Adrian McDonnell  44:22

Yeah, great question. I think well, they say you're on what fuels you and keeps you go.

 

Philip Pape  44:27

Go ahead what fuels you and keep us going besides food.

 

Adrian McDonnell  44:33

So I think the big thing for me, it's just progression, like I just growth improvement. Like even if it's a case that I knock five seconds off my 5k Run, or you add on a 1.25 kilogram or two and a half pound plate, you're dead like some form progression. I'll always finish every workout on some form volley. So it doesn't even have to be adding more weight to the variable. It could just be I got 15 chin ups last week. I got 15 this week but They've added 15 plus one. And it's one more than it did last week. And you know, that's that compounding effect again. So for me in all areas of my life, once I'm seeing that I'm not stagnant if I'm somewhat improving and growing. That's what really fuels me and keeps we go.

 

Philip Pape  45:14

And that's the epitome of a growth mindset right there knowing that you can improve, you can do it in all areas, you might have setbacks like he did last year, but even those teach you to grow. I know you talk about happiness a lot on your show, or what it's one of the last questions I think, on your show. Sometimes I was recently studying positive psychology, there's a framework in there called the perma model. And perma stands for five things that are associated with well being and happiness, the A's accomplishment, which is what you're talking about, and then E and there's engagement, which is like the process and being in flow and being totally natural doing, you take those combined with some relationships and meaning and positivity. And man, you got a recipe for success. 100%

 

Adrian McDonnell  45:54

Yeah, in that one of out said, what you want to do, where you want to live, who you want to spend your time with. Like, if you figure out those three things, happy with what you're doing happy with where you live, and you've got good at, you know, relationships with people around you. Like, for me, that's my fuel happy. That's my successor happiness formula. Very simple. But you know, it's, it's often the small things that actually don't turn out to be the small things.

 

Philip Pape  46:19

And on that inspiring note, oh, man, where can listeners learn more about you find your work look you up.

 

Adrian McDonnell  46:24

Yeah, fed up. But I really appreciate you bringing me on and really enjoyed this episode. Also, for any listeners who want to learn more about me, you can just pop me a follower, check out my content on Instagram. So on Instagram, I'm Adrian McDonald. And my handle is at Mac lifestyle fitness. So that's MC lifestyle Fitness on Instagram. And Phillip thanks again for having me on. I really appreciate it, brother.

 

Philip Pape  46:48

It was so awesome. We got to be blessed with all of your wisdom. So thank you so much for coming on.

 

Adrian McDonnell  46:52

Brilliant. Thank you so much.

 

Philip Pape  46:55

Thank you for tuning in to another episode of wit's end weights. If you found value in today's episode, and know someone else who's looking to level up their wits or weights. Please take a moment to share this episode with them. And make sure to hit the Follow button in your podcast platform right now to catch the next episode. Until then, stay strong.

Read More